Subchapter F—Marine Engineering

SUBCHAPTER F—MARINE ENGINEERING

PART 50—GENERAL PROVISIONS Subpart 50.30—Fabrication Inspection 50.30–1 Scope. Subpart 50.01—Basis and Purpose of 50.30–10 Class I, I-L and II-L pressure ves- Regulations sels. 50.30–15 Class II pressure vessels. Sec. 50.30–20 Class III pressure vessels. 50.01–10 Purpose of regulations. 50.01–15 Scope of regulations. AUTHORITY: 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 50.01–20 OMB control numbers assigned pur- 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 suant to the Paperwork Reduction Act. Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Secu- rity Delegation No. 0170.1; Section 50.01–20 Subpart 50.05—Application also issued under the authority of 44 U.S.C. 3507. 50.05–1 General. 50.05–5 Existing boilers, pressure vessels or SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, piping systems. 1968, unless otherwise noted. 50.05–10 Alterations or repairs. 50.05–15 Vessels subject to regulations in Subpart 50.01—Basis and Purpose this subchapter. of Regulations 50.05–20 Steam-propelled motorboats. § 50.01–10 Purpose of regulations. Subpart 50.10—Definition of Terms Used in This Subchapter (a) The purpose of the regulations in this subchapter is to set forth min- 50.10–1 Commandant. imum requirements for marine engi- 50.10–5 Coast Guard District Commander or neering details for various types of ves- District Commander. sels in accordance with the intent of 50.10–10 Officer in Charge, Marine Inspec- title 52 of the Revised Statutes and tion, (OCMI). acts amendatory thereof or supple- 50.10–15 Marine inspector or inspector. 50.10–20 Headquarters. mental thereto as well as to implement 50.10–23 Marine Safety Center. various international conventions for 50.10–25 Coast Guard Symbol. safety of life at sea and other treaties, 50.10–30 Coast Guard number. which contain requirements affecting 50.10–35 Constructed. marine engineering. The regulations in this subchapter have the force of law. Subpart 50.20—Plan Submittal and (b) All marine engineering details, Approval such as boilers, pressure vessels, main and auxiliary machinery, piping, 50.20–1 General. valves, and fittings, shall be designed, 50.20–5 Procedures for submittal of plans. 50.20–10 Number of copies of plans required. constructed, and installed in accord- 50.20–15 Previously approved plans. ance with the provisions of this sub- 50.20–25 Calculations. chapter, except when specifically modi- 50.20–30 Alternative materials or methods of fied by the regulations in another sub- construction. chapter in this chapter for a particular 50.20–33 [Reserved] type of vessel or where a specific in- 50.20–35 Marine inspector’s decisions. stallation may be required or per- 50.20–40 Right of appeal. mitted. Subpart 50.25—Acceptance of Material [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, CGD and Piping Components 95–012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995] 50.25–1 General. § 50.01–15 Scope of regulations. 50.25–3 Manufacturer or mill certification. (a) This subchapter provides the spec- 50.25–5 Products requiring manufacturer or mill certification. ifications, standards and requirements 50.25–7 Testing of products required to be for strength and adequacy of design, certified in presence of marine inspector. construction, installation, inspection, 50.25–10 Acceptance of piping components and choice of materials for machinery, by specific letter or approved plan. boilers, pressure vessels, safety valves,

100

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00110 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 50.05–5

and piping systems upon which safety the time specific regulations are of life is dependent. amended or added. (b) Since this subchapter contains (c) The requirements in this sub- the marine engineering details, it im- chapter revised or added subsequent to plements the requirements for inspec- July 1, 1969, shall be applicable to the tion and certification of vessels as set installations contracted for after the forth in other subchapters for specific effective dates of such requirements. types of vessels. Normally, materials, items of equip- (c) The regulations in this subchapter ment, or installations in vessels which (parts 50, 52, 53, 54, 56, 57, 58, 59, and 61 have been accepted and passed as satis- through 64) have preemptive effect over factory and meeting the applicable re- state or local regulations in the same quirements in this subchapter then in field. effect and which are maintained in good and serviceable condition to the [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, amended by USCG–2012–0196, 81 FR 48250, Marine Inspection, may be continued July 22, 2016] in use until replacement is deemed nec- § 50.01–20 OMB control numbers as- essary by such officer or as specified in signed pursuant to the Paperwork the regulations. Reduction Act. (d) Items of equipment, which are in use on vessels, previously approved by (a) Purpose. This section collects and the Commandant but not complying displays the control numbers assigned with the latest specification require- to information collection and record- ments may be continued in use so long keeping requirements in this sub- as they are maintained in good and chapter by the Office of Management serviceable condition to the satisfac- and Budget (OMB) pursuant to the Pa- tion of the Officer in Charge, Marine perwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 Inspection, until replacement is U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The Coast Guard in- deemed necessary by such officer or as tends that this section comply with the specified in the regulations. requirements of 44 U.S.C. 3507(f) which (e) Industrial systems and compo- requires that agencies display a cur- nents on mobile offshore drilling units rent control number assigned by the must meet subpart 58.60 of this chap- Director of the OMB for each approved ter. agency information collection requirement. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as (b) Display. amended by CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4, 1978; CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21809, May 20, 1982; 46 CFR Part or Section where Identified or Current OMB USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58459, Sept. 29, 2000] Described Control No. § 50.05–5 Existing boilers, pressure Parts 50 through 64 ...... 1625–0097 vessels or piping systems. (a) Whenever doubt exists as to the [49 FR 38120, Sept. 27, 1984, as amended by safety of an existing boiler, pressure CGD 88–072, 53 FR 34297, Sept. 6, 1988; USCG– 2004–18884, 69 FR 58345, Sept. 30, 2004] vessel, or piping system, the marine inspector may require that it be gaged or checked to determine the extent of de- Subpart 50.05—Application terioration, and if necessary for safety may require the recalculation and re- § 50.05–1 General. duction of the maximum allowable (a) The regulations in this sub- working pressure. chapter shall apply to the marine engi- (b) For the purpose of recalculating neering details of installations on ves- the maximum allowable working pres- sels required to be inspected and cer- sure of boilers, pressure vessels, or pip- tificated under other subchapters in ing which have deteriorated in service, this chapter as described in § 50.01–10. the applicable design formulas in effect (b) The regulations in this sub- at the time it was contracted for or chapter are not retroactive in effect, built or the currently effective design except as provided in § 50.05–5 or § 50.05– formulas in this subchapter shall be 10, or if specifically so provided for at used: Provided, That such recalculation

101

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00111 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 50.05–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

based on currently effective design for- § 50.05–15 Vessels subject to regula- mulas in this subchapter does not per- tions in this subchapter. mit a higher pressure than that origi- (a) Passenger vessels, tank vessels, nally allowed by the regulations in ef- cargo and miscellaneous vessels, nau- fect at the time such work was con- tical schoolships, mobile offshore drill- tracted for or built. ing units, and oceanographic vessels (c) When existing vessels are are subject to the regulations in this reboilered, the mountings and attach- subchapter to the extent prescribed by ments shall be renewed in accordance various laws and regulations as de- with the regulations in this subchapter scribed in § 50.01–1. The applicable pro- in effect at the time such reboilering visions in this subchapter shall apply work is contracted for. The existing to all such U.S. flag vessels, and to all steam piping shall be examined. Those such foreign vessels which carry pas- portions which are in good condition sengers from any port in the United and comply with minimum thickness States except as follows: requirements in effect at the time such (1) Any vessel of a foreign nation sig- reboilering work is contracted for may natory to the International Convention be continued in service. The steam pip- for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, and ing replaced shall be in accordance which has on board a current, valid with the regulations in this subchapter Convention certificate attesting to the in effect for new construction. sufficiency of the marine engineering (d) For the purpose of this section, details as prescribed by applicable reg- existing equipment includes only items ulations in this chapter. which have previously met all Coast (2) Any vessel of a foreign nation Guard requirements for installation having inspection laws approximating aboard a vessel certificated by the those of the United States together Coast Guard, including requirements with reciprocal inspection arrange- for design, fabrication, testing, and in- ments with the United States, and spection at the time the equipment was which has on board a current, valid new. certificate of inspection issued by its [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as government under such arrangements. amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9430, Mar. 8, (3) Any vessel operating exclusively 1985] on inland waters which are not navigable waters of the United States. § 50.05–10 Alterations or repairs. (4) Any vessel laid up and dismantled (a) When alteration or repair of boil- and out of commission. ers, pressure vessels, machinery, safety (5) With the exception of vessels of valves or piping systems becomes nec- the U.S. Maritime Administration, any essary, the work shall be done under vessel with the title vested in the the cognizance of the Officer in Charge United States and which is used for Marine Inspection. It shall be done in public purposes. accordance with the regulations in ef- (b) Notwithstanding the exceptions fect at the time such vessel or installa- previously noted in paragraphs (a) (1) tion was contracted for or built (which- and (2) of this section, foreign vessels ever is latest), or in accordance with of novel design or construction or the regulations in effect for new con- whose operation involves potential un- struction. usual risks shall be subject to inspec- (b) When alterations or repairs are tion to the extent necessary to safe- made to a U.S. flag vessel in a port or guard life and property in U.S. ports, place not in the United States, a notice as further provided by § 2.01–13 in sub- containing details of the proposed al- chapter A (Procedures Applicable to terations or repairs must be submitted the Public) of this chapter. to the appropriate Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4, [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as 1978; CGD 80–161, 48 FR 15472, Apr. 11, 1983; amended by CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4, CGD 90–008, 55 FR 30660, July 26, 1990; CGD 1978] 95–012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]

102

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00112 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 50.10–23

§ 50.05–20 Steam-propelled motorboats. charge of an inspection zone for the (a) The requirements covering design performance of duties with respect to of the propelling engine, boiler, and the the inspections, enforcement, and ad- auxiliary machinery, and the inspec- ministration of Subtitle II, Title 46, tion thereof on all motor boats which U.S. Code, Title 46 and Title 33 U.S. are more than 40 feet in length and Code, and regulations under these stat- which are propelled by machinery driv- utes. en by steam shall be in accordance [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as with the applicable provisions of this amended by CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, subchapter. 1997] (b) If the engines, boilers, and auxiliary machinery are found to be in safe § 50.10–15 Marine inspector or inspec- operating condition at the initial or tor. subsequent periodical inspection, the The term marine inspector or inspector Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, means any person from the civilian or shall issue a letter to that effect. Such military branch of the Coast Guard as- letter shall be posted on the vessel under glass. The letter will be valid for signed under the superintendence and a specified period of time, as deter- direction of an Officer in Charge, Ma- mined by the Officer in Charge, Marine rine Inspection, or any other person as Inspection. The owner, within 30 days may be designated for the performance prior to its expiration, shall make ap- of duties with respect to the inspec- plication to the nearest Officer in tions, enforcement and the administra- Charge, Marine Inspection for a re- tion of Subtitle II, Title, 46, U.S. Code, newal thereof. Title 46 and Title 33, U.S. Code, and regulations under these statutes. Subpart 50.10—Definition of Terms [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as Used in This Subchapter amended by CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997] § 50.10–1 Commandant. The term Commandant means the § 50.10–20 Headquarters. Commandant U.S. Coast Guard. The term Headquarters means the Commandant (CG–00), Attn: Com- § 50.10–5 Coast Guard District Com- mander or District Commander. mandant, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7000, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue The term Coast Guard District Com- SE., Washington, DC 20593–7000. mander or District Commander means an officer of the Coast Guard designated [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as as such by the Commandant to com- amended by CGD 88–070, 53 FR 34534, Sept. 7, mand all Coast Guard activities within 1988; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60147, Sept. 30, his district, which include the inspec- 2013] tions, enforcement, and administration of Subtitle II, Title 46, U.S. Code, Title § 50.10–23 Marine Safety Center. 46 and Title 33 U.S. Code, and regula- The term Marine Safety Center refers tions under these statutes. to the Commanding Officer, Marine [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as Safety Center, U.S. Coast Guard, 2703 amended by CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., 1997] Washington, DC 20593 for visitors. Send all mail to Commanding Officer (MSC), § 50.10–10 Officer in Charge, Marine Attn: Marine Safety Center, U.S. Coast Inspection, (OCMI). Guard Stop 7430, 2703 Martin Luther The term Officer in Charge, Marine In- King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC spection, (OCMI) means any person 20593–7430, in a written or electronic from the civilian or military branch of format. Information for submitting the the Coast Guard designated as such by VSP electronically can be found at the Commandant and who, under the http://www.uscg.mil/HQ/MSC. superintendence and direction of the Coast Guard District Commander, is in [USCG–2016–0498, 82 FR 35089, July 28, 2017]

103

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00113 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 50.10–25 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

§ 50.10–25 Coast Guard Symbol. TABLE 50.10–30—PREVIOUS SECTOR OFFICE (a) The term Coast Guard Symbol IDENTIFICATION LETTERS IN COAST GUARD means that impression stamped on the NUMBERS FOR BOILERS AND PRESSURE VES- nameplates of boilers, pressure vessels, SELS—Continued and safety valves by a marine inspector Sector upon the satisfactory completion of the Identification Office tests and inspection of the product. It ANC ...... Anchorage. may also be used by a marine inspector BAL ...... Baltimore. to identify workmanship test plates BOS ...... Boston. and welding samples. BUF ...... Buffalo. CHA ...... Charleston. (b) The impression of the Coast CHI ...... Chicago. Guard Symbol for stamping name- CIN ...... Cincinnati. plates and specimens is shown in Fig- CLE ...... Cleveland. COR ...... Corpus Christi. ure 50.10–25(b). DET ...... Detroit. DUL ...... Duluth. GAL ...... Galveston. GUA ...... Guam. HON ...... Honolulu. HOU ...... Houston. HRV ...... Hampton Roads, VA. HUN ...... Huntington. JAC ...... Jacksonville. JUN ...... Juneau. LIS ...... Long Island. LOS ...... Los Angeles. LOU ...... Louisville. MEM ...... Memphis. MIA ...... Miami. MIL ...... Milwaukee. MIN ...... Minneapolis. MOB ...... Mobile. MOR ...... Morgan City. FIGURE 50.10–25(B)—COAST GUARD SYMBOL NAS ...... Nashville. NEW ...... New Orleans. NYC ...... New York. § 50.10–30 Coast Guard number. PAD ...... Paducah. (a) The Coast Guard number means PAT ...... Port Arthur. PHI ...... Philadelphia. that number assigned to boilers and PIT ...... Pittsburgh. pressure vessels by the Officer in POM ...... Portland, ME. Charge, Marine Inspection, who makes POR ...... Portland, OR. PRO ...... Providence. the final tests and inspections. ROT ...... Rotterdam. (b) The Coast Guard number shall be SAV ...... Savannah. stamped on the nameplates of boilers SDC ...... San Diego. and pressure vessels. SEA ...... Seattle. SFC ...... San Francisco. (c) The Coast Guard number is com- SIM ...... Saint Ignace. prised of the following: SJP ...... San Juan. (1) Three capital letters which iden- SLM ...... St. Louis. tify the office of the issuing Officer in STB ...... Sturgeon Bay. TAM ...... Tampa. Charge, Marine Inspection (see table TOL ...... Toledo. 50.10–30); followed by, VAL ...... Valdez. (2) An OCMI serial number, by which WNC ...... Wilmington, NC. the particular boiler or pressure vessel can be identified; the first two digits of [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as which will identify the calendar year amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9975, June 17, the number was assigned. 1970; CGD 74–219, 39 FR 40158, Nov. 14, 1974; CGD 78–161, 44 FR 13492, Mar. 12, 1979; USCG– TABLE 50.10–30—PREVIOUS SECTOR OFFICE 2000–7790, 65 FR 58459, Sept. 29, 2000; USCG– 2006–25556, 72 FR 36330, July 2, 2007] IDENTIFICATION LETTERS IN COAST GUARD NUMBERS FOR BOILERS AND PRESSURE VES- § 50.10–35 Constructed. SELS The term constructed means the keel Identification Sector has been laid or, for vessels with no Office keel, assembly of at least 50 tons or 1% ALB ...... Albany. of the estimated mass of all structural

104

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00114 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR EC01FE91.018 Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 50.20–25

material, whichever is less, has been (c) In the case of classed vessels, completed. upon specific request by the submitter, the American Bureau of Shipping will [CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, 1995] arrange to forward the necessary plans to the Coast Guard indicating its ac- Subpart 50.20—Plan Submittal and tion thereon. In this case, the plans Approval will be returned directly to the submitter as noted in paragraph (c) of this § 50.20–1 General. section. (a) The required vessel, equipment, or [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as installation plans, as listed in this sub- amended by CGD 88–070, 53 FR 34534, Sept. 7, chapter, are general in character, but 1988; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40598, Oct. 2, 1989; include all plans which normally show CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995; CGD the intended construction and safety 95–072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995] features coming under the cognizance of the Coast Guard. In a particular § 50.20–10 Number of copies of plans case, however, not all of the plans enu- required. merated may be applicable, and in such (a) Three copies of each plan are nor- cases the Coast Guard will so notify mally required so that one copy can be the submitter. returned to the submitter. If the sub- (b) Manufacturers of pressure vessels mitter desires additional copies of ap- and other components, which require proved plans, a suitable number should specific fabrication inspection in ac- be submitted to permit the required cordance with the requirements of this distribution. subchapter, shall submit and obtain approval of the applicable construction § 50.20–15 Previously approved plans. plans prior to the commencement of (a) A manufacturer wishing to fab- such fabrication. Manufacturers of ricate equipment in accordance with a automatically controlled boilers shall plan previously approved (including submit and obtain approval of the ap- work accomplished under a different plicable control system plans prior to contract) shall not be required to re- installation of the boiler. Manufactur- submit such plans provided: ers of boilers which must meet the re- (1) Certification is submitted that quirements of part 52 of this sub- the proposed equipment conforms in chapter shall submit the applicable every respect to the plan previously ap- construction plans for review prior to proved, and such certification contains installation. the drawing number, title, date, and last revision or change date, and date [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9431, Mar. 8, of previous approval; 1985] (2) The current regulations, including adopted specifications, standards or § 50.20–5 Procedures for submittal of codes, pertaining to the proposed plans. equipment are the same as those cur- (a) As the relative locations of ship- rent when the original plan was ap- yards, design offices, and Coast Guard proved; and offices vary throughout the country, (3) A copy of the approved plan is no specific routing will be required in available for review by the approving the submittal of plans. In general, one office. of the procedures outlined in this sec- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as tion apply, but if a more expeditious amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40598, Oct. 2, procedure can be used, there will nor- 1989] mally be no objection to it. (b) The plans may be submitted in § 50.20–25 Calculations. duplicate to the Officer in Charge, Ma- (a) Calculations shall be forwarded rine Inspection, at or nearest the place with plans submitted for approval and where the vessel is to be built. Alter- shall clearly substantiate compliance natively, the plans may be submitted with the regulations in this sub- in triplicate to the Marine Safety Cen- chapter. Care shall be taken to identify ter. sources of equations, factors and other

105

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00115 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 50.20–30 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

information upon which the calcula- rine Inspection, in accordance with tions are based. § 50.20–40. (b) The results of the calculations, such as the maximum allowable work- § 50.20–40 Right of appeal. ing pressure (MAWP), test pressure, Any person directly affected by a de- and safety device settings, shall be cision or action taken under this sub- clearly identified. chapter, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal therefrom in ac- § 50.20–30 Alternative materials or cordance with subpart 1.03 of this chap- methods of construction. ter. (a) When new or alternative procedures, designs, or methods of construc- [CGD 88–033, 54 FR 50380, Dec. 6, 1989] tion are submitted for approval and for which no regulations have been pro- Subpart 50.25—Acceptance of vided, the Commandant will act re- Material and Piping Components garding the approval or disapproval thereof. § 50.25–1 General. (b) If, in the development of indus- (a) Materials and piping components trial arts, improved materials or meth- used in the construction of boilers, ods of construction are developed, their pressure vessels, pressure piping sys- use in lieu of those specified will be tems, and related components are ac- given consideration upon formal appli- cepted by review of manufacturer or cation to the Commandant, with full mill certificates under § 50.25–3 of this information as to their characteristics, part, product marking in accordance together with such scientific data and with an adopted industry standard, or evidence as may be necessary to estab- technical information indicating their lish the suitability of such materials or compliance with the requirements of methods of construction for the pur- this subchapter. pose intended. (b) Plate, bar stock, pipe, tube, pipe joining fittings (tees, elbows, reducers, § 50.20–33 [Reserved] etc.), bolting, castings, forgings, and flanges, are accepted by review of man- § 50.20–35 Marine inspector’s deci- ufacturer or mill certificates under sions. §§ 50.25–3, 50.25–5, and 50.25–7 of this (a) When it becomes necessary for a part. marine inspector to make decisions on (c) Valves, fluid conditioner fittings, matters covered by the regulations in and special purpose fittings complying this subchapter or by requirements in with an adopted industry standard and referenced specifications, standards or marked in accordance with the stand- codes, the inspector shall inform the ard are accepted through review of the owner or his representative of the re- marking indicating compliance with quirement, which will be identified by the adopted industry standard. source, section and paragraph number, (d) Valves, fluid conditioner fittings, on which the decisions are based. special purpose fittings, and pipe join- Whenever it is necessary to make deci- ing fittings not complying with an sions in matters not specifically cov- adopted industry standard are accepted ered by the regulations in this sub- for use on a case-by-case basis. Accept- chapter or by referenced requirements, ance is granted by the Marine Safety the marine inspector shall clearly state Center or the Officer in Charge, Marine the reasons which caused him to arrive Inspection, having cognizance over the at such decisions. installation of the product. To obtain (b) If the owner or his representative acceptance of a product, the manufac- disagrees with a decision made by the turer must submit, via the vessel marine inspector, he shall take up the owner or representative, the informa- matter with the local Officer in tion described in § 50.25–10 of this part Charge, Marine Inspection. The owner to the Marine Safety Center or the cog- or his representative may appeal the nizant Officer in Charge, Marine In- decision of the Officer in Charge, Ma- spection.

106

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00116 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 50.25–7

(e) Components designed for hydrau- the Coast Guard except as required by lic service which require shock testing § 50.25–7. under § 58.30–15(f) of this chapter and (b) The Officer in Charge, Marine In- nonmetallic flexible hose assemblies spection, having cognizance over the must be accepted by the Commandant installation of the products required to (CG–ENG). Manufacturers desiring ac- be certified shall ensure that adequate ceptance of these products must sub- control has been exercised to identify mit information necessary to show the product with its manufacturer or compliance with §§ 56.60–25(c) or 58.30–15 mill certificate. of this chapter, as applicable. Accept- (c) In the event that the Officer in ance of specific installations of accept- Charge, Marine Inspection, determines able nonmetallic flexible hose assem- that handling of a product has been blies and shock tested hydraulic com- such that proper identification is not ponents is granted by the Marine Safe- possible, he may: ty Center or the cognizant Officer in (1) Require testing in his presence Charge, Marine Inspection, as described based on the applicable material or in paragraph (d) of this section. fabrication specification; or (f) The vessel owner or representative (2) Reject the product on the basis shall make available to the Officer in that it cannot be properly identified. Charge, Marine Inspection, the manu- (d) A product conforming to an ac- facturer or mill certificates, specific ceptable material specification may, at letters of acceptance, or approved plans the discretion of the Officer in Charge, necessary to verify that piping compo- Marine Inspection, be accepted without nents comply with the requirements of referring to its manufacturer or mill this subchapter. certification, if: [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40598, Oct. 2, 1989, as (1) The product is marked in accord- amended by CGD 95–072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, ance with the identification marking 1995; CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50727, Sept. 27, 1996; requirements of the specification; USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58345, Sept. 30, 2004; (2) The marking alone is sufficient to USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65160, Oct. 31, 2008; identify that specification; and USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59777, Oct. 1, 2012] (3) In the opinion of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, the applica- § 50.25–3 Manufacturer or mill certification. tion of the product does not require knowledge of the exact chemical anal- (a) A manufacturer or mill producing ysis or mechanical properties enumer- materials used in certain products for ated on the manufacturer or mill cer- installation on inspected vessels, shall tificate. issue a certificate or mill test report which shall report the results of chem- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as ical analysis and mechanical properties amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40598, Oct. 2, 1989] required by the ASTM specification. (b) This certificate shall be made § 50.25–7 Testing of products required available to the marine inspector and to be certified in presence of ma- Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, rine inspector. upon request to the fabricator. (For ex- (a) Certified products are not nor- ception refer to § 50.25–5(d).) mally tested in the presence of a ma- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as rine inspector. The Commandant may, amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40598, Oct. 2, however, assign a marine inspector to 1989] witness tests required by the applicable specifications to satisfy himself that § 50.25–5 Products requiring manufac- the requirements are met. turer or mill certification. (b) Marine inspectors shall have free (a) Products required to be certified entry at all times to those parts of the by a manufacturer or by mill certifi- plant where material subject to the cate shall be fabricated and tested in regulations in this subchapter is being accordance with the applicable speci- manufactured. The manufacturer shall fications. Such products will not nor- provide marine inspectors all reason- mally be subject to mill inspection by able facilities to satisfy them that the

107

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00117 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 50.25–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

material is being manufactured in ac- 56, subparts 56.15, 56.20, 56.25, 56.30, or cordance with the requirements of the 56.35 of this chapter, as applicable. Commandant. (7) Submit any additional informa- (c) Unless otherwise authorized, re- tion necessary to evaluate the compo- quired tests and inspections described nent’s acceptability for its intended ap- in applicable specifications shall be plication. made at the place of manufacture prior (b) If the component is found to com- to shipment. Unless otherwise speci- ply with the requirements of this sub- fied, tests shall be performed at room chapter, the component is designated temperature. These tests when per- as acceptable for its intended installa- formed in the presence of a marine in- tion. This acceptance is in the form of spector will be so conducted as not to a specific letter relating directly to the interfere unnecessarily with the oper- particular component or in the form of ation of the plant. an approved piping system plan in (d) Marine inspectors shall assure which the component is identified as themselves that test specimens are an integral part. marked for positive identification with [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40599, Oct. 2, 1989] the materials which they represent. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as Subpart 50.30—Fabrication amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40599, Oct. 2, Inspection 1989] § 50.30–1 Scope. § 50.25–10 Acceptance of piping components by specific letter or approved (a) The manufacturer shall notify the plan. Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, of the intended fabrication of pressure (a) A manufacturer of a piping com- vessels that will require Coast Guard ponent which does not comply with an inspection. adopted industry standard and requires (b) For exemption of certain pressure acceptance by specific letter or ap- vessels from shop inspection see § 54.01– proved plan must do the following: 15 of this subchapter. (1) Submit an engineering type cata- (c) For a classification delineation of log or representative drawings of the boilers and pressure vessels refer to ta- component which includes the pressure bles 54.01–5(a) and 54.01–5(b) of this sub- and temperature ratings of the compo- chapter. nent and identify the service for which it is intended. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18808, Dec. 18, 1968, as (2) Identify materials used to fab- amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9431, Mar. 8, ricate the component. Materials must 1985] meet the requirements of subpart 56.60 § 50.30–10 Class I, I-L and II-L pressure of this chapter. If the component is not vessels. manufactured to accepted material (a) Classes I, I-L and II-L pressure specifications, the manufacturer must vessels shall be subject to shop inspec- prove equivalency to accepted material tion at the plant where they are being specifications by comparing details of fabricated, or when determined nec- the materials’ chemical composition, essary by the Officer in Charge, Marine mechanical properties, method of man- Inspection. ufacture, and complete chemical and (b) The manufacturer shall submit mechanical test results with an accept- Class I, I-L and II-L pressure vessels, as ed material specification. defined in parts 54 and 56 of this sub- (3) Identify the industry standard, if chapter for shop inspection at such any, to which the component is manu- stages of fabrication as may be re- factured. quested by the Officer in Charge, Ma- (4) Submit a description of non- rine Inspection. destructive testing performed on the component. [CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995] (5) Submit a description of the marking applied to the component. § 50.30–15 Class II pressure vessels. (6) Submit information showing com- (a) Class II pressure vessels shall be pliance with the requirements of part subject to shop inspections at the plant

108

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00118 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security Pt. 52

where they are being fabricated, as or 52.01–2 Adoption of section I of the ASME when determined necessary by the Offi- Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. cer in Charge, Marine Inspection. The 52.01–3 Definitions of terms used in this part. inspections described in this section 52.01–5 Plans. are required, unless specifically ex- 52.01–10 Automatic controls. empted by other regulations in this 52.01–35 Auxiliary, donkey, fired thermal subchapter. fluid heater, and heating boilers. (b) The first inspection of Class II 52.01–40 Materials and workmanship. welded pressure vessels shall be per- 52.01–50 Fusible plugs (modifies A–19 formed during the welding of the longi- through A–21). 52.01–55 Increase in maximum allowable tudinal joint. At this time the marine working pressure. inspector shall check the material and 52.01–90 Materials (modifies PG–5 through fit-up of the work, and ascertain that PG–13). only welders who have passed the re- 52.01–95 Design (modifies PG–16 through quired tests are employed. PG–31 and PG–100). (c) A second inspection of Class II 52.01–100 Openings and compensation (modifies PG–32 through PG–39, PG–42 through welded pressure vessels shall be made PG–55). during the welding of the circumferen- 52.01–105 Piping, valves and fittings (modi- tial joints. At this time the marine in- fies PG–58 and PG–59). spector shall check any new material 52.01–110 Water-level indicators, water col- being used which may not have been umns, gauge-glass connections, gauge examined at the time of the first in- cocks, and pressure gauges (modifies PG– spection, also the fit-up of the vessel at 60). this stage of fabrication, and in addi- 52.01–115 Feedwater supply (modifies PG– 61). tion, observe the welding and ascertain 52.01–120 Safety valves and safety relief that only welders who have passed the valves (modifies PG–67 through PG–73). required tests are employed. 52.01–130 Installation. 52.01–135 Inspection and tests (modifies PG– § 50.30–20 Class III pressure vessels. 90 through PG–100). 52.01–140 Certification by stamping (modi- (a) Class III pressure vessels shall be fies PG–104 through PG–113). subject to shop inspection at the plant 52.01–145 Manufacturers’ data report forms where they are being fabricated, as or (modifies PG–112 and PG–113). when determined necessary by the Offi- cer in Charge, Marine Inspection. The Subpart 52.05—Requirements for Boilers inspection described in this section is Fabricated by Welding required, unless specifically exempted 52.05–1 General (modifies PW–1 through PW– by other regulations in this sub- 54). chapter. 52.05–15 Heat treatment (modifies PW–10). (b) For Class III welded pressure ves- 52.05–20 Radiographic and ultrasonic exam- sels, one inspection shall be made dur- ination (modifies PW–11 and PW–41.1). ing the welding of the longitudinal 52.05–30 Minimum requirements for attach- joint. If there is no longitudinal joint, ment welds (modifies PW–16). the inspection shall be made during the 52.05–45 Circumferential joints in pipes, tubes and headers (modifies PW–41). welding of a circumferential joint. At this time the marine inspector shall Subpart 52.15—Requirements for check the material and fit-up of the Watertube Boilers work and see that only welders who have passed the required tests are em- 52.15–1 General (modifies PWT–1 through ployed. PWT–15). 52.15–5 Tube connections (modifies PWT–9 and PWT–11). PART 51 [RESERVED] Subpart 52.20—Requirements for Firetube PART 52—POWER BOILERS Boilers 52.20–1 General (modifies PFT–1 through Subpart 52.01—General Requirements PFT–49). 52.20–17 Opening between boiler and safety Sec. valve (modifies PFT–44). 52.01–1 Incorporation by reference. 52.20–25 Setting (modifies PFT–46).

109

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00119 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 52.01–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

Subpart 52.25—Other Boiler Types 52.01–135; 52.01–140; 52.01–145; 52.05–1; 52.05–15; 52.05–20; 52.05–30; 52.05–45; 52.15– 52.25–1 General. 52.25–3 Feedwater heaters (modifies PFH–1). 1; 52.15–5; 52.20–1; 52.20–25; 52.25–3; 52.25– 52.25–5 Miniature boiler (modifies PMB–1 5; 52.25–7; and 52.25–10. through PMB–21). (2) 1998 ASME Boiler and Pressure 52.25–7 Electric boilers (modifies PEB–1 Vessel Code, Section II, Part A—Fer- through PEB–19). rous Material Specifications and Part 52.25–10 Organic fluid vaporizer generators B—Nonferrous Material Specifications (modifies PVG–1 through PVG–12). (1998) (‘‘Section II of the ASME Boiler 52.25–15 Fired thermal fluid heaters. and Pressure Vessel Code’’), 52.01–90. 52.25–20 Exhaust gas boilers. (3) [Reserved] AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3307, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65160, Oct. 31, 2008, Department of Homeland Security Delega- as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49228, tion No. 0170.1. Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59777, Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60147, SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, Sept. 30, 2013] 1968, unless otherwise noted. § 52.01–2 Adoption of section I of the Subpart 52.01—General ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Requirements Code. (a) Main power boilers and auxiliary § 52.01–1 Incorporation by reference. boilers shall be designed, constructed, (a) Certain material is incorporated inspected, tested, and stamped in ac- by reference into this part with the ap- cordance with section I of the ASME proval of the Director of the Federal Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incor- Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 porated by reference; see 46 CFR 52.01– CFR part 51. To enforce any edition 1), as limited, modified, or replaced by other than that specified in this sec- specific requirements in this part. The tion, the Coast Guard must publish no- provisions in the appendix to section I tice of change in the FEDERAL REG- of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves- ISTER and the material must be avail- sel Code are adopted and shall be fol- able to the public. All approved mate- lowed when the requirements in sec- rial is available for inspection at the tion I make them mandatory. For gen- National Archives and Records Admin- eral information, table 52.01–1(a) lists istration (NARA). For information on the various paragraphs in section I of the availability of this material at the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel NARA, call 202–741–6030 or go to http:// Code that are limited, modified, or re- www.archives.gov/federallregister/ placed by regulations in this part. codeloflfederallregulations/ TABLE 52.01–1(a)—LIMITATIONS AND MODIFICA- ibrllocations.html. The material is also available for inspection at the Coast TIONS IN THE ADOPTION OF SECTION I OF THE Guard Headquarters. Contact Com- ASME CODE mandant (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of De- 1 Paragraphs in section I, ASME Code Unit of this part sign and Engineering Systems, U.S. and disposition Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Lu- PG–1 replaced by ...... 54.01–5(a) ther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, PG–5 through PG–13 modified by ...... 52.01–90 DC 20593–7509. The material is also PG–16 through PG–31 modified by ...... 52.01–95 PG–32 through PG–39 modified by ...... 52.01–100 available from the sources listed in PG–42 through PG–55 modified by ...... 52.01–100 paragraph (b) of this section. PG–58 and PG–59 modified by ...... 52.01–105 (b) American Society of Mechanical En- PG–60 modified by ...... 52.01–110 PG–61 modified by ...... 52.01–115 gineers (ASME) International, Three (56.50–30) Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990: PG–67 through PG–73 modified by ...... 52.01–120 (1) 2001 ASME Boiler and Pressure PG–90 through PG–100 modified by ...... 52.01–135 Vessel Code, Section I, Rules for Con- (52.01–95) PG–91 modified by ...... 52.01–135(b) struction of Power Boilers (July 1, 2001) PG–99 modified by ...... 52.01–135(c) (‘‘Section I of the ASME Boiler and PG–100 modified by ...... 52.01–95(e) Pressure Vessel Code’’), 52.01–2; 52.01–5; PG–104 through PG–113 modified by ..... 52.01–140(a) PG–112 and PG–113 modified by ...... 52.01–145 52.01–50; 52.01–90; 52.01–95; 52.01–100; PW–1 through PW–54 modified by ...... 52.05–1 52.01–105; 52.01–110; 52.01–115; 52.01–120; PW–10 modified by ...... 52.05–15

110

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00120 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 52.01–3

TABLE 52.01–1(a)—LIMITATIONS AND MODIFICA- (2) Auxiliary or donkey boiler. An aux- TIONS IN THE ADOPTION OF SECTION I OF THE iliary or donkey boiler is a steam boil- ASME CODE—Continued er used for all purposes, including emergency propulsion, for which steam Paragraphs in section I, ASME Code1 and disposition Unit of this part may be required other than main propulsion. PW–11.1 modified by ...... 52.05–20 PW–16 modified by ...... 52.05–30 (3) Watertube boiler. A watertube boil- PW–41 modified by ...... 52.05–20, 52.05– er is a steam boiler in which the boiler 45 tubes contain water and steam. The PWT–1 through PWT–15 modified by ...... 52.15–1 PWT–9 modified by ...... 52.15–5 heat is applied to the outside surface of PWT–9.2 replaced by ...... 52.15–5(b) the tubes. PWT–11 modified by ...... 52.15–5 (4) Internally fired firetube boiler PWT–11.3 replaced by ...... 52.15–5(b) PFT–1 through PFT–49 modified by ...... 52.20–1 (scotch boiler). An internally fired PFT–44 modified by ...... 52.20–17 firetube boiler is a steam boiler con- PFT–46. modified by ...... 52.20–25 taining furnaces, one or more combus- PFH–1 modified by ...... 52.25–3 PMB–1 through PMB–21 modified by ...... 52.25–5 tion chambers and tubes or flues, PEB–1 through PEB–19 modified by ...... 52.25–7 which are surrounded by water and PVG–1 through PVG–12 modified by ...... 52.25–10 through which the products of combus- A–19 through A–21 modified by ...... 52.01–50 tion pass from the furnace to the up- 1 The references to specific provisions in the ASME Code are coded. The first letter ‘‘P’’ refers to section I, while the let- take. In such boilers no part of the ter ‘‘A’’ refers to the appendix to section I. The letter or letters shell is in contact with the fire or prod- following ‘‘P’’ refer to a specific subsection of section I. The number following the letter or letters refers to the paragraph ucts of combustion. so numbered in the text. (5) Externally fired firetube or flue boil- (b) References to the ASME Code, er (horizontal return tubular). An exter- such as paragraph PG–1, indicate: nally fired firetube or flue boiler is a steam boiler, part of the outer shell of P = Section I, Power Boilers ASME Code. which is exposed to fire or to the prod- G = Subsection—General. 1 = Paragraph 1. ucts of combustion, and containing flues through which such products pass (c) When a section or paragraph of from the furnace to the uptake. the regulations in this part relates to (6) High temperature water boiler. A material in section I of the ASME high temperature water boiler is a boil- Code, the relationship with the code er containing water at a temperature will be shown immediately following exceeding 250 °F. the heading of the section or at the be- (7) Packaged boiler. A packaged boiler ginning of the paragraph as follows: is a steam boiler equipped, and shipped (1) (Modifies P lll.) This indicates complete with fuel burning equipment, that the material in P lll is gen- mechanical draft equipment, feed erally applicable but is being altered, water apparatus and all necessary con- amplified or augmented. trols for manual or automatic oper- (2) (Replaces P lll.) This indicates ation, all completely mounted on a that P lll does not apply. (3) (Reproduces P lll.) This indi- common base and requiring only to be cates that P lll is being identically connected to fuel, water and electric reproduced for convenience, not for supplies to be ready for use. emphasis. (8) Fired steam boiler. A pressure vessel in which steam is generated by the [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as application of heat resulting from the amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9975, June 17, combustion of fuel is classed as a fired 1970; CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9431, Mar. 8, 1985. Re- steam boiler. designated and amended by CGD 88–032, 56 FR 35821, July 29, 1991; USCG–2003–16630, 73 (9) Unfired steam boiler. A pressure FR 65160, Oct. 31, 2008] vessel in which steam is generated by means other than fuel combustion is § 52.01–3 Definitions of terms used in classed as an unfired steam boiler. (See this part. § 54.01–10 of this subchapter.) (a) Types of boilers—(1) Main power (10) Hybrid boiler. A hybrid boiler is a boiler. A main power boiler is a steam steam boiler whose design employs fea- boiler used for generating steam for tures from both watertube and firetube main propulsion. boilers.

111

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00121 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 52.01–3 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(b) Parts of boilers—(1) Shell. The shell tially for additional strength and to is the structure forming the outer en- provide for expansion. velope of a boiler drum, or pressure (ii) Plain furnace. A plain furnace is a vessel consisting of one or more plates cylindrical shell usually made in sec- properly joined (or of seamless con- tions joined by means of riveting or struction) as specified in this part. welding. This does not include tube sheets or (10) Combustion chamber. A combus- heads. tion chamber is that part of an inter- (2) Heads. The heads are the ends of a nally fired boiler in which combustible boiler or pressure vessel. They may be gases may be burned after leaving the flat or dished, stayed or unstayed. furnace. (i) Dished heads. Dished heads are (i) Separate combustion chamber. A heads formed to a segment of a sphere separate combustion chamber is a com- or to a hemispherical or elliptical sec- bustion chamber which is connected to tion and may be attached to the shell one furnace only. so that the pressure will be either on (ii) Common combustion chamber. A the concave or on the convex side. common combustion chamber is a com- (ii) Stayed heads. Stayed heads are bustion chamber connected to two or heads supported in whole or in part by more furnaces in a boiler. stays, furnaces, flues, tubes, etc. (iii) Crown or top plate. A crown or (3) A water wall is a series Water wall. top plate is the top of a combustion of tubes or elements spaced along or in- chamber and is usually supported by tegral with a wall of a furnace to pro- girder stays or by sling stays or braces. tect the wall and provide additional (iv) Curved bottom plate. A curved bot- heating surface. tom plate is the bottom of a separate (4) Header. A header is a hollow forg- combustion chamber formed to an arc ing, pipe, or welded plate of cylin- of a circle and usually designed to be drical, square, or rectangular cross sec- self-supporting. tion, serving as a manifold to which tubes are connected. (v) Combustion chamber tube sheet. A (5) Superheater. A superheater is an combustion chamber tube sheet is the appliance for the purpose of increasing plate forming the end of a combustion the temperature of steam. chamber in which the tubes are se- (6) Economizer. An economizer is a cured. feed-water heater usually located in (vi) Combustion chamber back sheet. A the uptake or casing of a boiler to ab- combustion chamber back sheet is the sorb heat from the waste gases. plate opposite the tube sheet forming (7) Domes. Domes are superstructures the back of the combustion chamber. It of shells, attached by riveting, bolting, is usually stayed to the back head of or welding. They generally consist of a the boiler by means of screw staybolts, cylindrical shell with one end flanged or, in the case of double-ended boilers, for attachment to the main shell and to the back of the combustion chamber the other end closed by a head which of the other end of the boiler. may be integral with, riveted, or weld- (11) Flues. Flues are cylindrical shells ed to the shell. made of seamless or welded tubing, or (8) Steam chimneys. Steam chimneys with a riveted longitudinal joint, the are superstructures of steam boilers ends being attached by riveting or which are fitted with a lining inside of welding. Their purpose is to provide ad- which the products of combustion pass ditional heating surface and to form a to the smokestack. They may be con- path for the products of combustion. structed in the form of a dome integral (12) Tubes. Tubes are cylindrical with the boiler or as independent shells of comparatively small diameter steam vessels connected by piping to constituting the main part of the heat- the boiler. ing surface of a boiler or superheater. (9) Furnace. A furnace is a firebox or (i) Seamless tube. A seamless tube is a a large flue in which the fuel is burned. tube without any longitudinal joint. (i) Corrugated furnace. A corrugated (ii) Electric-resistance-welded tube. An furnace is a cylindrical shell wherein electric-resistance-welded tube is a corrugations are formed circumferen- tube the longitudinal joint of which is

112

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00122 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 52.01–3

made by the electric-resistance butt being riveted over or fitted with nuts welding process. or welded collars. (See Figure 52.01– (iii) Stay tube. A stay tube is a 3(c).) thickwalled tube, the end of which is (6) Flexible staybolt. A flexible usually thickened by upsetting to com- staybolt is a bar made with ball-and- pensate for threading. Such tubes are socket joint on one end, the cup of the used for staying tube sheets into which socket being screwed into the outside they are screwed and expanded. sheet and covered with a removable (13) Tube sheet. A tube sheet is a por- cap, the plain end of the staybolt being tion of a boiler drum, or header per- threaded, screwed through the inside forated for the insertion of tubes. sheet and riveted over. (See Figure (14) Ligament. The ligament is the 52.01–3(d).) section of metal between the holes in a (7) Sling stay. A sling stay is a flexible tube sheet. stay consisting of a solid bar having (i) Longitudinal ligament. A longitu- one or both ends forged for a pin con- dinal ligament is the minimum section nection to a crowfoot or other struc- of metal between two tube holes on a tural fitting secured to the stayed line parallel with the axis of the drum. plate. (See Figure 52.01–3(e).) (ii) Circumferential ligament. A cir- (8) Crowfoot. A crowfoot is a forged cumferential ligament is the minimum fitting with palms or lugs secured to section of metal between two tube the head to form a proper connection holes on a line around the circum- with a sling stay. (See Figure 52.01– ference of the drum. 3(f).) (iii) Diagonal ligament. A diagonal ligament is the minimum section of (9) Crowfoot stay. A crowfoot stay is a metal between two tube holes in adja- solid bar stay terminating in a forged cent rows, measured diagonally from fork with palms or lugs for attachment one row to the other. to the plate. (See Figure 52.01–3(g).) (c) Stays and supports—(1) Surfaces to (10) Diagonal stay. A diagonal stay is be stayed. Surfaces to be stayed or rein- a bar or formed plate forged with palms forced include flat plates, heads, or or lugs for staying the head of the boil- areas thereof, such as segments of er to the shell diagonally. (See Figure heads, wrapper sheets, furnace plates, 52.01–3(h).) side sheets, combustion chamber tops, (11) Gusset stay. A gusset stay is a tri- etc., which are not self-supporting; and angular plate used for the same pur- curved plates, constituting the whole pose as a diagonal stay and attached to or parts of a cylinder subject to exter- the head and the shell by angles, nal pressure, which are not entirely flanges, or other suitable means of at- self-supporting. tachment. (See Figure 52.01–3(i).) (2) Through stay. A through stay is a (12) Dog stay. A dog stay is a staybolt, solid bar extending through both heads one end of which extends through a of a boiler and threaded at the ends for girder, dog, or bridge, and is secured by attachment by means of nuts. With a nut, the other end being screwed this type of stay the ends are usually through the plate which it is sup- upset to compensate for the threading. porting and riveted over or fitted with (See Figure 52.01–3(a).) a nut or welded collar. (See Figure (3) Solid screw staybolt. A solid screw 52.01–3(j).) staybolt is a threaded bar screwed (13) Girder. A girder is a bridge, built through the plates, the ends being riv- up of plates of structural shapes sepa- eted over or fitted with nuts or welded rated by distance pieces, a forging, or a collars. (See Figure 52.01–3(b).) formed plate, which spans an area re- (4) Welded collar. A welded collar is a quiring support, abutting thereon and beveled ring formed around the end of supporting the girder stays or a screw stay by means of arc- or gas- staybolts. (See Figure 52.01–3(k).) welding. It is used in lieu of a nut. (See (14) Structural stiffeners. Structural Figure 52.01–3(1).) stiffeners are rolled shapes or flanged (5) Hollow screw staybolt. A hollow plates which are used to stiffen a sur- screw staybolt is a hollow threaded bar face which is not entirely self-sup- screwed through the plate, the ends porting.

113

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00123 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 52.01–3 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(15) Reinforcement. A reinforcement is tion to the increase in pressure over a doubling plate, washer, structural the opening pressure. shape, or other form for stiffening or (iii) Safety relief valve. A safety relief strengthening a plate. valve is a pressure relief valve charac- (d) Pressure relief devices. For boilers, terized by rapid opening or pop action, pressure vessels, and pressure piping, a or by opening in proportion to the in- pressure relief device is designed to crease in pressure over the opening open to prevent a rise of internal fluid pressure, depending on application. pressure in excess of a specified value (A) Conventional safety relief valve. A due to exposure to emergency or abnor- conventional safety relief valve has its mal conditions. It may also be designed spring housing vented to the discharge to prevent excessive internal vacuum. side of the valve. The performance It may be a pressure relief valve, a characteristics (opening pressure, clos- nonreclosing pressure relief device or a ing pressure, lift and relieving capac- vacuum relief valve. ity) are directly affected by changes of (1) Pressure relief valve. A pressure re- the back pressure on the valve. lief valve is a pressure relief device (B) Balanced safety relief valve. A bal- which is designed to reclose and pre- anced safety relief valve incorporates vent the further flow of fluid after nor- means of minimizing the effect of back mal conditions have been restored. pressure on the operational characteristics (opening pressure, closing pres- (i) Safety valve. A safety valve is a sure, lift and relieving capacity). pressure relief valve actuated by inlet (C) Internal spring safety relief valve. static pressure and characterized by An internal spring safety relief valve rapid opening or pop action. Examples incorporates the spring and all or part of types used on boilers include: of the operating mechanism within the (A) Spring-loaded safety valve. A pressure vessel. spring-loaded safety valve is a safety (iv) Pilot operated pressure relief valve. valve fitted with a spring which nor- A pilot operated pressure relief valve is mally holds the valve disk in a closed a pressure relief valve in which the position against the seat and allows it major relieving device is combined to open or close at predetermined pres- with and is controlled by a self-actu- sures. Spring-loaded safety valves are ated auxiliary pressure relief valve. characterized by pop action. (v) Power actuated relief valve. A (B) Pressure loaded pilot actuated safe- power actuated pressure relief valve is ty valve. A pressure loaded pilot actu- a pressure relief valve in which the ated safety valve is one which is held major relieving device is combined in a closed position by steam pressure with and controlled by a device requir- and controlled in operation by a pilot ing an external source of energy. actuator valve. (vi) Temperature actuated pressure re- (C) Spring loaded pilot actuated safety lief valve. A temperature actuated pres- valve. A spring loaded, pilot actuated sure relief valve is a pressure relief safety valve is one in which a spring is valve. A spring loaded, pilot actuated used in the conventional way to hold internal temperature. the disk against the seat, but which (2) Nonreclosing pressure relief device. has a piston attached to the spindle A nonreclosing pressure relief device is and enclosed within a cylinder, which a pressure relief device not designed to when subjected to a limiting or set reclose after operation. pressure, unbalances the spring load (i) Rupture disk device. A rupture disk thereby opening the valve. device is a device actuated by inlet (D) Spring loaded pilot valve. A spring static pressure and designed to func- loaded pilot valve is a conventional tion by the bursting of a pressure re- safety valve designed to actuate an- taining disk. other spring loaded safety valve (ii) Explosion rupture disk device. An through a pressure transmitting line explosion rupture disk device is a rup- led from the body of the pilot valve. ture disk device designed for use at (ii) Relief valve. A relief valve is a high rates of pressure rise. pressure relief valve actuated by inlet (iii) Breaking pin device. A breaking static pressure which opens in propor- pin device is a device actuated by inlet

114

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00124 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 52.01–3

static pressure and designed to func- (9) Test cocks. Test cocks are small tion by the breakage of a load carrying cocks on a boiler for indicating the section of a pin which supports a pres- water level. sure retaining member. (10) Salinometer cocks. Salinometer (iv) Shear pin device. A shear pin de- cocks are cocks attached to a boiler for vice is a device actuated by inlet static the purpose of drawing off a sample of pressure and designed to function by water for salinity tests. the shearing of a load carrying pin (11) Fusible plugs. Fusible plugs are which supports the pressure retaining plugs made with a bronze casing and a member. tin filling which melts at a tempera- (v) Fusible plug device. A fusible plug ture of 445° to 450 °F. They are intended device is a device designed to function to melt in the event of low water and by the yielding or melting of a plug of thus warn the engineer on watch. suitable melting temperature. (f) Boiler fabrication—(1) Repair. Re- (vi) Frangible disk device. A frangible pair is the restoration of any damaged disk device is the same as a rupture or impaired part to an effective and disk device. safe condition. (vii) Bursting disk device. A bursting (2) Alteration. Alteration is a struc- disk device is the same as a rupture tural modification to or departure from disk device. an approved design or existing con- (3) Vacuum relief valve. A vacuum re- struction. lief valve is a valve designed to admit (3) Expanding. Expanding is the proc- fluid to prevent an excessive internal ess of enlarging the end of a tube to vacuum. make it fit tightly in the tube sheet. (4) Beading. Beading is the process of (e) Other boiler attachments—(1) turning over the protruding end of a Mountings. Mountings are nozzle con- tube after expanding to form a sup- nections, distance pieces, valves, or fit- porting collar for the tube sheet. tings attached directly to the boiler. (5) Bell-mouthing. Bell-mouthing is (2) Main steam stop valve. A main the process of flaring the end of a tube steam stop valve is a valve usually con- beyond where it is expanded in the tube nected directly to the boiler for the sheet. purpose of shutting off the steam from (6) Telltale hole. A telltale hole is a the main steam line. small hole having a diameter not less (3) Auxiliary steam stop valve. An aux- than three-sixteenths inch drilled in iliary steam stop valve is a valve usu- the center of a solid stay, and extend- ally connected directly to the boiler ing to at least one-half inch beyond the for the purpose of shutting off the inside surface of the sheet. steam from the auxiliary lines (includ- (7) Access or inspection openings. Ac- ing the whistle lines). cess or inspection openings are holes (4) Manifold. A manifold is a fitting cut in the shells or heads of boilers or with two or more branches having boiler pressure part for the purpose of valves either attached by bolting or in- inspection and cleaning. tegral with the fitting. (8) Openings. Openings are holes cut (5) Feed valve. A feed valve is a valve in shells or heads of boilers or boiler in the feed-water line which controls pressure parts for the purpose of con- the boiler feed. necting nozzles, domes, steam chim- (6) Blowoff valve. A blowoff valve is a neys, or mountings. valve connected directly to the boiler (g) Pressure. The term pressure is an for the purpose of blowing out water, abbreviation of the more explicit ex- scum or sediment. pression ‘‘difference in pressure inten- (7) Dry pipe. A dry pipe is a per- sity.’’ It is measured in terms such as forated or slotted pipe placed in the pounds per square inch (p.s.i.). highest part of the steam space of a (1) Gage (or gauge) pressure. Gage boiler to prevent priming. pressure is the difference between the (8) Water column. A water column is a pressure at the point being measured fitting or tube equipped with a water and the ambient pressure for the gage. glass attached to a boiler for the pur- It is measured in units such as pounds pose of indicating the water level. per square inch gage (p.s.i.g.).

115

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00125 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 52.01–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(2) Absolute pressure. Absolute pres- (4) External pressure. External pressure is the difference between the pressure refers to a situation where the sure at the point being measured and pressure outside exceeds that inside that of a perfect vacuum. It is meas- the volume being described. ured in units such as pounds per square (5) Maximum allowable working pres- inch absolute (p.s.i.a.). sure. For a definition of maximum al- (3) Internal pressure. Internal pressure lowable working pressure, see § 54.10–5 refers to a situation where the pressure of this subchapter. inside exceeds that outside the volume being described.

FIGURE 52.01–3—ACCEPTABLE TYPES OF BOILER STAYS

[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as § 52.01–5 Plans. amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9976, June 17, 1970; CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9431, Mar. 8, 1985; CGD (a) Manufacturers intending to fab- 83–043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, 1995] ricate boilers to be installed on vessels

116

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00126 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR EC01FE91.019 Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 52.01–50

shall submit detailed plans as required § 52.01–35 Auxiliary, donkey, fired by subpart 50.20 of this subchapter. The thermal fluid heater, and heating plans, including design calculations, boilers. must be certified by a registered pro- (a) To determine the appropriate part fessional engineer as meeting the de- of the regulations where requirements sign requirements in this part and in for miscellaneous boiler types, such as section I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- donkey, fired thermal fluid heater, sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref- heating boiler, etc., may be found, refer erence; see 46 CFR 52.01–1). to table 54.01–5(a) of this subchapter. (b) The following information must (b) Fired vessels in which steam is be included: generated at pressures exceeding 103 (1) Calculations for all pressure con- kPa gage (15 psig) shall meet the re- tainment components including the quirements of this part. maximum allowable working pressure [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as and temperature, the hydrostatic or amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, pneumatic test pressure, the maximum 1985] steam generating capacity and the intended safety valve settings. § 52.01–40 Materials and workmanship. (2) Joint design and methods of at- All materials to be used in any of the tachment of all pressure containment work specified in the various sections components. of this part shall be free from injurious (3) A bill of material meeting the re- defects and shall have a workmanlike quirements of section I of the ASME finish. The construction work shall be Code, as modified by this subpart. executed in a workmanlike manner (4) A diagrammatic arrangement with proper tools or equipment and drawing of the assembled unit indi- shall be free from defects which would cating the location of internal and ex- impair strength or durability. ternal components including any inter- connecting piping. § 52.01–50 Fusible plugs (modifies A–19 through A–21). (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1625–0097) (a) All boilers, except watertube boilers, with a maximum allowable work- [CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, 1985, as ing pressure in excess of 206 kPa gauge amended by USCG–2006–25697, 71 FR 55746, (30 psig), if fired with solid fuel not in Sept. 25, 2006; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65160, suspension, or if not equipped for unat- Oct. 31, 2008] tended waterbed operation, must be fitted with fusible plugs. Fusible plugs § 52.01–10 Automatic controls. must comply with only the require- (a) Each main boiler must meet the ments of A19 and A20 of section I of the special requirements for automatic ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code safety controls in § 62.35–20(a)(1) of this (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR chapter. 52.01–1) and be stamped on the casing (b) Each automatically controlled with the name of the manufacturer, auxiliary boiler having a heat input and on the water end of the fusible rating of less than 12,500,000 Btu/hr. metal ‘‘ASME Std.’’ Fusible plugs are (3.66 megawatts) must meet the re- not permitted where the maximum quirements of part 63 of this chapter. steam temperature to which they are (c) Each automatically controlled exposed exceeds 218 °C (425 °F). auxiliary boiler with a heat input rat- (b) Vertical boilers shall be fitted ing of 12,500,000 Btu/hr. (3.66 with one fusible plug located in a tube megawatts) or above, must meet the not more than 2 inches below the low- requirements for automatic safety con- est gage cock. trols in part 62 of this chapter. (c) Externally fired cylindrical boilers with flues shall have one plug fitted [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as to the shell immediately below the fire amended by CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17837, May 18, line not less than 4 feet from the front 1988; CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24236, June 15, 1990] end.

117

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00127 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 52.01–55 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(d) Firebox, Scotch, and other types cation and no marine inspector is in at- of shell boilers not specifically pro- tendance, the Chief Engineer shall sub- vided for, having a combustion cham- mit a written report to the Officer in ber common to all furnaces, shall have Charge, Marine Inspection, who issued one plug fitted at or near the center of the certificate of inspection informing the crown sheet of the combustion him of the renewal. This letter report chamber. shall contain the following informa- (e) Double-ended boilers, having indi- tion: vidual combustion chambers for each (i) Name and official number of ves- end, in which combustion chambers are sel. common to all the furnaces in one end (ii) Date of renewal of fusible plugs. of the boiler, shall have one plug fitted (iii) Number and location of fusible at or near the center of the crown plugs renewed in each boiler. sheet of each combustion chamber. (iv) Manufacturer and heat number of (f) Boilers constructed with a sepa- each plug. rate combustion chamber for each indi- (v) Reason for renewal. vidual furnace shall be fitted with a fu- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as sible plug in the center of the crown amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, sheet of each combustion chamber. 1985; USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6500, Feb. 9, 2000; (g) Boilers of types not provided for USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65160, Oct. 31, 2008] in this section shall be fitted with at least one fusible plug of such dimen- § 52.01–55 Increase in maximum allow- sions and located in a part of the boiler able working pressure. as will best meet the purposes for (a) When the maximum allowable which it is intended. working pressure of a boiler has been (h) Fusible plugs shall be so fitted established, an increase in the pressure that the smaller end of the filling is in settings of its safety valves shall not direct contact with the radiant heat of be granted unless the boiler design the fire, and shall be at least 1 inch meets the requirements of this sub- higher on the water side than the plate chapter in effect at the time the boiler or flue in which they are fitted, and in was contracted for or built; but in no no case more than 1 inch below the case will a pressure increase be author- lowest permissible water level. ized for boilers constructed prior to the (i) The lowest permissible water level effective date of the regulations dated shall be determined as follows: November 19, 1952, if the minimum (1) Vertical firetube boilers, one-half thickness found by measurement shows of the length of the tubes above the that the boiler will have a factor of lower tube sheets. safety of less than 41⁄2. The piping sys- (2) Vertical submerged tube boilers 1 tem, machinery, and appurtenances inch above the upper tube sheet. shall meet the present requirements of (3) Internally fired firetube boilers this subchapter for the maximum al- with combustion chambers integral lowable working pressure requested. with the boiler, 2 inches above the An increase in pressure shall be grant- highest part of the combustion cham- ed only by the Commandant upon pres- ber. entation of data or plans proving that (4) Horizontal-return tubular and dry the requested increase in pressure is back Scotch boilers, 2 inches above the justified. top row of tubes. (b) When an existing boiler is re- (j) [Reserved] placed by a new boiler designed to op- (k)(1) Fusible plugs shall be cleaned erate at pressures in excess of the pres- and will be examined by the marine insure indicated on the certificate of inspector at each inspection for certifi- spection for the previous boiler, an cation, periodic inspection, and oftener analysis of the complete system shall if necessary. If in the marine inspec- be made, including machinery and pip- tor’s opinion the condition of any plug ing, to insure its compatibility with is satisfactory, it may be continued in the increased steam pressure. The max- use. imum allowable working pressure on (2) When fusible plugs are renewed at the certificate of inspection shall be other than the inspection for certifi- based on the results of this analysis.

118

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00128 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 52.01–95

§ 52.01–90 Materials (modifies PG–5 Controls need not be provided if the op- through PG–13). erating superheater characteristic is (a) Material subject to stress due to demonstrated to be such that the tem- pressure must conform to specifica- perature limits of the material will not tions as indicated in paragraphs PG–5 be exceeded. Visible and audible alarms through PG–13 of section I of the indicating excessive superheat shall be ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code provided in any installation in which (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR the superheater outlet temperature ex- ° ° 52.01–1) except as noted otherwise in ceeds 454 C (850 F). The setting of the this section. excessive superheat alarms must not (b) Material not fully identified with exceed the maximum allowable tem- an ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel perature of the superheater outlet, Code-approved specification may be ac- which may be limited by the boiler de- cepted as meeting Coast Guard require- sign, the main steam piping design, or ments providing it satisfies the condi- the temperature limits of other equip- tions indicated in paragraph PG–10 of ment subjected to the temperature of section I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- the steam. sure Vessel Code. (3) Arrangement shall be made for (c) (Modifies PG–5.) When the max- venting and draining the superheater imum allowable working pressure (See in order to permit steam circulation PG–21) exceeds 15 pounds per square through the superheater when starting inch, cross pipes connecting the steam the boiler. and water drums of water tube boilers, (c) Economizer. The design pressure of headers, cross boxes, and all pressure an economizer integral with the boiler parts of the boiler proper, shall be and connected to the boiler drum with- made of a wrought or cast steel listed out intervening stop valves shall be at in tables 1A and 1B of section II of the least equal to 110 percent of the highest ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code setting of the safety valves on the (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR drum. 52.01–1). (d) Brazed boiler steam air heaters. Boiler steam air heaters utilizing (d) (Modifies PG–8.2.) The use of cast brazed construction are permitted at iron is prohibited for mountings, fit- temperature not exceeding 525 °F. tings, valves, or cocks attached di- Refer to § 56.30–30(b)(1) of this sub- rectly to boilers operating at pressures chapter for applicable requirements. exceeding 15 pounds per square inch. (e) Stresses. (Modifies PG–22.) The [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, 2008] stresses due to hydrostatic head shall be taken into account in determining § 52.01–95 Design (modifies PG–16 the minimum thickness of the shell or through PG–31 and PG–100). head of any boiler pressure part unless (a) Requirements. Boilers required to noted otherwise. Additional stresses, be designed to this part shall meet the imposed by effects other than internal requirements of PG–16 through PG–31 pressure or static head, which increase of section I of the ASME Boiler and the average stress over substantial sec- Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by tions of the shell or head by more than reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) except as 10 percent of the allowable stress shall noted otherwise in this section. be taken into account. These effects in- (b) Superheater. (1) The design pres- clude the weight of the vessel and its sure of a superheater integral with the contents, method of support, impact boiler shall not be less than the lowest loads, superimposed loads, localized setting of the drum safety valve. stresses due to the reactions of sup- (2) Controls shall be provided to in- ports, stresses due to temperature gra- sure that the maximum temperature at dients and dynamic effects. the superheater outlets does not exceed (f) Cylindrical components under inter- the allowable temperature limit of the nal pressure. (Modifies PG–27.) The min- material used in the superheater out- imum required thickness and max- let, in the steam piping, and in the as- imum allowable working pressure of sociated machinery under all operating boiler piping, tubes, drums and headers conditions including boiler overload. shall be as required by the formula in

119

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00129 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 52.01–100 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

PG–27 of section I of the ASME Boiler (1) Meet the design conditions and and Pressure Vessel Code except that criteria in § 56.07–10 of this subchapter, threaded boiler tubes are not per- except § 56.07–10(b); mitted. (2) Be included in the pipe stress cal- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as culations required by § 56.35–1 of this amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, subchapter; 1985; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, (3) Meet the nondestructive examina- 2008] tion requirements in § 56.95–10 of this subchapter; § 52.01–100 Openings and compensation (modifies PG–32 through PG– (4) Have butt welding flanges and fit- 39, PG–42 through PG–55). tings when full radiography is required; (a) The rules for openings and com- and pensation shall be as indicated in PG– (5) Meet the requirements for thread- 32 through PG–55 of section I of the ed joints in § 56.30–20 of this subchapter. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (c) Steam stop valves, in sizes ex- (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR ceeding 152mm (6 inch) NPS, must be 52.01–1) except as noted otherwise in fitted with bypasses for heating the this section. line and equalizing the pressure before (b) (Modifies PG–39.) Pipe and nozzle the valve is opened. necks shall be attached to vessel walls (d) Feed connections. (1) Feed water as indicated in PG–39 of section I of the shall not be discharged into a boiler ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code against surfaces exposed to hot gases except that threaded connections shall or radiant heat of the fire. not be used under any of the following (2) Feed water nozzles of boilers de- conditions: signed for pressures of 2758 kPa (400 (1) Pressures greater than 4,137 kPa psi), or over, shall be fitted with (600 psig); sleeves or other suitable means em- (2) Nominal diameters greater than ployed to reduce the effects of metal 51 mm (2 in.); or temperature differentials. (3) Nominal diameters greater than (e) Blowoff connections. (1) Firetube 19 mm (0.75 in.) and pressures above and drum type boilers shall be fitted 1,034 kPa (150 psig). with a surface and a bottom blowoff (c) (Modifies PG–42.) Butt welding valve or cock attached directly to the flanges and fittings must be used when boiler or to a short distance piece. The full radiography is required by § 56.95– surface blowoff valve shall be located 10. within the permissible range of the [CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, 1985, as water level, or fitted with a scum pan amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, or pipe at this level. The bottom blow- Oct. 31, 2008] off valve shall be attached to the low- § 52.01–105 Piping, valves and fittings est part of the boiler or fitted with an (modifies PG–58 and PG–59). internal pipe leading to the lowest point inside the boiler. Watertube boil- (a) Boiler external piping within the ers designed for pressures of 2413 kPa jurisdiction of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code must be as indi- (350 psig) or over are not required to be cated in PG–58 and PG–59 of section I of fitted with a surface blowoff valve. the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Boilers equipped with a continuous Code (incorporated by reference; see 46 blowdown valve on the steam drum are CFR 52.01–1) except as noted otherwise not required to be fitted with an addi- in this section. Piping outside the ju- tional surface blowoff connection. risdiction of the ASME Boiler and (2) Where blowoff pipes are exposed Pressure Vessel Code must meet the to radiant heat of the fire, they must appropriate requirements of part 56 of be protected by fire brick or other suit- this subchapter. able heat-resisting material. (b) In addition to the requirements in (f) Dry pipes. Internal dry pipes may PG–58 and PG–59 of section I of the be fitted to the steam drum outlet pro- ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, vided the dry pipes have a diameter boiler external piping must: equal to the steam drum outlet and a

120

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00130 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 52.01–110

wall thickness at least equal to stand- section except that float gages may be ard commercial pipe of the same di- substituted for gage glasses. ameter. Openings in dry pipes must be (c) Water columns. (Modifies PG–60.2.) as near as practicable to the drum out- The use of water columns is generally let and must be slotted or drilled. The limited to firetube boilers. Water col- width of the slots must not be less than umn installations shall be close hauled 6mm (0.25 in.). The diameter of the to minimize the effect of ship motion holes must not be less than 10mm (0.375 on water level indication. When water in.). Where dry pipes are used, they columns are provided they shall be must be provided with drains at each fitted directly to the heads or shells of end to prevent an accumulation of boilers or drums by 1 inch minimum water. size pipes with shutoff valves attached directly to the boiler or drums, or if [CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9432, Mar. 8, 1985, as amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, necessary, connected thereto by a dis- Oct. 31, 2008] tance piece both at the top and bottom of the water columns. Shutoff valves § 52.01–110 Water-level indicators, used in the pipe connections between water columns, gauge-glass connec- the boiler and water column or be- tions, gauge cocks, and pressure tween the boiler and the shutoff valves, gauges (modifies PG–60). required by PG–60.6 of section I of the (a) Boiler water level devices. Boiler ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code water level devices shall be as indi- for gauge glasses, shall be locked or cated in PG–60 of section I of the sealed open. Water column piping shall ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code not be fitted inside the uptake, the (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR smoke box, or the casing. Water col- 52.01–1) except as noted otherwise in umns shall be fitted with suitable this section. drains. Cast iron fittings are not per- (b) Water level indicators. (Modifies mitted. PG–60.1.) (1) Each boiler, except those (d) Gage glass connections. (Modifies of the forced circulation type with no PG–60.3.) Gage glasses and gage cocks fixed water line and steam line, shall shall be connected directly to the head have two independent means of indi- or shell of a boiler as indicated in para- cating the water level in the boiler graph (b)(1) of this section. When water connected directly to the head or shell. columns are authorized, connections to One shall be a gage lighted by the the columns may be made provided a emergency electrical system (See sub- close hauled arrangement is utilized so part 112.15 of subchapter J (Electrical that the effect of ship roll on the water Engineering) of this chapter) which level indication is minimized. will insure illumination of the gages (e) Gage cocks. (Modifies PG–60.4.) (1) under all normal and emergency condi- When the steam pressure does not ex- tions. The secondary indicator may ceed 250 pounds per square inch, three consist of a gage glass, or other accept- test cocks attached directly to the able device. Where the allowance pres- head or shell of a boiler may serve as sure exceeds 1724 kPa (250 psi), the gage the secondary water level indicator. glasses shall be of the flat type instead (2) See paragraph (d) of this section of the common tubular type. for restrictions on cock connections. (2) Gage glasses shall be in contin- (f) Pressure gages. (Modifies PG–60.6.) uous operation while the boiler is Each double-ended boiler shall be fitted steaming. with two steam gages, one on either (3) Double-ended firetube boilers end on the boiler. shall be equipped as specified in this (g) Salinometer cocks. In vessels oper- paragraph and paragraph (e) of this ating in salt water, each boiler shall be section except that the required water equipped with a salinometer cock or level indicators shall be installed on valve which shall be fitted directly to each end of the boiler. the boiler in a convenient position. (4) Externally fired flue boilers, such They shall not be attached to the as are used on central western river water gage or water column. vessels, shall be equipped as specified (h) High-water-level alarm. Each in paragraphs (b) (1) through (3) of this watertube boiler for propulsion must

121

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00131 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 52.01–115 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

have an audible and a visible high- (5) In the event the maximum steam water-level alarm. The alarm indica- generating capacity of the boiler is in- tors must be located where the boiler is creased by any means, the relieving ca- controlled. pacity of the safety valves shall be checked by an inspector, and, if deter- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9433, Mar. 8, mined to be necessary, valves of in- 1985; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, 1995; creased relieving capacity shall be in- USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, 2008] stalled. (6) (Modifies PG–67.) Drum safety § 52.01–115 Feedwater supply (modifies valves shall be set to relieve at a pres- PG–61). sure not in excess of that allowed by Boiler feedwater supply must meet the Certificate of Inspection. Where for the requirements of PG–61 of section I any reason this is lower than the pres- of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves- sure for which the boiler was originally sel Code (incorporated by reference; see designed and the revised safety valve 46 CFR 52.01–1) and § 56.50–30 of this sub- capacity cannot be recomputed and chapter. certified by the valve manufacturer, one of the tests described in PG–70(3) of [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, 2008] section I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- § 52.01–120 Safety valves and safety re- sure Vessel Code shall be conducted in lief valves (modifies PG–67 through the presence of the Inspector to insure PG–73). that the relieving capacity is sufficient (a)(1) Boiler safety valves and safety at the lower pressure. relief valves must be as indicated in (7) On new installations the safety PG–67 through PG–73 of section I of the valve nominal size for propulsion boil- ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code ers and superheaters must not be less (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR than 38mm (11⁄2 in.) nor more than 52.01–1) except as noted otherwise in 102mm (4 in.). Safety valves 38mm (11⁄2 this section. in.) to 114mm (41⁄2 in.) may be used for (2) A safety valve must: replacements on existing boilers. The (i) Be stamped in accordance with safety valve size for auxiliary boilers PG–110 of section I of the ASME Boiler must be between 19mm (3⁄4 in.) and and Pressure Vessel Code; 102mm (4 in.) NPS. The nominal size of (ii) Have its capacity certified by the a safety valve is the nominal diameter National Board of Boiler and Pressure (as defined in 56.07–5(b)) of the inlet Vessel Inspectors; opening. (iii) Have a drain opening tapped for (8) Lever or weighted safety valves not less than 6mm (1⁄4 in.) NPS; and now installed may be continued in use (iv) Not have threaded inlets for and may be repaired, but when renew- valves larger than 51mm (2 in.) NPS. als are necessary, lever or weighted (3) On river steam vessels whose boil- safety valves shall not be used. All ers are connected in batteries without such replacements shall conform to the means of isolating one boiler from an- requirements of this section. other, each battery of boilers shall be (9) Gags or clamps for holding the treated as a single boiler and equipped safety valve disk on its seat shall be with not less than two safety valves of carried on board the vessel at all times. equal size. (10) (Modifies PG–73.2.) Cast iron may (4) (Modifies PG–70.) The total rated be used only for caps and lifting bars. relieving capacity of drum and super- When used for these parts, the elon- heater safety valves as certified by the gation must be at least 5 percent in valve manufacturer shall not be less 51mm (2 inch) gage length. Nonmetallic than the maximum generating capac- material may be used only for gaskets ity of the boiler which shall be deter- and packing. mined and certified by the boiler man- (b)(1) (Modifies PG–68.) Superheater ufacturer. This capacity shall be in safety valves shall be as indicated in compliance with PG–70 of section I of PG–68 of section I of the ASME Boiler the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel and Pressure Vessel Code except as Code. noted otherwise in this paragraph.

122

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00132 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 52.01–130

(2) The setting of the superheater be operated from the fireroom or safety valve shall not exceed the design engineroom floor. pressure of the superheater outlet [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as flange or the main steam piping beyond amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9433, Mar. 8, the superheater. To prevent damage to 1985; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, the superheater, the drum safety valve 2008] shall be set at a pressure not less than that of the superheater safety valve § 52.01–130 Installation. setting plus 5 pounds minimum plus (a) Foundations. (1) Plans showing de- approximately the normal load pres- tails of proposed foundations and sup- sure drop through the superheater and port for boilers and the proposed means associated piping, including the con- of bracing boilers in the vessel shall be trolled desuperheater if fitted. See also submitted for approval to the Officer in § 52.01–95(b) (1). Charge, Marine Inspection, in the dis- (3) Drum pilot actuated superheater trict where the installation is being safety valves are permitted provided made. the setting of the pilot valve and super- (2) Provision shall be made in founda- heater safety valve is such that the tions for expansion of the boilers when superheater safety valve will open be- heated. fore the drum safety valve. (3) Boilers shall be provided with (c)(1) (Modifies PG–71.) Safety valves chocks to prevent movement in the shall be installed as indicated in PG–71 event of collision unless a bolted or riv- of section I of the ASME Boiler and eted construction satisfactorily pro- Pressure Vessel Code except as noted vides for this contingency. otherwise in this paragraph. (b) Protection of adjacent structure. (1) (2) The final setting of boiler safety Boilers shall be so placed that all parts valves shall be checked and adjusted are readily accessible for inspection under steam pressure and, if possible, and repair. while the boiler is on the line and the (2) In vessels having a double bottom steam is at operating temperatures, in or other extensive surfaces directly the presence of and to the satisfaction below the boiler, the distance between of a marine inspector who, upon ac- such surface and a boiler shall in no ceptance, shall seal the valves. This case be less than 18 inches at the low- regulation applies to both drum and est part. superheater safety valves of all boilers. (3) In certain types of vessels where (3) The safety valve body drains re- the boiler foundation forms the ashpit, quired by PG–71 of section I of the such foundations shall be efficiently ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code ventilated, except in cases where the shall be run as directly as possible ashpit is partially filled with water at from the body of each boiler safety all times. valve, or the drain from each boiler (4) The pans of oil-burning, watertube safety valve may be led to an inde- boilers shall be arranged to prevent oil pendent header common only to boiler from leaking into the bilges and shall safety valve drains. No valves of any be lined with firebrick or other heat re- type shall be installed in the leakoff sisting material. from drains or drain headers and they (5) The distance between a boiler and shall be led to suitable locations to a compartment containing fuel oil avoid hazard to personnel. shall not be less than 24 inches at the (d)(1) (Modifies PG–72.) The operation back end of a boiler and 18 inches else- of safety valves shall be as indicated in where, except that for a cylindrical PG–72 of section I of the ASME Boiler part of a boiler or a knuckle in the cas- and Pressure Vessel Code except as ing of a water-tube boiler, these dis- noted in paragraph (d)(2) of this sec- tances may be reduced to 18 inches, tion. provided all parts are readily acces- (2) (Modifies PG–73.) The lifting device sible for inspection and repair. required by PG–73.1.3 of section I of the (6) All oil-burning boilers shall be ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code provided with oiltight drip pans under shall be fitted with suitable relieving the burners and elsewhere as necessary gear so arranged that the controls may to prevent oil draining into the bilges.

123

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00133 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 52.01–135 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(c) Boiler uptakes. (1) Where dampers propulsion boilers, These tests are to are installed in the uptakes or funnels, be performed after final installation. the arrangement shall be such that it [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as will not be possible to shut off the gas amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9976, June 17, passages from the operating boilers. 1970; CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9433, Mar. 8, 1985; CGD (2) Each main power boiler and auxil- 88–057, 55 FR 24236, June 15, 1990; USCG–2003– iary boiler shall be fitted with a sepa- 16630, 73 FR 65162, Oct. 31, 2008] rate gas passage. § 52.01–140 Certification by stamping (modifies PG–104 through PG–113). § 52.01–135 Inspection and tests (modifies PG–90 through PG–100). (a) All boilers built in accordance with this part must be stamped with (a) Requirements. Inspection and test the appropriate ASME Code symbol as of boilers and boiler pressure parts required by PG–104 through PG–113 of shall be as indicated in PG–90 through section I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- PG–100 of section I of the ASME Boiler sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref- and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated erence; see 46 CFR 52.01–1). by reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) except (b)(1) Upon satisfactory completion as noted otherwise in this section. of the tests and Coast Guard inspec- (b) The inspections required by PG–90 tions, boilers must be stamped with the through PG–100 of the ASME Code following: shall be performed by the ‘‘Authorized (i) Manufacturer’s name and serial Inspector’’ as defined in PG–91 of sec- number; tion I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure (ii) ASME Code Symbol; Vessel Code (incorporated by reference; (iii) Coast Guard symbol, which is af- see 46 CFR 52.01–1). The Authorized In- fixed only by marine inspector (see spector shall hold a valid commission § 50.10–15 of this subchapter); issued by the National Board of Boiler (iv) Maximum allowable working ° ° and Pressure Vessel Inspectors. After pressure lll at lll C ( F): and installation, boilers will be inspected (v) Boiler rated steaming capacity in for compliance with this part by the kilograms (pounds) per hour (rated joules (B.T.U.) per hour output for high ‘‘Marine Inspector’’ as defined in temperature water boilers). § 50.10–15 of this subchapter. (2) The information required in para- (c) Hydrostatic test (Modifies PG–99). graph (b)(1) of this section must be lo- Each new boiler shall be cated on: hydrostatically tested after installa- (i) The front head or shell near the tion to 11⁄2 times the maximum allow- normal waterline and within 610 mm able working pressure as indicated in (24 inches) of the front of firetube boil- PG–99 of section I of the ASME Boiler ers; and and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated (ii) The drum head of water tube boil- by reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1). Before ers. the boilers are insulated, accessible (3) Those heating boilers which are parts of the boiler shall be emptied, built to section I of section I of the opened up and all interior surfaces ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code shall be examined by the marine in- (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR spector to ascertain that no defects 52.01–1), as permitted by § 53.01–10(e) of have occurred due to the hydrostatic this subchapter, do not require Coast test. Guard stamping and must receive full (d) Operating tests. In addition to hy- ASME stamping including the appro- drostatic tests prescribed in paragraph priate code symbol. (c) of this section, automatically con- (c) The data shall be legibly stamped trolled auxiliary boilers must be sub- and shall not be obliterated during the life of the boiler. In the event that the jected to operating tests as specified in portion of the boiler upon which the §§ 61.30–20, 61.35–1, 61.35–3, 62.30–10, 63.15– data is stamped is to be insulated or 9, 63.25–3, and 63.25–5 of this chapter, as otherwise covered, a metal nameplate appropriate, or as directed by the Offi- as described in PG–106.6 of section I of cer in Charge, Marine Inspection, for the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel

124

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00134 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 52.05–30

Code (incorporated by reference; see 46 be nondestructively examined under CFR 52.01–1) shall be furnished and § 52.05–20. mounted. The nameplate is to be main- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as tained in a legible condition so that amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65162, the data may be easily read. Oct. 31, 2008] (d) Safety valves shall be stamped as indicated in PG–110 of the ASME Boiler § 52.05–20 Radiographic and ultrasonic and Pressure Vessel Code. examination (modifies PW–11 and PW–41.1). [CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9433, Mar. 8, 1985, as amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65162, Radiographic and ultrasonic exam- Oct. 31, 2008] ination of welded joints must be as described in PW–11 of section I of the § 52.01–145 Manufacturers’ data report ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code forms (modifies PG–112 and PG– (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 113). 52.01–1), except that parts of boilers The manufacturers’ data report fabricated of pipe material such as forms required by PG–112 and PG–113 of drums, shells, downcomers, risers, section I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- cross pipes, headers, and tubes con- sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref- taining only circumferentially welded erence; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) must be butt joints, must be nondestructively made available to the marine inspector examined as required by § 56.95–10 of for review. The Authorized Inspector’s this subchapter even though they may National Board commission number be exempted by the limits on size spec- must be included on the manufactur- ified in table PW–11 and PW–41.1 of sec- ers’ data report forms. tion I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. [CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985, as amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65162, Oct. 31, 2008] Oct. 31, 2008] § 52.05–30 Minimum requirements for Subpart 52.05—Requirements for attachment welds (modifies PW–16). Boilers Fabricated by Welding (a) The location and minimum size of attachment welds for nozzles and other § 52.05–1 General (modifies PW–1 connections shall be as required by through PW–54). PW–16 of section I of the ASME Boiler (a) Boilers and component parts, in- and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated cluding piping, that are fabricated by by reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) except welding shall be as indicated in PW–1 as noted otherwise in this section. through PW–54 of section I of the (b) When nozzles or couplings are at- ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code tached to boilers, as shown in Figure (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR PW–16 (a) and (c) of section I of the 52.01–1) except as noted otherwise in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code this subpart. and are welded from one side only, backing strips shall be used unless it [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as can be determined visually or by ac- amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65162, Oct. 31, 2008] ceptable nondestructive test methods that complete penetration has been ob- § 52.05–15 Heat treatment (modifies tained. PW–10). (c) When attachments as shown in (a) Vessels and vessel parts shall be Figure PW–16 (y) and (z) of section I of preheated and postweld heat treated in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel accordance with PW–38 and PW–39 of Code are employed they shall be lim- section I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- ited to 2-inch pipe size for pressure ex- sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref- ceeding 150 pounds per square inch. erence; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) (reproduces [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as PW–10). This includes boiler parts made amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, of pipe material even though they may Oct. 31, 2008]

125

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00135 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 52.05–45 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

§ 52.05–45 Circumferential joints in PWT–11.3 of section I of the ASME pipes, tubes and headers (modifies Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. PW–41). (c) In welded wall construction em- (a) Circumferential welded joints of ploying stub and welded wall panels pipes, tubes and headers shall be as re- which are field welded, approximately quired by PW–41 of section I of the 10 percent of the field welds shall be ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code checked using any acceptable non- (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR destructive test method. 52.01–1) except as noted otherwise in (d) Nondestructive testing of the butt this section. welded joints shall meet the require- (b) (Modifies PW–41.1) Circumferential ments of § 56.95–10 of this subchapter. welded joints in pipes, tubes, and headers of pipe material must be non- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as destructively examined as required by amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9976, June 17, § 56.95–10 of this subchapter and PW–41 1970; CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985; of section I of the ASME Boiler and USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, 2008] Pressure Vessel Code. (c) (Modifies PW–41.5) Butt welded Subpart 52.20—Requirements for connections shall be provided whenever Firetube Boilers radiography is required by § 56.95–10 of this subchapter for the piping system § 52.20–1 General (modifies PFT–1 in which the connection is to be made. through PFT–49). When radiography is not required, Firetube boilers and parts thereof welded socket or sleeve type joints shall be as indicated in PFT–1 through meeting the requirements of PW–41.5 of PFT–49 of section I of the ASME Boiler section I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated sure Vessel Code may be provided. by reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) except [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as as noted otherwise in this subpart. amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, 2008] 2008] § 52.20–17 Opening between boiler and Subpart 52.15—Requirements for safety valve (modifies PFT–44). Watertube Boilers When a discharge pipe is used, it must be installed in accordance with § 52.15–1 General (modifies PWT–1 the requirements of § 52.01–105. through PWT–15). [CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985] Watertube boilers and parts thereof shall be as indicated in PWT–1 through § 52.20–25 Setting (modifies PFT–46). PWT–15 of section I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated (a) The method of supporting firetube by reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) except boilers shall be as indicated in PFT–46 as noted otherwise in this subpart. of section I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by [CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985; USCG– 2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, 2008] reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) except as noted otherwise in this section. § 52.15–5 Tube connections (modifies (b) The foundations shall meet the PWT–9 and PWT–11). requirements of § 52.01–130. (a) Tubes, pipe and nipples shall be [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as attached to sheets, heads, headers, and amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, fittings as indicated in PWT–11 of sec- Oct. 31, 2008] tion I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) except as noted oth- Subpart 52.25—Other Boiler Types erwise in this section. (b) (Replaces PWT–9.2 and PWT–11.3.) SOURCE: CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9434, Mar. 8, 1985, Threaded boiler tubes shall not be per- unless otherwise noted. mitted as described by PWT–9.2 and

126

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00136 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security Pt. 53

§ 52.25–1 General. (b) The application and end use of organic fluid vaporizer generators shall Requirements for fired boilers of var- be approved by the Commandant. ious sizes and uses are referenced in table 54.01–5(a) of this subchapter. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, § 52.25–3 Feedwater heaters (modifies Oct. 31, 2008] PFH–1). § 52.25–15 Fired thermal fluid heaters. In addition to the requirements in (a) Fired thermal fluid heaters shall PFH–1 of section I of the ASME Boiler be designed, constructed, inspected, and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated tested, and stamped in accordance with by reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1), the applicable provisions in this part. feedwater heaters must meet the re- (b) Each fired thermal fluid heater quirements in this part or the require- must be fitted with a control which ments in part 54. prevents the heat transfer fluid from [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as being heated above its flash point. amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, (c) The heat transfer fluid must be Oct. 31, 2008] chemically compatible with any cargo carried in the cargo tanks serviced by § 52.25–5 Miniature boilers (modifies the heat transfer system. PMB–1 through PMB–21). (d) Each fired thermal fluid heater must be tested and inspected in accord- Miniature boilers must meet the ap- ance with the requirements of subpart plicable provisions in this part for the 61.30 of this chapter. boiler type involved and the mandatory requirements in PMB–1 through PMB– [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as 21 of section I of the ASME Boiler and amended by CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24236, June 15, Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by 1990] reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) § 52.25–20 Exhaust gas boilers. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as Exhaust gas boilers with a maximum amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, allowable working pressure greater Oct. 31, 2008; USCG–2014–0688, 79 FR 58280, than 103 kPa gage (15 psig) or an oper- Sept. 29, 2014] ating temperature greater than 454 °C. (850 °F.) must be designed, constructed, § 52.25–7 Electric boilers (modifies inspected, tested and stamped in ac- PEB–1 through PEB–19). cordance with the applicable provisions Electric boilers required to comply in this part. The design temperature of with this part must meet the applica- parts exposed to the exhaust gas must ble provisions in this part and the man- be the maximum temperature that datory requirements in PEB–1 through could normally be produced by the PEB–19 except PEB–3 of section I of the source of the exhaust gas. This tem- ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code perature must be verified by testing or (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR by the manufacturer of the engine or 52.01–1). other equipment producing the exhaust. Automatic exhaust gas boiler [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18815, Dec. 18, 1968, as control systems must be designed, con- amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65161, Oct. 31, 2008] structed, tested, and inspected in accordance with § 63.25–7 of this chapter. § 52.25–10 Organic fluid vaporizer gen- [CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24236, June 15, 1990] erators (modifies PVG–1 through PVG–12). PART 53—HEATING BOILERS (a) Organic fluid vaporizer generators and parts thereof shall meet the re- Subpart 53.01—General Requirements quirements of PVG–1 through PVG–12 of section I of the ASME Boiler and Sec. 53.01–1 Incorporation by reference. Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by 53.01–3 Adoption of section IV of the ASME reference; see 46 CFR 52.01–1) except as Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. noted otherwise in this section. 53.01–5 Scope (modifies HG–100).

127

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00137 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 53.01–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

53.01–10 Service restrictions and exceptions ther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, (replaces HG–101). DC 20593–7509. You may also inspect this material at the sources listed Subpart 53.05—Pressure Relieving Devices below. (Article 4) (b) American Society of Mechanical En- 53.05–1 Safety valve requirements for steam gineers (ASME) International, Three boilers (modifies HG–400 and HG–401). Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990: 53.05–2 Relief valve requirements for hot (1) 2001 ASME Boiler and Pressure water boilers (modifies HG–400.2). Vessel Code, Section I, Rules for Con- 53.05–3 Materials (modifies HG–401.2). struction of Power Boilers (July 1, 2001) 53.05–5 Discharge capacities and valve markings. (‘‘Section I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code’’), 53.01–10. Subpart 53.10—Tests, Inspection, Stamping, (2) 2004 ASME Boiler and Pressure and Reporting (Article 5) Vessel Code, Section IV, Rules for Con- struction of Heating Boilers (July 1, 53.10–1 General. 2004) (‘‘Section IV of the ASME Boiler 53.10–3 Inspection and tests (modifies HG– 500 through HG–540). and Pressure Vessel Code’’), 53.01–3; 53.10–10 Certification by stamping. 53.01–5; 53.01–10; 53.05–1; 53.05–2; 53.05–3; 53.10–15 Manufacturers’ data report forms. 53.05–5; 53.10–1; 53.10–3; 53.10–10; 53.10–15; and 53.12–1. Subpart 53.12—Instruments, Fittings, and (c) Underwriters Laboratories Inc., 333 Controls (Article 6) Pfingston Road, Northbrook, IL 60062– 2096: 53.12–1 General (modifies HG–600 through HG–640). (1) UL 174, Standard for Household Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters, AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, Tenth Edition, Feb. 28, 1996 (Revisions 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; De- through and including Nov. 10, 1997) partment of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. (’’UL 174’’), 53.01–10. (2) UL 1453, Standard for Electric SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18826, Dec. 18, Booster and Commercial Storage Tank 1968, unless otherwise noted. Water Heaters, Fourth Edition, Sep. 1, 1995 (‘‘UL 1453’’), 53.01–10. Subpart 53.01—General Requirements [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65163, Oct. 31, 2008, as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49228, § 53.01–1 Incorporation by reference. Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59777, Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60147, (a) Certain material is incorporated Sept. 30, 2013] by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal § 53.01–3 Adoption of section IV of the Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel CFR part 51. To enforce any edition Code. other than that specified in this sec- (a) Heating boilers shall be designed, tion, the Coast Guard must publish no- constructed, inspected, tested, and tice of change in the FEDERAL REG- stamped in accordance with section IV ISTER and the material must be avail- of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves- able to the public. All approved mate- sel Code (incorporated by reference; see rial is available for inspection at the 46 CFR 53.01–1) as limited, modified, or National Archives and Records Admin- replaced by specific requirements in istration (NARA). For information on this part. The provisions in the appen- the availability of this material at dices to section IV of the ASME Boiler NARA, call 202–741–6030 or go to http:// and Pressure Vessel Code are adopted www.archives.gov/federallregister/ and shall be followed when the require- codeloflfederallregulations/ ments in section IV make them manda- ibrllocations.html. The material is also tory. For general information, table available for inspection at the Coast 53.01–3(a) lists the various paragraphs Guard Headquarters. Contact Com- in section IV of the ASME Boiler and mandant (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of De- Pressure Vessel Code that are limited, sign and Engineering Systems, U.S. modified, or replaced by regulations in Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Lu- this part.

128

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00138 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 53.01–10

TABLE 53.01–3(a)—LIMITATIONS AND MODIFICA- in conjunction with section IV of the TIONS IN THE ADOPTION OF SECTION IV OF ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code THE ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR CODE 53.01–1). table 54.01–5(a) of this subchapter gives a breakdown by parts in Paragraphs in Section IV of the ASME Boiler Unit of this and Pressure Vessel Code 1 and disposition part this subchapter of the regulations governing various types of pressure vessels HG–100 modified by ...... 53.01–5(b) and boilers. HG–101 replaced by ...... 53.01–10 HG–400 modified by ...... 53.05–1 (b) Modifies HG–100. The requirements HG–400.2 modified by ...... 53.05–2 of part HG of section IV of the ASME HG–401 modified by ...... 53.05–1 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code shall HG–401.2 modified by ...... 53.05–3 be used except as noted otherwise in HG–500 through HG–540 modified by ...... 53.10–3 HG–600 through HG–640 modified by ...... 53.12–1 this part. 1 The references to specific provisions in the ASME Boiler [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65163, Oct. 31, 2008] and Pressure Vessel Code are coded. The first letter, such as ‘‘H,’’ refers to section IV. The second letter, such as ‘‘G,’’ refers to a part or subpart in section IV. The number following § 53.01–10 Service restrictions and ex- the letters refers to the paragraph so numbered in the text of ceptions (replaces HG–101). the part or subpart in section IV. (a) General. The service restrictions (b) References to the ASME Boiler and exceptions shall be as indicated in and Pressure Vessel Code, such as para- this section in lieu of the requirements graph HG–307, indicate: in HG–101 of section IV of the ASME H = Section IV of the ASME Boiler Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incor- and Pressure Vessel Code. porated by reference; see 46 CFR 53.01– G = Part containing general require- 1). ments. (b) Service restrictions. (1) Boilers of 3 = Article in part. wrought materials shall be restricted 307 = Paragraph within Article 3. to a maximum of 103 kPa gage (15 psig) (c) When a paragraph or a section of for steam and a maximum of 689 kPa the regulations in this part relates to (100 psig) or 121 °C (250 °F) for hot material in section IV of the ASME water. If operating conditions exceed Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, the these limits, design and fabrications relationship with the code will be shall be in accordance with part 52 of shown immediately following the head- this subchapter. ing of the section or at the beginning (2) Boilers of cast iron materials of the paragraph, as follows: shall be restricted to a maximum of 103 (1) (Modifies Hlll.) This indicates kPa gage (15 psig) for steam and to a that the material in Hlll is gen- maximum of 206 kPa gage (30 psig) or erally applicable but is being altered, 121 °C (250 °F) for hot water. amplified or augmented. (c) Hot water supply boilers. (1) Elec- (2) (Replaces Hlll.) This indicates trically fired hot water supply boilers that Hlll does not apply. that have a capacity not greater than (3) (Reproduces Hlll.) This indi- 454 liters (120 gallons), a heat input not cates that Hlll is being identically greater than 58.6 kilowatts (200,000 BTU reproduced for convenience, not for per hour), and are listed as approved emphasis. under Underwriters’ Laboratories UL [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18826, Dec. 18, 1968, as 174 or UL 1453 (both incorporated by amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9976, June 17, reference; see 46 CFR 53.01–1) are ex- 1970; CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9435, Mar. 8, 1985. Re- empted from the requirements of this designated and amended by CGD 88–032, 56 part provided they are protected by a FR 35821, July 29, 1991; USCG–2003–16630, 73 pressure relief device. This relief device FR 65163, Oct. 31, 2008] need not comply with § 53.05–2. (2) Oil fired hot water supply boilers § 53.01–5 Scope (modifies HG–100). shall not be exempted from the require- (a) The regulations in this part apply ments of this part on the basis of size to steam heating boilers, hot water or heat input. boilers (which include hot water heat- (d) Exhaust gas type boilers shall be ing boilers and hot water supply boil- restricted to a working pressure equal ers), and to appurtenances thereto. The to or less than 103 kPa gage (15 psig) requirements in this part shall be used and an operating temperature equal to

129

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00139 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 53.05–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

or less than 454 °C (850 °F). The design Vessel Code (incorporated by reference; temperature of parts exposed to the ex- see 46 CFR 53.01–1) except as noted oth- haust gas must be the maximum tem- erwise in this section. perature that could normally be pro- (b) Each steam boiler must have at duced by the source of exhaust gas. least one safety valve. This temperature shall be verified by testing or by the manufacturer of the [CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9435, Mar. 8, 1985, as engine or other equipment producing amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65163, the exhaust. Oct. 31, 2008] (e) Heating boilers whose operating conditions are within the service re- § 53.05–2 Relief valve requirements for strictions of § 53.01–10(b)(1) may be con- hot water boilers (modifies HG– 400.2). structed in accordance with section I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel (a) The relief valve requirements for Code (incorporated by reference; see 46 hot water boilers must be as indicated CFR 53.01–1). In addition, these heating in article 4 of section IV of the ASME boilers must: Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incor- (1) Be stamped with the appropriate porated by reference; see 46 CFR 53.01– ASME Code symbol in accordance with 1) except as noted otherwise in this sec- PG–104 through PG–113 of section IV of tion. the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel (b) Hot water heating boilers. Each hot Code; water heating boiler must have at least (2) Meet the service restrictions of one safety relief valve. § 53.01–10(b)(2) if made of cast iron; (3) Have safety valves which meet the (c) Hot water supply boilers. Each hot requirements of § 52.01–120 of this sub- water supply boiler must have at least chapter; one safety relief valve and a tempera- (4) If a hot water supply boiler, have ture relief valve or a pressure-tempera- a temperature relief valve or a pres- ture relief valve. The valve tempera- sure-temperature relief valve in ac- ture setting must not be more than 99 cordance with § 53.05–2(c); °C (210 °F). (5) If automatically controlled, meet [CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9435, Mar. 8, 1985, as the applicable requirements in part 63 amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65163, of this subchapter; and Oct. 31, 2008] (6) Meet the inspection and test requirements of § 53.10–3. § 53.05–3 Materials (modifies HG– (f) Controls and miscellaneous acces- 401.2). sories. Refer to part 63 of this sub- Materials for valves must be in ac- chapter for the requirements governing controls and miscellaneous accessories. cordance with HG–401.2 of section IV of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18826, Dec. 18, 1968, as Code (incorporated by reference; see 46 amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9435, Mar. 8, CFR 53.01–1) except that nonmetallic 1985; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65163, Oct. 31, 2008] materials may be used only for gaskets and packing. Subpart 53.05—Pressure Relieving [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65164, Oct. 31, 2008] Devices (Article 4) § 53.05–5 Discharge capacities and valve markings. SOURCE: CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9435, Mar. 8, 1985, unless otherwise noted. The discharge capacities and valve markings must be as indicated in HG– § 53.05–1 Safety valve requirements for 402 of section IV of the ASME Boiler steam boilers (modifies HG–400 and HG–401). and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 53.01–1). The (a) The pressure relief valve require- discharge capacities must be certified ments and the safety valve require- by the National Board of Boiler and ments for steam boilers must be as in- Pressure Vessel Inspectors. dicated in HG–400 and HG–401 of section IV of the ASME Boiler and Pressure [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65164, Oct. 31, 2008]

130

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00140 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security Pt. 54

Subpart 53.10—Tests, Inspection, Authorized Inspector’s National Board Stamping, and Reporting (Ar- commission number must be included ticle 5) on the manufacturers’ data report forms. § 53.10–1 General. [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65164, Oct. 31, 2008] The tests, inspection, stamping, and reporting of heating boilers shall be as Subpart 53.12—Instruments, indicated in article 5, part HG of sec- Fittings, and Controls (Article 6) tion IV of the ASME Boiler and Pres- sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref- § 53.12–1 General (modifies HG–600 erence; see 46 CFR 53.01–1) except as through HG–640). noted otherwise in this subpart. (a) The instruments, fittings and controls for heating boilers shall be as in- [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65164, Oct. 31, 2008] dicated in HG–600 through HG–640 of § 53.10–3 Inspection and tests (modi- section IV of the ASME Boiler and fies HG–500 through HG–540). Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 53.01–1) except as (a) The inspections required by HG– noted otherwise in this section. 500 through HG–540 must be performed (b) For control systems for auto- by the ‘‘Authorized Inspector’’ as de- matic auxiliary heating equipment, the fined in HG–515 of section IV of the requirements in part 63 of this sub- ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code chapter govern and shall be followed. (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 53.01–1). The Authorized Inspector shall [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18826, Dec. 18, 1968, as hold a valid commission issued by the amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65164, National Board of Boiler and Pressure Oct. 31, 2008] Vessel Inspectors. After installation, heating boilers must be inspected for PART 54—PRESSURE VESSELS compliance with this part by a marine inspector. Subpart 54.01—General Requirements (b) Automatically controlled boilers Sec. must be subjected to the operating 54.01–1 Incorporation by reference tests prescribed in part 63 of this sub- 54.01–2 Adoption of division 1 of section VIII chapter. of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel (c) All heating boilers must have the Code. operation of their pressure relieving 54.01–5 Scope (modifies U–1 and U–2). 54.01–10 Steam-generating pressure vessels devices checked after the final installa- (modifies U–1(g)). tion. 54.01–15 Exemptions from shop inspection [CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9436, Mar. 8, 1985, as and plan approval (modifiesU–1(c)(2)). amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65164, 54.01–17 Pressure vessel for human occupancy (PVHO). Oct. 31, 2008] 54.01–18 Plan approval. 54.01–25 Miscellaneous pressure components § 53.10–10 Certification by stamping. (modifies UG–11). Stamping of heating boilers shall be 54.01–30 Loadings (modifies UG–22). as indicated in HG–530 of section IV of 54.01–35 Corrosion (modifies UG–25). the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel 54.01–40 External pressure (modifies UG–28). Code (incorporated by reference; see 46 Subpart 54.03—Low Temperature CFR 53.01–1). Operation [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65164, Oct. 31, 2008] 54.03–1 Scope. § 53.10–15 Manufacturers’ data report 54.03–5 General. forms. Subpart 54.05—Toughness Tests The manufacturers’ data report forms required by HG–520 of section IV 54.05–1 Scope (replaces UG–84). 54.05–3 Tests required. of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves- 54.05–5 Toughness test specimens. sel Code (incorporated by reference; see 54.05–6 Toughness test temperatures. 46 CFR 53.01–1) must be made available 54.05–10 Certification of material toughness to the marine inspector for review. The tests.

131

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00141 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 54.01–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

54.05–15 Weldment toughness tests—proce- 54.25–7 Requirements for postweld heat dure qualifications. treatment (modifies UCS–56). 54.05–16 Production toughness testing. 54.25–8 Radiography (modifies UW–11(a), 54.05–17 Weld toughness test acceptance cri- UCS–57, UNF–57, UHA–33, and UHT–57). teria. 54.25–10 Low temperature operation—fer- 54.05–20 Impact test properties for service of ritic steels (replaces UCS–65 through 0 °F. and below. UCS–67). 54.05–25 [Reserved] 54.25–15 Low temperature operation—high 54.05–30 Allowable stress values at low tem- alloy steels (modifies UHA–23(b) and peratures. UHA–51). 54.25–20 Low temperature operation—fer- Subpart 54.10—Inspection, Reports, and ritic steels with properties enhanced by Stamping heat treatment (modifies UHT–5(c), UHT–6, UHT–23, and UHT–82). 54.10–1 Scope (modifies UG–90 through UG– 54.25–25 Welding of quenched and tempered 103 and UG–115 through UG–120). steels (modifies UHT–82). 54.10–3 Marine inspectors (replaces UG–90 and UG–91, and modifies UG–92 through UG–103). Subpart 54.30—Mechanical Stress Relief 54.10–5 Maximum allowable working pres- 54.30–1 Scope. sure (reproduces UG–98). 54.30–3 Introduction. 54.10–10 Standard hydrostatic test (modifies 54.30–5 Limitations and requirements. UG–99). 54.30–10 Method of performing mechanical 54.10–15 Pneumatic test (modifies UG–100). stress relief. 54.10–20 Marking and stamping. 54.10–25 Manufacturers’ data report forms 54.30–15 Requirement for analysis and com- (modifies UG–120). putation. AUTHORITY: 33 U.S.C. 1509; 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 Subpart 54.15—Pressure-Relief Devices U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of 54.15–1 General (modifies UG–125 through Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. UG–137). 54.15–3 Definitions (modifies appendix 3). SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 54.15–5 Protective devices (modifies UG– 1968, unless otherwise noted. 125). 54.15–10 Safety and relief valves (modifies UG–126). Subpart 54.01—General 54.15–13 Rupture disks (modifies UG–127). Requirements 54.15–15 Relief devices for unfired steam boilers, evaporators, and heat exchangers § 54.01–1 Incorporation by reference. (modifies UG–126). (a) Certain material is incorporated 54.15–25 Minimum relief capacities for cargo by reference into this part with the ap- tanks containing compressed or liquefied gas. proval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 Subpart 54.20—Fabrication by Welding CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this sec- 54.20–1 Scope (modifies UW–1 through UW– tion, the Coast Guard must publish no- 65). tice of change in the FEDERAL REG- 54.20–2 Fabrication for hazardous materials (replaces UW–2(a)). ISTER and the material must be avail- 54.20–3 Design (modifies UW–9, UW–11(a), able to the public. All approved mate- UW–13, and UW–16). rial is available for inspection at the 54.20–5 Welding qualification tests and pro- National Archives and Records Admin- duction testing (modifies UW–26, UW–28, istration (NARA). For information on UW–29, UW–47, and UW–48). the availability of this material at NARA, call 202–741–6030 or go to http:// Subpart 54.23—Fabrication by Brazing www.archives.gov/federallregister/ 54.23–1 Scope (modifies UB–1). codeloflfederallregulations/ ibrllocations.html. The material is also Subpart 54.25—Construction With Carbon, available for inspection at the Coast Alloy, and Heat Treated Steels Guard Headquarters. Contact Com- 54.25–1 Scope. mandant (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of De- 54.25–3 Steel plates (modifies UCS–6). sign and Engineering Systems, U.S. 54.25–5 Corrosion allowance (replaces UCS– Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Lu- 25). ther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington,

132

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00142 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 54.01–2

DC 20593–7509. The material is also sition Temperature of Ferritic Steels available from the sources listed below. (‘‘ASTM Specification E 208’’), 54.05–5. (b) American Society of Mechanical En- (d) Compressed Gas Association (CGA), gineers (ASME) International, Three 500 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10036: Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990: (1) S–1.2, Pressure Relief Device (1) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Standards—Part 2—Cargo and Portable Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules Tanks for Compressed Gases, 1979 for Construction of Pressure Vessels (‘‘CGA S–1.2’’), 54.15–10; and (1998 with 1999 and 2000 addenda) (2) [Reserved] (‘‘Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and (e) Manufacturers Standardization So- Pressure Vessel Code’’), 54.01–2; 54.01–5; ciety of the Valve and Fittings Industry, 54.01–15; 54.01–18; 54.01–25; 54.01–30; 54.01– Inc. (MSS), 127 Park Street NE, Vienna, 35; 54.03–1; 54.05–1; 54.10–1; 54.10–3; 54.10– VA 22180: 5; 54.10–10; 54.10–15; 54.15–1; 54.15–5; 54.15– (1) SP–25–1998 Standard Marking Sys- 10; 54.15–13; 54.20–1; 54.20–3; 54.25–1; 54.25– tem for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and 3; 54.25–8; 54.25–10; 54.25–15; 54.25–20; Unions (1998) (‘‘MSS SP–25’’), 54.01–25; 54.30–3; 54.30–5; 54.30–10; and and (2) [Reserved] (2) [Reserved] (c) ASTM International, 100 Barr Har- [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65164, Oct. 31, 2008, bor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49228, Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959, 877–909– Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59777, 2786, http://www.astm.org: Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2012–0866, 78 FR 13249, Feb. (1) ASTM A 20/A 20M–97a, Standard 27, 2013; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60148, Sept. 30, 2013] Specification for General Require- ments for Steel Plates for Pressure § 54.01–2 Adoption of division 1 of sec- Vessels (‘‘ASTM A 20’’), 54.05–10; 54.25– tion VIII of the ASME Boiler and 10; Pressure Vessel Code. (2) ASTM A 203/A 203M–97 (Re- (a) Pressure vessels shall be designed, approved 2007)e1, Standard Specifica- constructed, and inspected in accord- tion for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy ance with section VIII of the ASME Steel, Nickel (‘‘ASTM A 203’’), (ap- Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incor- proved November 1, 2007), incorporation porated by reference, see 46 CFR 54.01– by reference approved for § 54.05–20; 1), as limited, modified, or replaced by (3) ASTM A 370–97a, Standard Test specific requirements in this part. The Methods and Definitions for Mechan- provisions in the appendices to section ical Testing of Steel Products (‘‘ASTM VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure A 370’’), 54.25–20; Vessel Code are adopted and shall be (4) ASTM E 23–96, Standard Test followed when the requirements in sec- Methods for Notched Bar Impact Test- tion VIII make them mandatory. For ing of Metallic Materials (‘‘ASTM general information, table 54.01–2(a) Specification E 23’’), 54.05–5; and lists the various paragraphs in section (5) ASTM E 208–95a, Standard Test VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Method for Conducting Drop-Weight Vessel Code that are limited, modified, Test to Determine Nil-Ductility Tran- or replaced by regulations in this part.

TABLE 54.01–2(a)—LIMITATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS IN THE ADOPTION OF SECTION VIII OF THE ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE

Paragraphs in section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code1 and disposition Unit of this part

U–1 and U–2 modified by ...... 54.01–5 through 54.01–15. U–1(c) replaced by ...... 54.01–5. U–1(d) replaced by ...... 54.01–5(a) and 54.01–15. U–1(g) modified by ...... 54.01–10. U–1(c)(2) modified by ...... 54.01–15. UG–11 modified by ...... 54.01–25. UG–22 modified by ...... 54.01–30. UG–25 modified by ...... 54.01–35. UG–28 modified by ...... 54.01–40. UG–84 replaced by ...... 54.05–1. UG–90 and UG–91 replaced by ...... 54.10–3.

133

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00143 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 54.01–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

TABLE 54.01–2(a)—LIMITATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS IN THE ADOPTION OF SECTION VIII OF THE ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE—Continued

Paragraphs in section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code1 and disposition Unit of this part

UG–92 through UG–103 modified by ...... 54.10–1 through 54.10–15. UG–98 reproduced by ...... 54.10–5. UG–115 through UG–120 modified by ...... 54.10–1. UG–116, except (k), replaced by ...... 54.10–20(a). UG–116(k) replaced by ...... 54.10–20(b). UG–117 replaced by ...... 54.10–20(c). UG–118 replaced by ...... 54.10–20(a). UG–119 modified by ...... 54.10–20(d). UG–120 modified by ...... 54.10–25. UG–125 through UG–137 modified by ...... 54.15–1 through 54.15–15. UW–1 through UW–65 modified by ...... 54.20–1. UW–2(a) replaced by ...... 54.01–5(b) and 54.20–2. UW–2(b) replaced by ...... 54.01–5(b) and 54.20–2. UW–9, UW–11(a), UW–13, and UW–16 modified by ...... 54.20–3. UW–11(a) modified by ...... 54.25–8. UW–26, UW–27, UW–28, UW–29, UW–47, and UW–48 modified by ...... 54.20–5. UB–1 modified by ...... 54.23–1 UB–2 modified by ...... 52.01–95(d) and 56.30–30(b)(1). UCS–6 modified by ...... 54.25–3. UCS–56 modified by ...... 54.25–7. UCS–57, UNF–57, UHA–33, and UHT–57 modified by ...... 54.25–8. UCS–65 through UCS–67 replaced by ...... 54.25–10. UHA–23(b) and UHA–51 modified by ...... 54.25–15. UHT–5(c), UHT–6, and UHT–23 modified by ...... 54.25–20. UHT–82 modified by ...... 54.25–20 and 54.25–25. Appendix 3 modified by ...... 54.15–3. 1 The references to specific provisions in section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code are coded. The first letter, such as ‘‘U,’’ refers to division 1 of section VIII. The second letter, such as ‘‘G,’’ refers to a subsection within section VIII. The number refers to the paragraph within the subsection.

(b) References to the ASME Boiler reproduced for convenience, not for and Pressure Vessel Code, such as para- emphasis. graph UG–125, indicate: [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as U = Division 1 of section VIII of the amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9976, June 17, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 1970; CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6188, Mar. 25, 1972; G = Part containing general require- CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17226, June 29, 1973; CGD ments. 73–254, 40 FR 40163, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21809, May 20, 1982; CGD 85–061, 54 FR 125 = Paragraph within part. 50963, Dec. 11, 1989. Redesignated by CGD 88– (c) When a paragraph or a section of 032, 56 FR 35822, July 29, 1991; USCG–2003– the regulations in this part relates to 16630, 73 FR 65164, Oct. 31, 2008] material in section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, the § 54.01–5 Scope (modifies U–1 and U–2). relationship with the code will be (a) This part contains requirements shown immediately following the head- for pressure vessels. table 54.01–5(a) ing of the section or at the beginning gives a breakdown by parts in this sub- of the paragraph, as follows: chapter of the regulations governing various types of pressure vessels, boil- (1) (Modifies Ulll.) This indicates ers, and thermal units. that the material in U is gen- lll (b) Pressure vessels are divided into erally applicable but is being altered, Classes I, I-L (low temperature), II, II- amplified or augmented. L (low temperature), and III. table (2) (Replaces Ulll.) This indicates 54.01–5(b) describes these classes and that Ulll does not apply. sets out additional requirements for (3) (Reproduces Ulll.) This indi- welded pressure vessels. cates that Ulll is being identically (c) The requirements for pressure vessels by class are as follows: (1) Class I-L and II-L pressure vessels must meet the applicable requirements in this part.

134

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00144 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 54.01–5

(2) Pressure vessels containing haz- available to the Coast Guard prior to ardous materials as defined in § 150.115 the inspection required by § 54.10–3(c). of this chapter must meet the require- (f) If a pressure vessel has more than ments of this part or, as applicable, the one independent chamber and the requirements in 49 CFR parts 171–177 or chambers have different classifica- part 64 of this chapter. tions, each chamber must, as a min- (3) Except as provided in paragraph imum, meet the requirements for its (c)(4) of this section, Classes I, II, and classification. If a single classification III pressure vessels not containing haz- for the entire pressure vessel is pre- ardous materials must be designed and ferred, the classification selected must constructed in accordance with the re- be one that is required to meet all of quirements in Section VIII, division 1, the regulations applicable to the clas- of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves- sification that is not selected. For ex- sel Code (incorporated by reference; see ample, if one chamber is Class I and 46 CFR 54.01–1) and must be stamped one chamber is Class II-L, the only sin- with the ASME ‘‘U’’ symbol. These gle classification that can be selected pressure vessels must also comply with is Class I-L. the requirements that are listed or pre- (g) The design pressure for each scribed in paragraphs (d) through (g) of interface between two chambers in a this section. Compliance with other multichambered pressure vessel must provisions in this part is not required. be— (4) Classes II and III pressure vessels (1) The maximum allowable working that have a net internal volume of less pressure (gauge) in the chamber with than 0.14 cubic meters (5 cubic feet) the higher pressure; or and do not contain hazardous materials (2) If one chamber is a vacuum cham- must be stamped with either the ASME ber, the maximum allowable working ‘‘U’’ or ‘‘UM’’ symbol. Compliance with pressure (absolute) in the other cham- other provisions in this part is not re- ber minus the least operating pressure quired. (absolute) in the vacuum chamber. (d) Pressure vessels described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section must— TABLE 54.01–5(a)—REGULATION REFERENCE (1) Have detailed plans that include FOR BOILERS, PRESSURE VESSELS, AND the information required by § 54.01–18 THERMAL UNITS (approved by the Office of Management Part of sub- Part of sub- and Budget under OMB control number chapter reg- chapter reg- Service and pressure tempera- ulating me- ulating auto- 2130–0181); ture boundaries chanical de- matic con- (2) Meet § 54.01–35, § 54.20–3(c), and sign trol § 54.25–3 of this part; Main (power) boiler: All ...... 52 62 (3) Have pressure relief devices re- Pressure vessel: All ...... 54 NA quired by subpart 54.15; Fired auxiliary boiler 1 (combus- (4) Meet the applicable requirements tion products or electricity): (a) Steam: in §§ 54.10–3, 54.10–20, and 54.10–25 for in- More than 103 kPa (15 spection, reports, and stamping; psig) ...... 52 2 62 or 63 (5) If welded, meet the post weld heat Equal to or less than treatment and minimum joint and ra- 103 kPa (15 psig) .... 53 63 (b) Hot water heating: diography requirement in table 54.01– More than 689 kPa 5(b); and (100 psig) or 121 °C (6) If a steam generating pressure (250 °F) ...... 52 63 Equal to or less than vessel, meet § 54.01–10. 689 kPa (100 psig) (e) The plans required by paragraph and 121 °C (250 °F) 53 63 (d)(1) of this section must be certified (c) Hot water supply: by a registered professional engineer to More than 689 kPa (100 psig) or 121 °C meet the design requirements in para- (250 °F) ...... 52 63 graph (d) of this section and in section Equal to or less than VIII, division 1, of the ASME Boiler 689 kPa (100 psig) ° ° and Pressure Vessel Code. The certifi- and 121 C (250 F) 53 63 Other: cation must appear on all drawings and (a) Fired thermal fluid heat- analyses. The plans must be made ers: All ...... 52 63

135

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00145 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 54.01–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

TABLE 54.01–5(a)—REGULATION REFERENCE TABLE 54.01–5(a)—REGULATION REFERENCE FOR BOILERS, PRESSURE VESSELS, AND FOR BOILERS, PRESSURE VESSELS, AND THERMAL UNITS—Continued THERMAL UNITS—Continued

Part of sub- Part of sub- Part of sub- Part of subchapter reg- chapter reg- Service and pressure tempera- Service and pressure tempera- chapter reg- chapter reg- ture boundaries ulating me- ulating auto- ulating me- ulating auto- chanical de- matic con- ture boundaries chanical de- matic con- sign trol sign trol

(b) Unfired steam boiler: (d) Unfired hot water supply More than 206 kPa (30 or heating boiler: More psig) or 454 °C (850 than 103 kPa (15 psig) 4 54 NA °F) 3 ...... 52 NA 1 Equal to or less than Including exhaust gas types. 2 ≥ 206 kPa (30 psig) Boilers with heat input ratings 12,500,000 Btu/hr. must ° ° have controls that meet part 62. Boilers with heat input ratings and 454 C (850 F) 54 NA <12,500,000 Btu/hr. must have controls that meet part 63. (c) Evaporators and heat 3 Temperature of working fluid. exchangers: More than 4 Relief device is required even if designed for less than 103 kPa (15 psig) 4 ...... 54 NA 103 kPa (15 psig).

TABLE 54.01–5(b)—PRESSURE VESSEL CLASSIFICATION [Note to table 54.01–5(b): All classes of pressure vessels are subject to shop inspection and plan approval.4]

Radiography requirements, section VIII of the Class limits on Joint require- ASME Boiler and Post-weld heat Class Service contents pressure and Pressure Vessel treatment requirements 167 temperature Code (incorporated ments 57 by reference, see 46 CFR 54.01– 1) 37

I ...... (a) Vapor or gas ... Vapor or gas: Over (1) For category A; Full on all butt For carbon- or low- (b) Liquid ...... 600 p.s.i. or 700 (1) or (2) for cat- joints regardless alloy steel, in ac- (c) Hazardous Ma- °F. egory B. All cat- of thickness. Ex- cordance with terials 2. Liquid: Over 600 egories C and D ceptions listed in table UCS–56 of p.s.i. or 400 °F. must have full table UCS–57 of section VIII of penetration welds section VIII of the ASME Boiler extending through the ASME Boiler and Pressure the entire thick- and Pressure Vessel Code, re- ness of the ves- Vessel Code do gardless of thick- sel wall or nozzle not apply. ness. For other wall. materials, in accordance with section VIII. I–L Low Tempera- (a) Vapor or gas, Over 250 p.s.i. and (1) For categories A Full on all butt For carbon- or low- ture. or liquid. service temp. and B. All cat- joints regardless alloy steel, in ac- (b) Hazardous Ma- below 0 °F. egories C and D of thickness. Ex- cordance with terials 2. must have full ceptions listed in table UCS–56 of penetration welds table UCS–57 of section VIII of extending through section VIII of the ASME Boiler the entire thick- the ASME Boiler and Pressure ness of the ves- and Pressure Vessel Code, re- sel wall or nozzle Vessel Code do gardless of thick- wall. No backing not apply. ness. For other rings or strips left materials, in ac- in place. cordance with section VIII. II ...... (a) Vapor or gas ... Vapor or gas: 30 (1) Or (2) for cat- Spot, unless ex- In accordance with (b) Liquid ...... through 600 egory A. (1), (2), empted by UW– section VIII of (c) Hazardous Ma- p.s.i. or 275 or (3) for category 11(c) of section the ASME Boiler terials 236. through 700 °F. B. VIII of the ASME and Pressure Liquid: 200 through Categories C and D Boiler and Pres- Vessel Code. 600 p.s.i. or 250 in accordance sure Vessel through 400 °F. with UW–16 of Code. section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

136

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00146 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 54.01–15

TABLE 54.01–5(b)—PRESSURE VESSEL CLASSIFICATION—Continued [Note to table 54.01–5(b): All classes of pressure vessels are subject to shop inspection and plan approval.4]

II–L Low Tempera- (a) Vapor or gas, 0 through 250 (1) For category A; Spot. The exemp- Same as for I–L ture. or liquid. p.s.i. and service (1) or (2) for cat- tion of UW–11(c) except that me- (b) Hazardous Ma- temp. below 0 egory B. All cat- of section VIII of chanical stress terials 2. °F. egories C and D the ASME Boiler relief may be must have full- and Pressure substituted if al- penetration welds Vessel Code lowed under extending through does not apply. subpart 54.30 of the entire thick- this chapter. ness of the vessel wall or nozzle wall. III ...... (a) Vapor or gas ... Vapor or gas: In accordance with Spot, unless ex- In accordance with (b) Liquid ...... Under 30 p.s.i. section VIII of the empted by UW– section VIII of (c) Hazardous Ma- and 0 through ASME Boiler and 11(c) of section the ASME Boiler terials 236. 275 °F. Pressure Vessel VIII of the ASME and Pressure Liquid: Under 200 Code. Boiler and Pres- Vessel Code. p.s.i. and 0 sure Vessel through 250 °F. Code. 1 Welded joint categories are defined under UW–3 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Joint types are described in table UW–12 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, and numbered (1), (2), etc. 2 See 46 CFR 54.20–2. 3 See 46 CFR 54.25–8(c) and 54.25–10(d). 4 See 46 CFR 54.01–15 and 54.10–3 for exemptions. 5 Specific requirements modifying table UCS–56 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code appear in 46 CFR 54.25–7. 6 See 46 CFR 54.20–3(c) and (f). 7 Applies only to welded pressure vessels.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 2130–0181) [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9976, June 17, 1970; CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21809, May 20, 1982; 55 FR 696, Jan. 8, 1990; CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24236, June 15, 1990; CGD 85–061, 55 FR 41917, Oct. 16, 1990; CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26000, May 23, 1996; USCG– 2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65165, Oct. 31, 2008]

§ 54.01–10 Steam-generating pressure shall be fitted with an approved safety vessels (modifies U–1(g)). device as required under § 54.15–15 and (a) Pressure vessels in which steam is constructed in accordance with this generated are classed as ‘‘Unfired part. Steam Boilers’’ except as required oth- (c) An evaporator in which steam is erwise by paragraph (b) of this section. generated shall be fitted with an effi- Unfired steam boilers must be fitted cient water level indicator, a pressure with an efficient water level indicator, gage, and a blowdown valve. a pressure gage, a blowdown valve, and [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as an approved safety valve as required by amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9436, Mar. 8, § 54.15–15. Unfired steam boilers must 1985; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48044, Sept. 18, 1995; be constructed in accordance with this USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65166, Oct. 31, 2008] part other than when the pressures are more than 206 kPa (30 psig) or the tem- § 54.01–15 Exemptions from shop in- peratures of the working fluid are more spection and plan approval than 454 °C (850 °F) when such boilers (modifiesU–1(c)(2)). must be constructed in accordance (a) The following classifications are with part 52 of this subchapter. exempt from shop inspection and plan (b) Vessels known as ‘‘Evaporators’’ approval requirements of this part: or ‘‘Heat Exchangers’’ are not classi- (1) Vessels containing water at a fied as unfired steam boilers. They pressure not greater than 689 kPa (100

137

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00147 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 54.01–17 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

pounds per square inch gauge or § 54.01–17 Pressure vessel for human ‘‘psig’’), and at a temperature not occupancy (PVHO). above 93 °C (200 °F) including those con- Pressure vessels for human occu- taining air, the compression of which pancy (PVHO’s) must meet the require- serves only as a cushion. Air-charging ments of subpart B (Commercial Div- lines may be permanently attached if ing Operations) of part 197 of this chap- the air pressure does not exceed 103 ter. kPa (15 psig). [CGD 76–009, 43 FR 53683, Nov. 16, 1978] (2) Hot water supply storage tanks heated by steam or any other indirect § 54.01–18 Plan approval. means when none of the following limi- (a) Manufacturers intending to fab- tations is exceeded: ricate pressure vessels, heat exchang- (i) A heat input of 58 kW (200,000 ers, evaporators, and similar appur- B.t.u. per hour); tenances, covered by the regulations in ° (ii) A water temperature of 93 C (200 this part shall submit detailed plans in ° F); accordance with subpart 50.20 of this (iii) A nominal water-containing ca- subchapter. pacity of 454 liters (120 gallons); or (b) The following information shall (iv) A pressure of 689 kPa (100 psig). be submitted: The exemption of any tank under this (1) Calculations for all pressure con- subparagraph requires that it shall be tainment components including the fitted with a safety relief valve of at maximum allowable working pressure, least 1-inch diameter, set to relieve the hydrostatic or pneumatic test pres- below the maximum allowable working sure, and the intended safety device pressure of the tank. setting. (3)(i) Vessels having an internal oper- (2) Joint design and methods of attachment of all pressure containment ating pressure not exceeding 103 kPa components. (15 psig) with no limitation on size. (3) Foundations and supports (design (See UG–28(f) of section VIII of the and attachment). ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (4) Pertinent calculations for pres- (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR sure vessel foundations and/or sup- 54.01–1.) ports. (ii) Cargo tanks of pressure vessel (5) A bill of material meeting the re- configuration are not included in the quirements of section VIII of section exemption in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure section. Vessel Code (incorporated by reference; (4) Class I, II, and III pressure vessels see 46 CFR 54.01–1), as modified by this that meet the requirements of § 54.01– part. 5(c)(3) and (c)(4). (6) A diagrammatic arrangement (5) Condensers and heat exchangers, drawing of the assembled unit indi- regardless of size, when the design is cating location of internal and external such that the liquid phase is not great- components. er than 689 kPa (100 psig) and 200 °F (93 ° [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as C) and the vapor phase is not greater amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65166, than 103 kPa (15 psig) provided that the Oct. 31, 2008] Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection is satisfied that system overpressure con- § 54.01–25 Miscellaneous pressure com- ditions are addressed by the owner or ponents (modifies UG–11). operator. (a) Pressure components for pressure (b) For fluid conditioner fittings see vessels shall be as required by UG–11 of § 56.15–1 of this subchapter. section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, reference; see 46 CFR 54.01–1) except as 1970; CGFR 70–143, 35 FR 19906, Dec. 30, 1970; noted otherwise in this section. CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, 1982; USCG– (b) All pressure components con- 2003–16630, 73 FR 65166, Oct. 31, 2008; USCG– forming to an accepted ANSI (Amer- 2010–0759, 75 FR 60002, Sept. 29, 2010] ican National Standards Institute)

138

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00148 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 54.03–1

Standard referred to in an adopted less of the allowable stress listed in code, specification or standard or in section VIII of the ASME Boiler and this subchapter shall also be marked in Pressure Vessel Code for calculating accordance with MSS SP–25 (incor- thickness. porated by reference; see 46 CFR 54.01– (c) Telltale holes shall not be per- 1). mitted in pressure vessels containing [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as dangerous fluids, such as acid, poison, amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, corrosives, etc. 1970; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65167, Oct. 31, (d) Exemption from these corrosion 2008] allowance requirements will be granted by the Commandant in those cases § 54.01–30 Loadings (modifies UG–22). where: (a) The loadings for pressure vessels (1) The contents of the pressure ves- shall be as required by UG–22 of section sel is judged to be sufficiently non- VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure corrosive; and, Vessel Code (incorporated by reference; (2) Where the external surface is also see 46 CFR 54.01–1) except as noted oth- protected from corrosion. A suitable erwise in this section. vapor barrier is adequate protection, (b) In evaluating loadings for certain while paint or other thin coatings ex- pressure vessel applications, the Com- posed to weather or mechanical dam- mandant may require consideration of age are not acceptable. the following loads in addition to those NOTE: No applied linings except as provided listed in UG–22 of section VIII of the in part UCL of section VIII of the ASME ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code shall be ac- (1) Loading imposed by vessel’s atti- ceptable. tude in roll, list, pitch and trim. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as (2) Dynamic forces due to ship mo- amended by CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. tions. 25, 1972; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65167, Oct. 31, [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as 2008] amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65167, Oct. 31, 2008] § 54.01–40 External pressure (modifies UG–28). § 54.01–35 Corrosion (modifies UG–25). (a) The exemption from external (a) Vessels or portions of vessels sub- pressure consideration provided by the ject to corrosion shall be as required by note under UG–28(f) does not apply. UG–25 of section VIII of the ASME (b) Vessels which may at times be Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incor- subjected to partial vacuum due to na- porated by reference; see 46 CFR 54.01– ture of the contents, temperature, un- 1) except as noted otherwise in this sec- loading operations, or other facet of tion. employment shall either have vacuum (b) The pressure portions of pressure breaker protection or be designed for vessels shall: not less than one-half atmosphere of (1) Normally have a corrosion allow- external pressure. ance of one-sixth of the calculated [CGFR 70–143, 35 FR 19906, Dec. 30, 1970] thickness, or one-sixteenth inch, whichever is smaller, added to the calculated thickness as determined by the Subpart 54.03—Low Temperature applicable design formula. Operation (2) Be specifically evaluated in cases § 54.03–1 Scope. where unusually corrosive cargoes will be involved, for the possible increase of The pressure vessels for low tempera- this corrosion allowance. ture operation shall be as required by (3) Have no additional thickness re- section VIII of the ASME Boiler and quired when acceptable corrosion re- Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by sistant materials are used. reference; see 46 CFR 54.01–1) as modi- (4) Not normally need additional fied by this subpart. thickness allowance when the effective [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as stress (either S or SE depending on the amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65167, design formula used) is 80 percent or Oct. 31, 2008]

139

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00149 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 54.03–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

§ 54.03–5 General. such treatment is subsequently applied (a) Requirements for ferritic steels, to the material, test specimens shall be high alloy steels, and heat treated fer- so taken and treated as to be rep- ritic steels are contained in §§ 54.25–10, resentative of the material in the fin- 54.25–15, and 54.25–20 respectively of ished vessel. this subchapter. (b) The requirements of this subpart (b) Requirements for toughness test- are also applicable to nonpressure ves- ing of material product forms and sel type low temperature tanks and as- weldments (including weld procedure sociated secondary barriers, as defined in § 38.05–4 of subchapter D (Tank Ves- qualification and production toughness sels) of this chapter. tests) are contained in subpart 54.05. (c) Materials suitable for a given [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as minimum service temperature may be amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, used in warmer service. Steels differing 1970] in chemical composition, mechanical § 54.05–5 Toughness test specimens. properties, or heat treatments from those specified may be specially ap- (a) Charpy V-notch impact tests. Where proved by the Commandant. Similarly, required, Charpy V-notch tests shall be aluminum alloys and other nonferrous conducted in accordance with ASTM materials not intended to be covered Specification E 23 (incorporated by ref- by these sections may be specially con- erence, see § 54.01–1), ‘‘Notched Bar Im- sidered by the Commandant for service pact Testing of Metallic Materials’’, at any low temperature. using the Type A specimen shown in Figure 4 of the specification. Special [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as attention is drawn to the fact that the amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, Charpy Keyhole and U-notch specimens 1970] are not acceptable substitutes for the Charpy V-notch specimen and shall not Subpart 54.05—Toughness Tests be used to qualify materials within the scope of this subpart. Each set of § 54.05–1 Scope (replaces UG–84). Charpy impact tests shall consist of The toughness tests of materials used three specimens. For materials 1⁄2-inch in pressure vessels shall be as required thick or less, the largest possible by this subpart in lieu of requirements Charpy specimens for that thickness in UG–84 of section VIII of the ASME shall be cut centered at the material’s Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incor- mid-thickness. For materials thicker porated by reference; see 46 CFR 54.01– than 1⁄2-inch, full size Charpy speci- 1) mens shall be cut centered at a loca- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as tion as near as practicable to a point amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65167, midway between the material’s surface Oct. 31, 2008] and half-thickness. Except where otherwise specified, transversely oriented § 54.05–3 Tests required. specimens must be used. When longitu- (a) Where material or welding tough- dinal specimens are used, the required ness tests are required by §§ 54.25–10, energy values may not be less than 1.5 54.25–15, 54.25–20, and subpart 57.03 or times the values required for trans- 57.06 of this subchapter, the following versely oriented specimens. In all cases requirements shall apply: the notch shall be cut normal to the (1) Additional requirements for fer- material’s surface. Test specimens ritic steels with properties enhanced by shall be taken at least one ‘‘t’’ from heat treatment are in § 54.25–20. any heat treated edge (where ‘‘t’’ is the (2) Certified reports of toughness material’s nominal thickness). tests by the material manufacturer (b) Drop weight tests. Where required, will be acceptable evidence provided drop weight tests shall be conducted the specimens taken are representative for no-break performance in accord- of the material delivered and that the ance with ASTM Specification E 208 material is not subject to treatment (incorporated by reference, see § 54.01– during or following fabrication that 1), ‘‘Conducting Drop-Weight Test to will reduce its impact properties. If Determine Nil-Ductility Transition

140

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00150 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 54.05–10

Temperature of Ferritic Steels’’. For with the nil-ductility transition tem- material thicknesses between 1⁄2-inch perature determined by the drop- and 5⁄8-inch, the ASTM E–208 specimen weight tests for the steels specified in P–3, machined to 1⁄2-inch thickness, § 54.25–10. For materials for which there shall be used with a stop distance of are other data showing suitable cor- 0.090–inch. In preparing weld specimens relation between Charpy V-notch and for dropweight testing, weld reinforce- drop-weight tests, V-notch acceptance ment shall be ground flush, the hard limits different from those tabulated facing bead centered on and transverse herein may be specially approved by to the weld, and the notch centered on the Commandant, based upon the ac- and parallel to the weld axis. tual correlation. In the case of steels (c) Retest procedures. (1) When Charpy for which the tabulated Charpy V- V-notch impact specimens are used and notch values can be shown to be inap- the average value of the three initial plicable or in the case of specially con- specimens fails to meet the stated re- sidered steels, or as an alternative to quirements by an amount not exceed- complying with the tabulated impact ing 15 percent, or the value for more requirements, acceptance may be based than one specimen is below the re- upon the material exhibiting a no- quired average value of when the value break performance when tested in ac- for one specimen is below the min- cordance with the drop-weight proce- imum value permitted for a single dure. Whenever the drop-weight test is specimen by an amount not exceeding used as an alternative to the Charpy V- 15 percent, three additional specimens notch test, two drop-weight specimens from the same material may be tested shall be tested for each set of three and the results combined with those Charpy V-notch specimens otherwise previously obtained to form a new av- required. If the drop-weight test cannot erage. This new average of six speci- be performed because of material mens must exceed the specified min- thickness limitations (less than one- imum average. In the event the Charpy half inch) or product shape, or is other- retests fail, the material may still be wise inapplicable (because of heat qualified by exhibiting a no-break per- treatment, chemistry, etc.), other tests formance when tested in accordance and/or test criteria will be specified by with the drop weight procedure, if ap- the Commandant to assure the ade- plicable. Two drop weight specimens quacy of the material for the intended shall be tested for each Charpy V-notch application. set of three initial specimens which [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as failed to qualify. Failure of either or amended by CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40163, Sept. 2, both of these drop weight specimens 1975; USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, will constitute rejection of the mate- 2000] rial or weldments represented, except § 54.05–6 Toughness test temperatures. as outlined in paragraph (c)(3) of this section. Each toughness test must be con- (2) When drop weight specimens are ducted at temperatures not warmer used, retests shall be permitted only than ¥20 °F or 10 °F below the min- within the limits prescribed in ASTM imum service temperature, whichever Specification E 208 (incorporated by is lower, except that for service at or ¥ ° reference, see § 54.01–1), except as out- below 320 F, the tests may be con- lined in paragraph (c)(3) of this section. ducted at the service temperature in (3) If, for heat treated base material, accordance with § 54.25–10(a)(2). the required toughness results are not [CGD 85–061, 54 FR 50964, Dec. 11, 1989] obtained in the initial test or in the retest, the material may be reheat § 54.05–10 Certification of material treated one time and tested again in toughness tests. accordance with the initial require- (a) Plate material. The manufacturer ments for the material. of plates may certify such material, (d) Alternate toughness tests. The provided it has been given an appro- Charpy V-notch impact values of priate heat-treatment, by reporting the §§ 54.05–20(a) and 54.05–25(a) are rep- results of tests of one set of Charpy im- resentative of those which correlate pact specimens or of two drop weight

141

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00151 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 54.05–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

specimens, as applicable, taken from at random from each heat or furnace each plate as rolled. Impact specimens batch or portion thereof to be certified. shall be taken as outlined in section 12 (c) Forgings and forged or rolled fit- of ASTM A 20 (incorporated by ref- tings. (1) The manufacturer of forgings erence, see § 54.01–1). The long axis of for any purpose may certify them by the Charpy specimen must be perpen- reporting the results of tests of one set dicular to the final direction of rolling. of Charpy impact specimens or two When the direction of maximum stress drop-weight specimens, as applicable, is unknown, the manufacturer may taken from each 5 short tons of product certify on the basis of specimens taken from each melting heat provided the parallel to the final direction of roll- requirements in this paragraph for pro- ing. duction and sampling are met. (b) Pipe or tube material. (1) The man- (2) One or more test blocks shall be ufacturer of pipe, tube, or welded fit- cut from billets or blooms selected at tings formed from pipe or tube may random from each heat of material. certify such material by reporting the Each test block shall be forge-reduced results of tests of one set of Charpy im- in thickness to the thickness of the fin- pact specimens, provided the require- ished forgings to be certified, within ment for production in this paragraph the limitations set below. After forging (b)(1) or paragraph (b)(2) of this sec- to the reduced thickness, the test tion, as well as the requirement for block shall be heat-treated in the same sampling in paragraph (b)(3) of this sec- manner as the finished forgings rep- tion are met. The specimens shall have resented, which heat-treatment of test the major axis parallel to the length of blocks may be carried out in the fur- pipe or tube. In the case of welding fit- nace with the forgings, or separately. If tings, the specimens may be taken carried out separately, both heat-treat- from the tubing prior to forming pro- ments shall be done in automatically vided the fittings are normalized after controlled furnaces equipped with cali- forming. Such specimens shall be nor- brated recording pyrometers, the cer- malized before testing. tified records of which shall be made (2) One set of specimens may rep- available to the inspector. resent each five (5) short tons, or less, (3) One set of Charpy impact speci- of the pipe, tubes, or welding fittings mens or two drop-weight specimens, as produced from one heat of steel poured applicable, shall be cut from each such from a single melting furnace charge test block and these specimens shall and subsequently processed in the same represent all forgings (up to 5 short manner, provided all are given a nor- tons) that are from the same heat of malizing heat-treatment in a contin- material and given the same heat- uous treating furnace in which the treatment as the test block, and the temperature is automatically con- thickness of which does not differ from trolled and checked by recording py- that of the test block by more than rometer. plus or minus 50 percent of 11⁄2 inches, (3) One set of specimens may rep- whichever is less, except that forged resent each five (5) short tons, or less, flanges and tube sheets thicker than of the pipe, tubes, or welding fittings 51⁄2 inches may be qualified from a 4- that have been given a normalizing inch test block. heat-treatment as a single charge in a (4) As many test blocks shall be made batch-treating furnace equipped with as are required under the foregoing recording pyrometer provided all have rule in paragraph (c)(3) of this section been produced from a single melting to cover the weight of product and furnace heat and are subsequently range of thickness found in the forg- processed in the same manner. If more ings represented. The major axis of the than one melting furnace heat is test specimens shall be parallel to the present in the batch heat-treating fur- length of the test block. nace, means of identification shall be (d) Bars and shapes, rolled or forged. provided and one set of specimens shall (1) The manufacturer of forged or be taken from each heat. rolled bars and shapes may certify such (4) One set of impact specimens shall by reporting the results of one set of be taken from one pipe or tube picked Charpy impact specimens, or two drop-

142

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00152 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 54.05–15

weight specimens, as applicable, pro- drop-weight specimens, as applicable, duced from each 5 short tons from a taken from one such part selected at single melting furnace heat, processed random, provided the same kind of main a similar manner and heat-treated terial and the same process of produc- as a single furnace batch, if heat-treat- tion were used for all of the lot. When ed. The impact specimens shall be cut the part is too small to provide the from the heaviest section, clear of fil- specimens of at least minimum size, no lets, of the shape being tested with the impact test need be made. For such axis of the specimens parallel to the parts too small to impact test, tough- axis of the bar or shape. ness qualifications shall be determined (e) Castings. (1) The manufacturer of by the Commandant based on material, castings may certify them by reporting chemical, and mechanical properties. the results of one set of Charpy impact specimens or two drop-weight speci- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as mens, as applicable, taken from each 5 amended by CGFR 73–254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975; USCG–1999–5151, 64 FR 67178, Dec. 1, short tons of product from each melt- 1999] ing furnace heat. These specimens shall be taken either directly from a produc- § 54.05–15 Weldment toughness tests— tion casting or from test coupons cast procedure qualifications. attached thereto provided the addi- (a) Plate for which Charpy V-notch tional requirements in this paragraph impact testing is required in the parent are met. material and for which V-notch mini- (2) One set of Charpy impact or two drop-weight specimens may represent ma are specified shall similarly have all castings (up to 5 short tons) that welding procedures qualified for tough- are from the same heat of material and ness by Charpy V-notch testing. For that have a thickness that does not dif- these tests, the test plates shall be ori- fer from the thickness of the section ented with their final rolling direction from which the specimens were taken parallel to the weld axis (i.e., so that by more than plus or minus 25 percent, transverse impact specimens result), and with the V-notch normal to the or 11⁄2 inches, whichever is less. A wider range of thicknesses from one heat plate surface. The sample weld joint may be covered by taking additional preparation shall be the same as that sets of specimens from thicker or thin- used in production. The number of test ner material as may be required. specimens and the location of their (3) The test specimens shall be heat- notches shall be as shown in Figure treated in the same manner as the 54.05–15(a) and as described in para- castings represented, which heat-treat- graphs (a) (1) through (5) of this sec- ment of specimens may be carried out tion. in the furnace with the castings rep- (1) Three specimens with the notch resented, or separately, but if carried centered in the weld metal. out separately both heat-treatments (2) Three specimens with the notch shall be done in automatically con- centered on the fusion line between trolled furnaces equipped with cali- parent plate and weld. (The fusion line brated recording pyrometers, the cer- may be identified by etching the speci- tified records of which shall be made men with a mild reagent.) available to the marine inspector. (3) Three specimens with the notch (f) Small parts. The manufacturer of centered in the heat affected zone, 1 small parts, either cast or forged, may mm from the fusion line. certify a lot of not more than 20 dupli- (4) Same as paragraph (a)(3) of this cate parts or 5 short tons, whichever is section, but 3 mm from the fusion line. less, by reporting the results of one set (5) Same as paragraph (a)(3) of this of Charpy impact specimens, or two section, but 5 mm from the fusion line.

143

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00153 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 54.05–15 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

FIGURE 54.05–15(A)—CHARPY V-NOTCH SPECIMEN REMOVAL DETAILS

(b) Plate materials for which Charpy mens are to be tested, with the notch V-notch minimums are not specified, positioned directly above and parallel or for which a Charpy V-notch correla- to the centerline of the weld. tion with NDT is not known, and which (c) Piping welding toughness tests are themselves tested for toughness by shall be qualified, by making Charpy the drop-weight procedure, shall have V-notch impact tests as prescribed in welding procedures similarly qualified paragraph (a) of this section. by the drop-weight test. For such (d) Materials which are specially ap- qualifications, two drop-weight speci- proved based on toughness criteria or

144

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00154 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR EC01FE91.020 Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 54.05–16

tests, other than those discussed in ical location for toughness observed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the weld procedure qualification tests. shall have welding procedures tested Where the drop weight specimen is and qualified for toughness as deemed used in production weld testing, it appropriate and necessary by the Com- shall be prepared in the same manner mandant. as specified for procedure qualification (e) In the case of stainless steels, testing, § 54.05–15(b). weld procedure toughness tests may be (b) For vessels not exceeding 5 cubic limited to weld metal only if this is all feet in volume, one set of impact speci- that is required by § 54.25–15. mens, or two drop-weight specimens, as applicable according to the test used in § 54.05–16 Production toughness test- procedure qualification, may represent ing. all vessels from the same heat of mate- (a) For vessels of welded construc- rial not in excess of 100 vessels, or one tion, production toughness test plates heat-treatment furnace batch. In addi- shall be prepared for each 50 feet of lon- tion, when such vessels are welded, one gitudinal and circumferential butt weld test plate made from one of the weld in each Class I-L vessel, or for heats of material used, and two sets of each 150 feet in each Class II-L vessel, impact specimens or two drop-weight except for material other than stain- specimens, as applicable, cut there- less steel that is exempted from impact from, may represent the weld metal in test requirements by this subchapter. the smallest of: One lot of 100 vessels or In the case of stainless steels, weld pro- less; or each heat-treatment furnace duction toughness tests may be limited batch; or each 50 feet of welding for to weld metal only if this is all that is Class I-L vessels; or each 150 feet of required be § 54.25–15. The test-plate welding for Class II-L vessels. thickness shall be the same as that of (c) For several vessels or parts of ves- the vessel wall at the location of the sels being welded in succession, the production weld being sampled. The plate thickness of which does not vary test plates shall be prepared, wherever by more than one-fourth inch, and possible, as run-off tabs attached at the which are made of the same grade of ends of weld butts or seams. The roll- material, a test plate shall be furnished ing direction of the run-off tabs should for each 50 feet of welding for Class I- be oriented parallel to the rolling di- L vessels or 150 feet of welding for rection of the adjacent production ma- Class II-L vessels. For each 50- or 150- terial. The test-plate material shall be foot increment of weld, as applicable, taken from one of the heats of material the test plates shall be prepared at the used in the vessel, and both the elec- time of fabrication of the first vessel trodes and welding procedures shall be involving that increment. the same as used in the fabrication of (d) The test plates and any other test the vessel. From each test plate, one material from which toughness test set of three Charpy impact bars or two specimens are cut shall be given the drop-weight specimens, as applicable same heat-treatment as the production according to the test used in procedure material they represent. Test speci- qualification, shall be taken transverse mens representing other material than to the weld axis. For Charpy V-notch the weld toughness test plates shall specimens, the notch shall be normal preferably be cut from a part of the to the material surface and its location vessel material but may be cut from alternated (approximately) on succes- like material that has been heat-treat- sive tests between the weld metal and ed within the temperature range speci- heat affected zone. Thus, approxi- fied by the producer in treating the ac- mately half of all weld production im- tual vessel material. pact tests will be of weld metal and (e) For nonpressure vessel type tanks half of heat affected zone material. For and associated secondary barriers, as the weld metal tests, the V-notch is to defined in § 38.05–4, subchapter D (Tank be centered between the fusion lines. Vessels) of this chapter, production For the heat affected zone tests, the toughness test plates shall be prepared notch is to be centered so as to sample, in accordance with paragraphs (a) and as nearly as practicable, the most crit- (d) of this section. One set of toughness

145

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00155 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 54.05–17 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

test plates shall be prepared for each (incorporated by reference, see § 54.01–1) 165 feet (50 meters) of production butt nickel steels must exhibit energies not type welds. less than the values shown in § 54.05–20 (a). Requirements for 9 percent nickel § 54.05–17 Weld toughness test accept- steels are contained in § 54.25–20. Other ance criteria. nickel alloy steels, when specially ap- (a) For Charpy V-notch impact tests proved by the Commandant, must ex- the energy absorbed in both the weld hibit a no-break performance when metal and heat affected zone impact tested in accordance with the drop tests in weld qualification and produc- weight procedure. If, for such mate- tion shall be: rials, there are data indicating suitable (1) For weld metal specimens, not correlation with drop-weight tests, less than the transverse values re- Charpy V-notch tests may be specially quired for the parent material. considered by the Commandant in lieu (2) For heat affected zone specimens, of drop-weight tests. If the drop-weight when the specimens are transversely test cannot be performed because of oriented, not less than the transverse material thickness limitations (less values required for the parent mate- than one-half inch), or product shape, rial. or is otherwise inapplicable (because of (3) For heat affected zone specimens, heat treatment, chemistry etc.) other when the specimens are longitudinally tests or test criteria will be specified oriented, not less than 1.5 times the by the Commandant. transverse values required for the par- (c) Where sufficient data are avail- ent material. able to warrant such waiver, the Com- (b) For drop-weight tests both speci- mandant may waive the requirements mens from each required set shall ex- for toughness testing austenitic stain- hibit a no-break performance. less steel materials. Where required, [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as austenitic stainless steels are to be amended by CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, tested using the drop-weight procedure 1975] and must exhibit a no-break performance. Where data are available indi- § 54.05–20 Impact test properties for cating suitable correlation of Charpy service of 0 ≥F and below. V-notch results with drop-weight NDT (a) Test energy. The impact energies or no-break performance, Charpy V- of each set of transverse Charpy speci- notch tests may be specially considered mens may not be less than the values by the Commandant in lieu of shown in table 54.05–20(a). Only one dropweight tests. If the dropweight specimen in a set may be below the retest cannot be performed because of quired average and the value of that material thickness limitations (less specimen must be above the minimum than one-half inch), or product shape, impact value permitted on one speci- or is otherwise inapplicable (because of men only. See § 54.05–5(c) for retest reheat treatment, chemistry, etc.) other quirements. tests and/or test criteria will be specified by the Commandant. TABLE 54.05–20(a)—CHARPY V-NOTCH IMPACT [CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975, as REQUIREMENTS amended by USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000] Minimum impact Minimum impact value required for value permitted on Size of specimen average of each one specimen § 54.05–25 [Reserved] set of 3 speci- only of a set, foot- mens foot- pounds pounds 1 § 54.05–30 Allowable stress values at low temperatures. 10 × 10 mm ...... 20.0 13.5 10 × 7.5 mm ...... 16.5 11.0 (a) The Coast Guard will give consid- 10 × 5 mm ...... 13.5 9.0 eration to the enhanced yield and ten- 10 × 2.5 mm ...... 10.0 6.5 sile strength properties of ferrous and 1 Straight line interpolation for intermediate values is nonferrous materials at low tempera- permitted. ture for the purpose of establishing al- (b) Transversely oriented Charpy V- lowable stress values for service tem- notch impact specimens of ASTM A 203 perature below 0 °F.

146

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00156 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 54.10–5

(b) The use of such allowable stress inspector will then stamp the vessel values must be specially approved by with the Coast Guard Symbol. the Coast Guard for each application. (c) Pressure vessels described in Further information may be obtained § 54.01–5(c)(3), except pressure vessels in by writing to the Commandant (CG– systems regulated under § 58.60 of this ENG), Attn: Office of Design and Engi- chapter, must be visually examined by neering Systems, U.S. Coast Guard a marine inspector prior to installa- Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. tion. The marine inspector also reviews Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593. the associated plans and manufactur- (c) Submittals must include informa- ers’ data reports. If, upon inspection, tion and calculations specified by the the pressure vessel complies with the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and applicable requirements in § 54.01–5, the Engineering Standards (CG–ENG) to marine inspector stamps the pressure demonstrate that the allowable stress vessel with the Coast Guard Symbol. for the material cannot be exceeded under any possible combination of ves- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as sel loads and metal temperature. amended by CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, 1982; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65167, Oct. 31, [CGD 73–133R, 39 FR 9179, Mar. 8, 1974, as 2008] amended by CGD 82–063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 95–072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995; § 54.10–5 Maximum allowable working CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50727, 50728, Sept. 27, 1996; pressure (reproduces UG–98). USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49228, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59777, Oct. 1, 2012; (a) The maximum allowable working USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60148, Sept. 30, 2013] pressure for a vessel is the maximum pressure permissible at the top of the Subpart 54.10—Inspection, vessel in its normal operating position Reports, and Stamping at the designated coincident temperature specified for that pressure. It is § 54.10–1 Scope (modifies UG–90 the least of the values found for max- through UG–103 and UG–115 imum allowable working pressure for through UG–120). any of the essential parts of the vessel The inspection, tests, stamping, and by the principles given in paragraph (b) reports for pressure vessels shall be as of this section and adjusted for any dif- required by paragraphs UG–90 through ference in static head that may exist UG–103 and UG–115 through UG–120 of between the part considered and the section VIII of the ASME Boiler and top of the vessel. (See appendix 3 of Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by section VIII of the ASME Boiler and reference; see 46 CFR 54.01–1) except as Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by noted otherwise in this subpart. reference; see 46 CFR 54.01–1.) (b) The maximum allowable working [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65167, pressure for a vessel part is the max- Oct. 31, 2008] imum internal or external pressure, including the static head hereon, as de- § 54.10–3 Marine inspectors (replaces termined by the rules and formulas in UG–90 and UG–91, and modifies section VIII of the ASME Boiler and UG–92 through UG–103). Pressure Vessel Code, together with (a) Only marine inspectors shall the effect of any combination of load- apply the Coast Guard Symbol. They ings listed in UG–22 of section VIII of will not apply any other code symbol the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel to pressure vessels. Code (see 46 CFR 54.01–30) that are like- (b) All pressure vessels not exempted ly to occur, or the designated coinci- under provisions of § 54.01–15 shall be dent operating temperature, excluding inspected by a marine inspector refer- any metal thickness specified as corro- ring to procedures outlined in UG–92 sion allowance. (See UG–25 of section through UG–103 of section VIII of the VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Vessel Code.) (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR (c) Maximum allowable working pres- 54.01–1) and §§ 50.30–10, 50.30–15, and sure may be determined for more than 50.30–20 of this subchapter. The marine one designated operating temperature,

147

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00157 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 54.10–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

using for each temperature the applica- levels pertinent to this part of the regula- ble allowable stress value. tions. It includes reference to section VIII of NOTE: Table 54.10–5 gives pictorially the the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code interrelation among the various pressure for definitions and explanations.

148

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00158 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR ER31OC08.001 Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 54.10–5

149

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00159 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR ER31OC08.002 § 54.10–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65167, Oct. 31, 2008] (e) Vessels requiring stress relieving shall be stress relieved after any weld- § 54.10–10 Standard hydrostatic test ing repairs have been made. (See UW–40 (modifies UG–99). of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and (a) All pressure vessels shall satisfac- Pressure Vessel Code.) torily pass the hydrostatic test pre- (f) After repairs have been made the scribed by this section, except those vessel shall again be tested in the reg- pressure vessels noted under § 54.10– ular way, and if it passes the test, the 15(a). marine inspector may accept it. If it (b) The hydrostatic-test pressure does not pass the test, the marine in- must be at least one and three-tenths spector can order supplementary re- (1.30) times the maximum allowable pairs, or, if in his judgment the vessel working pressure stamped on the pres- is not suitable for service, he may per- sure vessel, multiplied by the ratio of manently reject it. the stress value ‘‘S’’ at the test temperature to the stress value ‘‘S’’ at the [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as design temperature for the materials of amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, which the pressure vessel is con- Oct. 31, 2008] structed. The values for ‘‘S’’ shall be § 54.10–15 Pneumatic test (modifies taken from tables UCS 23, UNF 23, UHA UG–100). 23, or UHT 23 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (a) Pneumatic testing of welded pres- (incorporated by reference, see 46 CFR sure vessels shall be permitted only for 54.01–1). The value of ‘‘S’’ at test tem- those units which are so designed and/ perature shall be that taken for the or supported that they cannot be safely material of the tabulated value of tem- filled with water, or for those units perature closest to the test tempera- which cannot be dried and are to be ture. The value of ‘‘S’’ at design tem- used in a service where traces of the perature shall be as interpolated from testing medium cannot be tolerated. the appropriate table. No ratio less (b) Proposals to pneumatically test than one shall be used. The stress re- shall be submitted to the cognizant Of- sulting from the hydrostatic test shall ficer in Charge, Marine Inspection, for not exceed 90 percent of the yield stress approval. of the material at the test tempera- (c) Except for enameled vessels, for ture. External loadings which will exist which the pneumatic test pressure in supporting structure during the hy- shall be at least equal to, but need not drostatic test should be considered. exceed, the maximum allowable work- The design shall consider the combined ing pressure to be marked on the ves- stress during hydrostatic testing due sel, the pneumatic test pressure shall to pressure and the support reactions. be at least equal to one and one-tenth This stress shall not exceed 90 percent (1.10) times the maximum allowable of the yield stress of the material at working pressure to be stamped on the the test temperature. In addition the vessel multiplied by the lowest ratio adequacy of the supporting structure (for the materials of which the vessel is during hydrostatic testing should be constructed) of the stress value ‘‘S’’ for considered in the design. the test temperature of the vessel to (c) The hydrostatic test pressure the stress value ‘‘S’’ for the design shall be applied for a sufficient period temperature (see UG–21 of section VIII of time to permit a thorough examina- of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves- tion of all joints and connections. The sel Code (incorporated by reference; see test shall not be conducted until the 46 CFR 54.01–1)). In no case shall the vessel and liquid are at approximately pneumatic test pressure exceed one and the same temperature. one-tenth (1.10) times the basis for cal- (d) Defects detected during the hy- culated test pressure as defined in UA– drostatic test or subsequent examina- 60(e) of section VIII of the ASME Boiler tion shall be completely removed and and Pressure Vessel Code. then inspected. Provided the marine in- (d) The pneumatic test of pressure spector gives his approval, they may vessels shall be accomplished as fol- then be repaired. lows:

150

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00160 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 54.10–20

(1) The pressure on the vessel shall be (7) Water capacity in liters (U.S. gal- gradually increased to not more than lons), if a cargo carrying pressure ves- half the test pressure. sel. (2) The pressure will then be in- (b) Multichambered pressure vessels (re- creased at steps of approximately one- places UG–116(k)). In cases where more tenth the test pressure until the test than one pressure vessel is involved in pressure has been reached. an integral construction, as with a (3) The pressure will then be reduced heat exchanger, the manufacturer may to the maximum allowable working elect to class the component pressure pressure of the vessel to permit exam- vessels differently. In such cases he ination. shall stamp the combined structures as (e) Pressure vessels pneumatically required in paragraph (a) of this sec- tested shall also be leak tested. The tion with information for each pressure test shall be capable of detecting leak- vessel. Where an item for stamping is age consistent with the design require- identical for both vessels, as with name ments of the pressure vessel. Details of and address of manufacturer, it need the leak test shall be submitted to the not be duplicated. However, where dif- Commandant for approval. ferences exist, each value and the ves- (f) After satisfactory completion of sel to which it applies shall be clearly the pneumatic pressure test, the vessel indicated. may be stamped in accordance with (c) Stamping data (replaces UG–117). § 54.10–20. A marine inspector shall ob- Except as noted in paragraph (d) of this serve the pressure vessel in a loaded section, the data shall be stamped di- condition at the first opportunity fol- rectly on the pressure vessel. The data lowing the pneumatic test. The tank shall be legibly stamped and shall not supports and saddles, connecting pip- be obliterated during the service life of ing, and insulation if provided shall be the pressure vessel. In the event that examined to determine if they are sat- the portion of the pressure vessel upon isfactory and that no leaks are evident. which the data is stamped is to be insu- (g) The pneumatic test is inherently lated or otherwise covered, the data more hazardous than a hydrostatic shall be reproduced on a metal name- test, and suitable precautions shall be plate. This plate shall be securely at- taken to protect personnel and adja- tached to the pressure vessel. The cent property. nameplate shall be maintained in a leg- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as ible condition such that it may be eas- amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, ily read. Oct. 31, 2008] (1) Those parts of pressure vessels requiring Coast Guard shop inspection § 54.10–20 Marking and stamping. under this part which are furnished by (a) Pressure vessels (replaces UG–116, other than the shop of the manufac- except paragraph (k), and UG–118). Pres- turer responsible for the completed sure vessels that are required by § 54.10– vessel shall be stamped with the Coast 3 to be stamped with the Coast Guard Guard Symbol, the Marine Inspection Symbol must also be stamped with the Office identification letters (see § 50.10– following information: 30 of this subchapter) and the word (1) Manufacturer’s name and serial ‘‘Part’’, the manufacturer’s name and number. serial number, and the design pressure. (2) Coast Guard number, see § 50.10–30 (d) Thin walled vessels (Modifies UG– of this subchapter. 119). In lieu of direct stamping on the (3) Coast Guard Symbol, which is af- pressure vessel, the information re- fixed only by the marine inspector. quired by paragraph (a) of this section (4) Maximum allowable working pres- shall be stamped on a nameplate per- sure ll kPa (ll psig) at ll °C (ll manently attached to the pressure ves- °F). sel when the pressure vessel is con- (5) Class. structed of— (6) Minimum design metal tempera- (1) Steel plate less than one-fourth ture, if below ¥18 °C (0 °F). inch thick; or

151

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00161 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 54.10–25 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(2) Nonferrous plate less than one- ASME Code must be provided with pro- half inch thick. tective devices as indicated in UG–125 through UG–136 except as noted other- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, wise in this subpart. 1970; CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17226, June 29, 1973; (b) The markings shall be in accord- CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, 1982; USCG– ance with this chapter for devices cov- 2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, Oct. 31, 2008] ered by § 54.15–10. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as § 54.10–25 Manufacturers’ data report amended by CGD 88–032, 56 FR 35822, July 29, forms (modifies UG–120). 1991; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, Oct. 31, (a) The Manufacturers’ data report 2008] form, as provided by the Coast Guard, shall be completed in duplicate and § 54.15–3 Definitions (modifies appen- certified by the manufacturer for each dix 3). pressure vessel required to be shop in- (a) Definitions applicable to this sub- spected under these regulations. The part are in § 52.01–3 of this subchapter. original of this form shall be delivered [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as to the Coast Guard inspector. amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, (b) Data forms for those parts of a Oct. 31, 2008] pressure vessel requiring inspection, which are furnished by other than the § 54.15–5 Protective devices (modifies shop of the manufacturer responsible UG–125). for the completed unit, shall be exe- (a) All pressure vessels must be pro- cuted in triplicate by the manufacturer vided with protective devices. The proof the parts. The original and one copy tective devices must be in accordance shall be delivered to the Coast Guard with the requirements of UG–125 inspector who shall forward one copy of through UG–136 of section VIII of the the report to the Officer in Charge, Ma- ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code rine Inspection, having cognizance over (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR the final assembly. These partial data 54.01–1) except as modified in this sub- reports, together with the final inspec- part. tion and tests, shall be the final Coast (b) An unfired steam boiler evapo- Guard inspector’s authority to apply rator or heat exchanger (see § 54.01–10) the Coast Guard symbol and number. A shall be equipped with protective de- final data report shall be executed by vices as required by § 54.15–15. the manufacturer or assembler who (c) All pressure vessels other than completes the final assembly and tests. unfired steam boilers shall be pro- (c) If a pressure vessel is required to tected by pressure-relieving devices be inspected in accordance with § 54.10– that will prevent the pressure from ris- 3(c), the manufacturer’s data reports ing more than 10 percent above the required by UG–120 must be made maximum allowable working pressure, available to the Coast Guard inspector except when the excess pressure is for review prior to inspection of the caused by exposure to fire or other un- pressure vessel. expected source of heat. (d) Where an additional hazard can be (Approved by the Office of Management and created by exposure of a pressure vessel Budget under control number 2130–0181) to fire or other unexpected sources of [CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970, as external heat (for example, vessels amended by CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, used to store liquefied flammable 1982] gases), supplemental pressure-relieving devices shall be installed to protect Subpart 54.15—Pressure-Relief against excessive pressure. Such sup- Devices plemental pressure-relieving devices shall be capable of preventing the pres- § 54.15–1 General (modifies UG–125 sure from rising more than 20 percent through UG–137). above the maximum allowable working (a) All pressure vessels built in ac- pressure of the vessel. The minimum cordance with applicable requirements required relief capacities for com- in Division 1 of section VIII of the pressed gas pressure vessels are given

152

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00162 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 54.15–10

under § 54.15–25. A single pressure-re- unobstructed flow between the vessel lieving device may be used to satisfy and its pressure-relieving device. the requirements of this paragraph and (l) Safety devices need not be pro- paragraph (c) of this section, provided vided by the pressure vessel manufac- it meets the requirements of both para- turer. However, overpressure protec- graphs. tion shall be provided prior to placing (e) Pressure-relieving devices should the vessel in service. be selected on the basis of their intended service. They shall be con- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as structed, located, and installed so that amended by CGD 88–032, 56 FR 35822, July 29, 1991; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995; they are readily accessible for inspec- USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, Oct. 31, 2008] tion and repair and so arranged that they cannot be readily rendered inoper- § 54.15–10 Safety and relief valves ative. (modifies UG–126). (f) Where pressure-indicating gages are used, they shall be chosen to be (a) All safety and relief valves for use compatible with the pressure to be in- on pressure vessels or piping systems dicated. The size of the visual display, shall be designed to meet the protec- the fineness of graduations, and the tion and service requirements for orientation of the display will be con- which they are intended and shall be sidered. In no case shall the upper set to relieve at a pressure which does range of the gage be less than 1.2 times not exceed the ‘‘maximum allowable nor more than 2 times the pressure at working pressure’’ of the pressure ves- which the relieving device is set to sel or piping system. Relief valves are function. not required to have huddling cham- (g) The Commandant may authorize bers for other than steam service. In or require the use of a rupture disk in addition, safety valves used on vessels lieu of a relief or safety valve under in which steam is generated shall meet certain conditions of pressure vessel § 52.01–120 of this subchapter except use and design. See § 54.15–13. § 52.01–120(a)(9). For steam service (h) Vessels that are to operate com- below 206 kPa (30 psig), bodies of safety pletely filled with liquid shall be valves may be made of cast iron. Safe- equipped with liquid relief valves un- ty relief valves used in liquefied com- less otherwise protected against over- pressed gas service shall meet subpart pressure. 162.017 or 162.018 in subchapter Q (Spec- (i) The protective devices required ifications) of this chapter as appro- under paragraph (a) of this section priate. shall be installed directly on a pressure (b) Pilot-valve control or other indi- vessel except when the source of pres- rect operation of safety valves is not sure is external to the vessel, and is permitted unless the design is such under such positive control that the that the main unloading valve will pressure in the vessel cannot exceed open automatically at not over the set the maximum allowable working pres- pressure and will discharge its full sure at the operating temperature ex- rated capacity if some essential part of cept as permitted in paragraphs (c) and the pilot or auxiliary device should (d) of this section. fail. All other safety and relief valves (j) Pressure-relieving devices shall be shall be of the direct spring loaded constructed of materials suitable for type. the pressure, temperature, and other (c) Safety and relief valves for steam conditions of the service intended. or air service shall be provided with a (k) The opening through all pipes and substantial lifting device so that the fittings between a pressure vessel and disk can be lifted from its seat when its pressure-relieving device shall have the pressure in the vessel is 75 percent at least the area of the pressure-reliev- of that at which the valve is set to ing device inlet, and in all cases shall blow. have sufficient area so as not to unduly (d) Safety and relief valves for serv- restrict the flow to the pressure-reliev- ice other than steam and air need not ing device. The opening in the vessel be provided with a lifting device al- shall be designed to provide direct and though a lifting device is desirable if

153

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00163 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 54.15–13 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

the vapors are such that their release (b) For certain pressure vessels con- will not create a hazard. taining substances which may render a (e) If the design of a safety or relief relief or safety valve inoperative, or valve is such that liquid can collect on where the installation of a valve is con- the discharge side of the disk, the valve sidered impractical, the Commandant shall be equipped with a drain at the may authorize or require the use of a lowest point where liquid can collect rupture disk in parallel with or in lieu (for installation, see UG–134 of section of a spring loaded safety or relief valve. VIII of section VIII of the ASME Boiler These rupture disks shall: and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated (1) Comply with the general provi- by reference; see 46 CFR 54.01–1). sions of § 54.15–5 except as noted other- (f) Cast iron may be employed in the wise in this section; construction of relief valves for pres- (2) Have a capacity for discharge such sures not exceeding 125 pounds per that the volume of release is sufficient square inch and temperatures not ex- to prevent the internal pressure from ceeding 450 °F. Seats or disks of cast exceeding 120 percent of the ‘‘max- iron are prohibited. imum allowable working pressure’’ (g) The spring in a relief valve in with the pressure vessel exposed to fire service for pressures up to and includ- conditions (see § 54.15–25); and, ing 250 pounds per square inch shall not (3) Operate at a pressure level which be reset for any pressure more than 10 does not produce fatigue failure of the percent above or 10 percent below that disk. The normal maximum operating for which the relief valve is marked. pressure multiplied by 1.3 shall not ex- For higher pressures, the spring shall ceed the nominal disk burst pressure. not be reset for any pressure more than (Notice that this restriction for protec- 5 percent above or 5 percent below that tion of the rupture disk will usually re- for which the relief valve is marked. quire operation below the ‘‘maximum (h) The rated relieving capacity of allowable working pressure’’ of the safety and relief valves for use on pres- pressure vessel and therefore should be sure vessels shall be based on actual considered in design.) flow test data and the capacity shall be (c) All disks shall be oriented so that certified by the manufacturer in ac- if rupture occurs, the disk fragments cordance with one of the following: and pressure vessel discharge will be (1) 120 percent of the valve set pres- directed away from operating per- sure for valves rated in accordance sonnel and vital machinery. with CGA S–1.2 (incorporated by ref- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as erence; see 46 CFR 54.01–1). amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, (2) 110 percent of the valve set pres- Oct. 31, 2008] sure for valves rated in accordance with UG–131 of section VIII of section § 54.15–15 Relief devices for unfired VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure steam boilers, evaporators, and Vessel Code. heat exchangers (modifies UG–126). (3) 103 percent of the valve set pres- (a) An approved safety valve set to sure for steam in accordance with PG– relieve at a pressure not exceeding the 69 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler ‘‘maximum allowable working pres- and Pressure Vessel Code. sure’’ of the shell shall be fitted to all [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as unfired steam boilers and evaporators amended by CGD 81–79, 50 FR 9436, Mar. 8, except for evaporators of the atmos- 1985; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, Oct. 31, pheric type designed for vapor dis- 2008] charge direct to a distiller with no shutoff valve in the discharge line. The § 54.15–13 Rupture disks (modifies UG– distiller connected to atmospheric 127). evaporators shall be fitted with a vent (a) Paragraph UG–127 of section VIII to prevent a buildup in pressure. In no of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves- case shall the vent be less than 11⁄2 sel Code (incorporated by reference; see inches in diameter. Evaporators oper- 46 CFR 54.01–1) provides for the use of ating between atmospheric pressure rupture disks in series with spring and 15 p.s.i.g., may use a rupture disc loaded safety or relief valves. as an alternative to the safety valve.

154

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00164 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 54.15–25

(b) Safety valves for use on pressure this test the pressure shall not rise vessels in which steam or pressure is more than 6 percent above the safety generated shall comply with the re- valve setting. quirements of § 54.15–10. Rupture discs (f) A heat exchanger with liquid in used in lieu of these safety valves, as the shell and the heating medium in provided for in paragraph (a) of this the tubes or coils, shall be fitted with section, shall comply with the require- a liquid relief valve meeting the re- ments of § 54.15–13. quirement of § 54.15–5. (c) The relieving capacity of evapo- (g)(1) A heat exchanger with steam in rator safety valves required by para- the shell and liquid in the tubes or graph (a) of this section shall be at coils at a pressure exceeding that in least equal to the capacity of the ori- the shell, shall have a liquid relief fice fitted in the steam supply to the valve fitted to protect the shell against evaporator. The orifice capacity shall excess pressure. be determined in accordance with the (2) The discharge capacity of such re- formula in paragraph (c) (1) or (2) of lief valves shall be calculated on the this section as appropriate: basis of the discharge from one tube (1) Where the set pressure of the using the difference in pressures be- evaporator shell safety valve is 58 percent or less than the setting of the tween that in the shell and that in the safety valve in the steam supply: tubes and shall be not less than that W = 51.45AP determined by the following formula:

(2) Where the set pressure of the Q = 29.81KD 2√ P1¥P2 evaporator shell safety valve exceeds 58 percent of the setting of the safety where: valve on the steam supply: Q = Required relief valve discharge capacity, in gallons per minute, based on relief √ ¥ W = 105.3A P1(P P1) valve set pressure. where: P1 = Pressure in the tube or coils, in pounds per square inch. W = The required orifice capacity, in pounds per hour. P2 = Set pressure of the shell relief valve, in A = Cross-sectional area of rounded entrance pounds per square inch. orifice, in square inches. The orifice shall D = Internal diameter of the largest tube or be installed near the steam inlet or the coil, in inches. coils or tubes and where no orifice is em- K = Coefficient of discharge = 0.62. ployed the area used in the formula shall [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as be that of the inlet connection or mani- amended by CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17226, June fold. 29, 1973] P = Set pressure of steam supply safety valve, in pounds per square inch, absolute. § 54.15–25 Minimum relief capacities for cargo tanks containing com- P1 = Set pressure of evaporator shell safety valve, in pounds per square inch, abso- pressed or liquefied gas. lute. (a) Each tank shall be fitted with one (d) The relieving capacity of safety or more safety relief valves designed, valves on unfired steam boilers shall constructed, and flow tested in accord- not be less than the maximum gener- ance with subpart 162.017 or 162.018 in ating capacity of the unfired steam subchapter Q (Specifications) of this boiler as certified by the manufacturer. chapter. Valves conforming to speci- (e) On new installations and where fication subpart 162.017 shall be limited the orifice size of an existing unfired to use on tanks whose maximum allow- steam boiler or evaporator is increased, able working pressure is not in excess an accumulation test shall be made by of 10 pounds per square inch. With spe- closing all steam outlet connections cific approval of the Commandant, except the safety valves for a period of such valves may be connected to the five minutes. When conducting the ac- vessel in lieu of being directly fitted to cumulation test, the water shall be at the tanks. the normal operating level and the (b) The discharge pressure and the steam pressure shall be at the normal maximum overpressure permitted shall operating pressure, and while under be in accordance with § 54.15–5.

155

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00165 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 54.15–25 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(c) The rate of discharge for heat F = 0.5 for tanks on the open deck having in- input of fire must meet the following sulation that has approved fire proofing, formula: thermal conductance, and stability under fire exposure. Q = FGA0.82 F = 0.5 for uninsulated independent tasks installed in holds. where: F = 0.2 for insulated independent tanks in Q = minimum required rate of discharge in holds or for uninsulated independent cubic meters (cubic feet) per minute of tanks in insulated holds. air at standard conditions 15 °C and 103 F = 0.1 for insulated independent tanks in kPa (60 °F and 14.7 psia). inerted holds or for uninsulated independent tanks in inerted, insulated F = fire exposure factor for the following holds. tank types: F = 0.1 for membrane and semi-membrane F = 1.0 for tanks without insulation located tanks. on the open deck. G = gas factor of:

"/)]G = [(177/LC)( ZT MSI units

G = [(633,000/LC)( ZT/)]M English units"

where: For a tank of a body of revolution shape: L = latent heat of the material being vapor- A = external surface area. ized at the relieving conditions, in Kcal/ For a tank other than a body of revolution kg (Btu per pound). shape: C = constant based on relation of specific A = external surface area less the projected heats (k), table § 54.15–25(c) (if k is not bottom surface area. known, C = .606(315)). For a grouping of pressure vessel tanks Z = compressibility factor of the gas at the having insulation on the vessel’s struc- relieving conditions (if not known, Z = ture: 1.0). T = temperature in degrees K = (273 + degrees A = external surface area of the hold with- C) (R = (460 + degrees F)) at the relieving out the projected bottom area. conditions (120% of the pressure at which For a grouping of pressure tanks having in- the pressure relief valve is set). sulation on the tank: M = molecular weight of the product. A = external surface area of the pressure A = external surface area of the tank in m2 tanks excluding insulation, and without (sq. ft.) for the following tank types: the projected bottom area. 1

1 Figure 54.15–25(c) shows a method of determining the side external surface area of a grouping of vertical pressure tanks. 156

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00166 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR ER25SE09.062 Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 54.15–25

TABLE 54.15–25(c)—CONSTANT C TABLE 54.15–25(c)—CONSTANT C—Continued

k C k C

1.00 ...... 606 (315) 1.82 ...... 747 (388) 1.02 ...... 611 (318) 1.84 ...... 750 (390) 1.04 ...... 615 (320) 1.86 ...... 752 (391) 1.06 ...... 620 (322) 1.88 ...... 755 (392) 1.08 ...... 624 (324) 1.90 ...... 758 (394) 1.10 ...... 628 (327) 1.92 ...... 760 (395) 1.12 ...... 633 (329) 1.94 ...... 763 (397) 1.14 ...... 637 (331) 1.96 ...... 765 (398) 1.16 ...... 641 (333) 1.98 ...... 767 (399) 1.18 ...... 645 (335) 2.00 ...... 770 (400) 1.20 ...... 649 (337) 2.02 ...... 772 (401) 1.22 ...... 652 (339) 2.20 ...... 792 (412) 1.24 ...... 658 (341) 1.26 ...... 660 (343) 1.28 ...... 664 (345) (c–1) For an independent tank that 1.30 ...... 667 (347) has a portion of the tank protruding 1.32 ...... 671 (349) 1.34 ...... 674 (351) above the open deck, the fire exposure 1.36 ...... 677 (352) factor must be calculated for the sur- 1.38 ...... 681 (354) face area above the deck and the sur- 1.40 ...... 685 (356) face area below the deck, and this cal- 1.42 ...... 688 (358) 1.44 ...... 691 (359) culation must be specially approved by 1.46 ...... 695 (361) the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design 1.48 ...... 698 (363) and Engineering Standards (CG–ENG).. 1.50 ...... 701 (364) 1.52 ...... 704 (366) (d) In determining the total safety 1.54 ...... 707 (368) valve relieving capacity, the arrange- 1.56 ...... 710 (369) ment and location of the valves on the 1.58 ...... 713 (371) 1.60 ...... 716 (372) tank will be evaluated. The valves 1.62 ...... 719 (374) shall be placed so that a number of 1.64 ...... 722 (376) valves sufficient to provide the re- 1.66 ...... 725 (377) quired relieving capacity shall always 1.68 ...... 728 (379) 1.70 ...... 731 (380) be in communication with the cargo 1.72 ...... 734 (382) vapor phase. The possible motions 1.74 ...... 736 (383) which the tank may see in its intended 1.76 ...... 739 (384) 1.78 ...... 742 (386) service and attendant changes in cargo 1.80 ...... 745 (387) liquid level will be considered. Shut off

157

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00167 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR EC01FE91.022 § 54.20–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

valves shall not be installed between I, O, or, when not specified, of a class the vessel and the safety relief valves. determined by the Commandant. Manifolds for mounting multiple relief (b) Class III pressure vessels must not valves may be fitted with acceptable be used for the storage or stowage of interlocking shut off valves so ar- hazardous materials unless there is ranged that the required capacity of specific authorization in subchapters discharge will be ‘‘lined up’’ at all D, I, or O. times. (e)(1) Each safety relief valve shall be [CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, 1982] tested in the presence of a marine in- § 54.20–3 Design (modifies UW–9, UW– spector before being placed in service 11(a), UW–13, and UW–16). except as noted otherwise in paragraph (e)(2) of this section. The test shall sat- (a) Fabrication by welding shall be in isfactorily show that the valve will accordance with the provisions of this start to discharge at the required min- part and with part 57 of this sub- imum pressure. chapter. (2) Each safety relief valve fitted (b) Welding subject to UW–11(a) of with a breaking pin and rupture disk section VIII of the ASME Boiler and need not be tested in the presence of a Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by marine inspector before being placed in reference; see 46 CFR 54.01–1) shall be service. In lieu thereof, a certificate modified as described in § 54.25–8 for ra- shall be furnished with the valve at- diographic examination. tested to by the manufacturer that the (c) A butt welded joint with one plate test requirements of paragraph (e)(1) of edge offset, as shown in Figure UW– this section have been met. 13.1(k) of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, may [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as only be used for circumferential joints amended by CGD 74–289, 44 FR 26007, May 3, of Class II and Class III pressure ves- 1979; CGD 82–063b, 48 FR 4781, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 95–072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD sels. 96–041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996; USCG–2004– (d) Attachment welds for nozzles and 18884, 69 FR 58346, Sept. 30, 2004; USCG–2007– other connections shall be in accord- 29018, 72 FR 53965, Sept. 21, 2007; USCG–2009– ance with UW–16 of section VIII of the 0702, 74 FR 49228, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012– ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 0832, 77 FR 59777, Oct. 1, 2012] When nozzles or connections are made to pressure vessels, as shown in Figure Subpart 54.20—Fabrication by UW–16.1 (a) and (c) of the ASME Code, Welding and are welded from one side only, backing strips shall be used unless it § 54.20–1 Scope (modifies UW–1 can be determined visually that a full through UW–65). penetration weld has been achieved. (a) Pressure vessels and vessel parts (e) When fabricating by welding the that are fabricated by welding shall be minimum joint requirements shall be as required by paragraphs UW–1 as specified under the column headed through UW–65 of section VIII of the ‘‘minimum joint requirements’’ in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code table 54.01–5(b) for various classes of (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR pressure vessels. 54.01–1) except as noted otherwise in (f) Joints in Class II or III pressure this subchapter. vessel cargo tanks must meet the fol- (b) [Reserved] lowing: (1) Category A and B joints must be [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, type (1) or (2). Oct. 31, 2008] (2) Category C and D joints must have full penetration welds extending § 54.20–2 Fabrication for hazardous through the entire thickness of the materials (replaces UW–2(a)). vessel wall or nozzle wall. (a) Pressure vessels containing haz- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as ardous materials as defined in § 150.115 amended by CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21810, May 20, of this chapter must be of the class and 1982; CGD 85–061, 54 FR 50964, Dec. 11, 1989; construction required by subchapter D, USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, Oct. 31, 2008]

158

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00168 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 54.25–10

§ 54.20–5 Welding qualification tests § 54.25–7 Requirement for postweld and production testing (modifies heat treatment (modifies UCS–56). UW–26, UW–28, UW–29, UW–47, and (a) Postweld heat treatment is re- UW–48). quired for all carbon and low alloy (a) Performance and procedure quali- steel Class I, I-L, and II-L vessels re- fication. No production welding shall be gardless of thickness. (Refer to table done until welding procedures and 54.01–5(b) for applicable requirements.) welders have been qualified in accord- (b) Cargo tanks which are fabricated ance with part 57 of this subchapter. of carbon or low alloy steel as Class II (b) Tests. Production tests are re- pressure vessels, designed for pressures quired in accordance with § 57.06–1 of exceeding 100 pounds per square inch this subchapter. gage and used in the storage or transportation of liquefied compressed gases [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as shall be postweld heat treated regard- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970] less of thickness. [CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970] Subpart 54.23—Fabrication by § 54.25–8 Radiography (modifies UW– Brazing 11(a), UCS–57, UNF–57, UHA–33, and UHT–57). § 54.23–1 Scope (modifies UB–1). (a) Full radiography is required for (a) Fabrication by brazing shall be in all Class I and Class I-L vessels regard- accordance with the provisions of this less of thickness. (Refer to table 54.01– part and with part 57 of this sub- 5(b) for applicable requirements.) chapter. (b) Class II-L vessels shall be spot [CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, 1970] radiographed. The exemption provided in UW–11(c) of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Subpart 54.25—Construction With (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR Carbon, Alloy, and Heat 54.01–1) does not apply. (Refer to table Treated Steels 54.01–5(b) for applicable requirements.) (c) Each butt welded joint in a Class § 54.25–1 Scope. II or III pressure vessel cargo tank The carbon, alloy, and heat treated must be spot radiographed, in accord- steels used in construction of pressure ance with UW–52, regardless of diame- vessels and parts shall be as indicated ter or thickness, and each weld inter- in section VIII of the ASME Boiler and section or crossing must be Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by radiographed for a distance of at least reference; see 46 CFR 54.01–1) except as 10 thicknesses from the intersection. noted otherwise in this subpart. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 85–061, 54 FR 50964, Dec. 11, amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, 1989; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, Oct. 31, Oct. 31, 2008] 2008] § 54.25–10 Low temperature oper- § 54.25–3 Steel plates (modifies UCS–6). ation—ferritic steels (replaces UCS– The steels listed in UCS–6(b) of sec- 65 through UCS–67). tion VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (a) Scope. (1) This section contains re- sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref- quirements for pressure vessels and erence; see 46 CFR 54.01–1) will be al- nonpressure vessel type tanks and as- lowed only in Class III pressure vessels sociated secondary barrier, as defined (see table 54.01–5(b)). in § 38.05–4 and § 154.7 of this chapter, [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, Oct. 31, 2008] and their parts constructed of carbon and alloy steels which are stressed at § 54.25–5 Corrosion allowance. operating or hydrostatic test temperatures below 0 °F. The corrosion allowance must be as (2) The service temperature is the required in 46 CFR 54.01–35. minimum temperature of a product at [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65170, Oct. 31, 2008] which it may be contained, loaded and/

159

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00169 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 54.25–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

or transported. However, the service —24 percent in 2 inches, or temperature shall in no case be taken —22 percent in 5.65 √A, where ‘‘A’’ is the test specimen cross sec- higher than given by the following for- tional area. mula: TABLE 54.25–10(b)(1) ts = tw¥0.25(tw¥tB)

where: 1 1 Manganese Minimum service temperature Max. C 1 °F percent range per- ts = Service temperature. cent tw = Boiling temperature of gas at normal working pressure of container but not ¥30 ...... 0.20 0.70–1.35 ¥ higher than + 32 °F. 50 ...... 16 1.15–1.50 ¥67 ...... 12 1.30–1.60 tB = Boiling temperature of gas at atmospheric pressure. 1 At service temperatures intermediate between those specified, intermediate amounts of carbon and manganese will be allowed (in proportion to the actual service temperature vari- Only temperatures due to refrigerated ation from that listed), provided all other chemical and me- service usually need to be considered in chanical properties specified for steels in this temperature determining the service temperature, range are satisfied. except pressure vessel type cargo tanks Range per- operating at ambient temperatures cent must meet paragraph (d) of this sec- Si ...... 0.10–0.50 tion. ‘‘Refrigerated service’’, as used in this paragraph, means a service in Maximum S ...... 0.035 which the temperature is controlled by P ...... 0.035 the process and not by atmospheric Ni ...... 0.80 conditions. Cr ...... 0.25 (b) Specifications. Materials used in Mo ...... 0.08 Cu ...... 0.035 the construction of vessels to operate Nb ...... 0.05 below 0 °F. (but not below the des- V ...... 0.08 ignated minimum service temperature) (2) For minimum service temperature shall conform to a specification given below ¥67 °F., but not below the des- in table UCS–23 in section VIII of the ignated minimum service temperature, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code ferritic steels shall be normalized, low (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR carbon, fully killed, fine grain, nickel 54.01–1) and the following additional re- alloy type, conforming to any one of quirements: the specifications in table 54.25–10(b)(2). NOTE: For high alloy steels refer to § 54.25– Consideration will be given to other 15. For heat treated steels refer to § 54.25–20. heat treatments. Refer to § 57.03–1(d) of (1)(i) For minimum service tempera- this subchapter for quenched and tem- tures not lower than ¥67 °F., ferritic pered steels. The ultimate and yield steels shall be made with fine grain strengths shall be as shown in the ap- practice and shall have an austenitic plicable specification and shall be suit- grain size of 5 or finer, and shall be able to the design stress levels adopted. normalized. Consideration will be given The service temperature shall not be to other heat treatments. Refer to colder than the minimum specified in § 57.03–1(d) of this subchapter. Plate for table 54.25–10(b)(2) for each steel. pressure vessel applications shall con- TABLE 54.25–10(b)(2) form to the requirements of ASTM A 20 (incorporated by reference, see § 54.01– Steel Minimum service temperature 1). It may be produced by the open A–203, 21⁄4 percent, Ni, ¥80 °F. for Grade A. hearth, basic oxygen or electric fur- normalized. ¥75 °F. for Grade B. nace process and shall conform to the A–203, 31⁄2 percent, Ni, ¥130 °F. for Grade D. requirements of table 54.25–10(b)(1). normalized. ¥110 °F. for Grade E. (Other alloying elements may only be 5 percent Ni, normalized Dependent on chemical and physical properties. present in trace amounts.) (ii) Mechanical properties shall be (3) The materials permitted under within the following limits: paragraphs (b) (1) and (2) of this section Ultimate strength ...... —58,000 1–85,000 1 p.s.i. shall be tested for toughness in accord- Yield strength ...... —Minimum 35,000 p.s.i. —Maximum 80 percent of ultimate. ance with and shall satisfy the applica- Elongation minimum .... —20 percent in 8 inches, or ble requirements of subpart 54.05. 160

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00170 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 54.25–15

(4) Welded pressure vessels or non- materials if the thickness for each is pressure vessel type tanks and associ- 11⁄4 inch or less: ated secondary barriers, as defined in (i) A–203. § 38.05–4 of subchapter D (Tank Vessels) (ii) A–508, Class 1. of this chapter shall meet the tough- (iii) A–516, normalized. ness requirements of subparts 57.03 and (iv) A–524. 57.06 of this subchapter with regard to (v) A–537. weld procedure qualifications and pro- (vi) A–612, normalized. duction testing. (vii) A–662, normalized. (5) The material manufacturer’s iden- (viii) A–724, normalized. tification marking required by the ma- (3) Charpy impact tests are not re- terial specification shall not be die- quired for any of the following bolt ma- stamped on plate material less than terials: one-fourth inch in thickness. (i) A–193, Grades B5, B7, B7M, and B16. (c) Design. Pressure vessels must (ii) A–307, Grade B meet the requirements for Class I-L (iii) A–325, Type 1. and II-L construction. (See table 54.01– (iv) A–449. 5(b) for applicable requirements). Ex- cept as permitted by § 54.05–30, the al- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as lowable stress values used in the design amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9977, June 17, of low temperature pressure vessels 1970; CGD 73–133R, 39 FR 9178, Mar. 8, 1974; may not exceed those given in table CGD 74–289, 44 FR 26007, May 3, 1979; CGD 77– 069, 52 FR 31626, Aug. 21, 1987; CGD 85–061, 54 UCS–23 of section VIII of the ASME FR 50964, Dec. 11, 1989; USCG–1999–5151, 64 FR Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for 67178, Dec. 1, 1999; USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR temperatures of 0 °F. to 650 °F. For ma- 58460, Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR terials not listed in this table allow- 65170, Oct. 31, 2008] able stress values are determined in accordance with appendix P of section § 54.25–15 Low temperature oper- VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure ation—high alloy steels (modifies Vessel Code. UHA–23(b) and UHA–51). (d) Weldments and all materials used (a) Toughness tests for the materials in pressure vessel type cargo tanks op- listed in UHA–51(a) in section VIII of erating at ambient temperatures and the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel constructed of materials listed in table Code (incorporated by reference; see 46 UCS–23 must pass Charpy impact tests CFR 54.01–1) for service temperatures in accordance with UG–84 at a tempera- below ¥425 °F., UHA–51(b)(1) through ture of ¥20 °F or colder, except as pro- (5) for service temperatures below 0 °F., vided by paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2), and and UHA–51(c) for all service tempera- (d)(3) of this section. tures, shall be performed in accordance (1) Charpy impact tests are not re- with the requirements of subpart 54.05. quired for any of the following ASTM These requirements are also applicable to nonpressure vessel type, low tem- materials if the thickness for each is 5⁄8 inch or less, unless otherwise indi- perature tanks and associated sec- cated: ondary barriers, as defined in § 38.05–4 (i) A–182, normalized and tempered. in subchapter D (Tank Vessels) of this chapter. Such tests are required re- (ii) A–302, Grades C and D. gardless of the vessel’s design stress. (iii) A–336, Grades F21 and F22 that Service temperature is defined in are normalized and tempered. § 54.25–10(a)(2). (iv) A–387, Grades 21 and 22 that are (b) Materials for pressure vessels normalized and tempered. with service temperatures below ¥320 (v) A–516, Grades 55 and 60. °F. shall be of the stabilized or low car- (vi) A–533, Grades B and C. bon (less than 0.10 percent) austenitic (vii) All other plates, structural stainless steel type, produced accord- shapes and bars, and other product ing to the applicable specifications of forms, except for bolting, if produced table UHA–23 of section VIII of the to a fine grain practice and normalized. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. (2) Charpy impact tests are not re- These materials and their weldments quired for any of the following ASTM shall be tested for toughness according

161

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00171 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 54.25–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

to the requirements of subpart 54.05 ex- of subchapter D (Tank Vessels) of this cept that the Charpy V-notch testing chapter. The ultimate and yield acceptance criteria will be in accord- strengths shall be as shown in the ap- ance with UHT–6(a)(4) and (5) of section plicable specification and shall be suit- VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure able for the design stress levels adopt- Vessel Code.’’ ed. The service temperature shall not (c) Except as permitted by § 54.05–30, be colder than ¥320 °F. Service tem- the allowable stress values used in the perature is defined in § 54.25–10(a) (2). design of low temperature pressure vessels may not exceed those given in TABLE 54.25–20(a) table UHA–23 of section VIII of the Minimum ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code service Steel for temperatures of ¥20 °F. to 100 °F. temperature, °F. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as ¥ amended by CGD 73–133R, 39 FR 9178, Mar. 8, A–333, 9 percent Ni, grade 8 ...... 320 A–334, 9 percent Ni, grade 8 ...... ¥320 1974; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975; A–353, 9 percent Ni, double normalized and tem- USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65171, Oct. 31, 2008] pered ...... ¥320 A–522, 9 percent Ni, NNT, Q and T, forging ...... ¥320 § 54.25–20 Low temperature oper- A–553, 9 percent Ni, quenched and tempered ..... ¥320 ation—ferritic steels with properties enhanced by heat treatment (b) The materials permitted under (modifies UHT–5(c), UHT–6, UHT– paragraph (a) of this section shall be 23, and UHT–82). tested for toughness in accordance (a) For service temperatures below 0 with the requirements of UHT–6 of sec- °F. but not below the designated min- tion VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- imum service temperature, steel con- sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref- forming to the specifications of table erence; see 46 CFR 54.01–1) except that 54.25–20(a) may be used in the fabrica- tests shall be conducted at the tem- tion of pressure vessels and nonpres- perature specified in § 54.05–6 in lieu of sure vessel tanks and associated sec- that in UHT–5(c) of section VIII of the ondary barriers, as defined in § 38.05–4 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

162

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00172 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 54.25–25

(c) The qualification of welding pro- (e) Except as permitted by § 54.05–30, cedures, welders and weld-production the allowable stress values may not ex- testing for the steels of table 54.25–20(a) ceed those given in table UHT–23 of must conform to the requirements of section VIII of the ASME Boiler Pres- part 57 of this subchapter and to those sure and Vessel Code for temperatures of subpart 54.05 of this part except that of 150 °F and below. the acceptance criteria for Charpy V- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as notch testing must be in accordance amended by CGD 73–133R, 39 FR 9179, Mar. 8, with UHT–6(a)(4) of section VIII of the 1974; USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 2000; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65171, Oct. 31, (d) The values of absorbed energy in 2008] foot-pounds and of fracture appearance in percentage shear, which are recorded § 54.25–25 Welding of quenched and tempered steels (modifies UHT–82). for information when complying with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section (a) The qualification of welding pro- shall also be reported to the marine in- cedures, welders, and weld-production spector or the Commandant, as appli- testing must conform to the require- cable. ments of part 57 of this subchapter. The requirements of 46 CFR 57.03–1(d)

163

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00173 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR EC01FE91.023 § 54.30–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

apply to welded pressure vessels and and longitudinal joints for a distance non-pressure vessel type tanks of of at least 20 times the plate thickness quenched and tempered steels other from the junction. See 46 CFR 54.25–8 than 9-percent nickel. on spot radiography. (b) [Reserved] (d) Severe cold forming will not be permitted unless thermal stress relief [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65171, is used. For example, parts of the ves- Oct. 31, 2008] sels which are individually cold formed, such as heads, must be ther- Subpart 54.30—Mechanical Stress mally stress relieved, where the extreme fiber strain measured at the sur- Relief face exceeds 5 percent as determined § 54.30–1 Scope. by: (a) Certain pressure vessels may be Percent strain = (65t/Rf)[1–(Rf/Ro)] mechanically stress relieved in accord- where: ance with the requirements in this sub- t = Plate thickness. part. Rf = Final radius. (b) [Reserved] Ro = Original radius (equals infinity for flat plate). § 54.30–3 Introduction. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as (a) Large conventional pressure ves- amended by USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, sels used to transport liquefied petro- Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65171, leum and natural gases, at ‘‘low tem- Oct. 31, 2008] peratures’’ may often be difficult to thermally stress relieve. Where no § 54.30–5 Limitations and require- other problem, such as corrosion ex- ments. ists, mechanical stress relief will be (a) Class II-L pressure vessels which permitted for Class II-L pressure ves- require stress relief (see table 54.01– sels. 5(b)) may be mechanically stress re- (b) Mechanical stress relief serves to lieved provided: cause small flaws, particularly in the (1) The steels from which they are weld zone, to yield plastically at the fabricated do not specifically require flaw tip resulting in a local relief of thermal stress relief in UCS–56 of sec- stress and a blunting of the crack tip. tion VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- To achieve the maximum benefit from sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref- mechanical stress relief, it is necessary erence; see 46 CFR 54.01–1) and have a that the stresses so imposed be more ratio of yield to ultimate tensile severe than those expected in normal strength not greater than 0.8. For ex- service life. At the same time, it is nec- ample: A–537 steels could be mechani- essary that the stresses which are im- cally stress relieved. posed are not so high as to result in ap- (2) Pressure difference across the preciable deformation or general yield- shell is not greater than 100 pounds per ing. square inch, thickness of shell is not (c) The weld joint efficiencies as list- greater than 1 inch, and the design ed in table UW–12 of section VIII of the temperature is not greater than 115 °F. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (3) It will carry liquids of specific (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR gravity no greater than 1.05. 54.01–1) shall apply except that a min- (4) Design details are sufficient to imum of spot radiography will be re- eliminate stress concentrators: Me- quired. UW–12(c) of section VIII of the chanical stress relief is not acceptable ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code in designs involving the following that permits omitting all radiography types of welded connections shown in does not apply. Spot examination shall UW–16.1 of section VIII of the ASME follow UW–52 of section VIII of the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (i) Types l, m, n, and p because of and, in addition, these vessels will be nonintegral reinforcement. Type o will required to have radiographic examina- be acceptable provided the plate, noz- tion of intersecting circumferential zle, and reinforcement assembly are

164

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00174 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 54.30–15

furnace stress relieved and the rein- (2) At a temperature of 70 °F. or the forcement is at least 6 inches or 10t, service temperature plus 50 °F., which- whichever is larger, from the plate ever is higher. Where the ambient tem- head. perature is below 70 °F., and use of (ii) Types d, e, and f because expan- water at that temperature is not prac- sion and contraction stresses are con- tical, the minimum temperature for centrated at the junction points. mechanical stress relief may be below (5) That no slip-on flanges in sizes 70 °F. but shall not be less than 50 °F. greater than 2 inches are used. above service temperature. (6) The categories A and B joints are (3) The stress relief shall be at the re- type one as described in table UW–12 of quired temperature and pressure and section VIII of the ASME Boiler and held for a period not less than 2 hours Pressure Vessel Code and all categories per inch of metal thickness, but in no C and D joints are full penetration case less than 2 hours. welds. See UW–3 of the ASME Code for (b) It is considered preferable that definition of categories. mechanical stress relief be accom- (b) When a pressure vessel is to be plished with the tanks in place on their mechanically stress relieved in accord- saddles or supporting structure in the ance with § 54.30–10(a)(1), its maximum barge or ship in which they will be uti- allowable working pressure will be 40 lized. In any case, it is considered man- percent of the value which would oth- datory that the tank be supported only erwise be determined. However, an in- by its regular saddles or supporting crease of this 40 percent factor may be structure, without any auxiliary or permitted if the stress relief is carried temporary supports. out at a pressure higher than that re- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as quired by § 54.30–10(a)(1) and an experi- amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65171, mental strain analysis is carried out Oct. 31, 2008] during stress relief. This evaluation should provide information as to the § 54.30–15 Requirement for analysis strains at the saddles, welded seams and computation. and nozzles as well as the body of the (a) A stress analysis shall be per- vessel. The hydrostatic pressure ap- formed to determine if the tank may be plied during stress relief should be such exposed to excessive loadings during that, except in the case of welds, the the mechanical stress relief process. stresses in the vessel shall closely ap- This analysis should include consider- proach but not exceed 90 percent of the ation of the local stresses in way of yield stress of the material at the test saddles or other supporting structure temperature. The proposed experi- and additional bending stresses due to mental program should be submitted to the weight of the pressurizing liquid the Commandant for approval prior to particularly in areas of high stress con- its use. Photo-elastic coating, strain centration. While it is necessary that gaging, or a brittle coating technique the general stress level during the is suggested for the experimental anal- process be in excess of the normal ysis. working level, the calculated max- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18828, Dec. 18, 1968, as imum stress during test shall not ex- amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65171, ceed 90 percent of the yield strength of Oct. 31, 2008] the material at test temperature. The supporting structure shall be analyzed § 54.30–10 Method of performing me- to verify its adequacy. chanical stress relief. (b) In all cases where the tanks are (a) The mechanical stress relief shall mechanically stress relieved in place in be carried out in accordance with the the ship or barge and the tanks are de- following stipulations using water as signed to carry cargoes with a specific the pressurizing medium: gravity less than 1.05, the ship or barge (1) At a hydrostatic pressure (meas- shall be shown to have adequate sta- ured at the tank top) of 11⁄2 times the bility and buoyancy, as well as design pressure. (See UA–60(e) of sec- strength to carry the excess weight of tion VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- the tank during the stress relief proce- sure Vessel Code.) dure.

165

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00175 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Pt. 56 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

PART 56—PIPING SYSTEMS AND 56.30–25 Flared, flareless, and compression fittings. APPURTENANCES 56.30–27 Caulked joints. 56.30–30 Brazed joints. Subpart 56.01—General 56.30–35 Gasketed mechanical couplings. Sec. 56.30–40 Flexible pipe couplings of the com- 56.01–1 Scope (replaces 100.1). pression or slip-on type. 56.01–2 Incorporation by reference. 56.01–3 Power boilers, external piping and Subpart 56.35—Expansion, Flexibility and appurtenances (Replaces 100.1.1, 100.1.2, Supports 122.1, 132 and 133). 56.01–5 Adoption of ASME B31.1 for power 56.35–1 Pipe stress calculations (replaces piping, and other standards. 119.7). 56.01–10 Plan approval. 56.35–10 Nonmetallic expansion joints (replaces 119.5.1). Subpart 56.04—Piping Classification 56.35–15 Metallic expansion joints (replaces 119.5.1). 56.04–1 Scope. 56.04–2 Piping classification according to Subpart 56.50—Design Requirements service. Pertaining to Specific Systems 56.04–10 Other systems. 56.50–1 General (replaces 122). Subpart 56.07—Design 56.50–10 Special gauge requirements. 56.50–15 Steam and exhaust piping. 56.07–5 Definitions (modifies 100.2). 56.07–10 Design conditions and criteria 56.50–20 Pressure relief piping. (modifies 101–104.7). 56.50–25 Safety and relief valve escape piping. Subpart 56.10—Components 56.50–30 Boiler feed piping. 56.50–35 Condensate pumps. 56.10–1 Selection and limitations of piping 56.50–40 BBlowoff piping (replaces 122.1.4). components (replaces 105 through 108). 56.50–45 Circulating pumps. 56.10–5 Pipe. 56.50–50 Bilge and ballast piping. 56.50–55 Bilge pumps. Subpart 56.15—Fittings 56.50–57 Bilge piping and pumps, alternative 56.15–1 Pipe joining fittings. requirements. 56.15–5 Fluid-conditioner fittings. 56.50–60 Systems containing oil. 56.15–10 Special purpose fittings. 56.50–65 Burner fuel-oil service systems. 56.50–70 Gasoline fuel systems. Subpart 56.20—Valves 56.50–75 Diesel fuel systems. 56.50–80 Lubricating-oil systems. 56.20–1 General. 56.50–85 Tank-vent piping. 56.20–5 Marking (modifies 107.2). 56.50–90 Sounding devices. 56.20–7 Ends. 56.50–95 Overboard discharges and shell con- 56.20–9 Valve construction. nections. 56.20–15 Valves employing resilient mate- 56.50–96 Keel cooler installations. rial. 56.50–97 Piping for instruments, control, 56.20–20 Valve bypasses. and sampling (modifies 122.3). 56.50–103 Fixed oxygen-acetylene distribu- Subpart 56.25—Pipe Flanges, Blanks, tion piping. Flange Facings, Gaskets, and Bolting 56.50–105 Low-temperature piping. 56.25–5 Flanges. 56.50–110 Diving support systems. 56.25–7 Blanks. 56.25–10 Flange facings. Subpart 56.60—Materials 56.25–15 Gaskets (modifies 108.4). 56.60–1 Acceptable materials and specifica- 56.25–20 Bolting. tions (replaces 123 and table 126.1 in Subpart 56.30—Selection and Limitations of ASME B31.1). 56.60–2 Limitations on materials. Piping Joints 56.60–3 Ferrous materials. 56.30–1 Scope (replaces 110 through 118). 56.60–5 Steel (High temperature applica- 56.30–3 Piping joints (reproduces 110). tions). 56.30–5 Welded joints. 56.60–10 Cast iron and malleable iron. 56.30–10 Flanged joints (modifies 104.5.1 (a)). 56.60–15 Ductile iron. 56.30–15 Expanded or rolled joints. 56.60–20 Nonferrous materials. 56.30–20 Threaded joints. 56.60–25 Nonmetallic materials.

166

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00176 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.01–2

Subpart 56.65—Fabrication, Assembly and SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, Erection 1968, unless otherwise noted. 56.65–1 General (replaces 127 through 135). Subpart 56.01—General Subpart 56.70—Welding [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as 56.70–1 General. amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65171, 56.70–3 Limitations. 56.70–5 Material. Oct. 31, 2008] 56.70–10 Preparation (modifies 127.3). 56.70–15 Procedure. § 56.01–1 Scope (replaces 100.1). 56.70–20 Qualification, general. (a) This part contains requirements for the various ships’ and barges’ pip- Subpart 56.75—Brazing ing systems and appurtenances. 56.75–5 Filler metal. (b) The respective piping systems in- 56.75–10 Joint clearance stalled on ships and barges shall have 56.75–15 Heating the necessary pumps, valves, regula- 56.75–20 Brazing qualification. 56.75–25 Detail requirements. tion valves, safety valves, relief valves, 56.75–30 Pipe joining details. flanges, fittings, pressure gages, liquid level indicators, thermometers, etc., Subpart 56.80—Bending and Forming for safe and efficient operation of the vessel. 56.80–5 Bending. 56.80–10 Forming (reproduces 129.2). (c) Piping for industrial systems on 56.80–15 Heat treatment of bends and formed mobile offshore drilling units need not components. fully comply with the requirements of this part but must meet subpart 58.60 Subpart 56.85—Heat Treatment of Welds of this subchapter. 56.85–5 Heating and cooling method [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as 56.85–10 Preheating. amended by CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4, 56.85–15 Postheat treatment. 1978] Subpart 56.90—Assembly § 56.01–2 Incorporation by reference. 56.90–1 General. (a) Certain material is incorporated 56.90–5 Bolting procedure. 56.90–10 Threaded piping (modifies 135.5). by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Subpart 56.95—Inspection Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition 56.95–1 General (replaces 136). other than that specified in this sec- 56.95–5 Rights of access of marine inspectors. tion, the Coast Guard must publish no- 56.95–10 Type and extent of examination re- tice of change in the FEDERAL REG- quired. ISTER and the material must be available to the public. All approved mate- Subpart 56.97—Pressure Tests rial is available for inspection at the 56.97–1 General (replaces 137). National Archives and Records Admin- 56.97–5 Pressure testing of nonstandard pip- istration (NARA). For information on ing system components. the availability of this material at 56.97–25 Preparation for testing (reproduces NARA, call 202–741–6030 or go to http:// 137.2). www.archives.gov/federallregister/ 56.97–30 Hydrostatic tests (modifies 137.4). codeloflfederallregulations/ 56.97–35 Pneumatic tests (replaces 137.5). ibrllocations.html. The material is also 56.97–38 Initial service leak test (reproduces available for inspection at the Coast 137.7). 56.97–40 Installation tests. Guard Headquarters. Contact Com- mandant (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of De- AUTHORITY: 33 U.S.C. 1321(j), 1509; 43 U.S.C. sign and Engineering Systems, U.S. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; E.O. 12777, 56 Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Lu- FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; Depart- ther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, ment of Homeland Security Delegation No. DC 20593–7509. The material is also 0170.1. available from the sources listed below.

167

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00177 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.01–2 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(b) American National Standards Insti- (7) ASME B16.5–2003 Pipe Flanges and tute (ANSI), 25 West 43rd Street, New Flanged Fittings NPS 1⁄2 Through NPS York, NY 10036: 24 Metric/Inch Standard (2003) (‘‘ASME (1) ANSI/ASME B1.1–1982 Unified Inch B16.5’’), 56.25–20; 56.30–10; 56.60–1; Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread (8) ASME B16.9–2003 Factory-Made Form) (1982) (‘‘ANSI/ASME B1.1’’), Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings 56.25–20; 56.60–1; (2003) (‘‘ASME B16.9’’), 56.60–1; (2) ANSI/ASME B1.20.1–1983 Pipe (9) ASME B16.10–2000 Face-to-Face Threads, General Purpose (Inch) (1983) and End-to-End Dimensions of Valves (‘‘ANSI/ASME B1.20.1’’), 56.60–1; (2000) (‘‘ASME B16.10’’), 56.60–1; (3) ANSI/ASME B1.20.3–1976 (Re- (10) ASME B16.11–2001 Forged Fit- affirmed 1982) Dryseal Pipe Threads tings, Socket-Welding and Threaded (Inch) (‘‘ANSI/ASME B1.20.3’’), 56.60–1; (2001) (‘‘ASME B16.11’’), 56.30–5; 56.60–1; (4) ANSI/ASME B16.15–1985 [Re- (11) ASME B16.14–1991 Ferrous Pipe affirmed 1994] Cast Bronze Threaded Plugs, Bushings, and Locknuts with Fittings, Classes 125 and 250 (1985) Pipe Threads (1991) (‘‘ASME B16.14’’), (‘‘ANSI/ASME B16.15’’), 56.60–1; 56.60–1; (c) American Petroleum Institute (API), (12) ASME B16.18–2001 Cast Copper 1220 L Street, NW., Washington, DC Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings 20005–4070: (2001) (‘‘ASME B16.18’’), 56.60–1; (1) API Standard 607, Fire Test for (13) ASME B16.20–1998 (Revision of Soft-Seated Quarter-Turn Valves, Man- ASME B16.20 1993), Metallic Gaskets ufacturing, Distribution and Marketing for Pipe Flanges: Ring-Joint, Spiral- Department, Fourth Edition (1993) Wound, and Jacketed (1998) (‘‘ASME (‘‘API 607’’), 56.20–15; and B16.20’’), 56.60–1; (2) [Reserved] (14) ASME B16.21–2005 (Revision of (d) American Society of Mechanical En- ASME B16.21–1992) Nonmetallic Flat gineers (ASME) International, Three Gaskets for Pipe Flanges (May 31, 2005) Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990: (‘‘ASME B16.21’’): 56.60–1; (1) 2001 ASME Boiler and Pressure (15) ASME B16.22–2001 (Revision of Vessel Code, Section I, Rules for Con- ASME B16.22–1995) Wrought Copper and struction of Power Boilers (July 1, 2001) Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure (‘‘Section I of the ASME Boiler and Fittings (Aug. 9, 2002) (‘‘ASME B16.22’’): Pressure Vessel Code’’), 56.15–1; 56.15–5; 56.60–1; 56.20–1; 56.60–1; 56.70–15; 56.95–10; (16) ASME B16.23–2002 (Revision of (2) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel ASME B16.23–1992) Cast Copper Alloy Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules Solder Joint Drainage Fittings: DWV for Construction of Pressure Vessels (Nov. 8, 2002) (‘‘ASME B16.23’’): 56.60–1; (1998 with 1999 and 2000 addenda) (17) ASME B16.24–2001 Cast Copper (‘‘Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fit- Pressure Vessel Code’’), 56.15–1; 56.15–5; tings, Class 150, 300, 400, 600, 900, 1500, 56.20–1; 56.25–5; 56.30–10; 56.30–30; 56.60–1; and 2500 (2001) (‘‘ASME B16.24’’), 56.60–1; 56.60–2; 56.60–15; 56.95–10; (18) ASME B16.25–2003 Buttwelding (3) 1998 ASME Boiler & Pressure Ves- Ends (2003) (‘‘ASME B16.25’’), 56.30–5; sel Code, Section IX, Welding and Braz- 56.60–1; 56.70–10; ing Qualifications (1998) (‘‘Section IX (19) ASME B16.28–1994 Wrought Steel of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves- Buttwelding Short Radius Elbows and sel Code’’), 56.70–5; 56.70–20; 56.75–20; Returns (1994) (‘‘ASME B16.28’’), 56.60–1; (4) ASME B16.1–1998 Cast Iron Pipe (20) ASME B16.29–2007 (Revision of Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Classes ASME B16.29–2001) Wrought Copper and 25, 125, 250 (1998) (‘‘ASME B16.1’’), 56.60– Wrought Copper Alloy Solder-Joint 1; 56.60–10; Drainage Fittings—DWV (Aug. 20, 2007) (5) ASME B16.3–1998 Malleable Iron (‘‘ASME B16.29’’), 56.60–1; Threaded Fittings, Classes 150 and 300 (21) ASME B16.34–1996 Valves— (1998) (‘‘ASME B16.3’’), 56.60–1; Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End (6) ASME B16.4–1998 Gray Iron (1996) (‘‘ASME B16.34’’), 56.20–1; 56.60–1; Threaded Fittings, Classes 125 and 250 (22) ASME B16.42–1998 Ductile Iron (1998) (‘‘ASME B16.4’’), 56.60–1; Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings,

168

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00178 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.01–2

Classes 150 and 300 (1998) (‘‘ASME (7) ASTM A 135–97c, Standard Speci- B16.42’’), 56.60–1; fication for Electric-Resistance-Welded (23) ASME B18.2.1–1996 Square and Steel Pipe (‘‘ASTM A 135’’), 56.60–1; Hex Bolts and Screws (Inch Series) (8) ASTM A 139–96, Standard Speci- (1996) (‘‘ASME B18.2.1’’), 56.25–20; 56.60– fication for Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Weld- 1; ed Steel Pipe (NPS 4 and Over) (‘‘ASTM (24) ASME/ANSI B18.2.2–1987 Square A 139’’), 56.60–1; and Hex Nuts (Inch Series) (1987) (9) ASTM A 178/A 178M–95, Standard (‘‘ASME/ANSI B18.2.2’’), 56.25–20; 56.60– Specification for Electric-Resistance- 1; Welded Carbon Steel and Carbon-Man- (25) ASME B31.1–2001 Power Piping ganese Steel Boiler and Superheater ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31 Tubes (‘‘ASTM A 178’’), 56.60–1; (2001) (‘‘ASME B31.1’’), 56.01–3; 56.01–5; (10) ASTM A179/A179M–90a (Re- 56.07–5; 56.07–10; 56.10–1; 56.10–5; 56.15–1; approved 2012), Standard Specification 56.15–5; 56.20–1; 56.25–7; 56.30–1; 56.30–5; for Seamless Cold-Drawn Low-Carbon 56.30–10; 56.30–20; 56.35–1; 56.50–1; 56.50– Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser 15; 56.50–40; 56.50–65; 56.50–70; 56.50–97; Tubes (‘‘ASTM A 179’’), (approved 56.60–1; 56.65–1; 56.70–10; 56.70–15; 56.80–5; March 1, 2012), incorporation by ref- 56.80–15; 56.95–1; 56.95–10; 56.97–1; erence approved for § 56.60–1; (26) ASME B36.10M–2004 Welded and (11) ASTM A 182/A 182M–97c, Standard Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe (2004) Specification for Forged or Rolled (‘‘ASME B36.10M’’), 56.07–5; 56.30–20; Alloy-Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fit- 56.60–1; and tings, and Valves and Parts for High- (27) ASME B36.19M–2004 Stainless Temperature Service (‘‘ASTM A–182’’), Steel Pipe (2004) (‘‘ASME B36.19M’’), 56.50–105; 56.07–5; 56.60–1. (12) ASTM A 192/A 192M–91 (1996), (28) ASME SA–675 (1998), Specifica- Standard Specification for Seamless tion for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot- Carbon Steel Boiler Tubes for High- Wrought, Special Quality, Mechanical Pressure Service (‘‘ASTM A 192’’), Properties (‘‘ASME SA–675’’), 56.60–2. 56.60–1; (e) ASTM International, 100 Barr Har- (13) ASTM A 194/A 194M–98b, Stand- bor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West ard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959, 877–909– Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure 2786, http://www.astm.org: or High Temperature Service, or Both (1) ASTM A 36/A 36M–97a, Standard (‘‘ASTM A–194’’), 56.50–105; Specification for Carbon Structural (14) ASTM A 197–87 (1992), Standard Steel (‘‘ASTM A 36’’), 56.30–10; Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron (2) ASTM A 47–90 (1995), Standard (‘‘ASTM A 197’’), 56.60–1; Specification for Ferritic Malleable (15) ASTM A 210/A 210M–96, Standard Iron Castings (‘‘ASTM A 47’’), 56.60–1; Specification for Seamless Medium- (3) ASTM A 53–98, Standard Speci- Carbon Steel Boiler and Superheater fication for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot- Tubes (‘‘ASTM A 210’’), 56.60–1; Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seam- (16) ASTM A 213/A 213M–95a, Stand- less (‘‘ASTM Specification A 53’’ or ard Specification for Seamless Ferritic ‘‘ASTM A 53’’), 56.10–5; 56.60–1; and Austenitic Alloy-Steel Boiler, (4) ASTM A 106–95, Standard Speci- Superheater, and Heat-Exchanger fication for Seamless Carbon Steel Tubes (‘‘ASTM A 213’’), 56.60–1; Pipe for High-Temperature Service (17) ASTM A214/A214M–96 (Re- (‘‘ASTM A 106’’), 56.60–1; approved 2012), Standard Specification (5) ASTM A 126–95, Standard Speci- for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon fication for Gray Iron Castings for Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings Tubes (‘‘ASTM A 214’’), (approved (‘‘ASTM A 126’’), 56.60–1; March 1, 2012), incorporation by ref- (6) ASTM A134–96 (Reapproved 2012), erence approved for § 56.60–1; Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, (18) ASTM A 226/A 226M–95, Standard Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded (Sizes Specification for Electric-Resistance- NPS 16 and Over) (‘‘ASTM A 134’’), (ap- Welded Carbon Steel Boiler and Super- proved March 1, 2012), incorporation by heater Tubes for High-Pressure Service reference approved for § 56.60–1; (‘‘ASTM A 226’’), 56.60–1;

169

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00179 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.01–2 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(19) ASTM A 234/A 234M–97, Standard for Low-Temperature Service (‘‘ASTM Specification for Piping Fittings of A–352’’), 56.50–105; Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel (32) ASTM A 358/A 358M–95a, Stand- for Moderate and High Temperature ard Specification for Electric-Fusion- Service (‘‘ASTM A 234’’), 56.60–1; Welded Austenitic Chromium-Nickel (20) ASTM A 249/A 249M–96a, Stand- Alloy Steel Pipe for High-Temperature ard Specification for Welded Austenitic Service (‘‘ASTM A 358’’), 56.60–1; Steel Boiler, Superheater, Heat-Ex- (33) ASTM A 369/A 369M–92, Standard changer, and Condenser Tubes (‘‘ASTM Specification for Carbon and Ferritic A 249’’), 56.60–1; Alloy Steel Forged and Bored Pipe for (21) ASTM A 268/A 268M–96, Standard High-Temperature Service (‘‘ASTM A Specification for Seamless and Welded 369’’), 56.60–1; Ferritic and Martensitic Stainless (34) ASTM A 376/A 376M–96, Standard Steel Tubing for General Service Specification for Seamless Austenitic (‘‘ASTM A 268’’), 56.60–1; Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Cen- (22) ASTM A 276–98, Standard Speci- tral-Station Service (‘‘ASTM A 376’’), fication for Stainless Steel Bars and 56.60–1; 56.60–2; Shapes (‘‘ASTM A 276’’), 56.60–2; (35) ASTM A 395/A 395M–98, Standard (23) ASTM A 307–97, Standard Speci- Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron fication for Carbon Steel Bolts and Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength Elevated Temperatures (‘‘ASTM A (‘‘ASTM A 307’’), 56.25–20; 395’’), 56.50–60; 56.60–1; 56.60–15; (24) ASTM A 312/A 312M–95a, Stand- (36) ASTM A 403/A 403M–98, Standard ard Specification for Seamless and Specification for Wrought Austenitic Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Piping Fittings Pipes (‘‘ASTM A–312’’ or ‘‘ASTM A (‘‘ASTM A 403’’), 56.60–1; 312’’), 56.50–105; 56.60–1; (37) ASTM A 420/A 420M–96a, Stand- (25) ASTM A 320/A 320M–97, Standard ard Specification for Piping Fittings of Specification for Alloy/Steel Bolting Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel Materials for Low-Temperature Serv- for Low-Temperature Service (‘‘ASTM ice (‘‘ASTM A–320’’), 56.50–105; A–420’’ or ‘‘ASTM A 420’’), 56.50–105; (26) ASTM A 333/A 333M–94, Standard 56.60–1; Specification for Seamless and Welded (38) ASTM A 520–97, Standard Speci- Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Serv- fication for Supplementary Require- ice (‘‘ASTM A–333’’ or ‘‘ASTM A 333’’), ments for Seamless and Electric-Re- 56.50–105; 56.60–1; sistance-Welded Carbon Steel Tubular (27) ASTM A 334/A 334M–96, Standard Products for High-Temperature Service Specification for Seamless and Welded Conforming to ISO Recommendations Carbon and Alloy-Steel Tubes for Low- for Boiler Construction (‘‘ASTM A Temperature Service (‘‘ASTM A–334’’ 520’’), 56.60–1; or ‘‘ASTM A 334’’), 56.50–105; 56.60–1; (39) ASTM A 522/A 522M–95b, Stand- (28) ASTM A 335/A 335M–95a, Stand- ard Specification for Forged or Rolled 8 ard Specification for Seamless Ferritic and 9% Nickel Alloy Steel Flanges, Alloy-Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Fittings, Valves, and Parts for Low- Service (‘‘ASTM A 335’’), 56.60–1; Temperature Service (‘‘ASTM A–522’’), (29) ASTM A 350/A 350M–97, Standard 56.50–105; Specification for Carbon and Low- (40) ASTM A 536–84 (Reapproved 2009), Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch; Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Toughness Testing for Piping Compo- Castings (‘‘ASTM A 536’’), (approved nents (‘‘ASTM A–350’’), 56.50–105; May 1, 2009), incorporation by reference (30) ASTM A 351/A 351M–94a, Stand- approved for § 56.60–1; ard Specification for Castings, Aus- (41) ASTM A 575–96 (Reapproved 2007), tenitic, Austenitic-Ferritic (Duplex), Standard Specification for Steel Bars, for Pressure-Containing Parts (‘‘ASTM Carbon, Merchant Quality, M-Grades A–351’’), 56.50–105; (‘‘ASTM A 575’’), (approved September (31) ASTM A 352/A 352M–93 (1998), 1, 2005), incorporation by reference ap- Standard Specification for Steel Cast- proved for § 56.60–2; ings, Ferritic and Martensitic, for (42) ASTM A576–90b (Reapproved Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable 2012), Standard Specification for Steel

170

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00180 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.01–2

Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special loys (UNS NO6600, NO6601, NO6603, Quality (‘‘ASTM A576’’), (approved NO6690, NO6025, and NO6045) Seamless March 1, 2012), incorporation by ref- Pipe and Tube (‘‘ASTM B 167’’), 56.60–1; erence approved for § 56.60–2; (59) ASTM B 171–95, Standard Speci- (43) ASTM B 16–92, Standard Speci- fication for Copper-Alloy Plate and fication for Free-Cutting Brass Rod, Sheet for Pressure Vessels, Condensers, Bar, and Shapes for Use in Screw Ma- and Heat Exchangers (‘‘ASTM B 171’’), chines (‘‘ASTM B 16’’), 56.60–2; 56.60–2; (44) ASTM B 21–96, Standard Speci- (60) ASTM B 210–95, Standard Speci- fication for Naval Brass Rod, Bar, and fication for Aluminum and Aluminum- Shapes (‘‘ASTM B 21’’), 56.60–2; Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes (‘‘ASTM (45) ASTM B 26/B 26M–97, Standard B 210’’), 56.60–1; Specification for Aluminum-Alloy (61) ASTM B 234–95, Standard Speci- Sand Castings (‘‘ASTM B 26’’), 56.60–2; fication for Aluminum and Aluminum- (46) ASTM B 42–96, Standard Speci- Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes for Con- fication for Seamless Copper Pipe, densers and Heat Exchangers (‘‘ASTM Standard Sizes (‘‘ASTM B 42’’), 56.60–1; B 234’’), 56.60–1; (47) ASTM B 43–96, Standard Speci- (62) ASTM B 241/B 241M–96, Standard fication for Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Specification for Aluminum and Alu- Standard Sizes (‘‘ASTM B 43’’), 56.60–1; minum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seam- (48) ASTM B 68–95, Standard Speci- less Extruded Tube (‘‘ASTM B 241’’), fication for Seamless Copper Tube, 56.60–1; Bright Annealed (‘‘ASTM B 68’’), 56.60– (63) ASTM B 280–97, Standard Speci- 1; fication for Seamless Copper Tube for (49) ASTM B 75–97, Standard Speci- Air Conditioning and Refrigeration fication for Seamless Copper Tube Field Service (‘‘ASTM B 280’’), 56.60–1; (‘‘ASTM B 75’’), 56.60–1; (64) ASTM B 283–96, Standard Speci- (50) ASTM B 85–96, Standard Speci- fication for Copper and Copper-Alloy fication for Aluminum-Alloy Die Cast- Die Forgings (Hot-Pressed) (‘‘ASTM B ings (‘‘ASTM B 85’’), 56.60–2; 283’’), 56.60–2; (51) ASTM B 88–96, Standard Speci- (65) ASTM B 315–93, Standard Speci- fication for Seamless Copper Water fication for Seamless Copper Alloy Tube (‘‘ASTM B 88’’), 56.60–1; Pipe and Tube (‘‘ASTM B 315’’), 56.60–1; (52) ASTM B 96–93, Standard Speci- (66) ASTM B 361–95, Standard Speci- fication for Copper-Silicon Alloy Plate, fication for Factory-Made Wrought Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar for Gen- Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Weld- eral Purposes and Pressure Vessels ing Fittings (‘‘ASTM B 361’’), 56.60–1; (‘‘ASTM B 96’’), 56.60–2; (67) ASTM B 858M–95, Standard Test (53) ASTM B 111–95, Standard Speci- Method for Determination of Suscepti- fication for Copper and Copper-Alloy bility to Stress Corrosion Cracking in Seamless Condenser Tubes and Ferrule Copper Alloys Using an Ammonia Stock (‘‘ASTM B 111’’), 56.60–1; Vapor Test (‘‘ASTM B 858M’’), 56.60–2; (54) ASTM B 124–96, Standard Speci- (68) ASTM E 23–96, Standard Test fication for Copper and Copper Alloy Methods for Notched Bar Impact Test- Forging Rod, Bar, and Shapes (‘‘ASTM ing of Metallic Materials (‘‘ASTM E B 124’’), 56.60–2; 23’’), 56.50–105; (55) ASTM B 134–96, Standard Speci- (69) ASTM F682–82a (Reapproved fication for Pipe, Steel, Electric-Fu- 2008), Standard Specification for sion (Arc)-Welded (Sizes NPS 16 and Wrought Carbon Steel Sleeve-Type Over) (‘‘ASTM B 134’’), 56.60–1; Pipe Couplings (‘‘ASTM F 682’’), (ap- (56) ASTM B 161–93, Standard Speci- proved November 1, 2008), incorporation fication for Nickel Seamless Pipe and by reference approved for § 56.60–1; Tube (‘‘ASTM B 161’’), 56.60–1; (70) ASTM F1006–86 (Reapproved (57) ASTM B 165–93, Standard Speci- 2008), Standard Specification for En- fication of Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS trainment Separators for Use in Ma- NO4400) Seamless Pipe and Tube rine Piping Applications (‘‘ASTM F (‘‘ASTM B 165’’), 56.60–1; 1006’’), (approved November 1, 2008), in- (58) ASTM B 167–97a, Standard Speci- corporation by reference approved for fication for Nickel-Chromium-Iron Al- § 56.60–1;

171

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00181 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.01–2 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(71) ASTM F1007–86 (Reapproved Conditioner Fittings in Piping Applica- 2007), Standard Specification for Pipe- tions above 0 °F (‘‘ASTM F 1201’’), line Expansion Joints of the Packed (approved May 1, 2010), incorporation Slip Type for Marine Application by reference approved for § 56.60–1; (‘‘ASTM F 1007’’), (approved December (81) ASTM F 1387–93, Standard Speci- 1, 2007), incorporation by reference ap- fication for Performance of Mechani- proved for § 56.60–1; cally Attached Fittings (‘‘ASTM F (72) ASTM F1020–86 (Reapproved 1387’’), 56.30–25; 2011), Standard Specification for Line- (82) ASTM F 1476–95a, Standard Spec- Blind Valves for Marine Applications ification for Performance of Gasketed (‘‘ASTM F 1020’’), (approved April 1, Mechanical Couplings for Use in Piping 2011), incorporation by reference ap- Applications (‘‘ASTM F 1476’’), 56.30–35; proved for § 56.60–1; and (73) ASTM F1120–87 (Reapproved (83) ASTM F 1548–94, Standard Speci- 2010), Standard Specification for Cir- fication for the Performance of Fit- cular Metallic Bellows Type Expansion tings for Use with Gasketed Mechan- Joints for Piping Applications (‘‘ASTM ical Couplings, Used in Piping Applica- F 1120’’), (approved May 1, 2010), incor- tions (‘‘ASTM F 1548’’), 56.30–35. poration by reference approved for (f) Expansion Joint Manufacturers As- § 56.60–1; sociation Inc. (EJMA), 25 North Broad- (74) ASTM F1123–87 (Reapproved way, Tarrytown, NY 10591: 2010), Standard Specification for Non- (1) Standards of the Expansion Joint Metallic Expansion Joints (‘‘ASTM F Manufacturers Association, 1980, 56.60– 1123’’), (approved March 1, 2010), incor- 1; and poration by reference approved for (2) [Reserved] § 56.60–1; (g) Fluid Controls Institute Inc. (FCI), (75) ASTM F1139–88 (Reapproved 31 South Street, Suite 303, Morristown, 2010), Standard Specification for Steam NJ 07960: Traps and Drains (‘‘ASTM F 1139’’), (1) FCI 69–1 Pressure Rating Standard (approved March 1, 2010), incorporation for Steam Traps (‘‘FCI 69–1’’), 56.60–1; by reference approved for § 56.60–1; and (76) ASTM F1172–88 (Reapproved 2010), Standard Specification for Fuel (2) [Reserved] Oil Meters of the Volumetric Positive (h) International Maritime Organiza- Displacement Type (‘‘ASTM F 1172’’), tion (IMO), Publications Section, 4 Al- (approved March 1, 2010), incorporation bert Embankment, London, SE1 7SR by reference approved for § 56.60–1; United Kingdom: (77) ASTM F 1173–95, Standard Speci- (1) Resolution A.753(18), Guidelines fication for Thermosetting Resin Fi- for the Application of Plastic Pipes on berglass Pipe and Fittings to be Used Ships, adopted on 4 November 1993 for Marine Applications (‘‘ASTM F (‘‘IMO Resolution A.753(18)’’), IBR ap- 1173’’), 56.60–1; proved for 56.60–25(a). (78) ASTM F1199–88 (Reapproved (2) Resolution MSC.313(88), Amend- 2010), Standard Specification for Cast ments to the Guidelines for the Appli- (All Temperatures and Pressures) and cation of Plastic Pipes on Ships, adopt- Welded Pipe Line Strainers (150 psig ed 26 November 2010 (‘‘IMO Resolution and 150 °F Maximum) (‘‘ASTM F MSC.313(88)’’), IBR approved for § 56.60– 1199’’), (approved March 1, 2010), incor- 25(a). poration by reference approved for (i) International Organization for § 56.60–1; Standardization (ISO), Case Postal 56, (79) ASTM F1200–88 (Reapproved CH–1211 Geneva 20 Switzerland: 2010), Standard Specification for Fab- (1) ISO 15540 Ships and Marine Tech- ricated (Welded) Pipe Line Strainers nology-Fire Resistance of Hose Assem- (Above 150 psig and 150 °F) (‘‘ASTM F blies-Test Methods, First Edition (Aug. 1200’’), (approved March 1, 2010), incor- 1, 1999) (‘‘ISO 15540’’), 56.60–25; and poration by reference approved for (2) [Reserved] § 56.60–1; (j) Instrument Society of America (ISA), (80) ASTM F1201–88 (Reapproved 67 Alexander Drive, Research Triangle 2010), Standard Specification for Fluid Park, NC 27709:

172

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00182 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.01–5

(1) ISA–S75.02 (1996) (‘‘ISA–S75.02’’), (l) Society of Automotive Engineers 56.20–15; and (SAE), 400 Commonwealth Drive, (2) [Reserved] Warrendale, PA 15096: (k) Manufacturers Standardization So- (1) J1475 (1996) Surface Vehicle Hy- ciety of the Valve and Fittings Industry, draulic Hose Fittings for Marine Appli- Inc. (MSS), 127 Park Street NE, Vienna, cations (June 1996) (‘‘SAE J1475’’), VA 22180: 56.60–25; and (1) SP–6–2001 Standard Finishes for (2) J1942 (1997) Standards Hose and Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and Con- Hose Assemblies for Marine Applica- necting-End Flanges of Valves and Fit- tions (May 1997) (‘‘SAE J1942’’), 56.60– tings (2001) (‘‘MSS SP–6’’), 56.25–10; 25. 56.60–1; (2) SP–9–2001 Spot Facing for Bronze, [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65171, Oct. 31, 2008, Iron and Steel Flanges (2001) (‘‘MSS as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49228, SP–9’’), 56.60–1; Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59777, (3) SP–25–1998 Standard Marking Sys- Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2012–0866, 78 FR 13250, Feb. tem for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and 27, 2013; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60148, Sept. 30, Unions (1998) (‘‘MSS SP–25’’), 56.15–1; 2013; USCG–2012–0196, 81 FR 48251, July 22, 2016] 56.20–5; 56.60–1; (4) SP–44–1996 Steel Pipe Line § 56.01–3 Power boilers, external pip- Flanges (Reaffirmed 2001) (‘‘MSS SP– ing and appurtenances (Replaces 44’’), 56.60–1; 100.1.1, 100.1.2, 122.1, 132 and 133). (5) SP–45–2003 Bypass and Drain Con- nections (2003) (‘‘MSS SP–45’’), 56.20–20; (a) Power boiler external piping and 56.60–1; components must meet the require- (6) SP–51–2003 Class 150LW Corrosion ments of this part and §§ 52.01–105, 52.01– Resistant Cast Flanges and Flanged 110, 52.01–115, and 52.01–120 of this chap- Fittings (2003) (‘‘MSS SP–51’’), 56.60–1; ter. (7) SP–53–95 Quality Standard for (b) Specific requirements for external Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves, piping and appurtenances of power Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping boilers, as defined in §§ 100.1.1 and Components–Magnetic Particle Exam- 100.1.2, appearing in the various para- ination Method (1995) (‘‘MSS SP–53’’), graphs of ASME B31.1 (incorporated by 56.60–1; reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2), are not (8) SP–55–2001 Quality Standard for adopted unless specifically indicated Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges and elsewhere in this part. Fittings and Other Piping Compo- nents–Visual Method (2001) (‘‘MSS SP– [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR 55’’), 56.60–1; 39968, Oct. 1, 1990; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65174, Oct. 31, 2008] (9) SP–58 Pipe Hangers and Supports– Materials, Design and Manufacture § 56.01–5 Adoption of ASME B31.1 for (1993) (‘‘MSS SP–58’’), 56.60–1; power piping, and other standards. (10) SP–61–2003 Pressure Testing of Steel Valves (2003) (‘‘MSS SP–61’’), (a) Piping systems for ships and 56.60–1; barges must be designed, constructed, (11) SP–67 Butterfly Valves (1995) and inspected in accordance with (‘‘MSS SP–67’’), 56.60–1; ASME B31.1 (incorporated by reference; (12) SP–69 Pipe Hangers and Sup- see 46 CFR 56.01–2), as limited, modi- ports–Selection and Application (1996) fied, or replaced by specific require- (‘‘MSS SP–69’’), 56.60–1; ments in this part. The provisions in (13) SP–72 Ball Valves with Flanged the appendices to ASME B31.1 are or Butt-Welding Ends for General Serv- adopted and must be followed when the ice (1987) (‘‘MSS SP–72’’), 56.60–1; requirements of ASME B31.1 or the (14) SP–73 (R 96) Brazing Joints for rules in this part make them manda- Copper and Copper Pressure Fittings tory. For general information, table (1991) (‘‘MSS SP–73’’), 56.60–1; and 56.01–5(a) lists the various paragraphs (15) SP–83 Class 3000 Steel Pipe and sections in ASME B31.1 that are Unions, Socket Welding and Threaded limited, modified, replaced, or repro- (1995) (‘‘MSS SP–83’’), 56.60–1; duced by rules in this part.

173

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00183 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.01–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

TABLE 56.01–5(a)—LIMITATIONS AND MODIFICA- applicable to piping systems that also TIONS IN THE ADOPTION OF ASME B31.1 FOR constitute this subchapter. PRESSURE AND POWER PIPING [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65175, Oct. 31, 2008] Section or paragraph in ASME B31.1 and disposition Unit in this part § 56.01–10 Plan approval. 100.1 replaced by ...... 56.01–1. (a) Plans and specifications for new 100.2 modified by ...... 56.07–5. construction and major alterations 101 through 104.7 modified 56.07–10. by. showing the respective piping systems 101.2 modified by ...... 56.07–10(a), (b). shall be submitted, as required by sub- 101.5 replaced by ...... 56.07–10(c). part 50.20 of this subchapter. 102.2 modified by ...... 56.07–10(d). (b) Piping materials and appliances, 102.3 and 104.1.2 modified 56.07–10(e). by. such as pipe, tubing, fittings, flanges, 104.3 modified by ...... 56.07–10(f). and valves, except safety valves and 104.4 modified by ...... 56.07–10(e). safety relief valves covered in part 162 104.5.1 modified by ...... 56.30–10. of subchapter Q (Specifications) of this 105 through 108 replaced by 56.10–1 through 56.25–20. 110 through 118 replaced by 56.30–1 through 56.30–35. chapter, are not required to be specifi- 119.5.1 replaced by ...... 56.35–10, 56.35–15. cally approved by the Commandant, 119.7 replaced by ...... 56.35–1. but shall comply with the applicable 122.1.4 replaced by ...... 56.50–40. 122.3 modified by ...... 56.50–97. requirements for materials, construc- 122.6 through 122.10 re- 56.50–1 through 56.50–80. tion, markings, and testing. These ma- placed by. terials and appliances shall be certified 123 replaced by ...... 56.60–1. as described in part 50 of this sub- Table 126.1 is replaced by .... 56.30–5(c)(3), 56.60–1. 127 through 135 replaced by 56.65–1, 56.70–10 through chapter. Drawings listing material 56.90–10. specifications and showing details of 136 replaced by ...... 56.95–1 through 56.95–10. welded joints for pressure-containing 137 replaced by ...... 56.97–1 through 56.97–40. appurtenances of welded construction shall be submitted in accordance with (viii) (b) When a section or paragraph paragraph (a) of this section. of the regulations in this part relates to material in ASME B31.1, the rela- (c)(1) Prior to installation aboard tionship with ASME B31.1 will appear ship, diagrams of the following systems immediately after the heading of the shall be submitted for approval: section or at the beginning of the para- (i) Steam and exhaust piping. graph as follows: (ii) Boiler feed and blowoff piping. (1) (Modifies ll.) This indicates that (iii) Safety valve escape piping. the material in ASME B31.1 so num- (iv) Fuel oil service, transfer and fill- bered for identification is generally ap- ing piping. (Service includes boiler fuel plicable but is being altered, amplified, and internal combustion engine fuel or augmented. piping.) (2) (Replaces ll.) This indicates (v) Fire extinguishing systems in- that the material in ASME B31.1 so cluding fire main and sprinkler piping, numbered for identification does not inert gas and foam. apply. (vi) Bilge and ballast piping. (3) (Reproduces ll.) This indicates (vii) Tank cleaning piping. that the material in ASME B31.1 so (viii) Condenser circulating water numbered for identification is being piping. identically reproduced for convenience, (ix) Vent, sound and overflow piping. not for emphasis. (c) As stated in § 56.01–2 of this chap- (x) Sanitary drains, soil drains, deck ter, the standards of the American Na- drains, and overboard discharge piping. tional Standards Institute (ANSI) and (xi) Internal combustion engine ex- ASME specifically referred to in this haust piping. (Refer to part 58 of this part must be the governing require- subchapter for requirements.) ments for the matters covered unless (xii) Cargo piping. specifically limited, modified, or re- (xiii) Hot water heating systems if placed by other rules in this sub- the temperature is greater than 121 chapter. See 46 CFR 56.60–1(b) for the °C(250 °F). other adopted commercial standards (xiv) Compressed air piping.

174

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00184 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.04–2

(xv) Fluid power and control systems units must be submitted under subpart (hydraulic, pneumatic). (Refer to sub- 58.60 of this subchapter. part 58.30 of this subchapter for specific (e) Where piping passes through wa- requirements.) tertight bulkheads and/or fire bound- (xvi) Lubricating oil piping. aries, plans of typical details of piping (xvii) Refrigeration and air condi- penetrations shall be submitted. tioning piping. (Refer to part 58 of this (f) Arrangement drawings specified in subchapter for specific requirements.) paragraph (c)(2) of this section are not (2) Arrangement drawings of the fol- required if— lowing systems shall also be submitted (1) The location of each component prior to installation: for which there is a location require- (i) All Classes I, I-L, and II-L sys- ment (i.e., shell penetration, fire sta- tems. tion, foam monitor, etc.) is indicated (ii) All Class II firemain, foam, sprin- on the piping diagram; kler, bilge and ballast, vent sounding (2) The diagram includes, or is ac- and overflow systems. companied by and makes reference to, (iii) Other Class II systems only if a material schedule which describes specifically requested or required by components in sufficient detail to sub- regulations in this subchapter. stantiate their compliance with the (d)(1) The drawings or diagrams shall regulations of this subchapter; include a list of material, furnishing (3) A thermal stress analysis is not pipe diameters, wall thicknesses, de- required; and sign pressure, fluid temperature, appli- (4) A dynamic analysis is neither re- cable ASTM material or ANSI compo- quired nor elected in lieu of allowable nent specification, type, size, design stress reduction. standard, and rating of valves, flanges, and fittings. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as (2) Pump rated capacity and pump amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972; shutoff head shall appear on piping dia- CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4, 1978, CGD 77– grams. Pump characteristic curves 140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95–012, 60 shall be submitted for all pumps in the FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995] firemain and foam systems. These curves need not be submitted if the fol- Subpart 56.04—Piping lowing information is shown on the Classification drawing: (i) Rated capacity and head at rated § 56.04–1 Scope. capacity. (ii) Shutoff head. Piping shall be classified as shown in (iii) Head at 150 percent rated capac- table 56.04–1. ity. TABLE 56.04–1—PIPING CLASSIFICATIONS (3) Standard drawings of the following fabrication details shall be sub- Service Class Section in mitted: this part (i) Welding details for piping connec- Normal ...... I, II ...... 56.04 –2 tions. Low temperature ...... I-L, II-L ...... 56.50–105 (ii) Welding details for nonstandard fittings (when appropriate). [CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17229, June 29, 1973, as (d–1) Plans of piping for industrial amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, systems on mobile offshore drilling 1989; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48049, Sept. 18, 1995]

§ 56.04–2 Piping classification according to service. The designation of classes according to service is found in table 56.04–2.

TABLE 56.04–2—PRESSURE PIPING CLASSIFICATION

Service Class 1 Pressure (p.s.i.g.) Temp. (°F)

Class B and C poisons 2 ...... I ...... any ...... and ...... 0 and above. I-L ...... any ...... and ...... below 0.

175

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00185 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.04–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

TABLE 56.04–2—PRESSURE PIPING CLASSIFICATION—Continued

Service Class 1 Pressure (p.s.i.g.) Temp. (°F)

II ...... (3 ) ...... (3 ) ...... (3 ) II-L ...... (3 ) ...... (3 ) ...... (3 ) Gases and vapors 2 ...... I ...... above 150 ...... or ...... above 650. I-L ...... above 150 ...... and ...... below 0. II ...... 150 and below ...... and ...... 0 to 650. II-L ...... 150 and below ...... and ...... below 0. Liquefied flammable gases 2 ...... I ...... above 150 ...... and ...... 0 and above. 1 I-L ...... above 150 ...... and ...... below 0. II ...... 150 and below ...... and ...... 0 and above. II-L ...... 150 and below ...... and ...... below 0. Molten sulphur ...... I ...... above 225 ...... or ...... above 330. II ...... 225 and below ...... and ...... 330 and below. Cargo liquids Grades A through D 2 ...... I ...... above 225 ...... or ...... above 150. I-L ...... above 225 ...... and ...... below 0. II ...... 225 and below ...... and ...... 0 to 150. II-L ...... 225 and below ...... and ...... below 0. Cargo liquids Grade E ...... I ...... above 225 ...... or ...... above 400. I-L ...... above 225 ...... and ...... below 0. II ...... 225 and below ...... and ...... 0 to 400. II-L ...... 225 and below ...... and ...... below 0. Water ...... I ...... above 225 ...... or ...... above 350. II ...... 225 and below ...... and ...... 350 and below. Fuels (Bunker, diesel, gasoline, etc.) ...... I ...... above 150 ...... or ...... above 150. II ...... 150 and below ...... and ...... 150 and below. Lubricating oil ...... I ...... above 225 ...... or ...... above 400. II ...... 225 and below ...... and ...... 400 and below. Asphalt ...... I ...... above 225 ...... or ...... above 400. II ...... 225 and below ...... and ...... 400 and below. Heat transfer oil ...... I ...... above 225 ...... or ...... above 400. II ...... 225 and below ...... and ...... 400 and below. Hydraulic fluid ...... I ...... above 225 ...... or ...... above 400. II ...... 225 and below ...... and ...... 400 and below.

Flammable or combustible dangerous cargoes...... Refer to specific requirements of part 40 of this chapter. Other dangerous cargoes...... Refer to specific requirements of part 98 of this chapter.

1 Where doubt exists as to proper classification, refer to the Commandant for resolution. 2 For definitions, see 46 CFR parts 30, 151, and 154. Note that the category ‘‘B and C’’ poisons is not used in the rules applying to self-propelled vessels (46 CFR part 153). 3 Not permitted except inside cargo tanks approved for Class B and C poisons.

[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 73–96, 42 FR 49024, Sept. 26, 1977]

§ 56.04–10 Other systems. Subpart 56.07—Design Piping systems and appurtenances not requiring plan approval may be ac- § 56.07–5 Definitions (modifies 100.2). cepted by the marine inspector if: (a) Piping. The definitions contained (a) The system is suitable for the in 100.2 of ASME B31.1 (incorporated by service intended, reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) apply, as (b) There are guards, shields, insula- well as the following: tion and similar devices where needed (1) The word piping within the mean- for protection of personnel, ing of the regulations in this sub- (c) Failure of the systems would not chapter refers to fabricated pipes or hazard the vessel, personnel or vital tubes with flanges and fittings at- systems, and tached, for use in the conveyance of va- (d) The system is not manifestly un- pors, gases or liquids, regardless of safe. whether the diameter is measured on the inside or the outside. [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989] (b) Nominal diameter. The term nominal diameter or diameter as used in this part, means the commercial diameter of the piping, i.e., pipe size.

176

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00186 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.07–10

(c) Schedule. The word Schedule when (ix) Any other marine-engineering used in this part refers to specific val- system identified by the cognizant ues as given in ASME B36.10M and OCMI as crucial to the survival of the B36.19M (both incorporated by ref- vessel or to the protection of the per- erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). sonnel aboard. (d) Fittings and appurtenances. The (2) For the purpose of this sub- word fitting and the phrase fittings and chapter, a system not identified by appurtenances within the meaning of paragraph (1) of this definition is a the regulations in this subchapter refer non-vital system. to pressure containing piping system (g) Plate flange. The term plate flange, components other than valves and pipe. as used in this subchapter, means a This includes piping system compo- flange made from plate material, and nents whose function is to join may have a raised face and/or a raised branches of the system (such as tees, hub. wyes, elbows, unions, bushings, etc.) [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as which are referred to as pipe joining amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, fittings, as well as components which 1970; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; operate on the fluid contained in the USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65175, Oct. 31, 2008] system (such as traps, drains, strainers, separators, filters, meters, etc.), § 56.07–10 Design conditions and cri- which are referred to as ‘‘fluid condi- teria (modifies 101–104.7). tioner’’ fittings. Thermometer wells (a) Maximum allowable working pres- and other similar fittings which form sure. (1) The maximum allowable work- part of the pressure barrier of any sys- ing pressure of a piping system must tem are included under this heading. not be greater than the internal design Expansion joints, slip joints, rotary pressure defined in 104.1.2 of ASME joints, quick disconnect couplings, etc., B31.1 (incorporated by reference; see 46 are referred to as special purpose fit- CFR 56.01–2). tings, and may be subject to such spe- (2) Where the maximum allowable cial design and testing requirements as working pressure of a system compo- prescribed by the Commandant. Refer nent, such as a valve or a fitting, is to subpart 56.15 for design require- less than that computed for the pipe or ments for fittings. tubing, the system pressure shall be (e) Nonstandard fittings. ‘‘Non- limited to the lowest of the component standard fitting’’ means a component maximum allowable working pressures. of a piping system which is not fab- (b) Relief valves. (modifies 101.2). (1) ricated under an adopted industry Every system which may be exposed to standard. pressures higher than the system’s (f) Vital systems. (1) Vital systems are maximum allowable working pressure those systems that are vital to a ves- shall be safeguarded by appropriate re- sel’s survivability and safety. For the lief devices. (See § 52.01–3 of this sub- purpose of this subchapter, the fol- chapter for definitions.) Relief valves lowing are vital systems: are required at pump discharges except (i) Systems for fill, transfer, and for centrifugal pumps so designed and service of fuel oil; applied that a pressure in excess of the (ii) Fire-main systems; maximum allowable working pressure (iii) Fixed gaseous fire-extinguishing for the system cannot be developed. systems; (2) The relief valve setting shall not (iv) Bilge systems; exceed the maximum allowable work- (v) Ballast systems; ing pressure of the system. Its reliev- (vi) Steering systems and steering- ing capacity shall be sufficient to pre- control systems; vent the pressure from rising more (vii) Propulsion systems and their than 20 percent above the system max- necessary auxiliaries and control sys- imum allowable working pressure. The tems; rated relieving capacity of safety and (viii) Ship’s service and emergency relief valves used in the protection of electrical-generation systems and their piping systems only shall be based on auxiliaries vital to the vessel’s surviv- actual flow test data and the capacity ability and safety; shall be certified by the manufacturer

177

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00187 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.10–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

at 120 percent of the set pressure of the (f) Intersections (modifies 104.3). The valve. material in 104.3 of ASME B31.1 is ap- (3) Relief valves shall be certified as plicable with the following additions: required in part 50 of this subchapter (1) Reinforcement calculations where for valves, and shall also meet the re- applicable shall be submitted. quirements of § 54.15–10 of this sub- (2) Wherever possible the longitu- chapter. dinal joint of a welded pipe should not (c) Ship motion dynamic effects be pierced. (replaces 101.5.3). Piping system designs shall account for the effects of ship mo- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, tion and flexure, including weight, 1970; 37 FR 16803, Aug. 19, 1972; CGD 73–254, 40 yaw, sway, roll, pitch, heave, and vi- FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77–140, 54 FR bration. 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, (d) Ratings for pressure and tempera- Sept. 18, 1995; CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. ture (modifies 102.2). The material in 30, 1997; USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, 102.2 of ASME B31.1 applies, with the 1998; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65175, Oct. 31, following exceptions: 2008] (1) The details of components not having specific ratings as described in Subpart 56.10—Components 102.2.2 of ASME B31.1 must be furnished to the Marine Safety Center for ap- § 56.10–1 Selection and limitations of proval. piping components (replaces 105 through 108). (1) The details of components not having specific ratings as described in (a) Pipe, tubing, pipe joining fittings, 102.2.2 of ANSI B31.1 must be furnished and piping system components, shall to the Marine Safety Center for ap- meet material and standard require- proval. ments of subpart 56.60 and shall meet (2) Boiler blowoff piping must be de- the certification requirements of part signed in accordance with § 56.50–40 of 50 of this subchapter. this part. (b) The requirements in this subpart (e) Pressure design (modifies 102.3, and in subparts 56.15 through 56.25 104.1.2, and 104.4). (1) Materials for use must be met instead of those in 105 in piping must be selected as described through 108 in ASME B31.1 (incor- in § 56.60–1(a) of this part. Tabulated porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– values of allowable stress for these ma- 2); however, certain requirements are terials must be measured as indicated marked ‘‘reproduced.’’ in 102.3.1 of ASME B31.1 and in tables 56.60–1 and 56.60–2(a) of this part. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, (2) Allowable stress values, as found 1970; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65175, Oct. 31, in the ASME Code, which are restricted 2008] in application by footnote or are italicized shall not be used. Where mul- § 56.10–5 Pipe. tiple stresses are listed for a material, (a) General. Pipe and tubing shall be the lowest value of the listing shall be selected as described in table 56.60–1(a). used unless otherwise approved by the (b) Ferrous pipe. ASTM Specification Commandant. In all cases the tempera- A 53 (incorporated by reference, see ture is understood to be the actual § 56.01–2) furnace welded pipe shall not temperature of the component. be used for combustible or flammable (3) Where the operator desires to use liquids within machinery spaces. (See a material not listed, permission must §§ 30.10–15 and 30.10–22 of this chapter.) be obtained from the Commandant. Re- quirements for testing found in § 56.97– (c) Nonferrous pipe. (See also § 56.60– 40(a)(2) and § 56.97–40(a)(4) may affect 20.) (1) Copper and brass pipe for water design and should be considered. Spe- and steam service may be used for de- cial design limitations may be found sign pressures up to 250 pounds per for specific systems. Refer to subpart square inch and for design tempera- 56.50 for specific requirements. tures to 406 °F.

178

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00188 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.15–1

(2) Copper and brass pipe for air may (c) Pipe joining fittings not accepted be used in accordance with the allow- for use in piping systems in accordance able stresses found from table 56.60– with paragraph (b) of this section must 1(a). meet the following: (3) Copper-nickel alloys may be used (1) All pressure-containing materials for water and steam service within the must be accepted in accordance with design limits of stress and temperature § 56.60–1 of this part. indicated in ASME B31.1 (incorporated (2) Fittings must be designed so that by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). the maximum allowable working pres- (4) Copper tubing may be used for sure does not exceed one-fourth of the dead-end instrument service up to 1,000 burst pressure or produce a primary pounds per square inch. stress greater than one-fourth of the (5) Copper, brass, or aluminum pipe ultimate tensile strength of the mate- or tube shall not be used for flammable rial for Class II systems and for all fluids except where specifically per- Class I, I-L, and II-L systems receiving mitted by this part. ship motion dynamic analysis and non- (6) Aluminum-alloy pipe or tube destructive examination. For Class I, I- along with similar junction equipment L, or II-L systems not receiving ship may be used within the limitation stat- motion dynamic analysis and non- ed in 124.7 of ASME B31.1 and para- destructive examination under § 56.07– graph (c)(5) of this section. 10(c) of this part, the maximum allow- (d) Nonmetallic pipe. Plastic pipe may able working pressure must not exceed be used subject to the conditions de- one-fifth of the burst pressure or scribed in § 56.60–25. produce a primary stress greater than one-fifth of the ultimate tensile [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as strength of the material. The max- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, imum allowable working pressure may 1970; CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972; be determined by— CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95– (i) Calculations comparable to those 028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG–2000– 7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–2003– of ASME B31.1 (incorporated by ref- 16630, 73 FR 65175, Oct. 31, 2008] erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) or section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by reference; Subpart 56.15—Fittings see 46 CFR 56.01–2); (ii) Subjecting a representative SOURCE: CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, model to a proof test or experimental 1989, unless otherwise noted. stress analysis described in paragraph A–22 of section I of the ASME Boiler § 56.15–1 Pipe joining fittings. and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated (a) Pipe joining fittings certified in by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2); or accordance with subpart 50.25 of this (iii) Other means specifically accept- subchapter are acceptable for use in ed by the Marine Safety Center. piping systems. (3) Fittings must be tested in accord- (b) Threaded, flanged, socket-weld- ance with § 56.97–5 of this part. ing, buttwelding, and socket-brazing (4) If welded, fittings must be welded pipe joining fittings, made in accord- in accordance with subpart 56.70 of this ance with the applicable standards in part and part 57 of this chapter or by tables 56.60–1(a) and 56.60–1(b) of this other processes specifically approved part and of materials complying with by the Marine Safety Center. In addi- subpart 56.60 of this part, may be used tion, for fittings to be accepted for use in piping systems within the material, in piping systems in accordance with size, pressure, and temperature limita- this paragraph, the following require- tions of those standards and within any ments must be met: further limitations specified in this (i) For fittings sized three inches and subchapter. Fittings must be designed below— for the maximum pressure to which (A) The longitudinal joints must be they may be subjected, but in no case fabricated by either gas or arc welding; less than 50 pounds per square inch (B) One fitting of each size from each gage. lot of 100 or fraction thereof must be

179

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00189 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.15–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

flattened cold until the opposite walls § 56.15–5 Fluid-conditioner fittings. meet without the weld developing any (a) Fluid conditioner fittings cer- cracks; tified in accordance with subpart 50.25 (C) One fitting of each size from each of this subchapter are acceptable for lot of 100 or fraction thereof must be use in piping systems. hydrostatically tested to the pressure (b) Fluid conditioner fittings, not required for a seamless drawn pipe of containing hazardous materials as de- the same size and thickness produced fined in § 150.115 of this chapter, which from equivalent strength material, as are made in accordance with the appli- determined by the applicable pipe ma- cable standards listed in table 56.60–1(b) terial specification; and of this part and of materials complying (D) If a fitting fails to meet the test with subpart 56.60 of this part, may be in paragraph (c)(4)(i)(B) or (c)(4)(i)(C) of used within the material, size, pres- this section, no fitting in the lot from sure, and temperature limitations of which the test fitting was chosen is ac- those standards and within any further ceptable. limitations specified in this sub- (ii) For fittings sized above three chapter. inches— (c) The following requirements apply (A) The longitudinal joints must be to nonstandard fluid conditioner fit- fabricated by arc welding; tings which do not contain hazardous (B) For pressures exceeding 150 materials as defined in § 150.115 of this pounds per square inch, each fitting chapter: must be radiographically examined as (1) The following nonstandard fluid specified in section VIII of the ASME conditioner fittings must meet the ap- Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; plicable requirements in § 54.01–5 (c)(3), (C) For pressures not exceeding 150 (c)(4), and (d) of this chapter or the re- pounds per square inch, the first fitting maining provisions in part 54 of this from each size in each lot of 20 or frac- chapter, except that Coast Guard shop tion thereof must be examined by radi- inspection is not required: ography to ensure that the welds are of (i) Nonstandard fluid conditioner fit- acceptable quality; tings that have a net internal volume (D) One fitting of each size from each greater than 0.04 cubic meters (1.5 lot of 100 or fraction thereof must be cubic feet) and that are rated for tem- hydrostatically tested to the pressure peratures and pressures exceeding required for a seamless drawn pipe of those specified as minimums for Class I the same size and thickness produced piping systems. (ii) Nonstandard fluid-conditioner fit- from equivalent strength material, as tings that have an internal diameter determined by the applicable pipe ma- exceeding 15 centimeters (6 inches) and terial specification; and that are rated for temperatures and (E) If a fitting fails to meet the test pressures exceeding those specified as in paragraph (c)(4)(ii)(C) or (c)(4)(ii)(D) minimums for Class I piping systems. of this section, no fitting in the lot (2) All other nonstandard fluid condi- from which the test fitting was chosen tioner fittings must meet the fol- is acceptable. lowing: (d) Single welded butt joints without (i) All pressure-containing materials the use of backing strips may be em- must be accepted in accordance with ployed in the fabrication of pipe join- § 56.60–1 of this part. ing fittings of welded construction pro- (ii) Nonstandard fluid conditioner fit- vided radiographic examination indi- tings must be designed so that the cates that complete penetration is ob- maximum allowable working pressure tained. does not exceed one-fourth of the burst (e) Each pipe joining fitting must be pressure or produce a primary stress marked in accordance with MSS SP–25 greater than one-fourth of the ultimate (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR tensile strength of the material for 56.01–2). Class II systems and for all Class I, I- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as L, and II-L systems receiving ship mo- amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, tion dynamic analysis and non- Oct. 31, 2008] destructive examination. For Class I, I-

180

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00190 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.20–1

L, or II-L systems not receiving ship ards listed in table 56.60–1(b) of this motion dynamic analysis and non- part and of materials complying with destructive examination under § 56.07– subpart 56.60 of this part, may be used 10(c) of this part, the maximum allow- within the material, size, pressure, and able working pressure must not exceed temperature limitations of those one-fifth of the burst pressure or standards and within any further limi- produce a primary stress greater than tations specified in this subchapter. one-fifth of the ultimate tensile (c) Nonstandard special purpose fit- strength of the material. The max- tings must meet the requirements of imum allowable working pressure may §§ 56.30–25, 56.30–40, 56.35–10, 56.35–15, or be determined by— 56.35–35 of this part, as applicable. (A) Calculations comparable to those of ASME B31.1 (incorporated by ref- Subpart 56.20—Valves erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) or section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure § 56.20–1 General. Vessel Code (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2); (a) Valves certified in accordance (B) Subjecting a representative with subpart 50.25 of this subchapter model to a proof test or experimental are acceptable for use in piping sys- stress analysis described in paragraph tems. A–22 of section I of the ASME Boiler (b) Non-welded valves complying and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated with the standards listed in § 56.60–1 of by reference, see 46 CFR 56.01–2); or this part may be used within the speci- (C) Other means specifically accepted fied pressure and temperature ratings by the Marine Safety Center. of those standards, provided the limita- (iii) Nonstandard fluid conditioner tions of § 56.07–10(c) of this part are ap- fittings must be tested in accordance plied. Materials must comply with sub- with § 56.97–5 of this part. part 56.60 of this part. Welded valves (iv) If welded, nonstandard fluid con- complying with the standards and spec- ditioner fittings must be welded in ac- ifications listed in § 56.60–1 of this part cordance with subpart 56.70 of this part may be used in Class II systems only and part 57 of this chapter or by other unless they meet paragraph (c) of this processes specifically approved by the section. Marine Safety Center. (c) All other valves must meet the (d) All fluid conditioner fittings that following: contain hazardous materials as defined (1) All pressure-containing materials in § 150.115 of this chapter must meet must be accepted in accordance with the applicable requirements of part 54 § 56.60–1 of this part. of this chapter, except subpart 54.10. (2) Valves must be designed so that (e) Heat exchangers having headers the maximum allowable working pres- and tubes and brazed boiler steam air sure does not exceed one-fourth of the heaters are not considered fluid condi- burst pressure or produce a primary tioner fittings and must meet the re- stress greater than one-fourth of the quirements in part 54 of this chapter ultimate tensile strength of the mate- regardless of size. For brazed boiler rial for Class II systems and for all steam air heaters, see also § 56.30– Class I, I-L, and II-L systems receiving 30(b)(1) of this part. ship motion dynamic analysis and non- [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40602, Oct. 2, 1989, as destructive examination. For Class I, I- amended by CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, L, or II-L systems not receiving ship 1995; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, Oct. 31, motion dynamic analysis and non- 2008] destructive examination under § 56.07– 10(c) of this part, the maximum allow- § 56.15–10 Special purpose fittings. able working pressure must not exceed (a) Special purpose fittings certified one-fifth of the burst pressure or in accordance with subpart 50.25 of this produce a primary stress greater than subchapter are acceptable for use in one-fifth of the ultimate tensile piping systems. strength of the material. The max- (b) Special purpose fittings made in imum allowable working pressure may accordance with the applicable stand- be determined by—

181

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00191 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.20–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(i) Calculations comparable to those § 56.20–7 Ends. of ASME B31.1 (incorporated by ref- (a) Valves may be used with flanged, erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) or section threaded, butt welding, socket welding VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure or other ends in accordance with appli- Vessel Code (incorporated by reference; cable standards as specified in subpart see 46 CFR 56.01–2), if the valve shape 56.60. permits this; (ii) Subjecting a representative § 56.20–9 Valve construction. model to a proof test or experimental (a) Each valve must close with a stress analysis described in paragraph right-hand (clockwise) motion of the A–22 of section I the ASME Boiler and handwheel or operating lever as seen Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by by one facing the end of the valve reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2); or stem. Each gate, globe, and angle valve (iii) Other means specifically accept- must generally be of the rising-stem ed by the Marine Safety Center. type, preferably with the stem threads (3) Valves must be tested in accord- external to the valve body. Where operating conditions will not permit such ance with § 56.97–5 of this part. installations, the use of a nonrising- (4) If welded, valves must be welded stem valve will be acceptable. Each in accordance with subpart 56.70 of this nonrising-stem valve, lever-operated part and part 57 of this chapter or by valve, or other valve where, because of other processes specifically approved design, the position of the disc or clo- by the Marine Safety Center. sure mechanism is not obvious must be (d) Where liquid trapped in any fitted with an indicator to show wheth- closed valve can be heated and an un- er the valve is opened or closed, except controllable rise in pressure can result, as provided for in § 56.50–1(g)(2)(iii) of means must be provided in the design, this part. No such indicator is required installation, and operation of the valve for any valve located in a tank or simi- to ensure that the pressure in the valve lar inaccessible space when indicators does not exceed that allowed by this are available at accessible sites. The part for the attained temperature. (For operating levers of each quarter-turn example, if a flexible wedge gate valve (rotary) valve must be parallel to the with the stem installed horizontally is fluid flow when open and perpendicular to the fluid flow when closed. closed, liquid from testing, cleaning, or (b) Valves of Class I piping systems condensation can be trapped in the (for restrictions in other classes refer bonnet section of the closed valve.) to sections on low temperature serv- Any resulting penetration of the pres- ice), having diameters exceeding 2 sure wall of the valve must meet the inches must have bolted, pressure seal, requirements of this part and those for or breech lock bonnets and flanged or threaded and welded auxiliary connec- welding ends, except that socket type tions in ASME B16.34 (incorporated by welding ends shall not be used where reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). prohibited by § 56.30–5(c) of this part, § 56.30–10(b)(4) of this part for the same [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40604, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR pressure class, or elsewhere in this 39968, Oct. 1, 1990; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, Oct. 31, 2008] part. For diameters not exceeding 2 inches, screwed union bonnet or bolted § 56.20–5 Marking (modifies 107.2). bonnet, or bonnetless valves of a type which will positively prevent the stem Each valve shall bear the manufac- from screwing out of the body may be turer’s name or trademark and ref- employed. Outside screw and yoke de- erence symbol to indicate the service sign must be used for valves 3 inches conditions for which the manufacturer and larger for pressures above 600 guarantees the valve. The marking pounds per square inch gage. Cast iron shall be in accordance with MSS SP–25 valves with screwed-in or screwed-over (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR bonnets are prohibited. Union bonnet 56.01–2). type cast iron valves must have the bonnet ring made of steel, bronze, or [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, Oct. 31, 2008] malleable iron.

182

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00192 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.20–15

(c) Valves must be designed for the nal pipe size through the line after re- maximum pressure to which they may moval of all resilient material and be subjected, but in no case shall the testing at full rated pressure. Packing design pressure be less than 50 pounds material must be fire resistant. Piping per square inch gage. The use of wafer subject to internal head pressure from type resilient seated valves is not per- a tank containing oil must be fitted mitted for shell connections unless with positive shutoff valves located at they are so arranged that the piping the tank in accordance with § 56.50– immediately inboard of the valve can 60(d). Otherwise positive shutoff valves be removed without affecting the wa- may be used in any location in lieu of tertight integrity of the shell connec- a required Category A or Category B tion. Refer also to § 56.20–15(b)(2)(iii) of valve. this part. Large fabricated ballast (2) Category A valves. The closed valve manifold connecting lines exceeding 8 must pass less than the greater of 5 inches nominal pipe size must be de- percent of its fully open flow rate or 15 signed for a pressure of not less than 25 percent divided by the square root of pounds per square inch gage. the nominal pipe size (NPS) of its fully (d) Disks or disk faces, seats, stems open flow rate through the line after and other wearing parts of valves shall complete removal of all resilient seat- be made of material possessing corro- ing material and testing at full rated sion and heat-resisting qualities suit- pressure; as represented by the for- able for the service conditions to which mula: (15% / SQRT × (NPS)) (Fully open they may be subjected. flow rate). Category A valves may be (e) Plug cocks shall be constructed used in any location except where posi- with satisfactory and positive means of tive shutoff valves are required by preventing the plug from becoming § 56.50–60(d). Category A valves are re- loosened or removed from the body quired in the following locations: when the plug is operated. Cocks hav- (i) Valves at vital piping system ing plug locking arrangements depend- manifolds; ing on cotter pins are prohibited. (ii) Isolation valves in cross-connects (f) Cocks shall be marked in a between two piping systems, at least straight line with the body to indicate one of which is a vital system, where whether they are open or closed. failure of the valve in a fire would pre- (g) Materials forming a portion of the vent the vital system(s) from func- pressure barrier shall comply with the tioning as designed. applicable provisions of this part. (iii) Valves providing closure for any opening in the shell of the vessel. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as (3) Category B valves. The closed valve amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40604, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995; will not provide effective closure of the USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58346, Sept. 30, 2004; line or will permit appreciable leakage USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, Oct. 31, 2008] from the valve after the resilient material is damaged or destroyed. Category § 56.20–15 Valves employing resilient B valves are not required to be tested material. and may be used in any location except (a) A valve in which the closure is ac- where a Category A or positive shutoff complished by resilient nonmetallic valve is required. material instead of a metal to metal (c) If a valve designer elects to use ei- seat shall comply with the design, ma- ther a calculation or actual fire testing terial, construction and testing for instead of material removal and pres- valves specified in this part. sure testing, the calculation must em- (b) Valves employing resilient mate- ploy ISA–S75.02 (incorporated by ref- rial shall be divided into three cat- erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) to determine egories, Positive shutoff, Category A, the flow coefficient (Cv), or the fire and Category B, and shall be tested and testing must be conducted in accord- used as follows: ance with API 607 (incorporated by ref- (1) Positive shutoff valves. The closed erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). valve must pass less than 10 ml/hr (0.34 [CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51200, Sept. 30, 1997, as fluid oz/hr) of liquid or less than 3 l/hr amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, (0.11 cubic ft/hr) of gas per inch nomi- Oct. 31, 2008]

183

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00193 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.20–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

§ 56.20–20 Valve bypasses. § 56.25–10 Flange facings. (a) Sizes of bypasses shall be in ac- (a) Flange facings shall be in accord- cordance with MSS SP–45 (incor- ance with the applicable standards list- porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– ed in table 56.60–1(b) and MSS SP–6 (in- 2). corporated by reference; see 46 CFR (b) Pipe for bypasses should be at 56.01–2). least Schedule 80 seamless, and of a (b) When bolting class 150 standard material of the same nominal chemical steel flanges to flat face cast iron composition and physical properties as flanges, the steel flange must be fur- that used for the main line. Lesser nished with a flat face, and bolting thickness may be approved depending must be in accordance with § 56.25–20 of on the installation and service condi- this part. Class 300 raised face steel tions. flanges may be bolted to class 250 (c) Bypasses may be integral or at- raised face cast iron flanges with bolt- tached. ing in accordance with § 56.25–20(b) of this part. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as Oct. 31, 2008] amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2, 1989; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, Oct. 31, Subpart 56.25—Pipe Flanges, 2008] Blanks, Flange Facings, Gas- § 56.25–15 Gaskets (modifies 108.4). kets, and Bolting (a) Gaskets shall be made of mate- § 56.25–5 Flanges. rials which are not injuriously affected by the fluid or by temperature. Each flange must conform to the de- (b) Each gasket must conform to the sign requirements of either the appli- design requirements of the applicable cable standards of table 56.60–1(b) of standards of table 56.60–1(b) of this this part, or of those of appendix 2 of part. section VIII of the ASME Boiler and (c) Only metallic and suitable asbes- Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by tos-free nonmetallic gaskets may be reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). Plate used on flat or raised face flanges if the flanges must meet the requirements of expected normal operating pressure ex- § 56.30–10(b)(5) of this part and the ma- ceeds 720 pounds per square inch or the terial requirements of § 56.60–1(a) of operating temperature exceeds 750 °F. this part. Flanges may be integral or (d) The use of metal and nonmetallic may be attached to pipe by threading, gaskets is not limited as to pressure welding, brazing, or other means with- provided the gasket materials are suit- in the applicable standards specified in able for the maximum fluid tempera- table 56.60–1(b) of this part and the re- tures. quirements of this subpart. For flange facing gasket combinations other than [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as those specified above, calculations amended by CGD 86–035, 54 FR 36316, Sept. 1, must be submitted indicating that the 1989; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, Oct. 31, gaskets will not result in a higher bolt 2008] loading or flange moment than for the § 56.25–20 Bolting. acceptable configurations. (a) General. (1) Bolts, studs, nuts, and [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2, 1989, as washers must comply with applicable amended by USCG–2002–13058, 67 FR 61278, standards and specifications listed in 46 Sept. 30, 2002; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, CFR 56.60–1. Unless otherwise specified, Oct. 31, 2008] bolting must be in accordance with § 56.25–7 Blanks. ASME B16.5 (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). Each blank must conform to the de- (2) Bolts and studs must extend com- sign requirements of 104.5.3 of ASME pletely through the nuts. B31.1 (incorporated by reference; see 46 (3) See § 58.30–15(c) of this chapter for CFR 56.01–2). exceptions on bolting used in fluid [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, Oct. 31, 2008] power and control systems.

184

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00194 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.30–5

(b) Carbon steel bolts or bolt studs 2); however, certain requirements are may be used if expected normal oper- marked ‘‘reproduced’’ in this subpart. ating pressure does not exceed 300 [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65177, Oct. 31, 2008] pounds per square inch gauge and the expected normal operating tempera- § 56.30–3 Piping joints (reproduces ° ture does not exceed 400 F. Carbon 110). steel bolts must have heavy hexagon heads in accordance with ASME B18.2.1 The type of piping joint used shall be (incorporated by reference, see 46 CFR suitable for the design conditions and 56.01–2) and must have heavy semi- shall be selected with consideration of finished hexagonal nuts in accordance joint tightness, mechanical strength with ASME/ANSI B18.2.2 (incorporated and the nature of the fluid handled. by reference, see 46 CFR 56.01–2), unless the bolts are tightly fitted to the holes § 56.30–5 Welded joints. and flange stress calculations taking (a) General. Welded joints may be the bolt bending stresses into account used for materials for which welding are submitted. When class 250 cast iron procedures, welders, and welding ma- flanges are used or when class 125 cast chine operators have been qualified in iron flanges are used with ring gaskets, accordance with part 57 of this sub- the bolting material must be carbon chapter. steel conforming to ASTM A 307 (incor- (b) Butt welds—general. Butt welds porated by reference, see 46 CFR 56.01– may be made with or without backing 2), Grade B. or insert rings within the limitations (c) Alloy steel stud bolts must be established in § 56.70–15. When the use threaded full length or, if desired, may of backing rings will result in undesir- have reduced shanks of a diameter not able conditions such as severe stress less than that at the root of the concentrations, corrosion or erosion, threads. They must have heavy semi- then: finished hexagonal nuts in accordance (1) The backing rings shall be re- with ANSI B18.2.2. moved and the inside of the joint (d) All alloy bolts or studs and ac- ground smooth, or companying nuts are to be threaded in (2) The joint shall be welded without accordance with ANSI/ASME B1.1 (in- backing rings, or corporated by reference; see 46 CFR (3) Consumable insert rings must be 56.01–2), Class 2A external threads, and used. Commonly used types of butt Class 2B internal threads (8-thread se- welding end preparations are shown in ries 8UN for one inch and larger). ASME B16.25 (incorporated by ref- (e) (Reproduces 108.5.1) Washers, when erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). used under nuts, shall be of forged or (4) Restrictions as to the use of back- rolled material with steel washers ing rings appear for the low tempera- being used under steel nuts and bronze ture piping systems and should be washers under bronze nuts. checked when designing for these sys- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as tems. amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2, (c) Socket welds (Modifies 127.3.3A.). 1989; USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, (1) Each socket weld must conform to 2000; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65176, Oct. 31, ASME B16.11 (incorporated by ref- 2008] erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2), to applicable standards listed in 46 CFR 56.60–1, Subpart 56.30—Selection and table 56.60–1(b), and to Figure 127.4.4C Limitations of Piping Joints in ASME B31.1 (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) as modified § 56.30–1 Scope (replaces 110 through by § 56.30–10(b)(4) of this part. A gap of 118). approximately one-sixteenth inch be- The selection and limitation of pip- tween the end of the pipe and the bot- ing joints must be as required by this tom of the socket must be provided be- subpart rather than as required by 110 fore welding. This may best be provided through 118 of ASME B31.1 (incor- by bottoming the pipe and backing off porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– slightly before tacking.

185

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00195 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.30–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(2) Socket welds must not be used NPS, in Class II systems without di- where severe erosion or crevice corro- ameter limitations, and in Class II–L sion is expected to occur. Restrictions systems not exceeding 1 NPS. If 100 on the use of socket welds appear in percent radiography is required by 46 § 56.70–15(d)(3) of this part for Class I CFR 56.95–10 for the class, diameter, service and in § 56.50–105 of this part for wall thickness, and material of pipe low temperature service. These sec- being joined, the use of the threaded tions should be checked when designing flanges is not permitted and for these systems. See § 56.70–15(d)(4) of buttwelding flanges must be provided. this part for Class II service. For Class II piping systems, the size of (3) (Reproduces 111.3.4.) Drains and by- the strength fillet may be limited to a passes may be attached to a fitting or maximum of 0.525 inch instead of 1.4T. valve by socket welding provided the (3) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 3. Slip- socket depth, bore diameter and shoul- on flanges meeting ASME B16.5 may be der thickness conform to ASME B16.11. used in piping systems of Class I, Class (d) Fillet welds. A fillet weld may vary II, or Class II–L not to exceed the serv- from convex to concave. The size of a ice pressure-temperature ratings for fillet weld is determined as shown in flanges of class 300 and lower, within Figure 127.4.4A of ASME B31.1. Fillet- the temperature limitations of the ma- weld details for socket-welding compo- terial selected for use, and not to ex- nents must meet § 56.30–5(c). Fillet-weld ceed 4-inch Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) in details for flanges must meet § 56.30–10 systems of Class I and Class II–L. If 100 of this part (see also § 56.70–15(d)(3) and percent radiography is required by 46 (4) of this part for applications of fillet CFR 56.95–10 for the class, diameter, welds). wall thickness, and material of the (e) Seal welds. Seal welds may be used pipe being joined, then slip-on flanges but shall not be considered as contrib- are not permitted and butt-welding uting any strength to the joint. flanges are required. The configuration in Figure 127.4.4B(b) of ASME B31.1 (in- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, corporated by reference; see 46 CFR 1970; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2, 1989; 56.01–2), using a face and backweld, CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995; USCG– may be preferable where eliminating 2003–16630, 73 FR 65177, Oct. 31, 2008] void spaces is desirable. For systems of Class II, the size of the strength fillet § 56.30–10 Flanged joints (modifies may be limited to a maximum of 0.525 104.5.1(a)). inch instead of 1.4T, and the distance (a) Flanged or butt-welded joints are from the face of the flange to the end required for Classes I and I-L piping for of the pipe may be a maximum of nominal diameters exceeding 2 inches, three-eighths of an inch. Restrictions except as otherwise specified in this on the use of slip-on flanges appear in subchapter. 46 CFR 56.50–105 for low-temperature (b) Flanges may be attached by any piping systems. method shown in Figure 56.30–10(b) or (4) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 4. ASME by any additional means that may be B16.5 socket welding flanges may be approved by the Marine Safety Center. used in Class I or II–L systems not ex- Pressure temperature ratings of the ap- ceeding 3 NPS for class 600 and lower propriate ANSI/ASME standard must class flanges and 21/2NPS for class 900 not be exceeded. and class 1500 flanges within the serv- (1) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 1. ice pressure-temperature ratings of the Flanges with screw threads may be standard. Whenever full radiography is used in accordance with 46 CFR 56.30– required by 46 CFR 56.95–10 for the 20, table 56.30–20(c). class, diameter, and wall thickness of (2) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 2. ASME the pipe being joined, the use of socket B16.5 (incorporated by reference; see 46 welding flanges is not permitted and a CFR 56.01–2) Class 150 and Class 300 low- butt weld type connection must be pro- hubbed flanges with screw threads, plus vided. For Class II piping, socket weld- the addition of a strength fillet weld of ing flanges may be used without diame- the size as shown, may be used in Class ter limitation, and the size of the fillet I systems not exceeding 750 °F or 4 weld may be limited to a maximum of

186

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00196 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.30–10

0.525 inch instead of 1.4T. Restrictions chined surface must be free from sur- on the use of socket welds appear in 46 face defects and the back of the Van CFR 56.50–105 for low temperature pip- Stone lap must be machined to a fine ing systems. tool finish to furnish a line contact (5) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 5. with the mating surface on the flange Flanges fabricated from steel plate for the full circumference as close as meeting the requirements of part 54 of possible to the fillet of the flange. The this chapter may be used for Class II number of heats to be used in forming piping for pressures not exceeding 150 a flange must be determined by the size pounds per square inch and tempera- of the pipe and not more than two tures not exceeding 450 °F. Plate mate- pushups per heat are permitted. The rial listed in UCS–6(b) of section VIII of width of the lap flange must be at least the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel three times the thickness of the pipe Code (incorporated by reference; see 46 wall and the end of the pipe must be CFR 56.01–2) may not be used in this properly stress relieved after the flang- application, except that material meeting operation is completed. Manufac- ing ASTM A 36 (incorporated by ref- turers desiring to produce this type of erence, see 46 CFR 56.01–2) may be used. joint must demonstrate to a marine in- The fabricated flanges must conform at spector that they have the proper least to the ASME B16.5 class 150 equipment and personnel to produce an flange dimensions. The size of the acceptable joint. strength fillet weld may be limited to a (8) Figure 56.30–10 (b), Method 8. Weld- maximum of 0.525 inches instead of 1.4T ing neck flanges may be used on any and the distance from the face of the piping provided the flanges are butt- flange to the end of the pipe may be a welded to the pipe. The joint must be maximum of three-eighths inch. welded as indicated by Figure 56.30– (6) Figure 56.30–10 (b), Method 6. Steel 10(b), Method 8, and a backing ring em- plate flanges meeting the material and ployed which will permit complete pen- construction requirements listed in etration of the weld metal. If a backing paragraph (b)(5) of this section may be ring is not used, refer to 46 CFR 56.30– used for Class II piping for pressures 5(b) for requirements. not exceeding 150 pounds per square (9) Figure 56.30–10 (b), Method 9. Weld- inch or temperatures not exceeding 650 ing neck flanges may also be attached °F. The flange shall be attached to the to pipe by a double-welded butt joint as pipe as shown by Figure 56.30–10(b). shown by Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 9. Method 6. The pressure shall not ex- (10) Figure 56.30–10 (b), Method 10. ceed the American National Standard Flanges may be attached by shrinking Service pressure temperature rating. the flange on to the end of the pipe and The size of the strength fillet weld may flaring the end of the pipe to an angle be limited to a maximum of 0.525 inch of not less than 20°. A fillet weld of the instead of 1.4T and the distance from size shown by Figure 56.30–10(b), Meth- the face of the flange to the end of the od 10, must be used to attach the hub pipe may be a maximum of three- to the pipe. This type of flange is lim- eighths inch. ited to a maximum pressure of 300 (7) Figure 56.30–10 (b), Method 7. Lap pounds per square inch at temperatures joint flanges (Van Stone) may be used not exceeding 500 °F. for Class I and Class II piping. The Van (11) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 11. The Stone equipment must be operated by flange of the type described and illus- competent personnel. The ends of the trated by Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 10, pipe must be heated from 1,650° to 1,900 except with the fillet weld omitted, °F. dependent on the size of the pipe may be used for Class II piping for pres- prior to the flanging operation. The sures not exceeding 150 pounds per foregoing temperatures must be care- square inch and temperatures not ex- fully adhered to in order to prevent exceeding 450 °F. cess scaling of the pipe. The extra (12) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 12. thickness of metal built up in the end High-hub bronze flanges may be used of the pipe during the forming oper- for temperatures not exceeding 425 °F. ation must be machined to restore the The hub of the flange must be bored to pipe to its original diameter. The ma- a depth not less than that required for

187

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00197 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.30–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

a threaded connection of the same di- ing alloy, a bevel may be machined on ameter leaving a shoulder for the pipe the end of the hub and the silver braz- to butt against. A preinserted ring of ing alloy introduced from the end of silver brazing alloy having a melting the hub to attach the pipe to the point not less than 1,000 °F and of suffi- flange. cient quantity to fill the annular clear- (14) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 14. ance between the flange and the pipe Flanges may be attached to nonferrous must be inserted in the groove. The pipe by inserting the pipe in the flange pipe must then be inserted in the and flanging the end of the pipe into flange and sufficient heat applied ex- the recess machined in the face of the ternally to melt the brazing alloy until flange to receive it. The width of the it completely fills the clearance between the hub and the flange of the flange must be not less than three pipe. A suitable flux must be applied to times the pipe wall thickness. In addi- the surfaces to be joined to produce a tion, the pipe must be securely brazed satisfactory joint. to the wall of the flange. (13) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 13. The (15) Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 15. The type of flange as described for Figure flange of the type described and illus- 56.30–10(b), Method 12, may be em- trated by Figure 56.30–10(b), Method 14, ployed and in lieu of an annular groove except with the brazing omitted, may being machined in the hub of the flange be used for Class II piping and where for the preinserted ring of silver braz- the temperature does not exceed 250 °F.

188

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00198 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.30–15

NOTE TO FIG. 56.30–10(b): ‘‘T’’ is the nomi- § 56.30–15 Expanded or rolled joints. nal pipe wall thickness used. Consult the text of paragraph (b) for modifications on (a) Expanded or rolled joints may be Class II piping systems. Fillet weld leg size used where experience or test has dem- need not exceed the thickness of the applica- onstrated that the joint is suitable for ble ASME hub. the design conditions and where ade- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as quate provisions are made to prevent amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, separation of the joint. Specific appli- 1970; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40605, Oct. 2, 1989; cation for use must be made to the USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000; Commandant. USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65177, Oct. 31, 2008; 73 (b) [Reserved] FR 76247, Dec. 16, 2008]

189

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00199 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR ER16DE08.002 § 56.30–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

§ 56.30–20 Threaded joints. § 56.30–25 Flared, flareless, and compression fittings. (a) Threaded joints may be used within the limitations specified in subpart (a) This section applies to pipe fit- 56.15 of this chapter and within other tings that are mechanically connected limitations specified in this section. to pipe by such means as ferrules, (b) (Reproduces 114.1.) All threads on flared ends, swaging, elastic strain pre- piping components must be taper pipe load, crimping, bite-type devices, and threads in accordance with the applica- shape memory alloys. Fittings to which this section applies must be de- ble standard listed in 46 CFR 56.60–1, signed, constructed, tested, and table 56.60–1(b). Threads other than marked in accordance with ASTM F taper pipe threads may be used for pip- 1387 (incorporated by reference, see ing components where tightness of the § 56.01–2). Previously approved fittings joint depends on a seal weld or a seat- may be retained as long as they are ing surface other than the threads, and maintained in good condition to the where experience or test has dem- satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, onstrated that such threads are suit- Marine Inspection. able. (b) Flared, flareless and compression (c) Threaded joints may not be used fittings may be used within the service where severe erosion, crevice corrosion, limitations of size, pressure, tempera- shock, or vibration is expected to ture, and vibration recommended by occur; or at temperatures over 925 °F. the manufacturer and as specified in Size limitations are given in table this section. 56.30–20(c) of this section. (c) Flared, flareless, and compression type tubing fittings may be used for 12 TABLE 56.30–20(c)—THREADED JOINTS tube sizes not exceeding 50 millimeters Maximum nominal size, (2 inches) outside diameter within the inches Maximum pressure, p.s.i.g. limitations of applicable standards and specifications listed in this section and ″ Above 2 ...... (Not permitted in Class I piping § 56.60–1 of this part. service.) Above 1″ up to 2″ ...... 600. (d) Flareless fittings must be of a de- Above 3⁄4″ up to 1″ ...... 1,200. sign in which the gripping member or 3⁄4″ and below ...... 1,500. sleeve must grip or bite into the outer

1 Further restrictions on the use of threaded joints appear in surface of the tube with sufficient the low temperature piping section. strength to hold the tube against pres- 2 Threaded joints in hydraulic systems are permitted above sure, but without appreciably dis- the pressures indicated for the nominal sizes shown when commercially available components such as pumps, valves torting the inside tube diameter or re- and strainers may only be obtained with threaded ducing the wall thickness. The gripping connections. member must also form a pressure seal (d) No pipe with a wall thickness less against the fitting body. than that of standard weight of ASME (e) For fluid services, other than hy- B36.10M (incorporated by reference; see draulic systems, using a combustible 46 CFR 56.01–2) steel pipe may be fluid as defined in § 30.10–15 of this threaded regardless of service. For re- chapter and for fluid services using a strictions on the use of pipe in steam flammable fluid as defined in § 30.10–22 service more than 250 pounds per of this chapter, flared fittings must be square inch or water service over 100 used; except that flareless fittings of pounds per square inch and 200 °F the nonbite type may be used when the (938C), see part 104.1.2(c)(1) of ASME tubing system is of steel, nickel copper B31.1 (incorporated by reference; see 46 or copper nickel alloy. When using cop- CFR 56.01–2). Restrictions on the use of per or copper zinc alloy, flared fittings threaded joints apply for low-tempera- are required. (See also § 56.50–70 for gas- ture piping and must be checked when oline fuel systems, § 56.50–75 for diesel designing for these systems. fuel systems, and § 58.25–20 for hydraulic systems for steering gear.) [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, [CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26000, May 23, 1996; 61 FR 1970; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40164, Sept. 2, 1975; 35138, July 5, 1996, as amended by USCG–1999– CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40606, Oct. 2, 1989; USCG– 5151, 64 FR 67180, Dec. 1, 1999; USCG–2000–7790, 2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008] 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000]

190

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00200 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.30–40

§ 56.30–27 Caulked joints. tion to the satisfaction of the Officer in Caulked joints may not be used in Charge, Marine Inspection. marine installations. (b) Gasketed mechanical couplings may be used within the service limita- [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40606, Oct. 2, 1989] tions of pressure, temperature and vibration recommended by the manufac- § 56.30–30 Brazed joints. turer, except that gasketed mechanical (a) General (refer also to subpart 56.75). couplings must not be used in— Brazed socket-type joints shall be (1) Any location where leakage, unde- made with suitable brazing alloys. The tected flooding or impingement of liq- minimum socket depth shall be suffi- uid on vital equipment may disable the cient for the intended service. Brazing vessel; or alloy shall either be end-fed into the (2) In tanks where the liquid con- socket or shall be provided in the form veyed in the piping system is not of a preinserted ring in a groove in the chemically compatible with the liquid socket. The brazing alloy shall be suffi- in the tank. cient to fill completely the annular (c) Gasketed mechanical couplings clearance between the socket and the must not be used as expansion joints. pipe or tube. Positive restraints must be included, (b) Limitations. (1) Brazed socket-type where necessary, to prevent the cou- joints shall not be used on systems pling from creeping on the pipe and un- containing flammable or combustible covering the joint. Bite-type devices do fluids in areas where fire hazards are not provide positive protection against involved or where the service tempera- creep and are generally not accepted ture exceeds 425 °F. When specifically for this purpose. Machined grooves, approved by the Commandant, brazed centering pins, and welded clips are construction may be used for service considered positive means of protec- temperatures up to 525 °F. in boiler tion against creep. steam air heaters provided the require- [CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, 1996, as ments of UB–12 of section VIII ASME amended by USCG–1999–5151, 64 FR 67180, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incor- Dec. 1, 1999] porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– 2) are satisfied at the highest tempera- § 56.30–40 Flexible pipe couplings of ture desired. the compression or slip-on type. (2) Brazed joints depending solely (a) Flexible pipe couplings of the upon a fillet, rather than primarily compression or slip-on type must not upon brazing material between the pipe be used as expansion joints. To ensure and socket are not acceptable. that the maximum axial displacement [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as (approximately 3⁄8″ maximum) of each amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, coupling is not exceeded, positive re- Oct. 31, 2008] straints must be included in each installation. § 56.30–35 Gasketed mechanical cou- (b) Positive means must also be pro- plings. vided to prevent the coupling from (a) This section applied to pipe fit- ‘‘creeping’’ on the pipe and uncovering tings that form a seal by compressing a the joint. Bite type devices do not pro- resilient gasket onto the pipe joint pri- vide positive protection against creep- marily by threaded fasteners and where ing and are not generally accepted for joint creep is only restricted by such this purpose unless other means are means as machined grooves, centering also incorporated. Machined grooves or pins, or welded clips. Fittings to which centering pins are considered positive this section applies must be designed, means, and other positive means will constructed, tested, and marked in ac- be considered. cordance with ASTM F 1476 (incor- (c) Couplings which employ a solid porated by reference, see § 56.01–2) and sleeve with welded attachments on ASTM F 1548 (incorporated by ref- both pipes will require the removal of erence, see § 56.01–2). Previously ap- one set of attachments before disman- proved fittings may be retained as long tling. Rewelding of the attachments as they are maintained in good condi- may require gas freeing of the line.

191

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00201 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.35–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(d) The installation shall be such as combined expansion stress at all such to preclude appreciable difference in points. The location of the maximum the vibration magnitudes of the pipes combined stress shall be indicated in joined by the couplings. The couplings each run of pipe between anchor points. shall not be used as a vibration damp- (b) The Marine Safety Center (MSC) er. The vibration magnitude and fre- will give special consideration to the quency should not exceed that rec- use of the full tabulated value of ‘‘S’’ ommended by the coupling manufac- in computing Sh and Sc where all mate- turer. rial used in the system is subjected to (e) Flexible couplings made in ac- further nondestructive testing speci- cordance with the applicable standards fied by the MSC, and where the cal- listed in table 56.60–1(b) of this part and culations prescribed in 119.6.4 and of materials complying with subpart 102.3.2 of ASME B31.1 (incorporated by 56.60 of this part may be used within reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) and 46 the material, size, pressure, and tem- CFR 56.07–10 are performed. The proce- perature limitations of those standards dures for nondestructive testing and and within any further limitations the method of stress analysis must be specified in this subchapter. Flexible approved by the MSC before the sub- couplings fabricated by welding must mission of computations and drawings also comply with part 57 of this chap- for approval. ter. (f) Flexible couplings must not be [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989, as used in cargo holds or in any other amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, space where leakage, undetected flood- Oct. 31, 2008] ing, or impingement of liquid on vital equipment may disable the ship, or in § 56.35–10 Nonmetallic expansion joints (replaces 119.5.1). tanks where the liquid conveyed in the piping system is not compatible with (a) Nonmetallic expansion joints cer- the liquid in the tank. Where flexible tified in accordance with subpart 50.25 couplings are not allowed by this sub- of this subchapter are acceptable for part, joints may be threaded, flanged use in piping systems. and bolted, or welded. (b) Nonmetallic expansion joints (g) Damaged or deteriorated gaskets must conform to the standards listed shall not be reinstalled. in table 56.60–1(b) of this part. Non- (h) Each coupling shall be tested in metallic expansion joints may be used accordance with § 56.97–5. within their specified pressure and [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as temperature rating in vital and amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40606, Oct. 2, nonvital machinery sea connections in- 1989] board of the skin valve. These joints must not be used to correct for im- Subpart 56.35—Expansion, proper piping workmanship or mis- Flexibility and Supports alignment. Joint movements must not exceed the limits set by the joint man- § 56.35–1 Pipe stress calculations (re- ufacturer. places 119.7). [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989] (a) A summary of the results of pipe stress calculations for the main and § 56.35–15 Metallic expansion joints auxiliary steam piping where the de- (replaces 119.5.1). ° sign temperatures exceed 800 F shall (a) Metallic expansion joints certified be submitted for approval. Calculations in accordance with subpart 50.25 of this shall be made in accordance with one subchapter are acceptable for use in of the recognized methods of stress piping systems. analysis acceptable to the Marine Safe- (b) Metallic expansion joints must ty Center to determine the magnitude conform to the standards listed in and direction of the forces and move- table 56.60–1(b) of this part and may be ments at all terminal connections, an- used within their specified pressure and chor and junction points, as well as the temperature rating. resultant bending stress, longitudinal pressure stress, torsional stress, and [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989]

192

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00202 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.50–1

Subpart 56.50—Design Require- ternative to the fitting of the second ments Pertaining to Specific pipe and further provided the safety of Systems the vessel is maintained. (c) Valves and cocks not forming part § 56.50–1 General (replaces 122). of a piping system are not permitted in The requirements in this subpart for watertight subdivision bulkheads, how- piping systems apply instead of those ever, sluice valves or gates in oiltight in section 122 of ASME B31.1 (incor- bulkheads of tankships may be used if porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– approved by the Marine Safety Center. 2). Installation requirements applicable (d) Piping shall not be run over or in to all systems: the vicinity of switchboards or other (a) Where pipes and scuppers are car- electrical equipment if avoidable. ried through watertight or oiltight When such leads are necessary, welded bulkheads, decks or tank tops, or are joints only shall be used and provision carried through fire control bulkheads shall be made to prevent leakage from and decks, the integrity of the struc- damaging the equipment. ture shall be maintained. Lead or other (e) Stuffing boxes shall not be used heat sensitive materials shall not be on deep tank bulkheads, double bot- used in piping systems which make toms or in any position where they such bulkhead or deck penetrations cannot be easily examined. This re- where the deterioration of such sys- quirement does not apply to ore car- tems in the event of fire would impair riers operating on the Great Lakes or the integrity of the bulkheads or cargo lines of oil tankers. decks. (For plastic pipe installations, (f) Piping systems shall be installed see § 56.60–25(a).) Where plate insert so that under no condition will the op- pads are used, bolted connections shall eration of safety or relief valves be im- have threads tapped into the plate to a paired. depth of not less than the diameter of (g)(1) Power actuated valves in sys- the bolt. If welded, the pipe or flange tems other than as specified in § 56.50– shall be welded to both sides of the 60 of this part may be used if approved plating. Openings in structure through for the system by the Marine Safety which pipes pass shall be reinforced Center. All power actuated valves re- where necessary. Flanges shall not be quired in an emergency to operate the bolted to bulkheads so that the plate vessel’s machinery, to maintain its sta- forms a part of the joint. Metallic ma- bility, and to operate the bilge and terials having a melting point of 1,700 ° firemain systems must have a manual F. or less are considered heat sensitive means of operation. and if used must be suitably insulated. (2)(i) Remote valve controls that are (b)(1) Pipes piercing the collision bulkhead shall be fitted with not readily identifiable as to service screwdown valves operable from above must be fitted with nameplates. the bulkhead deck and the valve shall (ii) Remote valve controls must be be fitted inside the forepeak tank adja- accessible under service conditions. cent to the collision bulkhead. The (iii) Remote valve controls, except pipe penetrating the collision bulkhead reach rods, must be fitted with indica- shall be welded to the bulkhead on tors that show whether the valves they both sides. On new installations or re- control are open or closed. Valve posi- placement in vessels of 150 gross tons tion indicating systems must be inde- and over, the valve body shall be of pendent of valve control systems. steel or ductile cast iron. (iv) Valve reach rods must be ade- (2) Passenger vessels shall not have quately protected. the collision bulkhead pierced below (v) Solid reach rods must be used in the margin line by more than one pipe tanks containing liquids, except that conveying liquids in the forepeak tank tank barges having plug cocks inside except that if the forepeak tank is di- cargo tanks may have reach rods of vided to hold two different kinds of liq- extra-heavy pipe with the annular uids, the collision bulkhead may be space between the lubricant tube and pierced below the margin line by two the pipe wall sealed with a nonsoluble pipes, provided there is no practical al- to prevent penetration of the cargo.

193

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00203 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.50–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(3) Air operated remote control § 56.50–15 Steam and exhaust piping. valves must be provided with self-indi- (a) The design pressures of the steam cating lines at the control boards which indicate the desired valve posi- piping connected to the boiler drum or tions, i.e., open or closed. to the superheater inlet header shall (h) Suitable drains shall be provided not be less than the lowest pressure at low points of piping systems. setting of any drum safety valve. The (i) Valves and cocks shall be located value of allowable stress for the mate- so as to be easily accessible and valves rial shall not exceed that cor- or cocks attached to the shell of the responding to the saturated steam tem- vessel or to sea chests located below perature at drum pressure and shall be the floorplating shall be operable from selected as described in § 56.07–10(e). above the floorplates. (b) Main superheater outlet piping (j) When welded fabrication is em- systems, desuperheated piping systems, ployed, a sufficient number of detach- and other auxiliary superheated piping able joints shall be provided to facili- systems led directly from the boiler tate overhauling and maintenance of superheater shall be designed for a machinery and appurtenances. The pressure not less than the pressure at joints shall be located so that adequate which the superheater safety valve is space is provided for welding, and the set. In the case of a superheated safety location of the welds shall be indicated valve which is drum pilot actuated, the on the plans. design pressure of such piping systems (k) Piping, including valves, pipe fit- shall not be less than the pressure settings and flanges, conveying vapors, ting of the actuator valve on the drum. gases or liquids whose temperature ex- Where it can be shown that the limita- ° ceeds 150 F., shall be suitably insu- tions set forth in 102.2.4 of ASME B31.1 lated where necessary to preclude in- (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR jury to personnel. 56.01–2) will not be exceeded, the design (l) Where pipes are run through dry pressure of such piping systems may be cargo spaces they must be protected reduced but shall not be less than the from mechanical injury by a suitable pressure setting of the actuator valve enclosure or other means. on the drum less the pressure drop [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as through the superheater, including as- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, sociated piping and a control 1970; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989; desuperheater if fitted, at the normal USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008] rated operating condition. In both § 56.50–10 Special gauge requirements. cases, the value of allowable stress shall be selected using a temperature (a) Where pressure-reducing valves not less than that of the steam at the are employed, a pressure gauge must be superheater outlet at the normal rated provided on the low-pressure side of the operating conditions in accordance reducing station. with § 56.07–10(e). Valves and fittings (b) Fuel oil service, fire, cargo and shall be selected for the above tem- fuel oil transfer and boiler feed pumps must be provided with a pressure gage perature and pressure from the accept- on the discharge side of the pump. Ad- ed standards in 46 CFR 56.60–1, Table ditional information pertaining to fire 56.60–1(b), using the pressure-tempera- pumps is in § 34.10–5 of subchapter D ture rating in the standard. (Tank Vessels), § 76.10–5 of subchapter (c) Steam stop valves in sizes exceed- H (Passenger Vessels), § 95.10–5 of sub- ing 6 inches shall be fitted with by- chapter I (Cargo and Miscellaneous passes for heating the line and equal- Vessels), and § 108.417 of subchapter IA izing the pressure before the valve is (Mobile Offshore Drilling Units) of this opened. chapter. (d) In multiple boiler installations each boiler’s main, auxiliary and [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, desuperheated steam lines shall be 1970; CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56799, Dec. 4, 1978; fitted with two valves, one a stop valve USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008] and one a stop check valve.

194

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00204 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.50–25

(e) Main and auxiliary steam stop ceeding the maximum allowable pres- valves must be readily accessible, oper- sure. A device that will throttle the able by one person and arranged to seat inlet valve, so that the exhaust side against boiler pressure. does not exceed the maximum allow- (f) The auxiliary steam piping of each able pressure, may be substituted for vessel equipped with more than one the back pressure trip. boiler must be so arranged that steam (j) Shore steam connections shall be for the whistle and other vital auxil- fitted with a relief valve set at a pres- iary systems, such as the electrical- sure not exceeding the design pressure generation plant, may be supplied from of the piping. any power boiler. (k) Means must be provided for drain- (g) Steam and exhaust pipes shall not ing every steam pipe in which dan- be led through coal bunkers or dry gerous water hammer might otherwise cargo spaces unless approved by the occur. Commandant. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as (h)(1) Steam piping, with the excep- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, tion of the steam heating system, must 1970; CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972; not be led through passageways, ac- CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77– commodation spaces, or public spaces 140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 83–043, 60 unless the arrangement is specifically FR 24772, May 10, 1995; USCG–2003–16630, 73 approved by the Marine Safety Center. FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008] (2) Steam pressure in steam heating systems must not exceed 150 pounds § 56.50–20 Pressure relief piping. per square inch gage, except that (a) General. There must be no inter- steam pressure for accommodation and vening stop valves between the vessel public space heating must not exceed or piping system being protected and 45 pounds per square inch gage. its protective device or devices, except (3) Steam lines and registers in non- as specifically provided for in other accommodation and non-public spaces regulations or as specifically author- must be suitably located and/or shield- ized by the Marine Safety Center. ed to minimize hazards to any per- (b) Discharge lines (reproduces sonnel within the space. Where hazards 122.6.2(d)). Discharge lines from pres- in a space cannot be sufficiently mini- sure-relieving safety devices shall be mized, the pressure in the steam line to designed to facilitate drainage. that space must be reduced to a max- (c) Stop valves. Stop valves between imum of 45 pounds per square inch the safety or relief valve and the point gage. of discharge are not permitted, except (4) High temperature hot water for as specifically provided for in other heating systems may not exceed 375 °F. regulations or as specifically approved (i) Where positive shutoff valves are by the Marine Safety Center. fitted in the exhaust lines of machin- (d) Reference. See also § 56.07–10(a) and ery, and the exhaust side, including en- (b) for specific requirements. gine steam cylinders and chests, tur- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as bine casings, exhaust piping and shut- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9979, June 17, off valves, is not designed for the full 1970; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40607, Oct. 2, 1989] inlet pressure, the exhaust side must be protected from over pressure by one § 56.50–25 Safety and relief valve es- of the following means: cape piping. (1) A full flow relief valve in the ex- (a) Escape piping from unfired steam haust side so set and of sufficient ca- generator, boiler, and superheater safe- pacity to prevent the exhaust side from ty valves shall have an area of not less being accidentally or otherwise sub- than that of the combined areas of the jected to a pressure in excess of its outlets of all valves discharging there- maximum allowable pressure. to and shall be led as near vertically as (2) A sentinel relief valve or other practicable to the atmosphere. warning device fitted on the exhaust (b) Expansion joints or flexible pipe side together with a back pressure trip connections shall be fitted in escape device which will close the inlet valve piping. The piping shall be adequately prior to the exhaust side pressure ex- supported and installed so that no

195

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00205 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.50–30 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

stress is transmitted to the safety (4) Feed pumps for water tube boilers valve body. shall have fresh water connections (c) Safety or relief valve discharges, only. Care shall be taken to prevent when permitted to terminate in the the accidental contamination of feed machinery space, shall be led below the water from salt water or oil systems. floorplates or to a remote position to (b) Feed valves. (1) Stop and stop- minimize the hazardous effect of the check valves must be fitted in the main escaping steam. feed line and must be attached as close- (d) The effect of the escape piping on ly as possible to drum inlets or to the the operation of the relief device shall economizer inlet on boilers fitted with be considered. The back pressure in the integral economizers. escape piping from the main propulsion (2) Where the installation will not steam generator should not exceed 10 permit the feed stop valve to be at- percent of the relief device setting un- tached directly to the drum inlet noz- less a compensated relief device is zle on boilers not fitted with econo- used. Back pressure must be calculated mizers, a distance piece may be in- with all relief valves which discharge stalled between the stop valve and the to a common escape pipe relieving si- inlet nozzle. multaneously at full capacity. (3) Feed stop or stop-check valves may be located near the operating plat- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as form on boilers fitted with economizers amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40608, Oct. 2, provided the piping between the valves 1989; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995] and the economizer, exclusive of the feed valves and the economizer inlet § 56.50–30 Boiler feed piping. nozzles, is installed with a minimum of (a) General requirements. (1) Steam intervening flanged connections. vessels, and motor vessels fitted with (4) Auxiliary feed lines shall be fitted steam driven electrical generators with stop valves and stop-check valves. shall have at least two separate means Boilers not having auxiliary feed water of supplying feed water for the boilers. nozzles, or where independent auxiliary All feed pumps shall be fitted with the feed lines are not installed, shall have necessary connections for this purpose. the auxiliary feed line to the drum or The arrangement of feed pumps shall economizer connected to the main feed be in accordance with paragraph (d) or line as close as possible to the main (e) of this section. feed stop valves; and the valves in the (2) Feed pump supply to power boilers auxiliary feed line shall be fitted as may utilize the group feed system or close as possible to the junction point. the unit feed system. (5) Boilers fitted with economizers (3) Feed discharge piping from the shall have a check valve fitted in the pump up to, but not including the re- economizer discharge and located as quired stop and stop-check valves, close as possible to the drum fed inlet shall be designed for either the feed nozzle. When economizer bypasses are pump relief valve setting or the shutoff fitted, a stop-check valve shall be in- head of the pump if a relief valve is not stalled in lieu of the aforementioned fitted. (Refer to § 56.07–10(b) for specific check valve. requirements.) Feed piping from the (6) A sentinel valve is not required boiler, to and including the required for vessels constructed after September stop and stop-check valves (see para- 30, 1997, and for other vessels to which graph (b) of this section), shall have a it has been shown to the satisfaction of design pressure which exceeds the max- the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine imum allowable working pressure of Inspection or the Coast Guard Marine the boiler by either 25 percent or 225 Safety Center, that a sentinel valve is pounds per square inch whichever is not necessary for the safe operation of less. The value of allowable stress for the particular boiler. design purposes shall be selected as de- (c) Feed water regulators, heaters, and scribed in § 56.07–10(e) at a temperature grease extractors. (1) Where feed water not below that for saturated steam at regulators, tubular feed water heaters, the maximum allowable working pres- and grease extractors are installed, an sure of the boiler. alternate means of operation with

196

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00206 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.50–40

these devices bypassed shall be pro- each boiler shall have its own inde- vided. pendently driven main feed pump capa- (2) Feed water regulators designed ble of supplying the boiler at its nor- with a built-in bypass for emergency mal operating capacity. In addition use need not be fitted with an external these shall be an auxiliary independ- bypass when installed in a feed system ently driven feed pump of the same ca- provided with an auxiliary feed line. pacity which can be operated in place All feed water regulators installed in a of and in conjunction with the main unit feed system shall be fitted with an feed pump. In vessels with three or external bypass. Feed water regulators more boilers, not more than two boil- bypasses shall be so arranged that the ers may be served by any one auxiliary regular feed valves are in operation pump. The auxiliary pump may be so while the bypass is in use. interconnected that any pump can feed (3) A feed water regulator may be any boiler. interposed between the stop and stop- (2) In the unit feed system, a separate check valves in the feed lines. feed line shall be provided for each (d) Group feed system. Group feed sys- boiler from its pumps. A separate aux- tems shall be provided with pumps and iliary feed line is not required. The dis- piping as follows: charge from each pump and the feed (1) Oceangoing and Great Lakes supply to each boiler shall be auto- steam vessels, having a feed pump at- matically controlled by the level of the tached to the main propelling unit, water in that boiler. In addition to the shall be provided with at least one automatic control, manual control independently driven feed pump. Each shall be provided. of these pumps shall be used exclu- (f) Feedwater. The feedwater shall be sively for feed purposes and shall be ca- introduced into a boiler as required by pable of supplying the operating boilers § 52.01–105(b) of this subchapter. at their normal capacity. In addition, a [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as second independently driven pump, ca- amended by CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51201, Sept. 30, pable of supplying such boilers at 75 1997; USCG–2002–13058, 67 FR 61278, Sept. 30, percent of their normal capacity, shall 2002; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31, be provided for emergency use. This 2008] second pump may be used for other purposes. § 56.50–35 Condensate pumps. (2) If two independently driven pumps Two means shall be provided for dis- are provided, each capable of supplying charging the condensate from the main the boilers at their normal required op- condenser, one of which shall be me- erating capacity, and neither of which chanically independent of the main is used for other purposes, the third or propelling machinery. If one of the emergency feed pump is not required. independent feed pumps is fitted with a Where more than two independently direct suction from the condenser and driven feed pumps are provided, their a discharge to the feed tank, it may be aggregate capacity shall not be less accepted as an independent condensate than 200 percent of that demanded by pump. On vessels operating on lakes the boilers at their required normal op- (including Great Lakes), bays, sounds, erating capacity. or rivers, where provision is made to (3) River or harbor steam vessels operate noncondensing, only one con- shall have at least two means for feed- densate unit will be required. ing the boilers; one of which shall be an independently driven pump, the other § 56.50–40 Blowoff piping (replaces may be an attached pump, an addi- 122.1.4). tional independently driven pump, or (a)(1) The owner or operator of a ves- an injector. sel must follow the requirements for (e) Unit feed system. Unit feed systems blowoff piping in this section instead of shall be provided with pumps and pip- the requirements in 122.1.4 of ASME ing as follows: B31.1 (incorporated by reference; see 46 (1) The unit feed system may be used CFR 56.01–2). on vessels having two or more boilers. (2) Where blowoff valves are con- When the unit feed system is employed nected to a common discharge from

197

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00207 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.50–45 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

two or more boilers, a nonreturn valve § 56.50–50 Bilge and ballast piping. shall be provided in the line from each (a)(1) All vessels except unmanned boiler to prevent accidental blowback barges shall be provided with a satis- in the event the boiler blowoff valve is factory bilge pumping plant capable of left open. pumping from and draining any water- (b) Blowoff piping external to the tight compartment except for ballast, boiler shall be designed for not less oil and water tanks which have accept- than 125 percent of the maximum al- able means for filling and emptying lowable working pressure of the boiler, independent of the bilge system. The or the maximum allowable working bilge pumping system shall be capable pressure of the boiler plus 225 pounds of operation under all practicable con- per square inch, whichever is less. ditions after a casualty whether the When the required blowoff piping de- ship is upright or listed. For this pur- sign pressure exceeds 100 pounds per pose wing suctions will generally be square inch gage, the wall thickness of necessary except in narrow compart- the piping shall not be less than Sched- ments at the ends of the vessel where ule 80. The value of allowable stress for one suction may be sufficient. In com- design purposes shall be selected as de- partments of unusual form, additional scribed in § 56.07–10(e) at a temperature suctions may be required. not below that of saturated steam at (2) Arrangements shall be made the maximum allowable working pres- whereby water in the compartments sure of the boiler. will drain to the suction pipes. Effi- cient means shall be provided for (c) Boiler blowoff piping which dis- draining water from all tank tops, charges above the lightest loadline of a other watertight flats and insulated vessel shall be arranged so that the dis- holds. Peak tanks, chain lockers and charge is deflected downward. decks over peak tanks may be drained (d) Valves such as the globe type so by eductors, ejectors, or hand pumps. designed as to form pockets in which Where piping is led through the sediment may collect shall not be used forepeak, see § 56.50–1(b). for blowoff service. (3) Where drainage from particular [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as compartments is considered undesir- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, able, the provisions for such drainage 1970; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; may be omitted, provided it can be USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008] shown by calculations that the safety of the vessel will not be impaired. § 56.50–45 Circulating pumps. (4) Where the vessel is to carry Class (a) A main circulating pump and 3 flammable liquids with a flashpoint ° ° emergency means for circulating water below 23 C (74 F), Class 6, Division 6.1, through the main condenser shall be poisonous liquids, or Class 8 corrosive ° provided. The emergency means may liquids with a flashpoint below 23 C (74 °F) as defined in 49 CFR part 173, in en- consist of a connection from an inde- closed cargo spaces, the bilge-pumping pendent power pump fitted between the system must be designed to ensure main circulating pump and the con- against inadvertent pumping of such denser. liquids through machinery-space pip- (b) Independent sea suctions shall be ing or pumps. provided for the main circulating and (5) For each vessel constructed on or the emergency circulating pumps. after June 9, 1995, and on an inter- (c) A cross connection between the national voyage, arrangements must be circulating pumps in the case of mul- made to drain the enclosed cargo tiple units will be acceptable in lieu of spaces on either the bulkhead deck of a an independent power pump connec- passenger vessel or the freeboard deck tion. of a cargo vessel. (d) On vessels operating on lakes (in- (i) If the deck edge, at the bulkhead cluding Great Lakes), bays, sounds, or deck of a passenger vessel or the rivers, where provision is made to oper- freeboard deck of a cargo vessel, is im- ate noncondensing, only one circu- mersed when the vessel heels 5° or less, lating unit will be required. the drainage of the enclosed cargo

198

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00208 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.50–50

spaces must discharge to a space, or easily accessible at all times. As far as spaces, of adequate capacity, each of practicable, each overboard-discharge which has a high-water-level alarm and valve for a bilge system must comply a means to discharge overboard. The with the requirements governing loca- number, size and arrangement of the tion and accessibility for suction mani- drains must prevent unreasonable ac- folds. Except as otherwise permitted by cumulation of water. The pumping ar- paragraph (c)(4) of this section for a rangements must take into account vessel employing a common-rail bilge the requirements for any fixed manual system, each bilge-manifold valve con- or automatic sprinkling system. In en- trolling a bilge suction from any com- closed cargo spaces fitted with carbon- partment must be of the stop-check dioxide extinguishing systems, the type. drains must have traps or other means (2) Each passenger vessel on an inter- to prevent escape of the smothering national voyage must comply with the gas. The enclosed cargo spaces must provisions of SOLAS II–1/21. not drain to machinery spaces or other spaces where sources of ignition may (3) A common-rail bilge system may be present if water may be contami- be installed as an acceptable alternated with Class 3 flammable liquids; native to the system required by para- Class 6, Division 6.1, poisonous liquids; graph (c)(1) of this section, provided it or Class 8 corrosive liquids with a satisfies all of the following criteria: flashpoint below 23 °C (74 °F). (i) The common-rail main runs in- (ii) If the deck edge, at the bulkhead board at least one-fifth of the beam of deck of a passenger vessel or the the vessel. freeboard deck of a cargo vessel, is im- (ii) A stop-check valve or both a stop mersed only when the vessel heels valve and a check valve are provided in more than 5°, the drainage of the en- each branch line and located inboard at closed cargo spaces may be by means of least one-fifth of the beam of the ves- a sufficient number of scuppers dis- sel. charging overboard. The installation of (iii) The stop valve or the stop-check scuppers must comply with § 42.15–60 of valve is power-driven, is capable of re- this chapter. mote operation from the space where (b) Passenger vessels shall have pro- the pump is, and, regardless of the sta- vision made to prevent the compart- tus of the power system, is capable of ment served by any bilge suction pip- manual operation to both open and ing from being flooded in the event the close the valve. pipe is severed or otherwise damaged (iv) The stop valve or the stop-check by collision or grounding in any other valve is accessible for both manual op- compartment. Where the piping is lo- eration and repair under all operating cated within one-fifth of the beam of conditions, and the space used for ac- the side of the vessel (measured at cess contains no expansion joint or right angles to the centerline at the flexible coupling that, upon failure, level of the deepest subdivision would cause flooding and prevent ac- loadline or deepest loadline where a subdivision loadline is not assigned) or cess to the valve. is in a ductkeel, a nonreturn valve (v) A port and a starboard suction shall be fitted to the end of the pipe in serve each space protected unless, the compartment which it serves. under the worst conditions of list and (c)(1) Each bilge suction must lead trim and with liquid remaining after from a manifold except as otherwise pumping, the vessel’s stability remains approved by the Commanding Officer, acceptable, in accordance with sub- Marine Safety Center. As far as prac- chapter S of this chapter. ticable, each manifold must be in, or be (vi) For each vessel designed for the capable of remote operation from, the carriage of combinations of both liquid same space as the bilge pump that nor- and dry bulk cargoes (O/B/O), no bilge mally takes suction on that manifold. pump or piping is located in a machin- In either case, the manifold must be ery space other than in a pump room capable of being locally controlled for cargo, and no liquid and other car- from above the floorplates and must be goes are carried simultaneously.

199

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00209 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.50–50 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(vii) For each cargo vessel in Great on an international voyage, D must be meas- Lakes service, each common-rail pip- ured to the next deck above the bulkhead ing for the bilge and ballast system deck if an enclosed cargo space on the bulk- serving cargo spaces, if installed and if head deck that is internally drained in accordance with paragraph (a)(4) of this section connected to a dedicated common-rail extends the entire length of the vessel. bilge system, must lead separately Where the enclosed cargo space extends a from a valved manifold located at the lesser length, D must be taken as the sum of pump. the molded depth (in feet) to the bulkhead (d) The internal diameter of bilge deck plus lh/L where l and h are the aggre- suction pipes including strainers shall gate length and height (in feet) of the en- be determined by formulas (1) and (2), closed cargo space. except that the nearest commercial (3) For vessels of 150 gross tons and size not more than one-fourth inch over, no main suction piping shall be under the required diameter may be less than 21⁄2 inches internal diameter. used. Bilge suction pipes shall be suit- Branch piping need not be more than 4 ably faired to pump inlets. inches and shall not be less than 2 (1) For suctions to each main bilge inches in diameter except for drainage pump: of small pockets or spaces in which case 11⁄2-inch diameter may be used. LB()+ D For vessels less than 150 gross tons no d =+1 ()145 ( ) () bilge suction shall be less than 11⁄2 2500 inches internal diameter and no branch (2) For branch suctions to cargo and piping shall be less than 1 inch nominal machinery spaces: pipe size. (4) For vessels of 65 feet in length or cB+D() less and not engaged on an inter- d=1+ ()235 () () national voyage, the bilge pipe sizes 1500 computed by Formulas (1) and (2) of where: this paragraph are not mandatory, but L = Length of vessel on loadwater line, in in no case shall the size be less than 1 feet. inch nominal pipe size. B = Breadth of vessel, in feet. (5) (5) The number, location, and size of D = Molded depth (in feet) to the bulkhead bilge suctions in the boiler and ma- deck. (6) chinery compartments shall be deter- c = Length of compartment, in feet. mined when the piping plans are sub- d = Required internal diameter of suction mitted for approval and shall be based pipe, in inches. upon the size of the compartments and NOTE 1. For tank vessels, ‘‘L’’ may be re- the drainage arrangements. duced by the combined length of the cargo (e) Independent bilge suction. One of oil tanks. the independent bilge pumps must have NOTE 2. For bulk carriers with full depth wing tanks served by a ballast system where a suction of a diameter not less than the beam of the vessel is not representative that given by Formula (2) in paragraph of the breadth of the compartment, ‘‘B’’ may (d) of this section that is led directly be appropriately modified to the breadth of from the engine room bilge entirely the compartment. independent of the bilge main, and on NOTE 3. In the calculation for a vessel with passenger vessels each independent more than one hull, such as a catamaran, the bilge pump located in the machinery breadth of the unit is the breadth of one hull. spaces must have such direct suctions NOTE 4. In the calculation for a mobile off- from these spaces, except that not shore drilling unit, ‘‘L’’ is reducible by the more than two pumps are required to combined length of spaces that can be have direct suctions from any one pumped by another piping system meeting space. A suction that is led directly §§ 56.50–50 and 56.50–55, where ‘‘L’’ is the from a suitably located pump manifold length of the unit at the waterline. may be considered to be independent of NOTE 5. For mobile offshore drilling units the bilge main. Where two direct suc- employing unusual hull forms, ‘‘B’’ may be modified to the average breadth rather than tions are required in any one compart- the maximum breadth. ment on passenger vessels, one suction NOTE 6. For each passenger vessel con- must be located on each side of the structed on or after June 9, 1995, and being compartment. If watertight bulkheads

200

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00210 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR EC01FE91.025 EC01FE91.026 Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.50–50

separate the engine and boiler rooms, a suction inlet of the pump. The dis- direct suction or suctions must be charge capacity of the pump selected fitted to each compartment unless the shall exceed the capacity of the re- pumps available for bilge service are quired main bilge pump. distributed throughout these compart- (3) Vessels over 180 feet in length ments, in which case at least one pump which are not passenger vessels and in each such compartment must be which operate on international voyages fitted with direct suction in its com- or in ocean, coastwise, or Great Lakes partment. In a vessel with more than service, must be provided with a direct one hull, there must be one bilge pump emergency bilge suction from any that has an independent bilge suction pump in the machinery space, except in each hull. In a column stabilized mo- that a required bilge pump may not be bile offshore drilling unit, the inde- used. The discharge capacity of the pendent bilge suction must be from the pump selected must exceed the capac- pumproom bilge. ity of the required main bilge pump (f) Emergency bilge suctions. In addi- and the area of the suction inlet is to tion to the independent bilge suction(s) be equal to the full suction inlet of the required by paragraph (e) of this sec- pump. tion, an emergency bilge suction must (4) Vessels under 180 feet in length be provided in the machinery space for need not provide an emergency bilge all self-propelled vessels as described in suction, except that passenger vessels the following subparagraphs. Emer- shall comply with the requirements of gency suctions must be provided from paragraphs (f) (1) and (2) of this sec- pumps other than those required by tion. § 56.50–55(a) of this part. Such suctions (5) Each vessel with more than one must have nonreturn valves, and must hull must have an emergency bilge suc- meet the following criteria as appro- tion in each hull. priate: (6) Each column stabilized mobile off- (1) On passenger vessels propelled by shore drilling unit must have— steam and operating on an inter- (i) An emergency bilge suction in national voyage or on ocean, coastwise, each hull; and or Great Lakes routes, the main circu- (ii) A remote control for the emer- lating pump is to be fitted with a di- gency pump and associated valves that rect bilge suction for the machinery can be operated from the ballast con- space. The diameter of such suctions trol room. shall not be less than two-thirds the di- (g) Each individual bilge suction ameter of the main sea injection. When shall be fitted with a suitable bilge it can be shown to the satisfaction of strainer having an open area of not less the Commandant that the main circu- than three times at of the suction pipe. lating pump is not suitable for emer- In addition a mud box or basket strain- gency bilge service, a direct emergency er shall be fitted in an accessible posi- bilge suction is to be led from the larg- tion between the bilge suction mani- est available independent power driven fold and the pump. pump to the drainage level of the ma- (h) Pipes for draining cargo holds or chinery space. The suction is to be of machinery spaces must be separate the same diameter as the main inlet of from pipes which are used for filling or the pump used and the capacity of the emptying tanks where water or oil is pump shall exceed that of a required carried. Bilge and ballast piping sys- main bilge pump. tems must be so arranged as to prevent (2) On passenger vessels propelled by oil or water from the sea or ballast internal combustion engines and oper- spaces from passing into cargo holds or ating on an international voyage or on machinery spaces, or from passing ocean, coastwise, or Great Lakes from one compartment to another, routes, the largest available pump in whether from the sea, water ballast, or the engine room is to be fitted with the oil tanks, by the appropriate installa- direct bilge suction in the machinery tion of stop and non-return valves. The space except that a required bilge bilge and ballast mains must be fitted pump may not be used. The area of the with separate control valves at the suction pipe is to be equal to the full pumps. Except as allowed by paragraph

201

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00211 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.50–55 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(c)(4)(vii) of this section, piping for quirements need not be met provided draining a cargo hold or machinery the contents of the tank and piping space must be separate from piping system are chemically compatible and used for filling or emptying any tank strength and stability calculations are where water or oil is carried. Piping for submitted showing that crossflooding bilge and ballast must be arranged so resulting from a pipe, the tank, and the as to prevent, by the appropriate in- spaces through which the piping passes stallation of stop and non-return will not seriously affect the safety of valves, oil or water from the sea or bal- the ship, including the launching of last spaces from passing into a cargo lifeboats due to the ship’s listing. Bilge hold or machinery space, or from pass- lines led through tanks without a pipe ing from one compartment to another, tunnel must be fitted with nonreturn regardless of the source. The bilge and valves at the bilge suctions. ballast mains must be fitted with sepa- (l) When bilge pumps are utilized for rate control valves at the pumps. other services, the piping shall be so (i) Ballast piping shall not be in- arranged that under any condition at stalled to any hull compartment of a least one pump will be available for wood vessel. Where the carriage of liq- drainage of the vessel through an over- uid ballast in such vessels is necessary, board discharge, while the other suitable ballast tanks, structurally pump(s) are being used for a different independent of the hull, shall be pro- service. vided. (m) All bilge pipes used in or under (j) When dry cargo is to be carried in fuel storage tanks or in the boiler or deep tanks, arrangement shall be made machinery space, including spaces in for disconnecting or blanking-off the which oil settling tanks or oil pumping oil and ballast lines, and the bilge suc- units are located, shall be of steel or tions shall be disconnected or blanked- other acceptable material. off when oil or ballast is carried. Blind flanges or reversible pipe fittings may (n) Oil pollution prevention require- be employed for this purpose. ments for bilge and ballast systems are (k) Where bilge and ballast piping is contained in subpart B of part 155, title led through tanks, except ballast pip- 33, Code of Federal Regulations. ing in ballast tanks, means must be NOTE: For the purposes of this section, a provided to minimize the risk of flood- pumproom is a machinery space on a column ing of other spaces due to pipe failure stabilized mobile offshore drilling unit. within the tanks. In this regard, such [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as piping may be in an oiltight or water- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9979, June 17, tight pipe tunnel, or the piping may be 1970; CGD 73–58R, 39 FR 18767, May 30, 1974; of Schedule 80 pipe wall thickness, CGD 79–165a, 45 FR 64188, Sept. 29, 1980; CGD fitted with expansion bends, and all 77–140, 54 FR 40608, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR 39968, joints within the tanks are welded. Al- Oct. 1, 1990; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24772, May 10, ternative designs may be installed as 1995; CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51201, Sept. 30, 1997] approved by the Marine Safety Center. Where a pipe tunnel is installed, the § 56.50–55 Bilge pumps. watertight integrity of the bulkheads (a) Self-propelled vessels. (1) Each self- must be maintained. No valve or fit- propelled vessel must be provided with ting may be located within the tunnel a power-driven pump or pumps con- if the pipe tunnel is not of sufficient nected to the bilge main as required by size to afford easy access. These re- table 56.50–55(a).

TABLE 56.50–55(a)—POWER BILGE PUMPS REQUIRED FOR SELF-PROPELLED VESSELS

Passenger vessels 1 Dry-cargo vessels 2 Tank Mobile vessels offshore Ocean, Ocean, drilling Vessel length, in feet Inter- coast- All other coast- units national wise and waters wise and All waters All waters voyages 3 Great Great Lakes Lakes All waters

180′ or more ...... 4 3 4 3 2 2 2 2 2 Below 180′ and exceeding 65′ ...... 4 3 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 2 2

202

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00212 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.50–55

TABLE 56.50–55(a)—POWER BILGE PUMPS REQUIRED FOR SELF-PROPELLED VESSELS—Continued

65′ or less...... 3 1 1 1 1 1 ...... 1 Small passenger vessels under 100 gross tons refer to subpart 182.520 of subchapter T (Small Passenger Vessel) of this chapter. 2 Dry-bulk carriers having ballast pumps connected to the tanks outside the engineroom and to the cargo hold may substitute the appropriate requirements for tank vessels. 3 Not applicable to passenger vessels which do not proceed more than 20 mile from the nearest land, or which are employed in the carriage of large numbers of unberthed passengers in special trades. 4 When the criterion numeral exceeds 30, an additional independent power-driven pump is required. (See part 171 of this chapter for determination of criterion numeral.) 5 Vessels operating on lakes (including Great Lakes), bays, sounds, or rivers where steam is always available, or where a suitable water supply is available from a power-driven pump of adequate pressure and capacity, may substitute siphons or eductors for one of the required power-driven pumps, provided a siphon or eductor is permanently installed in each hold or compartment.

(b) Nonself-propelled vessels. (1) Ocean the bilge main as required in table going sailing vessels and barges shall 56.50–55(b)(1). be provided with pumps connected to

TABLE 56.50–55(b)(1)—BILGE PUMPS REQUIRED FOR NONSELF-PROPELLED VESSELS

(1) Hand Type of vessel Waters navigated Power pumps pumps

Sailing ...... Ocean and coastwise ...... Two ...... (2) Manned barges ...... do ...... Two ...... (2) Manned barges ...... Other than ocean and coastwise ...... (3) ...... (3) Unmanned barges ...... All waters ...... (3) ...... (3) Mobile offshore drilling units ...... All waters ...... Two ...... None. 1 Where power is always available, independent power bilge pumps shall be installed as required and shall be connected to the bilge main. 2 Efficient hand pumps connected to the bilge main may be substituted for the power pumps. Where there is no common bilge main, one hand pump will be required for each compartment. 3 Suitable hand or power pumps or siphons, portable or fixed, carried either on board the barge or on the towing vessel shall be provided.

(2) The pumps and source of power for (d) Priming. Suitable means shall be operation on oceangoing sailing vessels provided for priming centrifugal pumps and barges shall be located above the which are not of the self-priming type. bulkhead deck or at the highest con- (e) Location. (1) For self-propelled venient level which is always acces- vessels, if the engines and boilers are in sible. two or more watertight compartments, (3) Each hull of a vessel with more the bilge pumps must be distributed than one hull, such as a catamaran, throughout these compartments. On must meet Table 56.50–55(b). other self-propelled vessels and mobile (c) Capacity of independent power bilge offshore drilling units, the bilge pumps pump. Each power bilge pump must must be in separate compartments to have the capacity to develop a suction the extent practicable. When the loca- velocity of not less than 400 feet per tion of bilge pumps in separate water- minute through the size of bilge main tight compartments is not practicable, piping required by § 56.50–50(d)(1) of this alternative arrangements may be subpart under ordinary conditions; except mitted for consideration by the Marine that, for vessels of less than 65 feet in Safety Center. length not engaged on international (2) For nonself-propelled vessels re- voyages, the pump must have a min- quiring two bilge pumps, these pumps, imum capacity of 25 gallons per minute insofar as practicable, shall be located and need not meet the velocity require- in separate watertight machinery ment of this paragraph. spaces. When the location of bilge

203

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00213 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.50–57 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

pumps in separate watertight compart- tional Technical Information Service, ments is not possible, the Commandant Springfield, Virginia, 22151, under the will consider alternate arrangements of title ‘‘Regulations on Subdivision and the bilge pumps. Stability of Passenger Ships as Equiva- (3) The emergency bilge pumps shall lent to part B of chapter II of the Inter- not be installed in a passenger ship for- national Convention for the Safety of ward of the collision bulkhead. Life at Sea, 1960’’ (Volume IV of the (4) Each hull of a vessel with more U.S. Coast Guard’s ‘‘Commandant’s than one hull must have at least two International Technical Series’’, means for pumping the bilges in each USCG–CITS–74–1–1.) hull. No multi-hulled vessel may oper- [CGD 76–053, 47 FR 37553, Aug. 26, 1982, as ate unless one of these means is avail- amended by CGD 79–023, 48 FR 51007, Nov. 4, able to pump each bilge. 1983] (f) Other pumps. Sanitary, ballast, and general service pumps having the § 56.50–60 Systems containing oil. required capacity may be accepted as (a)(1) Oil-piping systems for the independent power bilge pumps if fitted transfer or discharge of cargo or fuel with the necessary connections to the oil must be separate from other piping bilge pumping system. systems as far as practicable, and posi- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as tive means shall be provided to prevent amended by CGD 79–023, 48 FR 51007, Nov. 4, interconnection in service. 1983; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40608, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 (2) Fuel oil and cargo oil systems FR 39968, Oct. 1, 1990; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24773, may be combined if the cargo oil sys- May 10, 1995; USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58346, tems contain only Grade E oils and Sept. 30, 2004] have no connection to cargo systems containing grades of oil with lower § 56.50–57 Bilge piping and pumps, al- flash points or hazardous substances. ternative requirements. (3) Pumps used to transfer oil must (a) If a passenger vessel complies have no discharge connections to fire with §§ 171.075 and 171.082 of this chap- mains, boiler feed systems, or con- ter, its bilge pumping and piping sys- densers unless approved positive means tems must meet §§ 56.50–50 and 56.50–55, are provided to prevent oil from being except as follows: accidentally discharged into any of the (1) Each bilge pumping system must aforementioned systems. comply with— (b) When oil needs to be heated to (i) Regulation 19(b) of the Annex to lower its viscosity, heating coils must IMCO Resolution A.265 (VIII) in place be properly installed in each tank. of §§ 56.50–55(a)(1), 56.50–55(a)(3), and (1) Each drain from a heating coil as 56.50–55(f); well as each drain from an oil heater (ii) Regulation 19(d) of the Annex to must run to an open inspection tank or IMCO Resolution A.265 (VIII) in place other suitable oil detector before re- of § 56.50–55(a)(2). turning to the feed system. (2) Each bilge main must comply (2) As far as practicable, no part of with Regulation 19(i) of the Annex to the fuel-oil system containing heated IMCO Resolution A.265 (VIII) in place oil under pressure exceeding 180 KPa of § 56.50–50(d) except— (26 psi) may be placed in a concealed (i) The nearest commercial pipe size position so that defects and leakage may be used if it is not more than one- cannot be readily observed. Each ma- fourth inch under the required diame- chinery space containing a part of the ter; and system must be adequately illumi- (ii) Each branch pipe must comply nated. with § 56.50–50(d)(2). (c) Filling pipes may be led directly (b) The standards referred to in this from the deck into the tanks or to a section, which are contained in the manifold in an accessible location per- Inter-governmental Maritime Consult- manently marked to indicate the tanks ative Organization (IMCO) Resolution to which they are connected. A shutoff A.265 (VIII), dated December 10, 1973, valve must be fitted at each filling end. are incorporated by reference. This Oil piping must not be led through ac- document is available from the Na- commodation spaces, except that low

204

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00214 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.50–60

pressure fill piping not normally used from the initial valve position to the at sea may pass through accommoda- opposite position and return. The cross tion spaces if it is of steel construc- connection of this system to an alter- tion, all welded, and not concealed. nate power supply will be given special (d) Piping subject to internal head consideration by the Marine Safety pressure from oil in the tank must be Center. fitted with positive shutoff valves lo- (ii) The valve shall have a local cated at the tank. power actuator to both open and close (1) Valves installed on the outside of the valve unless local manual opening the oil tanks must be made of steel, operation will not prevent remote clos- ductile cast iron ASTM A 395 (incor- ing of the valve. porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– (iii) The positioning of the valve by 2), or a ductile nonferrous alloy having either the local or remote actuators a melting point above 1,700 °F and must shall not void the ability of the other be arranged with a means of manual actuator to close the valve. control locally at the valve and re- (iv) The valve shall be provided with motely from a readily accessible and a means of emergency manual oper- safe location outside of the compart- ation to both open and close the valve ment in which the valves are located. regardless of the status of the power (i) In the special case of a deep tank operating system. Such manual oper- in any shaft tunnel, piping tunnel, or ation may interfere with the power op- similar space, one or more valves must eration, and if so, shall be protected be fitted on the tank, but control in from causal use by means of covers, the event of fire may be effected by locking devices, or other suitable means of an additional valve on the means. Instructions and warnings re- piping outside the tunnel or similar garding the emergency system shall be space. Any such additional valve in- conspicuously posted at the valve. stalled inside a machinery space must (4) Remote operation for shutoff be capable of being operated from out- valves on small independent oil tanks side this space. will be specially considered in each (ii) [Reserved] case where the size of tanks and their (2) If valves are installed on the in- location may warrant the omission of side of the tank, they may be made of remote operating rods. cast iron and arranged for remote con- (e) Fuel oil tanks overhanging boilers trol only. Additional valves for local are prohibited. control must be located in the space (f) Valves for drawing fuel or drain- where the system exits from the tank ing water from fuel are not permitted or adjacent tanks. Valves for local con- in fuel oil systems except that a single trol outside the tanks must be made of valve may be permitted in the case of steel, ductile cast iron ASTM A 395 , or diesel driven machinery if suitably lo- a ductile nonferrous alloy having a cated within the machinery space away melting point above 1,700 °F. from any potential source of ignition. (3) Power operated valves installed to Such a valve shall be fitted with a cap comply with the requirements of this or a plug to prevent leakage. section must meet the following re- (g) Test cocks must not be fitted to quirements: fuel oil or cargo oil tanks. (i) Valve actuators must be capable (h) Oil piping must not run through of closing the valves under all condi- feed or potable water tanks. Feed or tions, except during physical interrup- potable water piping must not pass tion of the power system (e.g., cable through oil tanks. breakage or tube rupture). Fluid power (i) Where flooding equalizing cross- actuated valves, other than those connections between fuel or cargo opened against spring pressure, must tanks are required for stability consid- be provided with an energy storage sys- erations, the arrangement must be ap- tem which is protected, as far as prac- proved by the Marine Safety Center. ticable, from fire and collision. The (j) Piping conveying oil must be run storage system must be used for no well away from hot surfaces wherever other purpose and must have sufficient possible. Where such leads are unavoid- capacity to cycle all connected valves able, only welded joints are to be used,

205

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00215 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.50–65 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

or alternatively, suitable shields are to flexible piping or hose is permitted in be fitted in the way of flanged or me- accordance with the applicable require- chanical pipe joints when welded joints ments of §§ 56.35–10, 56.35–15, and 56.60– are not practicable. Piping that con- 25(c). veys fuel oil or lubricating oil to equip- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as ment and is in the proximity of equip- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9979, June 17, ment or lines having an open flame or 1970; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; having parts operating above 500 °F CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40609, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR must be of seamless steel. (See § 56.50– 39968, Oct. 1, 1990; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24774, 65 of this part.) May 10, 1995; USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, (k) Oil piping drains, strainers and Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58346, other equipment subject to normal oil Sept. 30, 2004; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008] leakage must be fitted with drip pans or other means to prevent oil draining § 56.50–65 Burner fuel-oil service sys- into the bilge. tems. (l) Where oil piping passes through a (a) All discharge piping from the fuel non-oil tank without stop valves com- oil service pumps to burners must be plying with paragraph (d) of this sec- seamless steel with a thickness of at tion installed at all tank penetrations, least Schedule 80. If required by § 56.07– the piping must comply with § 56.50– 10(e) of this part or paragraph 104.1.2 of 50(k). ASME B31.1 (incorporated by reference; (m) Each arrangement for the stor- see 46 CFR 56.01–2), the thickness must age, distribution, and use of oil in a be greater than Schedule 80. Short pressure-lubrication system must— lengths of steel, or annealed copper (1) As well as comply with § 56.50–80, nickel, nickel copper, or copper pipe be such as to ensure the safety of the and tubing may be used between the vessel and all persons aboard; and fuel oil burner front header manifold (2) In a machinery space, meet the and the atomizer head to provide flexi- applicable requirements of §§ 56.50–60 bility. All material used must meet the (b)(2) and (d), 56.50–85(a)(11), 56.50–90 (c) requirements of subpart 56.60 of this and (d), and 58.01–55(f) of this subpart. The use of non-metallic materials chapter. No arrangement need comply is prohibited. The thickness of the with § 56.50–90 (c)(1) and (c)(3) of this short lengths must not be less than the subchapter if the sounding pipe is larger of 0.9 mm (0.35 inch) or that re- fitted with an effective means of clo- quired by § 56.07–10(e) of this part. sure, such as a threaded cap or plug or Flexible metallic tubing for this appli- other means acceptable to the Officer cation may be used when approved by in Charge, Marine Inspection. The use the Marine Safety Center. Tubing fit- of flexible piping or hose is permitted tings must be of the flared type except in accordance with the applicable re- that flareless fittings of the nonbite quirements of §§ 56.35–10, 56.35–15, and type may be used when the tubing is 56.60–25(c). steel, nickel copper or copper nickel. (n) Each arrangement for the stor- (b)(1) All vessels having oil fired boil- age, distribution, and use of any other ers must have at least two fuel service flammable oil employed under pressure pumps, each of sufficient capacity to in a power transmission-system, con- supply all the boilers at full power, and trol and activating system, or heating arranged so that one may be over- system must be such as to ensure the hauled while the other is in service. At safety of the vessel and all persons least two fuel oil heaters of approxi- aboard by— mately equal capacity must be in- (1) Complying with subpart 58.30 of stalled and so arranged that any heater this subchapter; and, may be overhauled while the other(s) is (2) Where means of ignition are (are) in service. Suction and discharge present, meeting the applicable re- strainers must be of the duplex or quirements of §§ 56.50–85(a)(11), 56.50–90 other type capable of being cleaned (c) and (d), and 58.01–55(f) of this sub- without interrupting the oil supply. chapter. Each pipe and its valves and (2) All auxiliary boilers, except those fittings must be of steel or other ap- furnishing steam for vital equipment proved material, except that the use of and fire extinguishing purposes other

206

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00216 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.50–70

than duplicate installations, may be copper, or copper nickel pipe or tubing equipped with a single fuel oil service meeting the requirements of subpart pump and a single fuel oil heater. Such 56.60. pumps need not be fitted with dis- (2) Thicknesses of tubing walls must charge strainers. not be less than the larger of that (3) Strainers must be located so as to shown in Table 56.50–70(a) of this sec- preclude the possibility of spraying oil tion or that required by 46 CFR 56.07– on the burner or boiler casing, or be 10(e) and 104.1.2 of ASME B31.1 (incor- provided with spray shields. Coamings, porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– drip pans, etc., must be fitted under 2). fuel oil service pumps, heaters, etc., (3) Tubing fittings shall be of non- where necessary to prevent oil drain- ferrous drawn or forged metal and of age to the bilge. the flared type except that the flareless (4) Boilers burning fuel oils of low fittings of the nonbite type may be viscosity need not be equipped with used when the tubing system is of nick- fuel oil heaters, provided acceptable el copper or copper nickel. Tubing shall evidence is furnished to indicate that be cut square and flared by suitable satisfactory combustion will be ob- tools. Tube ends shall be annealed be- tained without the use of heaters. fore flaring. Pipe fittings shall be of (c) Piping between service pumps and nonferrous material. Pipe thread joints burners shall be located so as to be shall be made tight with a suitable readily observable, and all bolted compound. flange joints shall be provided with a (4) Valves for fuel lines shall be of wrap around deflector to deflect spray nonferrous material of the union bon- in case of a leak. The relief valve lo- net type with ground seats except that cated at the pump and the relief valves cocks may be used if they are the solid fitted to the fuel oil heaters shall dis- bottom type with tapered plugs and charge back into the settling tank or union bonnets. the suction side of the pump. The return line from the burners shall be so TABLE 56.50–70(a)—TUBING WALL THICKNESS arranged that the suction piping can- Thickness not be subjected to discharge pressure. Outside diameter of tubing in inches (d) If threaded-bonnet valves are em- B.W.G. Inch ployed, they shall be of the union-bon- 1⁄8, 3⁄16, 1⁄4 ...... #21 0.032 net type capable of being packed under 5⁄16, 3⁄8 ...... #20 .035 pressure. 7⁄16, 1⁄2 ...... #19 .042 (e) Unions shall not be used for pipe diameters of 1 inch and above. (b) Installation. (1) All fuel pipes, pipe (f) Boiler header valves of the quick connections, and accessories shall be closing type shall be installed in the readily accessible. The piping shall run fuel supply lines as close to the boiler in sight wherever practicable, pro- front header as practicable. The loca- tected against mechanical injury, and tion is to be accessible to the operator effectively secured against excessive or remotely controlled. movement and vibration by the use of (g) Bushings and street ells are not soft nonferrous metal liners or straps permitted in fuel oil discharge piping. without sharp edges. Where passing (h) Each fuel-oil service pump must through steel decks or bulkheads, fuel be equipped with controls as required lines shall be protected by close fitting by § 58.01–25 of this subchapter. ferrules or stuffing boxes. Refer to § 56.30–25 for tubing joint installations. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, (2) Either a short length of suitable 1970; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40609, Oct. 2, 1989; metallic or nonmetallic flexible tubing CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995; USCG– or hose or a loop of annealed copper 2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008] tubing must be installed in the fuel- supply line at or near the engine to § 56.50–70 Gasoline fuel systems. prevent damage by vibration. (a) Material. (1) Fuel supply piping to (i) If nonmetallic flexible hose is the engines shall be of seamless drawn used, it must meet the requirements of annealed copper pipe or tubing, nickel 46 CFR 56.60–25(b) for fuel service.

207

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00217 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.50–75 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(ii) Flexible hose connections should (h) Vent pipes. Each tank shall be maintain metallic contact between the fitted with a vent, the cross-sectional sections of the fuel-supply lines; how- area of which shall not be less than ever, if they do not, the fuel tank must that of the filling pipe. The vent pipes be grounded. shall terminate at least 2 feet above (3) Valves in fuel lines shall be in- the weather deck and not less than 3 stalled to close against the flow. feet from any opening into living quar- (c) Shutoff valves. Shutoff valves of a ters or other below deck space. The suitable type shall be installed in the ends of vent pipes shall terminate with fuel supply lines, one as close to each U-bends and shall be fitted with flame tank as practicable, and one as close to screens or flame arresters. The flame each carburetor as practicable. Where screens shall consist of a single screen fuel tanks are installed below the of corrosion resistant wire of at least weather deck, arrangements shall be 30 by 30 mesh. provided for operating all shutoff (i) Gasoline tanks. For requirements valves at the tanks from outside the compartments in which they are lo- pertaining to independent gasoline fuel cated, preferably from an accessible po- tanks see subpart 58.50 of this sub- sition on the weather deck. The oper- chapter. ating gear for the shutoff valves at the (j) Fuel pumps. Each fuel pump must tanks shall be accessible at all times be equipped with controls as required and shall be suitably marked. by § 58.01–25 of this subchapter. (d) Strainers. A suitable twin strainer [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as shall be fitted in the fuel supply line in amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, the engine compartment. Strainers 1970; CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972; shall be of the type opening on top for CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995; USCG– cleaning screens. A drip pan shall be 2002–13058, 67 FR 61278, Sept. 30, 2002; USCG– fitted under the strainer. 2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008] (e) Outlets and drains. Outlets in fuel lines for drawing gasoline for any pur- § 56.50–75 Diesel fuel systems. pose are prohibited. Valved openings in (a) Vessels greater than 100 gross tons. the bottom of fuel tanks are prohib- (1) The diesel fuel system shall comply ited; however, openings fitted with with §§ 56.50–60, 56.50–85, and 56.50–90. threaded plug or cap can be used for The fuel supply piping to engines shall cleaning purposes. be of seamless steel, annealed seamless (f) Fuel suction connections. All fuel copper or brass pipe or tubing, or of suction and return lines shall enter the nickel copper or copper nickel alloy top of the fuel tanks and connections meeting the requirements of subpart shall be fitted into spuds. Such lines 56.60 for materials and § 56.50–70(a)(2) shall extend nearly to the bottom of for thickness. Fuel oil service or unit the tank. pumps shall be equipped with controls (g) Filling and sounding pipes. Filling to comply with § 58.01–25 of this sub- and sounding pipes shall be so arranged chapter. that vapors or possible overflow when (2) The installation shall comply filling cannot escape to the inside of the vessel but will discharge overboard. with § 56.50–70(b). Such pipes shall terminate on the (3) Tubing connections and fittings weather deck clear of any coamings shall be drawn or forged metal of the and shall be fitted with suitable shutoff flared type except that flareless fit- valves or deck plugs. Filling and sound- tings of the nonbite type may be used ing pipes shall extend to within one- when the tubing system is steel, nick- half of their diameter from the bottom el-copper, or copper-nickel. When mak- of the tank or from the surface of the ing flared tube connections the tubing striking plate in case of a sounding shall be cut square and flared by suit- pipe. A flame screen of noncorrodible able tools. Tube ends shall be annealed wire mesh shall be fitted in the throat before flaring. of the filling pipe. Sounding pipes shall (b) Vessels of 100 gross tons and less be kept closed at all times except dur- and tank barges—(1) Materials. Fuel sup- ing sounding. ply piping shall be of copper, nickel

208

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00218 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.50–80

copper or copper nickel having a min- any vessel below 300 gross tons. Where imum wall thickness of 0.035 inch ex- the size and design of an engine is such cept that piping of other materials that lubrication before starting is not such as seamless steel pipe or tubing necessary and an attached pump is nor- which provides equivalent safety may mally used, the independent auxiliary be used. pump is not required if a duplicate of (2) Tubing connections and fittings. the attached pump is carried as spare. Tubing connections shall comply with In meeting the requirements of para- the provisions of § 56.50–75(a)(3). graph (c) of this section in the case of (3) Installation. The installation of internal combustion engines, two sepa- diesel fuel piping shall comply with the rate means are to be provided for circu- requirements of § 56.50–70(b). lating coolant on those engines on (4) Shutoff valves. Shutoff valves shall which oil coolers are fitted. One of be installed in the fuel supply lines, those means must be independently one as close to each tank as practicable, and one as close to each fuel driven and may consist of a connection pump as practicable. Valves shall be from a pump of adequate size normally accessible at all times. used for other purposes utilizing the re- (5) Outlets and drains. Valves for required coolant. Where the design of an moving water or impurities from fuel engine will not readily accommodate oil systems will be permitted in the an independent pump connection, the machinery space provided such valves independent auxiliary pump will not be are fitted with caps or plugs to prevent required if a duplicate of the attached leakage. pump is carried as a spare. Oil filters (6) Filling pipe. Tank filling pipes on shall be provided on all internal com- motorboats and motor vessels of less bustion engine installations. On main than 100 gross tons and tank barges propulsion engines which are fitted shall terminate on an open deck and with full-flow type filters, the arrange- shall be fitted with suitable shutoff ment shall be such that the filters may valves, deck plugs, or caps. be cleaned without interrupting the oil (7) Vent pipes. Each tank shall be supply except that such an arrange- fitted with a vent pipe complying with ment is not required on vessels having § 56.50–85. more than a single main propulsion en- (8) Independent diesel fuel tanks. See gine. subpart 58.50 of this subchapter for spe- (e) The lubricating oil piping shall be cific requirements. independent of other piping systems [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as and shall be provided with necessary amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40610, Oct. 2, coolers, heaters, filters, etc., for proper 1989] operation. Oil heaters shall be fitted with bypasses. § 56.50–80 Lubricating-oil systems. (f) Diesel engine lubrication systems (a) The lubricating oil system shall shall be so arranged that vapors from be designed to function satisfactorily the sump tank may not be discharged when the vessel has a permanent 15° back into the engine crank case of en- list and a permanent 5° trim. gines of the dry sump type. (b) When pressure or gravity-forced lubrication is employed for the steam (g) Steam turbine driven propulsion driven main propelling machinery, an and auxiliary generating machinery de- independent auxiliary lubricating pending on forced lubrication shall be pump shall be provided. arranged to shut down automatically (c) Oil coolers on steam driven ma- upon failure of the lubricating system. chinery shall be provided with two sep- (h) Sight-flow glasses may be used in arate means of circulating water lubricating-oil systems provided it has through the coolers. been demonstrated, to the satisfaction (d) For internal combustion engine of the Commanding Officer, Marine installations, the requirements of para- Safety Center, that they can withstand graphs (b) and (c) of this section shall exposure to a flame at a temperature of be met, but they do not apply to ves- 927 °C (1700 °F) for one hour, without sels in river and harbor service, nor to failure or appreciable leakage.

209

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00219 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.50–85 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(i) Steam driven propulsion machin- at least Schedule 40 in wall thickness. ery must be provided with an emer- Except for barges in inland service and gency supply of lubricating oil that for Great Lakes vessels, the height must operate automatically upon fail- from the deck to any point where ure of the lubricating oil system. The water may gain access through the emergency oil supply must be adequate vent to below deck must be at least 30 to provide lubrication until the equip- inches (760mm) on the freeboard deck ment comes to rest during automatic and 171⁄2 inches (450mm) on the super- shutdown. structure deck. On Great Lakes vessels, the height from the deck to any [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9979, June 17, point where water may gain access 1970; CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17837, May 18, 1988; through the vent to below deck must CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995] be at least 30 inches (760mm) on the freeboard deck, 24 inches (610mm) on § 56.50–85 Tank-vent piping. the raised quarterdeck, and 12 inches (a) This section applies to vents for (305mm) on other superstructure decks. all independent, fixed, non-pressure Where the height of vents on Great tanks or containers or for spaces in Lakes vessels may interfere with the which liquids, such as fuel, ship’s working of the vessel, a lower height stores, cargo, or ballast, are carried. may be approved by the Marine Safety (1) The structural arrangement in Center provided the vent cap is prop- double bottom and other tanks shall be erly protected from mechanical dam- such as to permit the free passage of age. For barges in inland service, the air and gases from all parts of the vents must extend at least six inches tanks to vent pipes. above the deck. A lesser amount may (2) Tanks having a comparatively be approved by the Marine Safety Cen- small surface, such as fuel oil settling ter if evidence is provided that a par- tanks, need be fitted with only one ticular vent has proven satisfactory in vent pipe, but tanks having a compara- service. tively large surface shall be fitted with (7) Satisfactory means, permanently at least two vent pipes. The vents shall attached, shall be provided for closing be located so as to provide venting of the openings of all vents, except that the tanks under any service condition. barges in inland service may be ex- (3) Vent pipes for fuel oil tanks shall, empted. Acceptable means of closure wherever possible, have a slope of no are: less than 30°. Header lines, where both (i) A ball check valve where the ball ends are adequately drained to a tank, float, normally in the open position, are excluded from this requirement. will float up and close under the action (4) Tank vents must extend above the of a submerging wave. The valve shall weather deck, except vents from fresh be designed so that the effective clear water tanks, bilge oily-water holding discharge area through the valve with tanks, bilge slop tanks, and tanks con- the float in the open position is not taining Grade E combustible liquids, less than the inlet area of the vent pipe such as lubricating oil, may terminate to which the valve is connected. in the machinery space, provided— (ii) A hinged closure normally open (i) The vents are arranged to prevent on the outlet of the return bend, which overflow on machinery, electrical must close automatically by the force equipment, and hot surfaces; of a submerging wave; or (ii) Tanks containing combustible (iii) Another suitable device accept- liquids are not heated; and able to the Commanding Officer, Ma- (iii) The vents terminate above the rine Safety Center. deep load waterline if the tanks have (8) Vent outlets from all tanks which boundaries in common with the hull. may emit flammable or combustible (5) Vents from oil tanks must termi- vapors, such as bilge slop tanks and nate not less than three feet from any contaminated drain tanks, must be opening into living quarters. fitted with a single screen of corrosion- (6) Vents extending above the resistant wire of at least 30 by 30 mesh, freeboard deck or superstructure deck or two screens of at least 20 by 20 mesh from fuel oil and other tanks must be spaced not less than one-half inch

210

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00220 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.50–90

(13mm) nor more than 11⁄2 inches must terminate above the weather (38mm) apart. The clear area through deck. the mesh must not be less than the in- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as ternal unobstructed area of the re- amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40610, Oct. 2, quired pipe. 1989; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995; (9) Where vents are provided with CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995] flame screens, the closure device shall be situated so as not to damage these § 56.50–90 Sounding devices. screens. (a) Each tank must be provided with (10) The diameter of each vent pipe a suitable means of determining liquid must not be less than 11⁄2 inches nomi- level. Except for a main cargo tank on nal pipe size for fresh water tanks, 2 a tank vessel, each integral hull tank inches nominal pipe size for water bal- and compartment, unless at all times last tanks, and 21⁄2 inches nominal pipe accessible while the vessel is operating, size for fuel oil tanks, except that must be fitted with a sounding pipe. small independent tanks need not have (b) Where sounding pipes terminate a vent more than 25% greater in cross- below the freeboard deck on cargo ves- sectional area than the fill line. sels, they shall be fitted with gate (11)(i) If a tank may be filled by a valves. On passenger vessels, where pressure head exceeding that for which sounding pipes terminate below the the tank is designed, the aggregate bulkhead deck, they shall be fitted cross-sectional area of the vents in with self-closing gate valves. each tank must be not less than the (c) Except as allowed by this para- cross-sectional area of the filling line graph, on each vessel constructed on or unless the tank is protected by over- after June 9, 1995, no sounding pipe flows, in which case the aggregate used in a fuel-oil tank may terminate cross-sectional area of the overflows in any space where the risk of ignition must be not less than the cross-sec- of spillage from the pipe might arise. tional area of the filling line. None may terminate in a space for pas- (ii) Provision must be made to guard sengers or crew. When practicable, against liquids rising in the venting none may terminate in a machinery system to a height that would exceed space. When the Commanding Officer, the design head of a cargo tank or fuel- Marine Safety Center, determines it oil tank. It may be made by high-level impracticable to avoid terminating a alarms or overflow-control systems or pipe in a machinery space, a sounding other, equivalent means, together with pipe may terminate in a machinery gauging devices and procedures for fill- space if all the following requirements ing cargo tanks. are met: (12) Where deep tanks are intended (1) In addition to the sounding pipe, for the occasional carriage of dry or the fuel-oil tank has an oil-level gauge liquid cargo, a ‘‘spectacle’’ or ring and complying with paragraph (d) of this blank flange may be fitted in the over- section. flow pipe so arranged as not to inter- (2) The pipe terminates in a place re- fere with venting when the tanks con- mote from ignition hazards unless pre- tain oil. cautions are taken such as fitting an (13) Vents from fresh water or water effective screen (shield) to prevent the ballast tanks shall not be connected to fuel oil, in case of spillage through the a common header with vents from oil end of the pipe, from coming into con- or oily ballast tanks. tact with a source of ignition. (b) Tank vents must remain within (3) The end of the pipe is fitted with the watertight subdivision boundaries a self-closing blanking device and a in which the tanks they vent are lo- small-diameter, self-closing control cated. Where the structural configura- cock located below the blanking device tion of a vessel makes meeting this re- for the purpose of ascertaining before quirement impracticable, the Marine the blanking device is opened that no Safety Center may permit a tank vent fuel oil is present. Provision must be to penetrate a watertight subdivision made to ensure that no spillage of fuel bulkhead. All tank vents which pene- oil through the control cock involves trate watertight subdivision bulkheads an ignition hazard.

211

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00221 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.50–95 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(d) On each vessel constructed on or by making each discharge serve for as after June 9, 1995, other oil-level many as possible of the sanitary and gauges may be used instead of sounding other pipes, or in any other satisfac- pipes if all the following requirements tory manner. are met: (3) In general, when the bulkhead (1) In a passenger vessel, no such deck is above the freeboard deck, the gauge may require penetration below requirements of this section apply rel- the top of the tank, and neither the ative to the bulkhead deck. For vessels failure of a gauge nor an overfilling of not assigned load lines, such as certain the tank may permit release of fuel inland vessels and barges, the weather into the space. deck shall be taken as the freeboard (2) In a cargo vessel, neither the fail- deck. ure of such a gauge nor an overfilling (b)(1) Scuppers and discharge pipes of the tank may permit release of fuel originating at any level and pene- into the space. The use of cylindrical trating the shell either more than 171⁄2 gauge-glasses is prohibited. The use of inches (450mm) below the freeboard oil-level gauges with flat glasses and deck or less than 231⁄2 inches (600mm) self-closing valves between the gauges above the summer load waterline must and fuel tanks is acceptable. be provided with an automatic non- (e) The upper ends of sounding pipes return valve at the shell. This valve, terminating at the weather deck shall unless required by paragraph (b)(2) of be closed by a screw cap or plug. Great this section, may be omitted if the pip- Lakes dry cargo carriers may have the ing is not less than Schedule 80 in wall sounding pipes which service ballast thickness for nominal pipe sizes water tanks terminate at least 4 inches through 8 inches, Schedule 60 for nomi- above the deck if closure is provided by nal pipe sizes above 8 inches and below a tight fitting hinged cover making 16 inches, and Schedule 40 for nominal metal-to-metal contact with the hinge pipe sizes 16 inches and above. on the forward side. Positive means to (2) Discharges led through the shell secure these caps in the closed position originating either from spaces below shall be provided. Provision shall be the freeboard deck or from within en- made to prevent damage to the vessels’ closed superstructures and equivalent plating by the striking of the sounding deckhouses on the freeboard deck as rod. defined in § 42.13–15(i) of subchapter E (f) On mobile offshore drilling units (Load Lines) of this chapter, shall be where installation of sounding pipes fitted with efficient and accessible may not be practicable for some tanks, means for preventing water from pass- alternate means of determining liquid ing inboard. Normally each separate level may be used if approved by the discharge shall have one automatic Commandant. nonreturn valve with a positive means [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as of closing it from a position above the amended by CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56800, Dec. 4, freeboard deck. Where, however, the 1978; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24774, May 10, 1995; vertical upward distance from the sum- CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51201, Sept. 30, 1997] mer load line to the inboard end of the discharge pipe through which flooding § 56.50–95 Overboard discharges and can take place exceed 0.01L, the dis- shell connections. charge may have two automatic non- (a)(1) All inlets and discharges led return valves without positive means through the vessel’s side shall be fitted of closing, provided that the inboard with efficient and accessible means, lo- valve is always accessible for examina- cated as close to the hull penetrations tion under service conditions. Where as is practicable, for preventing the ac- that vertical distance exceeds 0.02L a cidental admission of water into the single automatic nonreturn valve with- vessel either through such pipes or in out positive means of closing is accept- the event of fracture of such pipes. able. In an installation where the two (2) The number of scuppers, sanitary automatic nonreturn valves are used, discharges, tank overflows, and other the inboard valve must be above the similar openings in the vessel’s side tropical load line. The means for oper- shall be reduced to a minimum, either ating the positive action valve shall be

212

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00222 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.50–95

readily accessible and provided with an controls shall be readily accessible indicator showing whether the valve is above the floor plates and shall be pro- open or closed. A suitable arrangement vided with indication showing whether shall be made to insure the valve is not the valve is opened or closed. Manned closed by unauthorized persons, and a machinery spaces include the main ma- notice shall be posted in a conspicuous chinery space and are either attended place at the operating station to the ef- by the crew or are automated in ac- fect that the valve shall not be closed cordance with part 62 of this sub- except as required in an emergency. chapter to be comparable to an at- (3) Where scuppers and drains are intended space. stalled in superstructures or deck- (2) In unmanned machinery spaces, houses not enclosed as defined in all machinery inlets and discharges as § 42.13–15(j) of subchapter E (Load described in paragraph (d)(1) of this Lines) of this chapter, they shall be led section shall be remotely operable overboard. Refer to paragraph (b)(1) of from a position above the freeboard this section for any nonreturn valve requirement. deck unless otherwise approved and (4) Sanitary pump discharges leading shall meet the access and marking re- directly overboard or via a holding quirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this tank must meet the standards pre- section. scribed by this paragraph. The location (e)(1) Pipes terminating at the shell of the sanitary system openings within plating shall be fitted with bends or el- the vessel determines whether the re- bows between the outboard openings quirements of paragraph (b)(2) or (3) of and the first rigid connection inboard. this section are applicable. In no case shall such pipes be fitted in (c) Overflow pipes which discharge a direct line between the shell opening through the vessel’s side must be lo- and the first inboard connection. cated as far above the deepest load line (2) Seachests and other hull fittings as practicable and fitted with valves as shall be of substantial construction required by paragraph (b) of this sec- and as short as possible. They shall be tion. Two automatic nonreturn valves located as to minimize the possibility must be used unless it is impracticable of being blocked or obstructed. to locate the inboard valve in an acces- (3) The thickness of inlet and dis- sible position, in which case a non- charge connections outboard of the return valve with a positive means of shutoff valves, and exclusive of closure from a position above the seachests, must be not less than that of freeboard deck will be acceptable. Schedule 80 for nominal pipe sizes Overflows which extend at least 30 through 8 inches, Schedule 60 for nomi- inches above the freeboard deck before nal pipe sizes above 8 inches and below discharging overboard may be fitted 16 inches, and Schedule 40 for nominal with a single automatic nonreturn pipe sizes 16 inches and above. valve at the vessel’s side. Overflow pipes which serve as tank vents must (f) Valves required by this section not be fitted with positive means of and piping system components out- closure without the specific approval of board of such required valves on new the Marine Safety Center. Overflow vessel installations or replacements in pipes may be vented to the weather. vessels of 150 gross tons and over shall (d)(1) Sea inlets and discharges, such be of a steel, bronze, or ductile cast as used in closed systems required for iron specification listed in Table 56.60– the operation of main and auxiliary 1(a). Lead or other heat sensitive mate- machinery, as in pump connections or rials having a melting point of 1,700 °F. scoop injection heat exchanger connec- or less shall not be used in such serv- tions, need not meet the requirements ice, or in any other application where of paragraphs (b) (1) and (2) of this sec- the deterioration of the piping system tion but instead shall be fitted with a in the event of fire would give rise to shutoff valve located as near the shell danger of flooding. Brittle materials plating as practicable, and may be lo- such as cast iron shall not be used in cally controlled if the valve is located such service. Where nonmetallic mate- in a manned machinery space. These rials are used in a piping system, and

213

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00223 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.50–96 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

shell closures are required by this sec- bilge discharges or fire pump suctions tion, a positive closure metallic valve must not be locked closed, whether is required (see also § 56.60–25). they are sea valves or not. (g) The inboard openings of ash and rubbish-chute discharges shall be fitted [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843; Dec. 18, 1968, as with efficient covers. If the inboard amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9979, June 17, 1970; CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. 25, 1972; opening is located below the freeboard CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17837, May 18, 1988; CGD 77– deck, the cover shall be watertight, 140, 54 FR 40610, Oct. 2, 1989] and in addition, an automatic nonreturn valve shall be fitted in the chute § 56.50–96 Keel cooler installations. in any easily accessible position above the deepest load line. Means shall be (a) Keel cooler installations shall provided for securing both the cover meet the requirements of § 56.50–95(d)(1) and the valve when the chute is not in and (2), and (e)(3), and (f) except that use. When ash-ejectors or similar ex- shutoff or isolation valves will not be pelling devices located in the boiler- required for the inlet and discharge room have the inboard openings below connections if: the deepest load line, they shall be (1) The installation is forward of the fitted with efficient means for pre- collision bulkhead; or, venting the accidental admission of (2) The installation is integral with water. The thickness of pipe for ash the ship’s hull such that the cooler ejector discharge shall be not less than tubes are welded directly to the hull of Schedule 80. the vessel with the hull forming part of (h) Where deck drains, soil lines, and the tube and satisfies all of the fol- sanitary drains discharge through the lowing: shell in way of cargo tanks on tank (i) The cooler structure is fabricated vessels, the valves required by this sec- from material of the same thickness tion shall be located outside the cargo and quality as the hull plating to tanks. These valves shall meet the ma- which it is attached except that in the terial requirements of paragraph (f) of this section. The piping led through case of half round pipe lesser thickness such tanks shall be fitted with expan- may be used if specifically approved by sion bends where required, and shall be the Commandant. In any case the of steel pipe having a wall thickness of structure, with the exception of the not less than five-eighths inch, except hull proper, need not exceed three- that the use of suitable corrosion-re- eighths inch in thickness. sistant material of lesser thickness (ii) The flexible connections and all will be given special consideration by openings internal to the vessel, such as the Commandant. All pipe joints with- expansion tank vents and fills, in the in the tanks shall be welded. Soil lines installation are above the deepest load and sanitary drains which pass through line and all piping components are cargo tanks shall be provided with non- Schedule 80 or thicker below the deep- return valves with positive means of est load line. closing or other suitable means for pre- (iii) Full penetration welds are em- venting the entrance of gases into liv- ployed in the fabrication of the struc- ing quarters. ture and its attachment to the hull. (i) Except as provided for in § 58.20– (iv) The forward end of the structure 20(c) of this chapter, sea valves must must be faired to the hull such that the not be held open with locks. Where it is horizontal length of the fairing is no necessary to hold a discharge or intake less than four times the height of the closed with a lock, either a locking valve may be located inboard of the sea structure, or be in a protected location valve, or the design must be such that such as inside a bow thruster trunk. there is sufficient freedom of motion to [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as fully close the locked sea valve after amended by CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6189, Mar. an event, such as fire damage to the 25, 1972; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40611, Oct. 2, 1989] seat, causes significant leakage through the valve. Valves which must be opened in and emergency, such as

214

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00224 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.50–105

§ 56.50–97 Piping for instruments, con- shall not exceed the maximum design trol, and sampling (modifies 122.3). pressure of the piping system. Relief (a) Piping for instruments, control, devices shall discharge to a location in and sampling must comply with para- the weather at least 3 m (10 ft) from graph 122.3 of ASME B31.1 (incor- sources of ignition or openings to porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– spaces or tanks. 2) except that: (j) Outlet stations are to be provided (1) Soldered type fittings may not be with suitable protective devices which used. will prevent the back flow of gas into (2) The outside diameter of takeoff the supply lines and prevent the pas- connections may not be less than 0.840 sage of flame into the supply lines. inches for service conditions up to 900 (k) Shutoff valves shall be fitted at psi or 800 °F., and 1.050 inches for condi- each outlet. tions that exceed either of these limits. [CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51201, Sept. 30, 1997] [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, § 56.50–105 Low-temperature piping. 1970; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; (a) Class I-L. Piping systems des- USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008] ignated to operate at temperatures below 0 °F. and pressures above 150 § 56.50–103 Fixed oxygen-acetylene dis- pounds per square inch gage shall be of tribution piping. Class I-L. Exceptions to this rule may (a) This section applies to fixed pip- be found in the individual requirements ing installed for the distribution of ox- for specific commodities in subchapters ygen and acetylene carried in cylinders D, I, and O of this chapter. The fol- as vessels stores. lowing requirements for Class I-L pip- (b) The distribution piping shall be of ing systems shall be satisfied: at least standard wall thickness and (1) Materials. All materials used in shall include a means, located as close low temperature piping systems shall to the supply cylinders as possible, of be selected from among those specifica- regulating the pressure from the sup- tions listed in Table 56.50–105 and shall ply cylinders to the suitable pressure satisfy all of the requirements of the at the outlet stations. specifications, except that: (c) Acetylene distribution piping and (i) The minimum service temperature pipe fittings must be seamless steel. as defined in § 54.25–10(a)(2) of this sub- Copper alloys containing less than 65 chapter shall not be colder than that percent copper may be used in connec- shown in Table 56.50–105; and tion with valves, regulators, gages, and (ii) The material shall be tested for other equipment used with acetylene. low temperature toughness using the (d) Oxygen distribution piping and Charpy V-notch specimen of ASTM E pipe fittings must be seamless steel or 23 (incorporated by reference, see copper. § 56.01–2), ‘‘Notched Bar Impact Testing (e) When more than two cylinders are of Metallic Materials’’, Type A, Figure connected to a manifold, the supply 4. The toughness testing requirements pipe between each cylinder and mani- of subpart 54.05 of this subchapter shall fold shall be fitted with a non-return be satisfied for each particular product valve. form. Charpy V-notch tests shall be (f) Except for the cylinder manifolds, conducted at temperatures not warmer acetylene is not to be piped at a pres- than 10 °F. below the minimum service sure in excess of 100 kPa (14.7 psi). temperature of the design, except that (g) Pipe joints on the low pressure for service temperatures of ¥320 °F. side of the regulators shall be welded. and below, the impact test may be con- (h) Branch lines shall not run ducted at the service temperature. The through unventilated spaces or accom- minimum average energy shall not be modation spaces. less than that shown in Table 56.50–105. (i) Relief valves or rupture discs shall In the case of steels conforming to the be installed as relief devices in the pip- specifications of Table 54.25–20(a) of ing system if the maximum design this subchapter the minimum lateral pressure of the piping system can be expansion shall not be less than that exceeded. The relief device set pressure required in § 54.25–20 of this subchapter.

215

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00225 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.50–105 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

The minimum energy permitted for a joints shall not be used, except in small single specimen and the minimum diameter instrument lines. subsize energies shall be those obtained (5) Other requirements. All other re- by multiplying the average energy quirements of this part for Class I pip- shown in Table 56.50–105 by the applica- ing apply to Class I-L piping. Pressure ble fraction shown in Table 56.50–105(a). testing must comply with subpart 56.97 of this part, and nondestructive testing TABLE 56.50–105(a)—CHARPY V-NOTCH of circumferentially welded joints ENERGY MULTIPLYING FACTORS must comply with § 56.95–10. Seamless Factor for Factor for tubular products must be used except minimum minimum that, when the service pressure does Charpy V-notch specimen size 1 energy, av- energy sin- erage of 3 gle speci- not exceed 1724 KPa (250 psi), the Com- specimens 1 men 1 manding Officer, Marine Safety Center, 10 × 10 mm ...... 1 2/3 may give special consideration to ap- 10 × 7.5 mm ...... 5/6 5/9 propriate grades of piping and tubing 10 × 5.0 mm ...... 2/3 4/9 that are welded without the addition of 10 × 2.5 mm ...... 1/2 1/3 filler metal in the root pass. Each pro- 1 Straight line interpolation for intermediate values is permitted. duction procedure and quality-control program for welded products must be (iii) Steels equivalent to those listed acceptable to the Officer in Charge, in Table 56.50–105 of this part, but not Marine Inspection. produced according to a particular (b) Class II-L. Piping systems de- ASTM specification, may be used only signed to operate at temperatures with the prior consent of the Marine below 0 °F. and pressures not higher Safety Center. Steels differing in than 150 pounds per square inch gage chemical composition, mechanical shall be of Class II-L. Exceptions to properties or heat treatments from this rule may be found in the indi- those specified may be specially ap- vidual requirements for specific com- proved by the Marine Safety Center. modities in subchapter D (Tank Ves- Similarly, aluminum alloys and other sels) and I (Cargo and Miscellaneous nonferrous materials not covered in Vessels) of this chapter. The following Table 56.50–105 of this part may be spe- requirements for Class II-L piping sys- cifically approved by the Marine Safe- tems shall be satisfied: ty Center for service at any low temperature. There are restrictions on the (1) Materials must be the same as use of certain materials in this part those required by paragraph (a)(1) of and in subchapter O of this chapter. this section except that pipe and tub- (2) Piping weldments. Piping ing of appropriate grades welded with- weldments shall be fabricated to sat- out the addition of a filler metal may isfy the requirements of § 57.03–1(b) of be used. The Commandant may give this subchapter in addition to subpart special consideration to tubular prod- 56.70. Toughness testing of production ucts welded with the addition of filler weldments for low temperature piping metal. systems and assemblies is not required. (2) Piping weldments shall be fab- (3) Postweld heat treatment. All piping ricated to satisfy the requirements of weldments shall be postweld heat § 57.03–1(b) of this subchapter in addi- treated for stress relief in accordance tion to subpart 56.70. Toughness testing with the procedures of subpart 56.85. of production weldments for low tem- The only exceptions to this require- perature piping systems and assemblies ment are for materials which do not re- is not required. quire postweld heat treatment as (3) All piping weldments shall be shown in Table 56.85–10. Relief from postweld heat treated for stress relief postweld heat treatment shall not be in accordance with the procedures of dependent upon pipe thickness or weld subpart 56.85. The only exceptions to joint type. this requirement are for materials (4) Nonacceptable joints. Single welded which do not require postweld heat butt joints with backing ring left in treatment as shown in Table 56.85–10 place, socket welds, slip-on flanges, and for socket weld joints and slip-on pipe joining sleeves, and threaded flange weld attachments where the

216

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00226 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.50–105

weld thickness does not exceed that ex- (5) Pressure testing must comply empted by this table. Otherwise, relief with subpart 56.97, and nondestructive from post-weld heat treatment shall testing of welded joints must comply not be dependent upon pipe thickness with § 56.95–10. or weld joint type. (6) All other requirements contained (4) Socket welds in nominal sizes in this part for Class II piping shall be above 3 inches, slip-on flanges in nomi- applicable to Class II-L systems, except nal sizes above 4 inches, and threaded that § 56.70–15(b)(3)(iv) shall not apply. joints in sizes above 1 inch shall not be used.

TABLE 56.50–105—ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS AND TOUGHNESS TEST CRITERIA 2

3 4 Minimum service tem- Minimum avg Charpy V Product form ASTM specification Grade perature notch energy

Pipe ...... 1 ...... ¥30 °F ...... 20 ft. lb. 3 ...... ¥150 °F ...... 25 ft. lb. Tube (carbon and low A–333 and 4 (A–333 only) ...... ¥100 °F ...... 25 ft. lb. alloy steels). A–334 ...... 6 ...... ¥30 °F ...... 20 ft. lb. 7 ...... ¥100 °F ...... 25 ft. lb. 8 ...... ¥320 °F ...... Refer to § 54.25–20 of this subchapter. Pipe (Austenitic stain- A–312 ...... All Grades ...... No limit ...... Austenitic stainless less steel). steel piping need be impact tested only when toughness tests are specified in subpart 54.25 of this subchapter for plating of the same alloy designation. When such toughness tests are required, the minimum average energy is 25 ft. lb. Wrought welding fittings WPL1 ...... ¥30 °F ...... 20 ft. lb. (carbon and low alloy A–420 ...... WPL3 ...... ¥150 °F ...... 25 ft. lb. steels). WPL4 ...... ¥100 °F ...... 25 ft. lb. Forged or rolled LF1 ...... ¥30 °F ...... 20 ft. lb. flanges, forged fittings, valves A–350 1 ...... LF2 ...... ¥30 °F ...... 20 ft. lb. and pressure parts LF3 ...... ¥150 °F ...... 25 ft. lb. (carbon and low alloy LF4 ...... ¥100 °F ...... 25 ft. lb. steels). Forged or rolled A–182 ...... Austenitic grades only No limit ...... These products need flanges, forged fit- (304, 304H, 304L, be impact tested only tings, valves and 310, 316, 316H, when toughness pressure parts (high 316L, 321, 321H, tests are specified in alloy steels). 347, 347H, 348, subpart 54.25 of this 348H). subchapter for plating of the same alloy designation. When such toughness tests are required, the minimum average energy is 25 ft. lb. Forged flanges, fittings, A–522 ...... 9% Ni ...... ¥320 °F ...... Refer to § 54.25–20 of and valves (9% nick- this subchapter. el). Castings for valves and LCB ...... ¥30 °F ...... 20 ft. lb. pressure parts (car- A–3521 ...... LC1 ...... ¥50 °F ...... 20 ft. lb. bon and low alloy steels). LC2 ...... ¥100 °F ...... 25 ft. lb. LC3 ...... ¥150 °F ...... 25 ft. lb. Castings for valves and A–351 ...... Austenitic grades CF3, No limit, except ¥325 No toughness testing pressure parts (high CF3A, CF8, CF8A, °F for grades CF8C required except for alloy steel). CF3M, CF8M, CF8C, and CK20. service temperatures CK20 only. colder than ¥425 °F for grades CF3, CF3A, CF8, CF8A, CF3M, and CF8M. 25 ft. lb.

217

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00227 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.50–110 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

TABLE 56.50–105—ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS AND TOUGHNESS TEST CRITERIA 2—Continued

3 4 Minimum service tem- Minimum avg Charpy V Product form ASTM specification Grade perature notch energy

average must be attained in these tests. Bolting ...... A–320 ...... L7, L9, L10, L43 ...... ¥150 °F ...... 20 ft. lb. B8D, B8T, B8F, B8M ... ¥325 °F ...... No test required. 2B8, B8C ...... No limit ...... No test required, except for service temperatures colder than ¥425 °F. In such case the minimum average energy is 25 ft. lb. 4 ...... ¥150 °F ...... 20 ft. lb. Nuts, bolting ...... A–194 ...... 8T, 8F ...... ¥325 °F ...... No test required. 8, 8C ...... No limit ...... Same requirement as comparable grades (B8, B8C) of bolting listed above. 1 Quench and temper heat treatment may be permitted when specifically authorized by the Commandant. In those cases the minimum average Charpy V-notch energy shall be specially designated by the Commandant. 2 Other material specifications for product forms acceptable under part 54 for use at low temperatures may also be used for piping systems provided the applicable toughness requirements of this Table are also met. 3 Any repair method must be acceptable to the Commandant CG–ENG, and welding repairs as well as fabrication welding must be in accordance with part 57 of this chapter. 4 The acceptability of several alloys for low temperature service is not intended to suggest acceptable resistance to marine corrosion. The selection of alloys for any particular shipboard location must take corrosion resistance into account and be approved by the Marine Safety Center.

NOTE: The ASTM standards listed in table 56.50–105 are incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2.

[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6189, 6190, Mar. 25, 1972; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 79–108, 43 FR 46545, Oct. 10, 1978; CGD 74– 289, 44 FR 26008, May 3, 1979; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40611, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24775, May 10, 1995; USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65178, Oct. 31, 2008; USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49228, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59777, Oct. 1, 2012]

§ 56.50–110 Diving support systems. Subpart 56.60—Materials (a) In addition to the requirements of this part, piping for diving installa- § 56.60–1 Acceptable materials and specifications (replaces 123 and tions which is permanently installed Table 126.1 in ASME B31.1). on the vessel must meet the requirements of subpart B (Commercial Div- (a)(1) The material requirements in ing Operations) of part 197 of this chap- this subpart shall be followed in lieu of ter. those in 123 in ASME B31.1 (incor- (b) Piping for diving installations porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– which is not permanently installed on 2). the vessel need not meet the require- (2) Materials used in piping systems ments of this part, but must meet the must be selected from the specifica- requirements of subpart B of part 197 of tions that appear in Table 56.60–1(a) of this chapter. this section or 46 CFR 56.60–2, Table (c) Piping internal to a pressure ves- 56.60–2(a), or they may be selected from sel for human occupancy (PVHO) need the material specifications of sections not meet the requirements of this part, I or VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- but must meet the requirements of sure Vessel Code (both incorporated by subpart B of part 197 of this chapter. reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) if not prohibited by a regulation of this sub- [CGD 76–009, 43 FR 53683, Nov. 16, 1978] chapter dealing with the particular

218

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00228 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.60–1

section of the ASME Boiler and Pres- in Table 56.60–1(b) of this section and sure Vessel Code. Table 56.60–1(a) of made of materials complying with this section contains only pipe, tubing, paragraph (a) this section may be used and fitting specifications. Determina- in piping systems within the limitation of acceptability of plate, forgings, tions of the standards and within any bolting, nuts, and castings may be further limitations specified in this made by reference to the ASME Boiler subchapter. and Pressure Vessel Code as previously NOTE: Table 56.60–1(a) replaces Table 126.1 described. Additionally, accepted mate- in ASME B31.1 and sets forth specifications rials for use as piping system compo- of pipes, tubing, and fittings intended for use nents appear in 46 CFR 56.60–2, Table in piping-systems. The first column lists ac- 56.60–2(a). Materials conforming to ceptable standards from ASTM (all incor- specifications not described in this sub- porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2); the paragraph must receive the specific ap- second lists those from ASME (all incor- proval of the Marine Safety Center be- porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). The fore being used. Materials listed in Coast Guard will consider use of alternative pipes, tubing, and fittings when it receives Table 126.1 of ASME B31.1 are not ac- certification of their mechanical properties. cepted unless specifically permitted by Without this certification it will restrict use this paragraph. of such alternatives to piping-systems inside (b) Components made in accordance heat exchangers that ensure containment of with the commercial standards listed the material inside pressure shells.

TABLE 56.60–1(a)—ADOPTED SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS

ASTM standards ASME standards Notes

Pipe, seamless: A 106 Carbon steel ...... ASME B31.1. A 335 Ferritic alloys ...... ASME B31.1. A 376 Austenitic alloys ...... ASME B31.1 ...... (1). Pipe, seamless and welded: A 53 Types S, F, and E steel pipe ...... ASME B31.1 ...... (234). A 312 Austenitic steel (welded with no ASME B31.1 ...... (14). filler metal). A 333 Low temperature steel pipe ...... Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Ves- (5). sel Code. Pipe, welded: A 134 Fusion welded steel plate pipe .. See footnote 7 ...... (7). A 135 ERW pipe ...... ASME B31.1 ...... (3). A 139 Grade B only, fusion welded ASME B31.1 ...... (8). steel pipe. A 358 Electric fusion welded pipe, high ASME B31.1 ...... (149). temperature, austenitic. Pipe, forged and bored: A 369 Ferritic alloy ...... ASME B31.1. Pipe, centrifugally cast: ...... (None applicable) ...... (19) Tube, seamless: A 179 Carbon steel heat exchanger UCS23, Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (11). and condenser tubes. sure Vessel Code. A 192 Carbon steel boiler tubes ...... PG23.1, Sec. I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (10). sure Vessel Code. A 210 Medium carbon boiler tubes ...... PG23.1, Sec. I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- sure Vessel Code. A 213 Ferritic and austenitic boiler PG23.1, Sec. I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (1). tubes. sure Vessel Code. Tube, seamless and welded: A 268 Seamless and ERW ferritic PG23.1, Sec. I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (4). stainless tubing. sure Vessel Code. A 334 Seamless and welded (no UCS23, Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (45). added filler metal) carbon and low sure Vessel Code. alloy tubing for low temperature. Tube, welded: A 178 (Grades A and C only) ERW PG23.1, Sec. I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (10 Grade A) (4). boiler tubes. sure Vessel Code. A 214 ERW heat exchanger and con- UCS27, Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- denser tubes. sure Vessel Code. A 226 ERW boiler and superheater PG23.1, Sec. I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (410). tubes. sure Vessel Code. A 249 Welded austenitic boiler and PG23.1, Sec. I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (14). heat exchanger tubes (no added sure Vessel Code. filler metal).

219

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00229 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.60–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

TABLE 56.60–1(a)—ADOPTED SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS—Continued

ASTM standards ASME standards Notes

Wrought fittings (factory made): A 234 Carbon and ferritic alloys ...... Conforms to applicable American National (12). Standards (ASME B16.9 and ASME B16.11). A 403 Austenitic alloys ...... do ...... (12). A 420 Low temperature carbon and ...... do ...... (12). steel alloy. Castings,13 iron: A 47 Malleable iron...... Conform to applicable American National (14). Standards or refer to UCI–23 or UCD–23, Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. A 126 Gray iron ...... do ...... (14). A 197 Malleable iron ...... do ...... (14). A 395 Ductile iron ...... UCD–23, Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and (14). Pressure Vessel Code. A 536 Ductile iron ...... See footnote 20 ...... (20).

Nonferrous Materials 15

Pipe, seamless: B 42 Copper ...... UNF23, Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (16). sure Vessel Code. B 43 Red brass ...... do. B 241 Aluminum alloy ...... do. Pipe and tube, seamless: B 161 Nickel ...... do. B 165 Nickel-copper ...... do. B 167 Ni-Cr-Fe ...... do. B 315 Copper-silicon ...... do. Tube, seamless: B 68 Copper ...... See footnote 17 ...... (16 17 18). B 75 Copper ...... UNF23, Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- (16). sure Vessel Code. B 88 Copper ...... See footnote 17 ...... (16 17). B 111 Copper and copper alloy ...... UNF23, Sec. VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- sure Vessel Code. B 210 Aluminum alloy, drawn ...... do. B 234 Aluminum alloy, drawn ...... do. B 280 Copper tube for refrigeration See footnote 17 ...... (16 17). service. Welding fittings: B 361 Wrought aluminum welding fit- Shall meet ASME Standards. tings.

Minimum Longitudinal ASTM specification tensile joint efficiency P No. Allowable stresses (p.s.i.)

A 134: Grade 285A ...... 45,000 0.80 1 11,250 × 0,8 = 9,000. Grade 285B ...... 50,000 0.80 1 12,500 × 0,8 = 10,000. Grade 285C ...... 55,000 0.80 1 13,750 × 0,8 = 11,000. Note: When using 104.1.2 in ASME B31.1 to compute wall thickness, the stress shown here shall be applied as though taken from the stress tables. An additional factor of 0.8 may be required by § 56.07–10(c) and (e). 1 For austenitic materials where two sets of stresses appear, use the lower values. 2 Type F (Furnace welded, using open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace only) limited to Class II applications with a maximum service temperature of 450 °F. Type E (ERW grade) limited to maximum service temperature of 650 °F, or less. 3 Electric resistance welded pipe or tubing of this specification may be used to a maximum design pressure of 350 pounds per square inch gage. 4 Refer to limitations on use of welded grades given in § 56.60–2(b). 5 Use generally considered for Classes I–L and II–L applications. For Class I–L service only, the seamless grade is permitted. For other service refer to footnote 4 and to § 56.50–105. 6 Furnace lap or furnace butt grades only. Limited to Class II applications only where the maximum service temperature is 450 °F, or less. 7 Limited to Grades 285A, 285B, and 285C only (straight and spiral seam). Limited to Class II applications only where maximum service temperature is 300 °F or less for straight seam, and 200 °F or less for spiral seam. 8 Limited to Class II applications where the maximum service temperature is 300 °F or less for straight seam and 200 °F or less for spiral seam. 9 For Class I applications only the Class I Grade of the specification may be used. 10 When used in piping systems, a certificate shall be furnished by the manufacturer certifying that the mechanical properties at room temperature specified in ASTM A 520 (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) have been met. Without this certification, use is limited to applications within heat exchangers. 11 When used in piping systems, a certificate shall be furnished by the manufacturer certifying that the mechanical properties for A192 in ASTM A 520 have been met. Without this certification, use is limited to applications within heat exchangers. 12 Hydrostatic testing of these fittings is not required but all fittings shall be capable of withstanding without failure, leakage, or impairment of serviceability, a hydrostatic test of 11⁄2 times the designated rating pressure.

220

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00230 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.60–1

13 Other acceptable iron castings are in UCI–23 and UCD–23 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. (See also §§ 56.60–10 and 56.60–15.) Acceptable castings of materials other than cast iron may be found in sections I or VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 14 Acceptable when complying with American National Standards Institute standards. Ductile iron is acceptable for temperatures not exceeding 650 °F. For pressure temperature limitations refer to UCD–3 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Other grades of cast iron are acceptable for temperatures not exceeding 450 °F. For pressure temperature limitations refer to UCI–3 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 15 For limitations in use refer to §§ 56.10–5(c) and 56.60–20. 16 Copper pipe must not be used for hot oil systems except for short flexible connections at burners. Copper pipe must be annealed before installation in Class I piping systems. See also §§ 56.10–5(c) and 56.60–20. 17 The stress values shall be taken from UNF23 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for B75 annealed and light drawn temper as appropriate. 18 B68 shall be acceptable if provided with a mill hydrostatic or eddy current test. 19 Centrifugally cast pipe must be specifically approved by the Marine Safety Center. 20 Limited to pipe fittings and valves. See 46 CFR 56.60–15(d) for additional information.

TABLE 56.60–1(b)—ADOPTED STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO PIPING SYSTEMS (REPLACES TABLE 126.1)

American National Standards Institute (all incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2)

ANSI/ASME B1.1 ...... 1982 Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form). ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 ...... 1983 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch). ANSI/ASME B1.20.3 ...... 1976 (Reaffirmed 1982) Dryseal Pipe Threads (Inch). ANSI/ASME B16.15 ...... 1985 [Reaffirmed 1994] Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings, Classes 125 and 250.

American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) International (all incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2)

ASME B16.1 ...... 1998 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class- es 25, 125, 250. ASME B16.3 ...... 1998 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Classes 150 and 300. ASME B16.4 ...... 1998 Gray Iron Threaded Fittings, Classes 125 and 250. ASME B16.5 ...... 2003 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings NPS 1⁄2 Through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard.3 ASME B16.9 ...... 2003 Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings. ASME B16.10 ...... 2000 Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Valves. ASME B16.11 ...... 2001 Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded. ASME B16.14 ...... 1991 Ferrous Pipe Plugs, Bushings, and Locknuts with Pipe Threads. ASME B16.18 ...... 2001 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.4 ASME B16.20 ...... 1998 (Revision of ASME B16.20 1993) Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges: Ring-Joint, Spiral-Wound, and Jack- eted. ASME B16.21 ...... 2005 Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges. ASME B16.22 ...... 2001 Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.4 ASME B16.23 ...... 2002 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings: DWV.4 ASME B16.24 ...... 2001 Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fit- tings: Class 150, 300, 400, 600, 900, 1500, and 2500.3 ASME B16.25 ...... 2003 Buttwelding Ends. ASME B16.28 ...... 1994 Wrought Steel Buttwelding Short Radius Elbows and Returns.4 ASME B16.29 ...... 2007 Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings-DWV.4 ASME B16.34 ...... 1996 Valves—Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End.3 ASME B16.42 ...... 1998 Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Classes 150 and 300. ASME B18.2.1 ...... 1996 Square and Hex Bolts and Screws (Inch Series). ASME/ANSI B18.2.2 ...... 1987 Square and Hex Nuts (Inch Series).

221

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00231 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.60–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

TABLE 56.60–1(b)—ADOPTED STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO PIPING SYSTEMS (REPLACES TABLE 126.1)—Continued ASME B31.1 ...... 2001 Power Piping ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31. ASME B36.10M ...... 2004 Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe. ASME B36.19M ...... 2004 Stainless Steel Pipe.

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) (all incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2)

ASTM F 682 ...... Standard Specification for Wrought Carbon Steel Sleeve- Type Pipe Couplings. ASTM F 1006 ...... Standard Specification for Entrainment Separators for Use in Marine Piping Applications.4 ASTM F 1007 ...... Standard Specification for Pipe-Line Expansion Joints of the Packed Slip Type for Marine Application. ASTM F 1020 ...... Standard Specification for Line-Blind Valves for Marine Applications. ASTM F 1120 ...... Standard Specification for Circular Metallic Bellows Type Expansion Joints for Piping Applications.4 ASTM F 1123 ...... Standard Specification for Non-Metallic Expansion Joints. ASTM F 1139 ...... Standard Specification for Steam Traps and Drains. ASTM F 1172 ...... Standard Specification for Fuel Oil Meters of the Volu- metric Positive Displacement Type. ASTM F 1173 ...... Standard Specification for Thermosetting Resin Fiberglass Pipe and Fittings to be Used for Marine Applications. ASTM F 1199...... Standard Specification for Cast (All Temperature and Pressures) and Welded Pipe Line Strainers (150 psig and 150 Degrees F Maximum). ASTM F 1200 ...... Standard Specification for Fabricated (Welded) Pipe Line Strainers (Above 150 psig and 150 Degrees F.) ASTM F 1201 ...... Standard Specification for Fluid Conditioner Fittings in Pip- ing Applications above 0 Degrees F.

Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association Inc. (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– 2)

Standards of the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, 1980

Fluid Controls Institute Inc. (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2)

FCI 69–1 ...... Pressure Rating Standard for Steam Traps.

Manufacturers’ Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. (all incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) 4

SP–6 ...... Standard Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and Connecting-End Flanges of Valves and Fittings. SP–9 ...... Spot Facing for Bronze, Iron and Steel Flanges. SP–25 ...... Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Unions. SP–44 ...... Steel Pipe Line Flanges.4 SP–45 ...... Bypass and Drain Connection Standard. SP–51 ...... Class 150LW Corrosion Resistant Cast Flanges and Flanged Fittings.4 SP–53 ...... Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves, Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping Compo- nents—Magnetic Particle Examination Method.

222

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00232 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.60–2

TABLE 56.60–1(b)—ADOPTED STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO PIPING SYSTEMS (REPLACES TABLE 126.1)—Continued SP–55 ...... Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping Components—Visual Method. SP–58 ...... Pipe Hangers and Supports—Materials, Design and Man- ufacture. SP–61 ...... Pressure Testing of Steel Valves. SP–67 ...... Butterfly Valves.24 SP–69 ...... Pipe Hangers and Supports—Selection and Application. SP–72 ...... Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for Gen- eral Service.4 SP–73 ...... Brazing Joints for Copper and Copper Pressure Fittings. SP–83 ...... Class 3000 Steel Pipe Unions, Socket-Welding and Threaded. 1 [Reserved] 2 In addition, for bronze valves, adequacy of body shell thickness shall be satisfactory to the Marine Safety Center. Refer to § 56.60–10 of this part for cast-iron valves. 3 Mill or manufacturer’s certification is not required, except where a needed portion of the required marking is deleted because of size or is absent because of age of existing stocks. 4 Because this standard offers the option of several materials, some of which are not generally acceptable to the Coast Guard, compliance with the standard does not necessarily indicate compliance with these rules. The marking on the component or the manufacturer or mill certificate must indicate the specification or grade of the materials as necessary to fully identify the materials. The materials must comply with the requirements in this subchapter governing the particular application.

[USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65179, Oct. 31, 2008] the following applies to the material as furnished prior to any fabrication: § 56.60–2 Limitations on materials. (i) For use in service above 800 °F. Welded pipe and tubing. The following full welding procedure qualifications restrictions apply to the use of welded by the Coast Guard are required. See pipe and tubing specifications when part 57 of this subchapter. utilized in piping systems, and not (ii) Ultrasonic examination as re- when utilized in heat exchanger, boiler, quired by item S–6 in ASTM A 376 (in- pressure vessel, or similar components: corporated by reference; see 46 CFR (a) Longitudinal joint. Wherever pos- 56.01–2) shall be certified as having sible, the longitudinal joint of a welded been met in all applications except pipe shall not be pierced with holes for where 100 percent radiography is a re- branch connections or other purposes. quirement of the particular material (b) Class II. Use unlimited except as specification. restricted by maximum temperature or (2) For those specifications in which pressure specified in Table 56.60–1(a) or no filler material is used in the welding by the requirements contained in process, the ultrasonic examination as § 56.10–5(b) of this chapter. required by item S–6 in ASTM A–376 (c) Class I. (1) For those specifica- shall be certified as having been met tions in which a filler metal is used, for service above 800 °F.

TABLE 56.60–2(a)—ADOPTED SPECIFICATIONS NOT LISTED IN THE ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE *

ASTM specifications Source of allowable stress Notes

Ferrous Materials 1

Bar stock: A 276 ...... See footnote 4 ...... (4). (Grades 304–A, 304L–A, 310–A, 316– A, 316L–A, 321–A, 347–A, and 348– A). A 575 and A 576. (Grades 1010–1030) ...... See footnote 2 ...... (23).

223

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00233 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.60–3 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

TABLE 56.60–2(a)—ADOPTED SPECIFICATIONS NOT LISTED IN THE ASME BOILER AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE *—Continued

ASTM specifications Source of allowable stress Notes

Nonferrous Materials

Bar stock: B 16 (soft and half hard tempers) ...... See footnote 5 ...... (57). B 21 (alloys A, B, and C) ...... See footnote 8 ...... (8). B 124: Alloy 377 ...... See footnotes 5 and 9 ...... (59). Alloy 464 ...... See footnote 8 ...... (810). Alloy 655 ...... See footnote 11 ...... (11). Alloy 642 ...... See footnote 12 ...... (712). Alloy 630 ...... See footnote 13 ...... (713). Alloy 485 ...... See footnote 8 ...... (810). Forgings: B 283 (forging brass) ...... See footnotes 5 and 9 ...... (59). Castings: B 26 ...... See footnotes 5, 14, and 15 ...... (51415). B 85 ...... See footnotes 5, 14, and 15 ...... (51415).

*NOTE: Table 56.60–2(a) is a listing of adopted bar stock and nonferrous forging and casting specifications not listed in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Particular attention should be given to the supplementary testing requirements and service limitations contained in the footnotes. All ASTM standards referred to in Table 56.60–2(a) and its footnotes are incorporated by reference (see 46 CFR 56.01–2). 1 For limitations in use refer to 46 CFR 56.60–5. 2 Allowable stresses shall be the same as those listed in UCS23 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) for SA–675 material of equivalent tensile strength. 3 Physical testing shall be performed as for material manufactured to ASME SA–675 (incorporated by reference, see 46 CFR 56.01–2), except that the bend test shall not be required. 4 Allowable stresses shall be the same as those listed in UCS23 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for the corresponding SA–182 material. 5 Limited to air and hydraulic service with a maximum design temperature of 150 °F. The material must not be used for salt water service or other fluids that may cause dezincification or stress corrosion cracking. 6 [Reserved] 7 An ammonia vapor test, in accordance with ASTM B 858M–95 shall be performed on a representative model of each finished product design. 8 Allowable stresses shall be the same as those listed in UNF23 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for SB–171, naval brass. 9 An ammonia vapor test, in accordance with ASTM B 858M, shall be performed on a representative model for each finished product design. Tension tests shall be performed to determine tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. Minimum values shall be those listed in Table 3 of ASTM B 283. 10 Physical testing, including mercurous nitrate test, shall be performed as for material manufactured to ASTM B 21. 11 Physical testing shall be performed as for material manufactured to ASTM B 96. Allowable stresses shall be the same as those listed in UNF23 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for SB–96 and shall be limited to a maximum allowable temperature of 212 °F. 12 Physical testing shall be performed as for material manufactured to ASTM B 171, alloy D. Allowable stresses shall be the same as those listed in UNF23 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for SB–171, aluminum bronze D. 13 Physical testing shall be performed as for material manufactured to ASTM B 171, alloy E. Allowable stresses shall be the same as those listed in UNF23 of section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for SB–171, aluminum bronze, alloy E. 14 Tension tests shall be performed to determine tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. Minimum values shall be those listed in table X–2 of ASTM B 85. 15 Those alloys with a maximum copper content of 0.6 percent or less shall be acceptable under this specification. Cast aluminum shall not be welded or brazed.

[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as (b) (Reproduces 124.2.C) Carbon or amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, alloy steel having carbon content of 1970; CGD 72–104R, 37 FR 14233, July 18, 1972; more than 0.35 percent shall not be CGD 73–248, 39 FR 30839, Aug. 26, 1974; CGD used in welded construction, nor be 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77–140, shaped by oxygen-cutting process or 54 FR 40612, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995; CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26001, other thermal-cutting process. May 23, 1996; CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51201, Sept. [CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975, as 30, 1997; USCG–1998–4442, 63 FR 52190, Sept. 30, amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65183, 1998; USCG–1999–5151, 64 FR 67180, Dec. 1, 1999; Oct. 31, 2008] USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65182, Oct. 31, 2008] § 56.60–5 Steel (High temperature ap- § 56.60–3 Ferrous materials. plications). (a) Ferrous pipe used for salt water (a) (Reproduces 124.2.A.) Upon pro- service must be protected against cor- longed exposure to temperatures above rosion by hotdip galvanizing or by the 775 °F (412 °C), the carbide phase of use of extra heavy schedule material. plain carbon steel, plain nickel-alloy

224

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00234 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.60–15

steel, carbon-manganese-alloy steel, flame, or any parts operating at tem- manganese-vanadium-alloy steel, and peratures above 500 °F. Cast iron shall carbon-silicon steel may convert to not be used for hull fittings, or in sys- graphite. tems conducting lethal products. (b) (Reproduces 124.2.B.) Upon pro- (c) Malleable iron and cast iron longed exposure to temperatures above valves and fittings, designed and ° ° 875 F (468 C), the carbide phase of marked for Class 300 refrigeration serv- alloy steels, such as carbon-molyb- ice, may be used for such service pro- denum, manganese-molybdenum-vana- vided the pressure limitation of 300 dium, manganese-chromium-vanadium, pounds per square inch is not exceeded. and chromium-vanadium, may convert Malleable iron flanges of this class to graphite. may also be used in sizes 4 inches and (c) [Reserved] (d) The design temperature of a pip- smaller (oval and square design). ing system employing one or more of [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as the materials listed in paragraphs (a), amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, (b), and (c) of this section shall not ex- 1970; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; ceed the lowest graphitization tem- CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40612, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95– perature specified for materials used. 027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, 1996; USCG–2003– 16630, 73 FR 65183, Oct. 31, 2008] [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, § 56.60–15 Ductile iron. 1970; CGD 72–104R, 37 FR 14233, July 18, 1972; CGD 73–248, 39 FR 30839, Aug. 26, 1974; CGD (a) Ductile cast iron components 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; USCG–2003– made of material conforming to ASTM 16630, 73 FR 65183, Oct. 31, 2008] A 395 (incorporated by reference, see 46 CFR 56.01–2) may be used within the § 56.60–10 Cast iron and malleable iron. service restrictions and pressure-temperature limitations of UCD–3 of sec- (a) The low ductility of cast iron and tion VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pres- malleable iron should be recognized sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref- and the use of these metals where erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). shock loading may occur should be avoided. Cast iron and malleable iron (b) Ductile iron castings conforming components shall not be used at tem- to ASTM A 395 (incorporated by ref- peratures above 450 °F. Cast iron and erence, see § 56.01–2) may be used in hy- malleable iron fittings conforming to draulic systems at pressures in excess the specifications of 46 CFR 56.60–1, of 7500 kilopascals (1000 pounds per Table 56.60–1(a) may be used at pres- square inch) gage, provided the fol- sures not exceeding the limits of the lowing: applicable standards shown in that (1) The castings receive a ferritizing table at temperatures not exceeding 450 anneal when the as-cast thickness does °F. Valves of either of these materials not exceed one inch; may be used if they conform to the (2) Large castings for components, standards for class 125 and class 250 such as hydraulic cylinders, are exam- flanges and flanged fittings in ASME ined as specified for a casting quality B16.1 (incorporated by reference; see 46 factor of 90 percent in accordance with CFR 56.01–2) and if their service does UG–24 of section VIII of the ASME not exceed the rating as marked on the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; and valve. (3) The castings are not welded, (b) Cast iron and malleable iron shall brazed, plugged, or otherwise repaired. not be used for valves or fittings in lines carrying flammable or combus- (c) After machining, ductile iron tible fluids 1 which are directly con- castings must be hydrostatically tested nected to, or in the proximity of, to twice their maximum allowable equipment or other lines having open working pressure and must show no leaks. (d) Ductile iron castings exhibiting 1 For definitions of flammable or combustible fluids, see §§ 30.10–15 and 30.10–22 of sub- less than 12 percent elongation in 50 chapter D (Tank Vessels) of this chapter. millimeters (2 inches) when subjected

225

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00235 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.60–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

to a tensile test must meet the require- (1) Plastic pipe and associated fit- ments for cast iron in this part. tings must be approved to approval se- [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40612, Oct. 2, 1989, as ries 164.141 as follows: amended by CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, (i) All piping, except pipe used on 1996; USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, open decks, in cofferdams, void spaces, 2000; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65183, Oct. 31, or ducts, must meet the flame spread 2008] requirements of Appendix 3 of IMO Res- olution A.753(18). § 56.60–20 Nonferrous materials. (ii) Where fire endurance is required Nonferrous materials listed in this in Appendix 4 of IMO Resolution subpart may be used in piping systems A.753(18) the pipe must, at a minimum, under the following conditions (see also be approved as meeting the fire endur- § 56.10–5(c)): ance level required in Appendix 4. Rat- (a) The low melting points of many ings of ‘‘0’’ in Appendix 4 indicate that nonferrous metals and alloys, such as no fire endurance test is required. Rat- aluminum and aluminum alloys, must be recognized. These types of heat sen- ings of ‘‘N/A’’ or ‘‘X’’ indicate that sitive materials must not be used to plastic pipe is not permitted. conduct flammable, combustible, or (iii) Piping in accommodation, serv- dangerous fluids, or for vital systems ice and control spaces must be ap- unless approved by the Marine Safety proved for use in those spaces. Center. (2) Plastic pipe that has not been approved for use in accommodation, serv- NOTE: For definitions of flammable or combustible fluids, see §§ 30.10–15 and 30.10–22 or ice and control spaces is permitted in a parts 151–154 of this chapter. Dangerous concealed space in an accommodation, fluids are those covered by regulations in service or control space, such as behind part 98 of this chapter. ceilings or linings or between double (b) The possibility of galvanic corro- bulkheads if: sion due to the relative solution poten- (i) The piping is enclosed in a trunk tials of copper and aluminum and their or duct constructed of ‘‘A’’ class divi- alloys should be considered when used sions; or in conjunction with each other or with (ii) An approved smoke detection sys- steel or with other metals and their al- tem is fitted in the concealed space and loys when an electrolyte is present. each penetration of a bulkhead or deck (c) A suitable thread compound must and each installation of a draft stop is be used in making up threaded joints in made in accordance with IMO Resolu- aluminum pipe to prevent seizing tion A.753(18) and IMO Resolution which might cause leakage and perhaps MSC.313(88) to maintain the integrity prevent disassembly. Pipe in the an- of fire divisions. nealed temper should not be threaded. (3) Requests for the use of plastic (d) The corrosion resistance of copper pipe for non-vital systems, as defined bearing aluminum alloys in a marine in 46 CFR 56.07–5, containing non-flam- atmosphere is poor and alloys with mable or non-combustible liquids in lo- copper contents exceeding 0.6 percent cations that do not require fire endur- should not be used. Refer to Table 56.60–2(a) of this part for further guidance testing, as indicated in Appendix 4 ance. of IMO Resolution A.753(18), must be submitted to the Marine Safety Center [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as for review. The proposed piping must amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40612, Oct. 2, meet the following requirements: 1989; CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, 1996] (i) The length of pipe must be 30 § 56.60–25 Nonmetallic materials. inches or less; (a) Plastic pipe installations must be (ii) The pipe must be contained within accordance with IMO Resolution in the space and does not penetrate any A.753(18) and IMO Resolution bulkhead, overhead or deck; and MSC.313(88) (both incorporated by ref- (iii) Material specifications must be erence, see § 56.01–2) and the following provided with the installation pro- supplemental requirements. posal.

226

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00236 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.60–25

(4) Pipe that is to be used for potable its of paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of water must bear the appropriate cer- this section. Unreinforced hoses are tification mark of a nationally-recog- limited to a maximum service pressure nized, ANSI-accredited third-party cer- of 345 kPa (50 psi); reinforced hoses are tification laboratory. Plastic pipe fit- limited to a maximum service pressure ting and bonding techniques must fol- of 1,034 kPa (150 psi). low the manufacturer’s installation (4) Nonmetallic flexible hose may be guidelines. Bonders must hold certifi- used in lube oil, fuel oil and fluid power cations required by the manufacturer’s systems only where flexibility is re- guidelines and provide documentation quired and in lengths not exceeding 30 of current certification to the Marine inches. Inspector when requested. (5) Nonmetallic flexible hose must (5) Systems identified by § 56.97– have factory-assembled end fittings re- 40(a)(1) through (c) that contain plastic quiring no further adjustment or field piping must be tested to 1.5 MAWP as attachable fittings. Hose end fittings required by § 56.97–40(a). must comply with SAE J1475 (incor- (6) Plastic pipe used outboard of the porated by reference, see § 56.01–2). required metallic shell valve in any Field attachable fittings must be in- piping system penetrating the vessel’s stalled following the manufacturer’s shell (see § 56.50–95(f)) must have the recommended practice. If special equip- same fire endurance as the metallic ment is required, such as crimping ma- shell valve. Where the shell valve and chines, it must be of the type and de- the plastic pipe are in the same un- sign specified by the manufacturer. A manned space, the valve must be oper- hydrostatic test of each hose assembly able from above the freeboard deck. must be conducted in accordance with (7) Pipe that is to be used for potable § 56.97–5. water must bear the appropriate cer- (6) The fire-test procedures of ISO tification mark of a nationally-recog- 15540 (incorporated by reference; see 46 nized, ANSI-accredited, third-party CFR 56.01–2) are an acceptable alter- certification laboratory. (8) Plastic pipe must also comply native to those procedures of SAE with appropriate requirements for spe- J1942. All other tests of SAE J1942 are cific uses and arrangements of pipe still required. given elsewhere in this part. (c) Plastic valves, fittings, and (b) Nonmetallic flexible hose. (1) Non- flanges may be used in systems em- metallic flexible hose must be in ac- ploying plastic pipe. Such valves, fit- cordance with SAE J1942 (incorporated tings, and flanges must be designed, by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) and fabricated, tested, and installed so as may be installed only in vital and to satisfy the intent of the require- nonvital fresh and salt water systems, ments for plastic pipe contained in this nonvital pneumatic systems, lube oil section. and fuel systems, and fluid power sys- (d) If it is desired to use nonmetallic tems. materials other than those specified in (2) Nonmetallic flexible hose may be this section, a request furnishing the used in vital fresh and salt water sys- chemical and physical properties of the tems at a maximum service pressure of material must be submitted to the 1,034 kPa (150 psi). Nonmetallic flexible Commandant for consideration. hose may be used in lengths not ex- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as ceeding 76 cm (30 inches) where flexi- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9979, June 17, bility is required, subject to the limits 1970; CGD 72–104R, 37 FR 14234, July 18, 1972; in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77– section. Nonmetallic flexible hose may 140, 54 FR 40613, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 88–032, 56 be used for plastic pipe in duplicate in- FR 35822, July 29, 1991; CGD 83–043, 60 FR stallations in accordance with this 24775, May 10, 1995; CGD 95–072, 60 FR 50462, paragraph (b). Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51201, Sept. 30, (3) Nonmetallic flexible hose may be 1997; USCG–2002–13058, 67 FR 61278, Sept. 30, used for plastic pipe in non-vital fresh 2002; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65183, Oct. 31, and salt water systems and non-vital 2008; USCG–2012–0196, 81 FR 48251, July 22, pneumatic systems, subject to the lim- 2016]

227

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00237 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.65–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

Subpart 56.65—Fabrication, and one or two of the three members Assembly and Erection are ferritic and the other member or members are austenitic, the satisfac- § 56.65–1 General (replaces 127 tory use of such materials shall be de- through 135). termined by procedure qualifications. The requirements for fabrication, as- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as sembly and erection in subparts 56.70 amended by CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, through 56.90 shall apply in lieu of 127 1975; USCG–2002–13058, 67 FR 61278, Sept. 30, through 135.4 of ASME B31.1 (incor- 2002; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, Oct. 31, porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– 2008] 2). Those paragraphs reproduced are so § 56.70–10 Preparation (modifies 127.3). noted. (a) Butt welds (reproduces 127.3)—(1) [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, Oct. 31, 2008] End preparation. (i) Oxygen or arc cutting is acceptable only if the cut is rea- § 56.70–1 General. sonably smooth and true, and all slag (a) The following generally applies to is cleaned from the flame cut surfaces. all types of welding, such as stud weld- Discoloration which may remain on ing, casting repair welding and all the flame cut surface is not considered processes of fabrication welding. Where to be detrimental oxidation. the detailed requirements are not ap- (ii) Butt-welding end preparation di- propriate to a particular process, alter- mensions contained in ASME B16.25 natives must be approved by the Ma- (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR rine Safety Center. 56.01–2) or any other end preparation [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40614, Oct. 2, 1989] that meets the procedure qualification requirements are acceptable. § 56.70–3 Limitations. (iii) If piping component ends are Backing rings. Backing strips used at bored, such boring shall not result in longitudinal welded joints must be re- the finished wall thickness after weld- moved. ing being less than the minimum design thickness. Where necessary, weld [CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975] metal of the appropriate analysis may be deposited on the inside or outside of § 56.70–5 Material. the piping component to provide suffi- (a) Filler metal. All filler metal, in- cient material for machining to insure cluding consumable insert material, satisfactory fitting of rings. must comply with the requirements of (iv) If the piping component ends are section IX of the ASME Boiler and upset they may be bored to allow for a Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by completely recessed backing ring, pro- reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) and 46 vided the remaining net thickness of CFR 57.02–5. the finished ends is not less than the (b) Backing rings. When metallic minimum design thickness. backing rings are used they shall be (2) Cleaning. Surfaces for welding made from material of weldable qual- shall be clean and shall be free from ity compatible with the base metal, paint, oil, rust, scale, or other material whether subsequently removed or not. which is detrimental to welding. When nonmetallic backing rings are (3) Alignment. The inside diameters of used they shall be of material which piping components to be joined must be does not deleteriously affect either aligned as accurately as practicable base or weld metal, and shall be re- within existing commercial tolerances moved after welding is completed. on diameters, wall thicknesses, and out Backing rings may be of the of roundness. Alignment must be pre- consumable insert type, removable ce- served during welding. Where ends are ramic type, of solid or split band type. to be joined and the internal misalign- A ferrous backing ring which becomes ment exceeds 1⁄16-inch, it is preferred a permanent part of the weld shall not that the component with the wall ex- exceed 0.05 percent sulphur. If two tending internally be internally abutting surfaces are to be welded to a trimmed (see Fig. 127.3) so that adjoin- third member used as a backing ring ing internal surfaces are approximately

228

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00238 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.70–15

flush. However, this trimming must welded butt joints or equivalent single not reduce a piping component wall welded butt joints for pipe diameters thickness below the minimum design exceeding three-fourth inch nominal thickness and the change in the con- pipe size. The use of a single welded tour may not exceed 30°. butt joint employing a backing ring (4) Spacing. The root opening of the (note restrictions in paragraph joint shall be as given in the procedure (b)(3)(iv) of this section) on the inside specification. of the pipe is an acceptable equivalent (b) Fillet welds (modifies 127.4.4). In for Class I and Class II-L applications, making fillet welds, the weld metal but not permitted for Class I-L applica- must be deposited in such a way as to tions. Single welded butt joints em- obtain adequate penetration into the ploying either an inert gas for first base metal at the root of the weld. Pip- pass backup or a consumable insert ing components that are to be joined ring may be considered the equivalent utilizing fillet welds must be prepared of a double welded butt joint for all in accordance with applicable provi- classes of piping and is preferable for sions and requirements of this section. Class I-L and II-L systems where dou- For typical details, see Figures 127.4.4A ble butt welds cannot be used. Appro- and 127.4.4C of ASME B31.1 (incor- priate welding procedure qualification porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– tests shall be conducted as specified in 2) and 46 CFR 56.30–10(b). See 46 CFR part 57 of this subchapter. A first pass 56.30–5(d) for additional requirements. inert gas backup is intended to mean [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as that the inside of the pipe is purged amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, with inert gas and that the root is 1970; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; welded with the inert gas metal arc CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40614, Oct. 2, 1989; USCG– (mig) or inert gas tungsten arc (tig) 2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, Oct. 31, 2008] processes. Classes I, I-L, and II-L piping are required to have the inside of § 56.70–15 Procedure. the pipe machined for good fit up if the (a) General. (1) Qualification of the misalignment exceeds that specified in welding procedures to be used, and of § 56.70–10(a)(3). In the case of Class II the performance of welders and opera- piping the machining of the inside of tors, is required, and shall comply with the pipe may be omitted. For single the requirements of part 57 of this sub- welded joints, where possible, the in- chapter. side of the joint shall be examined vis- (2) No welding shall be done if there ually to assure full penetration. Radio- is direct impingement of rain, snow, graphic examination of at least 20 per- sleet, or high wind on the piping com- cent of single welded joints to check ponent weldment. for penetration is required for all Class (3) Sections of pipe shall be welded I and Class I-L systems regardless of insofar as possible in the fabricating size following the requirements of shop. Prior to welding Class I piping or § 56.95–10. Ultrasonic testing may be low temperature piping, the fabricator utilized in lieu of radiographic exam- shall request a marine inspector to ination if the procedures are approved. visit his plant to examine his fabri- (3) For Class II piping, the type of cating equipment and to witness the joints shall be similar to Class I piping, qualification tests required by part 57 with the following exceptions: of this subchapter. One test specimen (i) Single-welded butt joints may be shall be prepared for each process and employed without the use of backing welding position to be employed in the rings in all sizes provided that the weld fabrication. is chipped or ground flush on the root (b) Girth butt welds. (1) Girth butt side of the weld. welds must be complete penetration (ii) For services such as vents, over- welds and may be made with a single flows, and gravity drains, the backing vee, double vee, or other suitable type ring may be eliminated and the root of of groove, with or without backing the weld need not be ground. rings or consumable inserts. (iii) Square-groove welds without (2) Girth butt welds in Class I, I-L, edge preparation may be employed for and II-L piping systems shall be double butt joints in vents, overflows, and

229

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00239 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.70–15 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

gravity drains where the pipe wall (iv) If the surface of the weld requires thickness does not exceed three-six- grinding to meet the above criteria, teenth inch. care must be taken to avoid reducing (iv) The crimped or forged backing the weld or base material below the ring with continuous projection around minimum required thickness. the outside of the ring is acceptable (7) The type and extent of examina- only for Class II piping. The projection tion required for girth butt welds is must be completely fused. specified in § 56.95–10. (4) Tack welds which become part of (8) Sections of welds that are shown the finished weld, shall be made by a by radiography or other examination qualified welder. Tack welds made by to have any of the following type of im- an unqualified welder shall be removed. perfections shall be judged unaccept- Tack welds which are not removed able and shall be repaired as provided shall be made with an electrode which in paragraph (f) of this section: is the same as or equivalent to the (i) Any type of crack or zone of in- electrode to be used for the first pass. complete fusion or penetration. Their stopping and starting ends must (ii) Any slag inclusion or porosity be properly prepared by grinding or greater in extent than those specified other suitable means so that they may as acceptable set forth in PW–51 of sec- be satisfactorily incorporated into the tion I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure final weld. Tack welds which have Vessel Code (incorporated by reference; cracked shall be removed. see 46 CFR 56.01–2). (5) When components of different out- (iii) Undercuts in the external sur- side diameters are welded together, the faces of butt welds which are more weld joint must be filled to the outside than 1⁄32-inch deep. surface of the component having the (iv) Concavity on the root side of full larger diameter. There must be a grad- penetration girth butt welds where the ual transition, not exceeding a slope of resulting weld thickness is less than 1:3, in the weld between the two sur- the minimum pipe wall thickness re- faces. To avoid unnecessary weld de- quired by this subchapter. Weld rein- posit, the outside surface of the compo- forcement up to a maximum of 1⁄32-inch nent having the larger diameter must thickness may be considered as pipe be tapered at an angle not to exceed 30 wall thickness in such cases. degrees with the axis of the pipe. (See (c) Longitudinal butt welds. Longitu- Fig. 127.4.2 of ASME B31.1 (incor- dinal butt welds in piping components porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– not made in accordance with the stand- 2).) ards and specifications listed in 56.60–1 (6) As-welded surfaces are permitted; (a) and (b) must meet the requirements however, the surface of the welds must of paragraph 104.7 of ASME B31.1 (in- be sufficiently free from coarse ripple, corporated by reference; see 46 CFR grooves, overlaps, abrupt ridges and 56.01–2) and may be examined non- valleys to meet the following: destructively by an acceptable method. (i) The surface condition of the fin- Imperfections shall not exceed the lim- ished welds must be suitable for the its established for girth butt welds ex- proper interpretation of radiographic cept that no undercutting shall be per- and other nondestructive examinations mitted in longitudinal butt welds. See when nondestructive examinations are also § 56.60–2(b). required by § 56.95–10. In those cases (d) Fillet welds. (1) Fillet welds may where there is a question regarding the vary from convex to concave. The size surface condition on the interpretation of a fillet weld is determined as shown of a radiographic film, the film must be in Figure 127.4.4A in ASME B31.1. Fillet compared to the actual weld surface for weld details for socket-welding compo- interpretation and determination of ac- nents must meet § 56.30–5(c) of this ceptability. part. Fillet weld details for flanges (ii) Reinforcements are permitted in must meet § 56.30–10(c) of this part. Fil- accordance with Table 56.70–15. let weld details for flanges must meet (iii) Undercuts must not exceed 1⁄32- § 56.30–10 of this part. inch and must not encroach on the (2) The limitations on cracks and un- minimum required section thickness. dercutting set forth in paragraph (b)(8)

230

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00240 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.70–15

of this section for girth welds are also moved by a flame or arc-gouging, applicable to fillet welds. grinding, chipping, or machining. Re- (3) Class I piping not exceeding 3 pair welds must be made in accordance inches nominal pipe size and not sub- with the same procedures used for ject to full radiography by § 56.95–10 of original welds, or by another welding this part may be joined by sleeves process if it is a part of a qualified pro- fitted over pipe ends or by socket type cedure, recognizing that the cavity to joints. Where full radiography is re- be repaired may differ in contour and quired, only butt type joints may be dimensions from the original joint. The used. The inside diameter of the sleeve types, extent, and method of examina- must not exceed the outside diameter tion and limits of imperfections of re- of the pipe or tube by more than 0.080 pair welds shall be the same as for the inch. Fit between socket and pipe must original weld. conform to applicable standards for (2) Preheating may be required for socket weld fittings. Depth of insertion flame-gouging or arc-gouging certain of pipe or tube within the socket or alloy materials of the air hardening sleeve must not be less than three- type in order to prevent surface check- eighths inch. The fillet weld must be ing or cracking adjacent to the flame deposited in a minimum of two passes, or arc-gouged surface. unless specifically approved otherwise (g) Welded branch connections. (1) Fig- in a special procedure qualification. ure 127.4.8A, Figure 127.4.8B, and Figure Requirements for joints employing 127.4.8C of ASME B31.1 show typical de- socket weld and slip-on flanges are in tails of branch connections with and § 56.30–10 of this part. without added reinforcement. However, (4) Sleeve and socket type joints may no attempt has been made to show all be used in Class II piping systems with- acceptable types of construction and out restriction as to size of pipe or tub- the fact that a certain type of con- ing joined. Applicable standards must struction is illustrated does not indi- be followed on fit. The fillet welds cate that it is recommended over other must be deposited in a minimum of two types not illustrated. See also Figure passes, unless specifically approved 56.70–15(g) for additional pipe connec- otherwise in a special procedure quali- tions. fication. Requirements for joints em- (2) Figure 127.4.8D of ASME B31.1 ploying socket weld and slip-on flanges shows basic types of weld attachments are in § 56.30–10 of this part. used in the fabrication of branch con- (e) Seal welds (reproduces 127.4.5). (1) nections. The location and minimum Where seal welding of threaded joints size of these attachment welds shall is performed, threads shall be entirely conform to the requirements of this covered by the seal weld. Seal welding paragraph. Weld sizes shall be cal- shall be done by qualified welders. culated in accordance with 104.3.1 of (2) The limitation on cracks and un- ASME B31.1, but shall not be less than dercutting set forth in § 56.70–15(b)(8) the sizes shown in Figure 127.4.8D and for girth welds are also applicable to F of ASME B31.1. seal welds. (3) The notations and symbols used in (f) Weld defect repairs. (1) All defects this paragraph and in Figure 127.4.8D in welds requiring repair must be re- and F of ASME B31.1 are as follows:

231

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00241 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.70–15 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

FIGURE 56.70–15(G)—ACCEPTABLE TYPES OF WELDED PIPE CONNECTIONS

tn = nominal thickness of branch wall less added reinforcement to the run, shall corrosion allowance, inches. be a fillet weld with a minimum throat 1 tc = the smaller of ⁄4 inch or 0.7tn. dimension of 0.5 t . t = nominal thickness of reinforcing ele- e e (ii) If the weld joining the added rein- ment (ring or saddle), inches (te = 0 if there is no added reinforcement). forcement to the branch is a fillet tmin = the smaller of tn or te. weld, the throat dimension shall not be t = dimension of partial penetration weld, w less than 0.7 tmin. The weld at the outer inches. edge joining the outer reinforcement to (4) Branch connections (including the run shall also be a fillet weld with specially made, integrally reinforced a minimum throat dimension of 0.5 te. branch connection fittings) that abut (6) When rings or saddles are used, a the outside surface of the run wall, or vent hole shall be provided (at the side that are inserted through an opening and not at the crotch) in the ring or cut in the run wall, shall have opening saddle to reveal leakage in the weld be- and branch contour to provide a good tween branch and main run and to pro- fit and shall be attached by means of vide venting during welding and heat full penetration groove welds except as treating operations. Rings or saddles otherwise permitted in paragraph (g)(7) may be made in more than one piece if of this section. The full penetration the joints between the pieces have groove welds shall be finished with strength equivalent to ring or saddle cover fillet welds having a minimum parent metal and if each piece is pro- throat dimension not less than 2t . The c vided with a vent hole. A good fit shall limitation as to imperfection of these be provided between reinforcing rings groove welds shall be as set forth in or saddles and the parts to which they 127.4.2(C) of ASME B31.1 for girth welds. are attached. (5) In branch connections having re- (7) Branch connections 2 in. NPS and inforcement pads or saddles, the rein- smaller that do not require reinforce- forcement shall be attached by welds ment may be constructed as shown in at the outer edge and at the branch pe- Fig. 127.4.8F of ASME B31.1. This con- riphery as follows: struction is limited to use in Class I (i) If the weld joining the added rein- and II piping systems at a maximum forcement to the branch is a full pene- design temperature of 750 °F. or a max- tration groove weld, it shall be finished imum pressure of 1025 psi. with a cover fillet weld having a min- (h) Heat treatment. Heat treatment for imum throat dimension not less than tc welds shall be in accordance with sub- the weld at the outer edge, joining the part 56.85.

232

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00242 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR EC01FE91.027 Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.75–15

TABLE 56.70–15—REINFORCEMENT OF GIRTH AND LONGITUDINAL BUTT WELDS

Maximum thickness (in inches) of reinforcement for design temperature Thickness (in inches) of base metal 0 °F and Below 0 °F ° or above 350 to 750 above but ° °F less than 750 F 350 °F

Up to 1⁄8, inclusive ...... 1⁄16 3⁄32 3⁄16 Over 1⁄8 to 3⁄16, inclusive ...... 1⁄16 1⁄8 3⁄16 Over 3⁄16 to 1⁄2, inclusive ...... 1⁄16 5⁄32 3⁄16 Over 1⁄2 to 1, inclusive ...... 3⁄32 3⁄16 3⁄16 Over 1 to 2, inclusive ...... 1⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄4 Over 2 ...... 5⁄32 (1) (1)

1 The greater of 1⁄4 in. or 1⁄8 times the width of the weld in inches. NOTES: 1. For double welded butt joints, this limitation on reinforcement given above applies separately to both inside and outside surfaces of the joint. 2. For single welded butt joints, the reinforcement limits given above apply to the outside surface of the joint only. 3. The thickness of weld reinforcement is based on the thickness of the thinner of the materials being joined. 4. The weld reinforcement thicknesses must be determined for the higher of the abutting surfaces involved. 5. For boiler external piping use the column titled ‘‘Below 0 °F. or above 750 °F.’’ for weld reinforcement thicknesses.

[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9978, June 17, 1970; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40165, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40614, Oct. 2, 1989; 55 FR 39969, Oct. 1, 1990; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, Oct. 31, 2008]

§ 56.70–20 Qualification, general. brazing material in a piping system, the requirements of § 56.60–20 of this (a) Qualification of the welding pro- part should be considered. cedures to be used, and of the perform- (b) The brazing material used shall ance of welders and welding operators, have a shearing strength of at least is required, and shall comply with the 10,000 pounds per square inch. The max- requirements of section IX of the imum allowable working pressure for ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code brazing piping shall be determined by (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR this part. 56.01–2) except as modified by part 57 of (c) Fluxes that are fluid and chemi- this subchapter. cally active at the brazing temperature (b) Each butt-welded joint of Class I must be used when necessary to pre- of Class I-L piping shall be marked vent oxidation of the filler metal and with the welder’s identification sym- of the surfaces to be joined and to pro- bol. Dies shall not be used to mark the mote free flowing of the filler metal. pipe where the pressure exceeds 600 pounds per square inch or the tempera- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as ture exceeds 750 °F. or in Class I-L sys- amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40615, Oct. 2, 1989; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, Oct. 31, tems. 2008] [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, § 56.75–10 Joint clearance. Oct. 31, 2008] (a) The clearance between surfaces to be joined shall be no larger than is nec- Subpart 56.75—Brazing essary to insure complete capillary distribution of the filler metal; between § 56.75–5 Filler metal. 0.002–inch minimum and 0.006-inch (a) The filler metal used in brazing maximum. must be a nonferrous metal or alloy (b) [Reserved] having a melting point above 1,000 °F. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as and below that of the metal being amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, joined. The filler metal must meet and Oct. 31, 2008] flow freely within the desired temperature range and, in conjunction with a § 56.75–15 Heating suitable flux or controlled atmosphere, (a) The joint shall be brought to braz- must wet and adhere to the surfaces to ing temperature in as short a time as be joined. Prior to using a particular possible to minimize oxidation.

233

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00243 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.75–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(b) [Reserved] er. The annular clearance of socket joints shall be held to small clearances [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, which experience indicates is satisfac- Oct. 31, 2008] tory for the brazing alloy to be employed, method of heating, and mate- § 56.75–20 Brazing qualification. rial to be joined. The annular clearance (a) The qualification of the perform- shall be shown on drawings submitted ance of brazers and brazing operators for approval of socket joints. shall be in accordance with the require- (2) Copper pipe fabricated with longitudinal joints for pressures not exceed- ments of part C, section IX of the ing that permitted by the regulations ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code in this subchapter may have butt, (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR lapped, or scarfed joints. If of the latter 56.01–2) and part 57 of this subchapter. type, the kerf of the material shall be (b) Manufacturers shall perform not less than 60°. those tests required by paragraph (a) of (c) Brazing, general. (1) Heat shall be this section prior to performing pro- applied evenly and uniformly to all duction brazing. parts of the joint in order to prevent [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as local overheating. amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, (2) The members to be joined shall be Oct. 31, 2008] held firmly in place until the brazing alloy has set so as to prevent any § 56.75–25 Detail requirements. strain on the joint until the brazing (a) Pipe may be fabricated by brazing alloy has thoroughly solidified. The when the temperature to which such brazing shall be done by placing the connections may be subjected does not flux and brazing material on one side of exceed 425 °F. (For exception refer to the joint and applying heat until the § 56.30–30(b)(1).) brazing material flows entirely (b) The surfaces to be brazed must be through the lap and shows uniformly clean and free from grease, oxides, along the seam on the other side of the paint, scale, and dirt of any kind. Any joint. Sufficient flux shall be used to suitable chemical or mechanical clean- cause the brazing material to appear ing method may be used to provide a promptly after reaching the brazing clean, wettable surface for brazing. temperature. (c) After the parts to be joined have been thoroughly cleaned the edges to Subpart 56.80—Bending and be brazed shall be given an even coat- Forming ing of flux prior to heating the joint as a protection against oxidation. § 56.80–5 Bending. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as Pipe may be bent by any hot or cold amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65184, method and to any radius which will Oct. 31, 2008] result in a bend surface free of cracks, as determined by a method of inspec- § 56.75–30 Pipe joining details. tion specified in the design, and sub- (a) Silver brazing. (1) Circumferential stantially free of buckles. Such bends pipe joints may be either of the socket shall meet the design requirements of or butt type. When butt joints are em- 102.4.5 and 104.2.1 of ASME B31.1 (incor- ployed the edges to be joined shall be porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– cut or machined square and the edges 2). This shall not prohibit the use of shall be held closely together to insure bends designed as creased or cor- a satisfactory joint. rugated. If doubt exists as to the wall (b) Copper-alloy brazing. (1) Copper- thickness being adequate, Class I pip- alloy brazing may be employed to join ing having diameters exceeding 4 pipe, valves, and fittings. Circumferen- inches shall be nondestructively exam- tial joints may be either of the butt or ined by the use of ultrasonics or other socket type. Where butt joints are em- acceptable method. Alternatively, the ployed, the included angle shall be not pipe may be drilled, gaged, and fitted less than 90° where the wall thickness with a screwed plug extending outside is three-sixteenths of an inch or great- the pipe covering. The nondestructive

234

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00244 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.85–10

method shall be employed where the (e) For other materials the heat design temperature exceeds 750 °F. treatment of bends and formed compo- Prior to the use of nondestructive nents must be such as to ensure pipe method of examination by the above properties that are consistent with the procedure, it shall be demonstrated by original pipe specification. the user, in the presence of a marine (f) All scale shall be removed from inspector on specimens similar to those heat treated pipe prior to installation. to be examined, that consistent re- (g) Austenitic stainless-steel pipe sults, having an accuracy of plus or that has been heated for bending or minus 3 percent, can be obtained. other forming may be used in the ‘‘as- bent’’ condition unless the design spec- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as ification requires post-bending heat amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9979, June 17, treatment. 1970; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185, Oct. 31, 2008] [CGFR 68–62, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9979, June 17, § 56.80–10 Forming (reproduces 129.2). 1970; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40166, Sept. 2, 1975; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185, Oct. 31, 2008] (a) Piping components may be formed (swaging, lapping, or upsetting of pipe ends, extrusion of necks, etc.) Subpart 56.85—Heat Treatment of by any suitable hot or cold working Welds method, providing such processes result in formed surfaces which are uni- § 56.85–5 Heating and cooling method. form and free of cracks or other de- Heat treatment may be accomplished fects, as determined by methods of in- by a suitable heating method that will spection specified in the design. provide the desired heating and cooling rates, the required metal temperature, § 56.80–15 Heat treatment of bends and metal temperature uniformity, and formed components. temperature control. (a) Carbon-steel piping that has been [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185, Oct. 31, 2008] heated to at least 1,650 °F (898 °C) for bending or other forming requires no § 56.85–10 Preheating. subsequent heat treatment. (a) The minimum preheat tempera- (b) Ferritic alloy steel piping which tures listed in Table 56.85–10 for P-num- has been heated for bending or other ber materials groupings are mandatory forming operations shall receive a minimum pre-heat temperatures. Pre- stress relieving treatment, a full an- heat is required for Class I, I-L, I-N, II- neal, or a normalize and temper treat- N and II-L piping when the ambient ment, as specified by the design speci- temperature is below 50 °F. fication before welding. (b) During the welding of dissimilar (c) Cold bending and forming of car- materials, the minimum preheat tem- bon steel having a wall thickness of perature may not be lower than either three-fourths of an inch and heavier, the highest temperature listed in Table and all ferritic-alloy pipe in nominal 56.85–10 for any of the materials to be pipe sizes of 4 inches and larger, or one- welded or the temperature established half-inch wall thickness or heavier, in the qualified welding procedure. will require a stress-relieving treat- (c) The preheat temperature shall be ment. checked by use of temperature-indi- (d) Cold bending of carbon-steel and cating crayons, thermocouples, ferritic-alloy steel pipe in sizes and pyrometers, or other suitable methods wall thicknesses less than specified in to ensure that the required preheat 129.3.3 of ASME B31.1 (incorporated by temperature is obtained before, and reference; see 46 CFR 56.01–2) may be uniformly maintained during the weld- used without a postheat treatment. ing.

235

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00245 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.85–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

TABLE 56.85–10—PREHEAT AND POSTHEAT TREATMENT OF WELDS

Preheat required Post heat treatment requirement (1)(2) Time cycle ASME Sec IX Minimum tem- Minimum wall Nos. Minimum wall perature and other Temperature Hour per Minimum (3)(4) (inch) ° (7)(8)(9)(10)(11)(12)(°F)(inch) time within (5)(6)( F) (3)(4)(17)(inch) inch of wall range (3)(4) (hour)

P–1(16) ...... All ...... 50 (for .30 C. Over 3⁄4 in ...... 1,100 to 1,200 (minimum) 1 1 maximum or (maximum). less) (13). P–1(16) ...... All ...... 175 (for over ...... do ...... do ...... 1 1 .30 C.) (13) and wall thickness over 1 in. P–3(15) ...... All walls ...... 175 ...... Over 1⁄2 in ...... 1,200 to 1,350 (minimum) 1 1 (maximum). P–4(15) ...... Up to 3⁄4 in in- 300 ...... Over 1⁄2 in or 1,330 to 1,400 (minimum) 1 1 clusive. over 4 in (maximum). nom. size or. Over 3⁄4 in ...... 400 ...... Over .15 C. maximum. P–5(15) (less Up to 3⁄4 in in- 300 ...... Over 1⁄2 in or 1,300 to 1,425 (minimum) 1 1 than 5 cr.). clusive. over 4 in. (maximum). nom. size or. Over 3⁄4 in ...... 400 ...... Over 0.15 C. maximum. P–5(15) (5 cr. Up to 3⁄4 inclu- 300 ...... All walls ...... do ...... 1 2 and higher). sive. Over 3⁄4 in ...... 400 ...... Over 0.15 C. maximum. P–6 ...... All walls ...... 300 (14)...... All walls ...... 1,400 to 1,500 (minimum) 1 2 (maximum). P–8 ...... do ...... None required ...... do ...... None required.

For P–7, P–9A, P–9B, P–10C and other mate- (9) Heating rate for furnace, gas, electric rials not listed the Preheat and Postheat resistance, and other surface heating meth- Treatment is to be in accordance with the ods must not exceed: (i) 600 °F per hour for qualified procedure. thicknesses 2 inches and under. Notes Applicable to Table 56.85–10: (ii) 600 °F per hour divided by 1⁄2 the thick- (1) Not applicable to dissimilar metal ness in inches for thickness over 2 inches. welds. (10) Heating route for induction heating (2) When postheat treatment by annealing must not exceed: or normalizing is used, the postheat treat- (i) 600 °F per hour for thickness less than ment temperatures must be in accordance 11⁄2 inches (60 and 400 cycles). with the qualified welding procedure. (ii) 500 °F per hour when using 60 cycles ° (3) Wall thickness of a butt weld is defined and 400 F per hour when using 400 cycles for 1 as the thicker of the two abutting ends after thicknesses 1 ⁄2 inches and over. end preparation including I.D. machining. (11) When local heating is used, the weld must be allowed to cool slowly from the (4) The thickness of socket, fillet, and seal postheat treatment temperature. A sug- welds is defined as the throat thicknesses for gested method of retarding cooling is to pressure and nonpressure retaining welds. wrap the weld with asbestos and allow to (5) Preheat temperatures must be checked cool in still air. When furnace cooling is by use of temperature indicating crayons, used, the pipe sections must be cooled in the thermocouple pyrometers, or other suitable furnace to 1000 °F and may then be cooled method. further in still air. (6) For inert gas tungsten arc root pass (12) Local postheat treatment of butt weld- welding lower preheat in accordance with ed joints must be performed on a circum- the qualified procedure may be used. ferential band of the pipe. The minimum (7) The maximum postheat treatment tem- width of this band, centered on the weld, perature listed for each P number is a rec- must be the width of the weld plus 2 inches. ommended maximum temperature. Local postheat treatment of welded branch (8) Postheat treatment temperatures must connections must be performed by heating a be checked by use of thermocouple circumferential band of the pipe to which the pyrometers or other suitable means. branch is welded. The width of the heated

236

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00246 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.90–1

band must extend at least 1 inch beyond the (c) All complicated connections in- weld joining the branch. cluding manifolds shall be stress-re- (13) 0.30 C. max applies to specified ladle lieved in a furnace as a whole as re- analysis. quired by Table 56.85–10 before being ° (14) 600 F maximum interpass tempera- taken aboard ship for installation. ture. (15) Welding on P–3, P–4, and P–5 with 3 Cr (d) The postheating treatment se- max. may be interrupted only if— lected for parts of an assembly must (i) At least 3⁄8 inch thickness of weld is de- not adversely affect other components. posited or 25 percent of welding groove is Heating a fabricated assembly as a filled, whichever is greater; complete unit is usually desirable; (ii) The weld is allowed to cool slowly to however, the size or shape of the unit room temperature; and or the adverse effect of a desired treat- (iii) The required preheat is resumed before ment on one or more components welding is continued. where dissimilar materials are in- (16) When attaching welding carbon steel volved may dictate alternative proce- non-pressure parts to steel pressure parts dures. For example, it may be heated and the throat thickness of the fillet or par- as a section of the assembly before the tial or full penetration weld is 1⁄2 in. or less, postheat treatment of the fillet weld is not attachment of others or local circum- required for Class I and II piping if preheat ferential-band heating of welded joints to a minimum temperature of 175 °F is ap- in accordance with 46 CFR 56.85–10, plied when the thickness of the pressure part Table 56.85–10 Note (12) and 46 CFR exceeds 3⁄4 in. 56.85–15(j)(3). (17) For Class I-L and II-L piping systems, (e) Postheating treatment of welded relief from postweld heat treatment may not joints between dissimilar metals hav- be dependent upon wall thickness. See also ing different postheating requirements §§ 56.50–105(a)(3) and 56.50–105(b)(3) of this chapter. must be established in the qualified welding procedure. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as (f)–(h) [Reserved] amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17, (i) For those materials listed under 1970; CGD 72–104R, 37 FR 14234, July 18, 1972; CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17229, June 29, 1973; CGD P–1, when the wall thickness of the 73–254, 40 FR 40166, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 77–140, thicker of the two abutting ends, after 54 FR 40615, Oct. 2, 1989; USCG–2003–16630, 73 their preparation, is less than three- FR 65185, Oct. 31, 2008] fourths inch, the weld needs no postheating treatment. In all cases, § 56.85–15 Postheat treatment. where the nominal wall thickness is (a) Where pressure retaining compo- three-fourths inch or less, postheating nents having different thicknesses are treatment is not required. welded together as is often the case (j) (1)–(2) [Reserved] when making branch connections, the (3) In local postheat treatment the preheat and postheat treatment re- entire band must be brought up to uni- quirements of Table 56.85–10 apply to form specified temperature over the the thicker of the components being complete circumference of the pipe sec- joined. Postweld heat treatment is re- tion, with a gradual diminishing of the quired for Classes I, I-L, II-L, and sys- temperature outward from the edges of tems. It is not required for Class II pip- the band. ing. Refer to § 56.50–105(a)(3) for excep- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as tions in Classes I-L and II-L systems amended by CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17229, June and to paragraph (b) of this section for 29, 1973; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40167, Sept. 2, 1975; Class I systems. USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185, Oct. 31, 2008] (b) All buttwelded joints in Class I piping shall be postweld heated as re- Subpart 56.90—Assembly quired by Table 56.85–10. The following exceptions are permitted: § 56.90–1 General. (1) High pressure salt water piping (a) The assembly of the various pip- systems used in tank cleaning oper- ing components, whether done in a ations; and, shop or as field erection, shall be done (2) Gas supply piping of carbon or so that the completely erected piping carbon molybdenum steel used in gas conforms with the requirements of the turbines. regulations in this subchapter and with

237

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00247 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.90–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

the specified requirements of the engi- modified by this subchapter. This in- neering design. spection is the responsibility of the owner and may be performed by em- § 56.90–5 Bolting procedure. ployees of the owner or of an engineer- (a) All flanged joints shall be fitted ing organization employed by the up so that the gasket contact faces owner, together with the marine in- bear uniformly on the gasket and then spector. shall be made up with relatively uni- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as form bolt stress. Bolt loading and gas- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9979, June 17, ket compression need only be verified 1970; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185, Oct. 31, by touch and visual observation. 2008] (b) When bolting gasketed flanged joints, the gasket must be properly § 56.95–5 Rights of access of marine in- compressed in accordance with the de- spectors. sign principles applicable to the type of Marine inspectors shall have rights gasket used. of access to any place where work con- (c) Steel to cast iron flanged joints cerned with the piping is being per- shall be assembled with care to prevent formed. This includes manufacture, damage to the cast iron flange in ac- fabrication, assembly, erection, and cordance with § 56.25–10. testing of the piping or system compo- (d) All bolts must be engaged so that nents. Marine inspectors shall have ac- there is visible evidence of complete cess to review all certifications or threading through the nut or threaded records pertaining to the inspection re- attachment. quirements of § 56.95–1, including certified qualifications for welders, weld- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as ing operators, and welding procedures. amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185, Oct. 31, 2008] § 56.95–10 Type and extent of examination required. § 56.90–10 Threaded piping (modifies 135.5). (a) General. The types and extent of (a) Any compound or lubricant used nondestructive examinations required in threaded joints shall be suitable for for piping must be in accordance with the service conditions and shall not this section and Table 136.4 of ASME react unfavorably with either the serv- B31.1 (incorporated by reference; see 46 ice fluid or the piping materials. CFR 56.01–2). In addition, a visual ex- (b) Threaded joints which are to be amination shall be made. 1 seal welded shall be made up without (1) 100 percent radiography is re- any thread compound. quired for all Class I, I-L, and II-L pip- (c) Backing off to permit alignment ing with wall thickness equal to or of pipe threaded joints shall not be per- greater than 10 mm (.375 in.). mitted. (2) Nondestructive examination is required for all Class II piping equal to or [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as greater than 18 inches nominal diame- amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185, ter regardless of wall thickness. Any Oct. 31, 2008] test method acceptable to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection may be Subpart 56.95—Inspection used. (3) Appropriate nondestructive ex- § 56.95–1 General (replaces 136). aminations of other piping systems are (a) The provisions in this subpart required only when deemed necessary shall apply to inspection in lieu of 136 by the Officer in Charge, Marine In- of ASME B31.1 (incorporated by ref- spection. In such cases a method of erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). testing satisfactory to the Officer in (b) Prior to initial operation, a piping Charge, Marine Inspection must be se- installation shall be inspected to the lected from those described in this sec- extent necessary to assure compliance tion. with the engineering design, and with (b) Visual examination. Visual exam- the material, fabrication, assembly and ination consists of observation by the test requirements of ASME B31.1, as marine inspector of whatever portions

238

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00248 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.95–10

of a component or weld are exposed to surface of the weld being inspected such observation, either before, during, shall be covered using extreme care or after manufacture, fabrication, as- and careful methods to be sure that a sembly or test. All welds, pipe and pip- true representation of the actual condi- ing components shall be capable of tions is obtained. The procedures to be complying with the limitations on im- used shall be submitted to the Com- perfections specified in the product mandant for approval. specification under which the pipe or (4) Liquid penetrant. Where liquid pen- component was purchased, or with the etrant examination is required, the en- limitations on imperfections specified tire surface of the weld being examined in § 56.70–15(b) (7) and (8), and (c), as ap- shall be covered. The examination plicable. shall be performed in accordance with (c) Nondestructive types of examina- appendix VIII to section VIII of the tions—(1) 100 Percent radiography. Where ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 100 percent radiography 1 is required for The following standards of acceptance welds in piping, each weld in the piping shall be met: shall be completely radiographed. If a (i) All linear discontinuities and butt weld is examined by radiography, aligned penetrant indications revealed for either random or 100 percent radi- by the test shall be removed. Aligned ography, the method used shall be as penetrant indications are those in follows: which the average of the center-to-cen- (i) X-ray or gamma ray method of ra- ter distances between any one indica- diography may be used. The selection tion and the two adjacent indications of the method shall be dependent upon in any straight line is less than three- its adaptability to the work being sixteenths inch. All other discontinu- radiographed. The procedure to be fol- ities revealed on the surface need not lowed shall be as indicated in PW–51 of be removed unless the discontinuities section I of the ASME Boiler and Pres- are also revealed by radiography, in sure Vessel Code (incorporated by ref- which case the pertinent radiographic erence; see 46 CFR 56.01–2). specification shall apply. (ii) If a piping component or a weld (5) Magnetic particle. Where magnetic other than a butt weld is radiographed, particle testing is required, the entire the method used shall be in accordance surface of the weld being examined with UW–51 of section VIII of the shall be covered. The testing shall be ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code performed in accordance with appendix (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR VI to section VIII of the ASME Boiler 56.01–2). and Pressure Vessel Code. The fol- (2) Random radiography. Where ran- lowing standards of acceptance are re- dom radiography 1 is required, one or quired for welds. All linear discontinu- more welds may be completely or par- ities and aligned indications revealed tially radiographed. Random radiog- by the test shall be removed. Aligned raphy is considered to be a desirable indications are those in which the av- means of spot checking welder per- erage of the center-to-center distances formance, particularly in field welding between any one indication and the where conditions such as position, am- two adjacent indications in any bient temperatures, and cleanliness are straight line is less than three-six- not as readily controlled as in shop teenths inch. All other revealed dis- welding. It is to be employed whenever continuities need not be removed un- an Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection less the discontinuities are also re- questions a pipe weld not otherwise revealed by radiography, in which case quired to be tested. The standards of the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of acceptance are the same as for 100 per- this section shall be met. cent radiography. (3) Ultrasonic. Where 100 percent ul- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as trasonic testing is specified, the entire amended by CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17229, June 29, 1973; CGD 78–108, 43 FR 46546, Oct. 10, 1978; CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40615, Oct. 2, 1989; CGD 95– 1 Where for some reason, such as joint con- 028, 62 FR 51202, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG–2000– figuration, radiography is not applicable, an- 7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–2003– other approved examination may be utilized. 16630, 65185, Oct. 31, 2008]

239

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00249 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.97–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

Subpart 56.97—Pressure Tests (4) The hydrostatic test of the piping system, when conducted in accordance § 56.97–1 General (replaces 137). with the requirements of this part, is acceptable as the test for piping sub- (a) Scope. The requirements in this assemblies and may also be used in lieu subpart apply to pressure tests of pip- of any such test required by the mate- ing in lieu of 137 of ASME B31.1 (incor- rial specification for material used in porated by reference; see 46 CFR 56.01– the piping subassembly or system pro- 2). Those paragraphs reproduced are so vided the minimum test pressure re- noted. quired for the piping system is met, ex- (b) Leak tightness. It is mandatory cept where the installation would pre- that the design, fabrication and erec- vent performing any nondestructive ex- tion of piping constructed under the amination required by the material regulations in this subchapter dem- specification to be performed subse- onstrate leak tightness. Except where quent to the hydrostatic or pneumatic otherwise permitted in this subpart, test. this requirement must be met by a hydrostatic leak test prior to initial oper- [CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40167, Sept. 2, 1975, as ations. Where a hydrostatic test is not amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185, practicable, a pneumatic test (§ 56.97– Oct. 31, 2008] 35) or initial service leak test (§ 56.97– 38) may be substituted if approved by § 56.97–5 Pressure testing of nonstandard piping system compo- the Commandant. nents. (1) At no time during the hydrostatic test may any part of the piping system (a) All nonstandard piping system be subjected to a stress greater than 90 components such as welded valves and percent of its yield strength (0.2 per- fittings, nonstandard fittings, mani- cent offset) at test temperature. folds, seacocks, and other appur- (2) Pneumatic tests may be used in tenances must be hydrostatically test- lieu of the required hydrostatic test ed to twice the rated pressure stamped (except as permitted in paragraph (b)(3) thereon, except that no component of this section), only when— should be tested at a pressure causing stresses in excess of 90 percent of its (i) Piping subassemblies or systems yield strength. are so designed or supported that they cannot be safely filled with water; 1 or (b) Items for which an accepted standard appears in Table 56.60–1(b) (ii) Piping subassemblies or systems need not be tested as described in para- are to be used in services where traces graph (a) of this section, but need only of the testing medium cannot be toler- meet the test required in the applica- ated and, whenever possible, the piping ble standard. subassemblies or system have been previously hydrostatically tested to the [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as pressure required in § 56.97–30(e). amended by CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40615, Oct. 2, (3) A pneumatic test at a pressure 1989] not to exceed 25 psig may be applied before a hydrostatic or a pneumatic test § 56.97–25 Preparation for testing (re- as a means of locating major leaks. produces 137.2). The preliminary pneumatic test must (a) Exposure of joints. All joints in- be carried out in accordance with the cluding welds must be left uninsulated requirements of § 56.97–35. and exposed for examination during the test. NOTE: Compressed gas is hazardous when used as a testing medium. It is, therefore, (b) Addition of temporary supports. recommended that special precautions for Piping systems designed for vapor or protection of personnel be taken whenever gas may be provided with additional gas under pressure is used as the test me- temporary supports, if necessary, to dium. support the weight of the test liquid. (c) Restraint or isolation of expansion 1 These tests may be made with the item joints. Expansion joints must be pro- being tested partially filled with water, if de- vided with temporary restraint, if re- sired. quired for the additional pressure load

240

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00250 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 56.97–35

under test, or they must be isolated for a minimum of 10 minutes (see from the test. § 56.97–30(g)), examination for leakage (d) Isolation of equipment not subjected must be made of all joints, connections to pressure test. Equipment that is not and of all regions of high stress, such to be subjected to the pressure test as regions around openings and thick- must be either disconnected from the ness-transition sections. piping subassembly or system or iso- (e) Minimum required hydrostatic test lated by a blank flange or similar pressure. Except as otherwise permitted means. Valves may be used if the valve in § 56.97–30(f) or § 56.97–40, piping sys- with its closure is suitable for the pro- tems must be subjected to a hydro- posed test pressure. static test pressure that at every point (e) Treatment of flanged joints con- in the system is not less than 1.5 times taining blinds. Flanged joints at which the maximum allowable working pres- blinds are inserted to blank off other sure. equipment during the test need not be (f) Maximum permissible hydrostatic tested. test pressure. (1) When a system is test- (f) Precautions against test medium ex- ed hydrostatically, the test pressure pansion. If a pressure test is to be must not exceed the maximum test maintained for a period of time and the pressure of any component such as ves- test medium in the system is subject to sels, pumps, or valves in the system. thermal expansion, precautions must (2) At no time during the hydrostatic be taken to avoid excessive pressure. A test may any part of the piping system small relief valve set to 11⁄3 times the be subjected to a stress greater than 90 test pressure is recommended during percent of its yield strength (0.2 per- the pressure test. cent offset) at test temperature. [CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40167, Sept. 2, 1975] (g) Hydrostatic test pressure holding time. The hydrostatic test pressure § 56.97–30 Hydrostatic tests (modifies must be maintained for a minimum 137.4). total time of 10 minutes and for such (a) Provision of air vents at high points. additional time as may be necessary to Vents must be provided at all high conduct the examination for leakage points of the piping subassembly or required by § 56.97–30(d). system in the position in which the test is to be conducted to purge air [CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40167, Sept. 2, 1975, as pockets while the component or system amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185, is filling. Oct. 31, 2008] (b) Test medium and test temperature. § 56.97–35 Pneumatic tests (replaces (1) Water will be used for a hydrostatic 137.5). leak test unless another medium is approved by the Commandant. (a) General Requirements. When a (2) The temperature of the test me- pneumatic test is performed, it must be dium will be that of the available conducted in accordance with the re- source unless otherwise approved by quirements of this section. the Commandant upon review of the (b) Test medium and test temperature. metallurgical aspects of the piping ma- (1) The gas used as the test medium terials with respect to its brittle frac- must not be flammable. ture properties. (2) The temperature of the test me- (c) Check of test equipment before ap- dium will be that of the available plying pressure. The test equipment source unless otherwise approved by must be examined before pressure is the Commandant upon review of the applied to ensure that it is tight and metallurgical aspects of the piping ma- that all low-pressure filling lines and terials with respect to its brittle frac- other items that should not be sub- ture properties. jected to the test pressure have been (c) Check of test equipment before ap- disconnected or isolated by valves or plying pressure. The test equipment other suitable means. must be examined before pressure is (d) Examination for leakage after appli- applied to ensure that it is tight and cation of pressure. Following the appli- that all items that should not be sub- cation of the hydrostatic test pressure jected to the test pressure have been

241

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00251 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 56.97–38 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

disconnected or isolated by valves or complete and all joints are leak-tight, other suitable means. the piping has met the requirements of (d) Procedure for applying pressure. § 56.97–1. The pressure in the system must gradually be increased to not more [CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40168, Sept. 2, 1975] than one-half of the test pressure, after which the pressure is increased in steps § 56.97–40 Installation tests. of approximately one-tenth of the test (a) The following piping systems pressure until the required test pres- shall be hydrostatically leak tested in sure has been reached. the presence of a marine inspector at a (e) Examination for leakage after appli- pressure of 11⁄2 times the maximum al- cation of pressure. Following the appli- lowable working pressure of the sys- cation of pressure for the time speci- tem: fied in § 56.97–35(h), examination for (1) Class I steam, feedwater, and leakage in accordance with 56.97–30(d) blowoff piping. Where piping is at- must be conducted. tached to boilers by welding without (f) Minimum required pneumatic test practical means of blanking off for pressure. Except as provided in § 56.97– testing, the piping shall be subjected to 35(g) or § 56.97–40, the pneumatic test pressure may not be less than 1.20 nor the same hydrostatic pressure to which more than 1.25 times the maximum al- the boiler is tested. The maximum allowable working pressure of the piping lowable working pressures of boiler subassembly system. feedwater and blowoff piping shall be (g) Maximum permissible pneumatic test the design pressures specified in pressure. When a system is tested pneu- §§ 56.50–30(a)(3) and 56.50–40(b), respec- matically, the test pressure may not tively. exceed the maximum test pressure of (2) Fuel oil discharge piping between any component such as vessels, pumps the pumps and the burners, but not less or valves in the system. than 500 pounds per square inch. (h) Pneumatic test pressure holding (3) High-pressure piping for tank time. The pneumatic test pressure must cleaning operations. be maintained for a minimum total (4) Flammable or corrosive liquids time of 10 minutes and for such addi- and compressed gas cargo piping, but tional time as may be necessary to not less than 150 pounds per square conduct the examination for leakage inch. required in § 56.97–30(d). (5) Any Class I, I-L, II-L piping. [CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40168, Sept. 2, 1975] (6) Cargo oil piping. (7) Firemains, but not less than 150 § 56.97–38 Initial service leak test (re- pounds per square inch. produces 137.7). (8) Fuel oil transfer and filling pip- (a) An initial service leak test and in- ing. spection is acceptable when other types (9) Class I compressed air piping. of test are not practical or when leak (10) Fixed oxygen-acetylene system tightness is conveniently demonstrable piping. due to the nature of the service. One example is turbine extraction piping (b) Installation testing requirements where shut-off valves are not available for refrigeration, fluid power, and liq- for isolating a line and where tem- uefied petroleum gas cooking and heat- porary closures are impractical. Others ing systems may be found in part 58 of may be systems for service water, low this subchapter. pressure condensate, plant and instru- (c) Class II piping systems shall be ment air, etc., where checking out of tested under working conditions as pumps and compressors afford ample specified in the section on initial serv- opportunity for leak tightness inspec- ice leak test, § 56.97–38. tion prior to fullscale operation. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18843, Dec. 18, 1968, as (b) The piping system must be gradu- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17, ally brought up to design pressure. 1970; CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17229, June 29, 1973 After inspection of the piping system CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40168, Sept. 2, 1975; CGD 95– has proven that the installation is 028, 62 FR 51202, Sept. 30, 1997]

242

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00252 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 57.02–1

PART 57—WELDING AND BRAZING (b) (Modifies QW 305 and QB 305.) Op- erators of fully automatic welding and Subpart 57.01—Scope brazing machines are specifically exempt from performance qualification Sec. tests. 57.01–1 Qualifications and production tests. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18872, Dec. 18, 1968, as Subpart 57.02—General Requirements amended by CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27460, June 30, 1975] 57.02–1 Incorporation by reference. 57.02–2 Adoption of section IX of the ASME Code. Subpart 57.02—General 57.02–3 Performance qualifications issued by Requirements other agencies. 57.02–4 Fabricator’s responsibility. § 57.02–1 Incorporation by reference. 57.02–5 Filler metals. (a) Certain material is incorporated Subpart 57.03—Procedure Qualifications by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal 57.03–1 General requirements. Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other Subpart 57.04—Procedure Qualification than that specified in paragraph (b) of Range this section, the Coast Guard must 57.04–1 Test specimen requirements and def- publish notice of change in the FED- inition of ranges (modifies QW 202, QW ERAL REGISTER and make the material 210, QW 451, and QB 202). available to the public. All approved material is on file at the Coast Guard Subpart 57.05—Performance Qualifications Headquarters. Contact Commandant 57.05–1 General. (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of Design and 57.05–2 Transfer of performance qualifica- Engineering Systems, U.S. Coast Guard tions. Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. 57.05–3 Limited space qualifications. Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20593–7509. 57.05–4 Welder qualification by procedure The material is also and is available tests. from the sources indicated in para- 57.05–5 Low temperature application. graph (b) of this section or at the Na- Subpart 57.06—Production Tests tional Archives and Records Adminis- tration (NARA). For information on 57.06–1 Production test plate requirements. the availability of this material at 57.06–2 Production test plate interval of NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go to: http:// testing. www.archives.gov/federallregister/ 57.06–3 Method of performing production code of federal regulations/ testing. l l l 57.06–4 Production testing specimen re- ibrllocations.html. quirements. (b) The material approved for incor- 57.06–5 Production toughness testing. poration by reference in this part and the sections affected are: AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR American Society of Mechanical Engineers 1.46. (ASME) International SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18872, Dec. 18, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990 1968, unless otherwise noted. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, section IX, Welding and Brazing Subpart 57.01—Scope Qualifications, July 1989 with 1989 addenda...... 57.01–1; 57.02–2; 57.02–3; 57.02–4; § 57.01–1 Qualifications and produc- 57.03–1; 57.04–1; 57.05–1; 57.06–1; 57.06–3; tion tests. 57.06–4 (a) (Replaces QW 101 and QB 101.) The [CGD 88–032, 56 FR 35823, July 29, 1991, as regulations in this part shall apply to amended by CGD 95–072, 60 FR 50462, Sept. 29, the qualification of welding proce- 1995; 60 FR 54106, Oct. 19, 1995; CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996; USCG–1999–6216, 64 dures, welders, and brazers, and to pro- FR 53224, Oct. 1, 1999; USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR duction tests for all types of manual 49229, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR and machine arc and gas welding and 59778, Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR brazing processes. 60148, Sept. 30, 2013]

243

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00253 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 57.02–2 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

§ 57.02–2 Adoption of section IX of the W = Part containing requirements for weld- ASME Code. ing procedure, welder, and welding operator qualifications. (a) The qualifications for all types of 131 = Major division within the part. welders and brazers, the qualification 131.1 = Specific subparagraph within the of welding procedures, and the produc- part. tion tests for all types of manual and (c) When a paragraph or a section of machine arc and gas welding and braz- the regulations in this part relates to ing processes shall be in accordance material in section IX of the ASME with section IX of the ASME (Amer- Code, the relationship with the code ican Society of Mechanical Engineers) will be shown immediately following Code, as limited, modified, or replaced the heading of the section or at the be- by specific requirements in this part. ginning of the paragraph as follows: For general information Table 57.02– (1) (Modifies Qlll.) This indicates 1(a) lists the various paragraphs in sec- that the material in Qlll is gen- tion IX of the ASME Code which are erally applicable but is being altered, limited, modified, or replaced by regu- amplified or augmented. lations in this part. (2) (Replaces Qlll.) This indicates that Qlll does not apply. TABLE 57.02–1(a)—LIMITATIONS AND MODIFICA- (3) (Reproduces Qlll.) This indi- TIONS TO THE ADOPTION OF SECTION IX OF cates that Qlll is being identically THE ASME CODE reproduced for convenience, not for Paragraphs in section IX ASME code, and emphasis. Disposition Unit of this part [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18872, Dec. 18, 1968, as QW–101 replaced by ...... 57.01–1(a). amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17, QW–103 replaced by ...... 57.02–3(a). 1970; CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27460, June 30, 1975. QW–201 modified by ...... 57.03–1(a). Redesignated by CGD 88–032, 56 FR 35823, QW–202 modified by ...... 57.04–1 July 29, 1991; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. QW–202.1 modified by ...... 57.03–1(b). 18, 1995] QW–210 modified by ...... 57.04–1. QW–211 modified by ...... 57.02–4. § 57.02–3 Performance qualifications QW–253 modified by ...... 57.03–1(g). issued by other agencies. QW–254 modified by ...... 57.03–1(g). QW–255 modified by ...... 57.03–1(g). (a) Within the limits of the qualifica- QW–305 modified by ...... 57.01–1(b). tion tests passed, the Officer in Charge, QW–451 modified by ...... 57.03–1(b) and Marine Inspection, may accept welders 57.04–1. who have been qualified by other agen- QB–101 replaced by ...... 57.01–1(a). QB–103 replaced by ...... 57.02–3(a). cies of the Federal Government; by the QB–201 modified by ...... 57.03–1(a). American Bureau of Shipping; or by QB–202 modified by ...... 57.04–1. the fabricator concerned, provided the QB–305 modified by ...... 57.01–1(b). fabricator’s tests have been certified by an authorized Code inspector as defined (1) As stated in § 50.15–5 of this sub- in paragraphs PG–91, N–612, HG–515.2, chapter, section IX of the ASME Code or UG–91 of the ASME Code. is adopted and shall be the governing requirements for the qualification of [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18872, Dec. 18, 1968. Redes- ignated by CGD 88–032, 56 FR 35832, July 29, all types of welders and brazers, the 1991] qualification of all types of welding procedures, and the production tests § 57.02–4 Fabricator’s responsibility. for all types of manual and machine (a) (Replaces QW 103 and QB 103). arc and gas welding and brazing proc- Each manufacturer or contractor is re- esses used in fabricating power boilers, sponsible for the welding and brazing heating boilers, pressure vessels and done by his organization and shall con- piping unless specifically limited, duct tests required in this part to qual- modified or replaced by other regula- ify the welding and brazing procedures tions in this part. used and the performance of welders (b) References to the ASME Code, and brazers who apply these proce- like paragraph QW–131.1 indicate: dures. The manufacturer shall bear the Q = Section IX, Welding and Brazing Quali- expense of conducting the tests. Each fications, ASME Code. manufacturer shall maintain a record

244

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00254 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 57.03–1

of the test results obtained in welding Subpart 57.03—Procedure and brazing procedure and welder and Qualifications brazer performance qualifications. These required records, together with § 57.03–1 General requirements. identification data, shall be main- (a) (Modifies QW 201 and QB 201). In tained by the manufacturer or con- order to obtain Coast Guard approval tractor on the recommended forms il- of a weld procedure to be used on weld- lustrated in QW 480 and QB 480 of sec- ed fabrication that is required to meet tion IX, ASME Code, or on any other the requirements of this part each form acceptable to the Officer in manufacturer or contractor must do Charge, Marine Inspection. Upon re- the following: quest, duplicate forms shall be fur- (1) Each manufacturer or contractor nished by the manufacturer or con- must submit to the cognizant Officer in tractor to the marine inspector. Charge, Marine Inspection, for ap- (b) Except as otherwise provided for proval, a welding or brazing procedure specification for the particular welding in § 57.02–2, the fabricator shall notify or brazing process to be used. The weld- the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspec- ing or brazing procedure specification tion, prior to conducting performance must include a sketch showing joint or procedure qualification tests, and preparation. Suggested forms showing arrange a suitable time and place for the information which is required in conducting the tests, so that a marine the welding or brazing procedure speci- inspector may be present. fication are in QW 480 and QB 480 of [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18872, Dec. 18, 1968, as section IX of the ASME Code. amended by CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27460, June 30, (2) Each manufacturer or contractor 1975. Redesignated by CGD 88–032, 56 FR must submit to the cognizant Officer in 35823, July 29, 1991] Charge, Marine Inspection, for approval, the results of the physical tests § 57.02–5 Filler metals. required by section IX of the ASME Code. (a) Except as provided for in para- (b) (Modifies QW 202.1 and QW 451). To graph (b) of this section, when filler obtain approval of the welding proce- metal is used in a welded fabrication dure, fabricators desiring to use any that is required to meet the require- welding process for applications involv- ments of this part the filler metal must ing temperatures below ¥18 °C (approx. be one that has been approved by the 0 °F) must conduct a procedure quali- American Bureau of Shipping. fication test in accordance with the re- (b) In instances where a fabricator quirements of paragraph (a) of this sec- desires to use a filler metal which has tion and the following additional re- not been approved by the American Bu- quirements: reau of Shipping the approval of the (1) The test piece must be large filler metal can be made by the Officer enough so that sufficient material is in Charge, Marine Inspection on the available for the tests prescribed in QW basis of the fabricator passing the weld 451 of the ASME Code, plus toughness procedure qualification tests as out- tests and a macro-etch specimen. lined in this part. This alternate means (2) To obtain approval the fabricator of approval applies to wire-gas and must conduct toughness tests and qual- wire-flux combinations as well as to ify in accordance with § 54.05 of the sub- stick electrodes. Filler metal approvals chapter. Results of toughness tests must be submitted for approval to the given in this manner will extend only cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine In- to the specific fabricator to whom they spection. are granted. (3) The macro-etch specimen must be [CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27460, June 30, 1975. Redes- submitted with the test results re- ignated by CGD 88–032, 56 FR 35823, July 29, quired by paragraph (a) of this section. 1991] Macro-etch specimens must not be obtained by flame or arc cutting from the test piece. Weld reinforcement must remain in place unless the production

245

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00255 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 57.04–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

welds are to be machined or ground. Subpart 57.04—Procedure Backing rings must also be left in place Qualification Range unless they are to be removed in production. § 57.04–1 Test specimen requirements (4) Low temperature procedure quali- and definition of ranges (modifies fication thickness ranges are as indi- QW 202, QW 210, QW 451, and QB 202). cated in Table 57.03–1(b). The type and number of specimens TABLE 57.03–1(b)—LOW TEMPERATURE WELD that must be tested to qualify an auto- PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION THICKNESS RANGES matic, semiautomatic, or manual procedure specification shall be in accord- Range of thickness ance with QW 202, QW 210, or QB 202 of of materials qualified Thickness, ‘‘t’’ of test plate or pipe as by test plate or pipe the ASME Code as applicable, except as welded (inches) (inches) supplemented by §§ 57.03–1(b) and 57.03– Minimum Maximum 1(d).

1⁄16 to 3⁄8, inclusive ...... 1⁄16 3⁄8 [CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27461, June 30, 1975] Over 3⁄8 but less than 3⁄4 ...... *3⁄8 3⁄4 3⁄4 to 3, inclusive ...... 3⁄4 **t Subpart 57.05—Performance *For thicknesses less than 5⁄8 inch, the thickness of the test Qualifications plate or pipe is the minimum thickness qualified. **Where ‘‘t’’ is the thickest material over 3⁄4 inch to be used in production. § 57.05–1 General. (5) The limits for heat input produc- (a) This subpart supplements the various paragraphs in section IX of the tion, as measured in Joules/inch, must Code dealing with Performance Quali- be at or below the maximum heat input fications (see § 57.02–2). applied to the procedure test plate. The word ‘‘maximum’’ must not be inter- [CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17, 1970] preted as either nominal or average. § 57.05–2 Transfer of performance (c) [Reserved] qualifications. (d) For quenched and tempered steels, the Commandant may prescribe (a) The performance qualification records of a welder may be transferred special testing to assure that the weld- from one plant to another of the same ing procedure produces weldments company or from one company to an- which are not prone to low energy frac- other company provided the following ture through the heat affected zone. requirements are met: (e) Welding procedures that utilize (1) The transfer is authorized by the type E 6012, E 6013, E 6014, E 6024, E cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine In- 7014, or E 7024 electrode will be ap- spection; proved only for the specific type, size, (2) A copy of the qualification test and brand electrode used. If a different records of each welder together with type, size, or brand of electrode is used, employment records and identification a new procedure qualification test data are transferred by the plant or must be conducted. company which qualified the welder to (f) Welding or brazing procedure ap- the new plant or company; and, provals cannot be transferred from one (3) The new plant or company accepts plant to another plant of the same the welder as qualified. company or from one company to another. § 57.05–3 Limited space qualifications. (g) (Modifies QW 253, QW 254, and QW When a welder is to be qualified for 255). Item QW 402.4 is an essential vari- welding or torch brazing of piping on able for all procedure specifications. board ship in a limited or restricted space, the space restrictions shown in [CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27461, June 30, 1975] connection with Figure 57.05–3(a) or (b) shall be used when welding and brazing the test joint.

246

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00256 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 57.05–3

FIGURE 57.05–3(A)—LIMITED SPACE RESTRICTION FOR PIPE WELDING PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

247

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00257 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR EC01FE91.028 § 57.05–4 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

FIGURE 57.05–3(B)—LIMITED SPACE RESTRICTION FOR PIPE BRAZING PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION

[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 118872, Dec. 18, 1968, as and Class II-L pressure vessels are amended by CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27461, June 30, specified in this section. 1975] (b) Main power boilers shall meet the § 57.05–4 Welder qualification by pro- test plate requirements for Class I cedure tests. pressure vessels. Qualification tests of welders may be (c) Test plates are not required for omitted for welders who weld satisfac- heating boilers or Class III pressure tory procedure qualification test as- vessels. Test plates are not required for semblies as required by subpart 57.03. main power boilers or pressure vessels constructed of P–1 material as listed in § 57.05–5 Low temperature application. QW 422 of the ASME Code whose welded For low temperature application, joints are fully radiographed as re- each welder shall demonstrate his abil- quired by part 52 or 54 of this sub- ity to weld satisfactorily in accordance chapter as applicable except when with procedures qualified in accord- toughness tests are required in accordance with § 57.03–1(b). Manual welding ance with § 57.06–5. When toughness shall be qualified in the position pre- tests are required all prescribed pro- scribed by the procedure. duction tests shall be performed. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18872, Dec. 18, 1968, as Subpart 57.06—Production Tests amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17, 1970; CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17229, June 29, 1973; § 57.06–1 Production test plate require- CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27461, June 30, 1975; CGD ments. 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995] (a) Production test plates shall be provided for Class I, Class I-L, Class II,

248

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00258 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR EC01FE91.029 Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 57.06–3

§ 57.06–2 Production test plate interval § 57.06–3 Method of performing proof testing. duction testing. (a) At least one set of production test (a) Except as otherwise specified in plates shall be welded for each Class I this section a test plate shall be at- or Class I-L pressure vessel except as tached to the shell plate on one end of follows: the longitudinal joint of each vessel as (1) When the extent of welding on a shown in Figure 57.06–3, so that the single vessel exceeds 50 lineal feet of ei- edges of the test plate to be welded are a continuation of and duplication of ther or both longitudinal and circum- the corresponding edges of the longitu- ferential joints, at least one set of test dinal joint. For attached test plates, plates shall be welded for each 50 feet the weld metal shall be deposited in of joint. the test plate welding groove continu- (2) When the extent of welding on ously with the weld metal deposited in vessels welded in succession exceeds 50 the groove of the longitudinal joint. As lineal feet of either or both longitu- an alternate method, the marine in- dinal and circumferential joints, at spector may permit the use of separate least one set of test plates shall be test plates, provided the same welding welded for each 50 feet of aggregate process, procedure, and technique em- joint of the same material where the ployed in the fabrication of the longi- plate thicknesses fall within a range of tudinal joint are used in welding the one-fourth inch. For each 50-foot incre- test plates. ment of weld, test plates shall be pre- (b) All test plates, whether attached pared at the time of fabrication of the to the shell or separate in accordance first vessel involving that increment. with paragraphs (a) and (d) of this sec- (b) Production test plates for Class tion, shall be prepared from material of II-L pressure vessels shall be prepared the same specification, thickness, and as for Classes I and I-L vessels except heat treatment and, for Class I-L and that the provisions of paragraphs (a)(1) Class II-L vessels, the same heat as and (2) of this section are applicable to that of the vessel for which they are required. However, except when required each 150 lineal feet of welded joint in to be from a specific heat, test plates lieu of each 50 lineal feet. may be prepared from material of a dif- (c) In the case of Class II pressure ferent product form, such as plate in vessels no more than one set of produc- lieu of a forging, provided the chemical tion test plates need be prepared for composition is within the vessel mate- each 300 lineal feet of either or both rial specification limits and the melt- longitudinal and circumferential ing practice is the same. joints. In the case of single vessel fab- (c) Test plates are not required for rication a set of test plates is required welded nozzle attachments. for each 300 lineal feet of weld or frac- (d) In the case of vessels having no tion thereof. In the case of multiple longitudinal welded joints, at least one vessel fabrication where each incre- set of test plates shall be welded for ment of 300 lineal feet of weld involves each vessel, using the circumferential more than one pressure vessel, the set joint process, procedure and technique, of test plates shall be prepared at the except that the provisions of § 57.06–2(a) time of fabrication of the first vessel shall also apply for Classes I and I-L involving that increment. vessels, and that the provisions of § 57.06–2 (a) and (c) shall also apply for Classes II and II-L vessels.

249

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00259 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 57.06–4 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

FIGURE 57.06–3—(PW–53.2) METHOD OF FORMING LONGITUDINAL TEST PLATES

(e) Test plates shall be made by the guided side bend specimen shall be same welder producing the longitu- tested. In addition boiler drums of dinal and circumferential joints. If thickness five-eighths inch or greater more than one welder is employed in shall have a tension test specimen of the welding of the pressure vessel(s), the weld metal as required by para- the test plates shall be made by the graph (f)(2) of this section. Toughness welder designated by the marine in- tests are required for Classes I-L and spector. The test plates shall be of the II-L pressure vessels as specified in same thickness as the material being § 57.06–5. welded and shall be of sufficient size to (b) The test plates shall be so sup- provide two specimens of each type reported that the warping due to welding quired, except that in the case of pres- shall not throw the finished test plate sure vessels having no longitudinal out of line by an angle of over 5°. seams, the test plate need be only of (c) Where the welding has warped the sufficient length to provide one set of test plates, the plates shall be straight- test specimens, and if a retest is nec- ened before being stress-relieved. The essary, an additional set of test plates test plates shall be subjected to the may be welded separately. same stress-relieving operation as required by this subchapter for the pres- § 57.06–4 Production testing specimen sure vessel itself. At no time shall the requirements. test plates be heated to a temperature (a) For test plates three-fourths inch higher than that used for stress-reliev- or less in thickness one reduced section ing the vessel. tensile specimen and two free-bend (d) The bend specimens shall be specimens shall be tested. For plates taken from opposite sides of the re- exceeding three-fourths inch in thick- duced-section tensile specimen in their ness one reduced section tensile speci- respective test plates as shown in Fig- men, one free-bend specimen and one ures 57.06–4(d)(1) and 57.06–4(d)(2).

250

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00260 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR EC01FE91.030 Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 57.06–4

FIGURE 57.06–4(D)(1)—WORKMANSHIP TEST PLATES FOR MATERIAL THREE-FOURTHS INCH OR LESS IN THICKNESS

251

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00261 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR EC01FE91.031 § 57.06–4 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

FIGURE 57.06–4(D)(2)—WORKMANSHIP TEST PLATES FOR MATERIAL THREE-FOURTHS INCH OR LESS IN THICKNESS

(e) In submitting the samples for test form and dimensions shall be as shown the manufacturer shall state the min- in Figure 57.06–4(f)(1)(i). When the ca- imum and maximum tensile range of pacity of the available testing machine the base metal. does not permit testing a specimen of (f) The external appearances of the the full thickness of the welded plate, welds and the amount of weld rein- the specimen may be cut with a thin forcement shall conform to the re- saw into as many portions of the thick- quirements for fabrication, and the ness as necessary, as shown in Figure maximum reinforcement for the test 57.06–4(f)(1)(ii) each of which shall meet plates shall not exceed the maximum the requirements. The tensile strength permitted for construction. of the joint specimen when it breaks in (1) The tension-test specimen of the the weld shall not be less than the min- joint shall be transverse to the welded imum of the specified tensile range of joint and shall be of the full thickness the plate used. If the specimen breaks of the plate after the weld reinforce- in the plate at not less than 95 percent ment has been machined flush. The of the minimum specified tensile range

252

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00262 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR EC01FE91.032 Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 57.06–4

of the plate and the weld shows no sign taken entirely from the deposited of weakness, the test is considered ac- metal. The all-weld tension test speci- ceptable. men shall have a tensile strength of (2) Boiler drums fabricated of plate of not less than the minimum of the thicknesses of five-eighths inch or range of the plate which is welded and greater shall have a tension-test speci- shall have a minimum elongation in 2 men of the weld metal machined to inches of not less than 20 percent. form as shown in Figure 57.06–4(f)(2)

FIGURE 57.06–4(F)(1)(I)—(PW–53.1) REDUCED-SECTION TEST SPECIMEN FOR TENSION TEST OF WELDED JOINT

253

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00263 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR EC01FE91.033 § 57.06–4 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

FIGURE 57.06–4(F)(1)(II)—(PW–53.3) CROSS SECTION OF BEND-TEST SPECIMENS FROM VERY THICK PLATE

FIGURE 57.06–4(F)(2)—(PW–53.3) ALL WELD METAL TENSION-TEST SPECIMEN

(g) The freebend specimens shall be fourths inch or less in thickness one of of the form and dimensions shown in the specimens shall be bent with the Figure 57.06–4(g). For plates of three- face of the weld in tension. Each

254

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00264 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR EC01FE91.034 EC01FE91.035 Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 57.06–4

freebend specimen shall be bent cold many portions of the thickness as nec- under freebending conditions until the essary as shown in Figure 57.06– elongation measured within or across 4(f)(1)(ii), provided each such piece re- approximately the entire weld on the tains the proportion of 11⁄2 to 1, width outer surface of the bend is at least 30 to thickness, each of which shall meet percent, except that for Class II and the requirements. Cracks at the cor- Class II-L pressure vessels, the min- ners of the specimens or small defects imum elongation shall be 20 percent. in the convex surface, the greatest di- When the capacity of the available mensions of which do not exceed one- testing machine will not permit testing sixteenth inch need not be considered a full thickness specimen, the specimen may be cut with a thin saw into as as failures.

FIGURE 57.06–4(G)—(PW–53.8) SPECIMEN FOR FREE-BEND TEST

(h) The guided-bend specimen shall direction. Where the plate thickness be bent with the side of the weld in exceeds two inches, the specimen shall tension, its width shall be equal to the be cut in two so that each portion does full thickness of the plate and its not exceed 2 inches in width. Each such thickness, after machining, shall be portion shall be tested and shall meet 0.350 inch to 0.380 inch to permit bend- the requirements. ing in a jig having the contour of the (i) One retest shall be made for each standard jig as shown in Figure QW of the original specimens which fails to 466.1, QW 466.2, or QW 466.3 of the meet the requirements. Should the ASME Code. The specimen shall with- retests fail to meet the requirements, stand being bent cold to the full capac- the welds which they represent shall be ity of the jig without developing any crack exceeding one-eighth inch in any

255

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00265 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR EC01FE91.036 § 57.06–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

chipped out, rewelded and new test 58.10–10 Diesel engine installations. plates provided. 58.10–15 Gas turbine installations. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18872, Dec. 18, 1968, as Subpart 58.16—Liquefied Petroleum Gases amended by CGFR 69–127R, 35 FR 9980, June for Cooking and Heating 17, 1970; CGD 74–102, 40 FR 27461, June 30, 1975; CGD 80–004, 45 FR 10796, Feb. 19, 1980; 58.16–1 Scope. CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995] 58.16–5 Definition. 58.16–7 Use of liquefied petroleum gas. § 57.06–5 Production toughness test- 58.16–10 Approvals. ing. 58.16–15 Valves and safety relief devices. 58.16–16 Reducing regulators. (a) In addition to the test specimens 58.16–17 Piping and fittings. required by § 57.06–4(a), production 58.16–18 Installation. toughness test plates shall be prepared 58.16–19 Tests. for Classes I-L and II-L pressure vessels 58.16–20 Ventilation of compartments con- in accordance with subpart 54.05 of this taining gas-consuming appliances. subchapter. 58.16–25 Odorization. (b) For nonpressure vessel type cargo 58.16–30 Operating instructions. 58.16–35 Markings. tanks and associated secondary barriers as defined in § 38.05–4 of sub- Subpart 58.20—Refrigeration Machinery chapter D (Tank Vessels) of this chapter, production toughness test plates 58.20–1 Scope. shall be prepared in accordance with 58.20–5 Design. 58.20–10 Pressure relieving devices. subpart 54.05 of this subchapter. 58.20–15 Installation of refrigerating ma- [CGD 68–82, 33 FR 18872, Dec. 18, 1968, as chinery. amended by CGD 72–206R, 38 FR 17229, June 58.20–20 Refrigeration piping. 29, 1973; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 58.20–25 Tests. 1995] Subpart 58.25—Steering Gear PART 58—MAIN AND AUXILIARY 58.25–1 Applicability. MACHINERY AND RELATED SYS- 58.25–5 General. 58.25–10 Main and auxiliary steering gear. TEMS 58.25–15 Voice communications. 58.25–20 Piping for steering gear. Subpart 58.01—General Requirements 58.25–25 Indicating and alarm systems. 58.25–30 Automatic restart. Sec. 58.25–35 Helm arrangements. 58.01–1 Scope. 58.25–40 Arrangement of the steering-gear 58.01–5 Applicable standards. compartment. 58.01–10 Fuel oil. 58.25–45 Buffers. 58.01–20 Machinery guards. 58.25–50 Rudder stops. 58.01–25 Means of stopping machinery. 58.25–55 Overcurrent protection for steering- 58.01–30 Trial-trip observance. gear systems. 58.01–35 Main propulsion auxiliary machin- 58.25–60 Non-duplicated hydraulic rudder ac- ery. tuators. 58.01–40 Machinery, angles of inclination. 58.25–65 Feeder circuits. 58.01–45 Machinery space, ventilation. 58.25–70 Steering-gear control systems. 58.01–50 Machinery space, noise. 58.25–75 Materials. 58.01–55 Tanks for flammable and combus- 58.25–80 Automatic pilots and ancillary tible oil. steering gear. Subpart 58.03—Incorporation of Standards 58.25–85 Special requirements for tank vessels. 58.03–1 Incorporation by reference. Subpart 58.30—Fluid Power and Control Subpart 58.05—Main Propulsion Machinery Systems 58.05–1 Material, design and construction. 58.30–1 Scope. 58.05–5 Astern power. 58.30–5 Design requirements. 58.05–10 Automatic shut-off. 58.30–10 Hydraulic fluid. 58.30–15 Pipe, tubing, valves, fittings, Subpart 58.10—Internal Combustion Engine pumps, and motors. Installations 58.30–20 Fluid power hose and fittings. 58.30–25 Accumulators. 58.10–5 Gasoline engine installations. 58.30–30 Fluid power cylinders.

256

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00266 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 58.01–25

58.30–35 Testing. (2) Except as otherwise permitted by 58.30–40 Plans. § 58.50–1(b), fuel oil with a flashpoint of 58.30–50 Requirements for miscellaneous not less than 43 °C (110 °F) may be used fluid power and control systems. in emergency generators. Subpart 58.50—Independent Fuel Tanks (3) Subject to such further precautions as the Commanding Officer, 58.50–1 General requirements. Marine Safety Center, considers nec- 58.50–5 Gasoline fuel tanks. 58.50–10 Diesel fuel tanks. essary, and provided that the ambient 58.50–15 Alternate material for construction temperature of the space in which such of independent fuel tanks. fuel oil is stored or used does not rise to within 18 °F (10 °C) below the Subpart 58.60—Industrial Systems and flashpoint of the fuel oil, fuel oil hav- Components on Mobile Offshore Drill- ing a flashpoint of less than 140 °F (60 ing Units (MODU) °C) but not less than 110 °F (43 °C) may 58.60–1 Applicability. be used. 58.60–2 Alternatives and substitutions. (4) In a cargo vessel, fuel having a 58.60–3 Pressure vessel. lower flashpoint than otherwise speci- 58.60–5 Industrial systems: Locations. fied in this section—for example, crude 58.60–7 Industrial systems: Piping. 58.60–9 Industrial systems: Design. oil—may be used provided that such 58.60–11 Analyses, plans, diagrams and spec- fuel is not stored in any machinery ifications: Submission. space and that the Commanding Offi- 58.60–13 Inspection. cer, Marine Safety Center, approves AUTHORITY: 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306, the complete installation. 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 (b) The flashpoint of oil must be de- Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Secu- termined by the Pensky-Martens rity Delegation No. 0170.1. Closed Tester, ASTM D 93 (incor- SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, porated by reference, see § 58.03–1). 1968, unless otherwise noted. [CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24775, May 10, 1995, as amended by USCG–1999–5151, 64 FR 67180, Subpart 58.01—General Dec. 1, 1999; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65186, Requirements Oct. 31, 2008]

§ 58.01–1 Scope. § 58.01–20 Machinery guards. The regulations in this part contain Gears, couplings, flywheels and all requirements for the design and con- machinery capable of injuring per- struction of main and auxiliary ma- sonnel shall be provided with adequate chinery installed on vessels. covers or guards. § 58.01–5 Applicable standards. § 58.01–25 Means of stopping machin- The applicable standards established ery. by the ABS Steel Vessel Rules (incorporated by reference, see 46 CFR 58.03– Machinery driving forced-draft and 1), may be used as the standard for the induced-draft fans, fuel-oil transfer design, construction, and testing of pumps, fuel-oil unit and service pumps, main and auxiliary machinery except and similar fuel-oil pumps must be as modified in this subchapter. fitted with remote controls from a readily accessible position outside the [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as space concerned so that the fans or amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65185, Oct. 31, 2008] pumps may be stopped in case of fire in the compartment in which they are lo- § 58.01–10 Fuel oil. cated. The controls must be suitably (a) The following limits apply to the protected against accidental operation use of oil as fuel: and against tampering and must be (1) Except as otherwise permitted by suitably marked. this section, no fuel oil with a [CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24775, May 10, 1995] flashpoint of less than 60 °C (140 °F) may be used.

257

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00267 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 58.01–30 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

§ 58.01–30 Trial-trip observance. for the operation of the machinery and for the safety, efficiency, and comfort The operation of main and auxiliary of the crew. engines, boilers, steering gear, and auxiliaries shall be observed on the trial [CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24775, May 10, 1995] trip of each new vessel and all defi- ciencies which affect the safety of the § 58.01–50 Machinery space, noise. vessel shall be corrected to the satis- (a) Each machinery space must be de- faction of the Officer in Charge, Marine signed to minimize the exposure of per- Inspection. sonnel to noise in accordance with IMO A.468(XII) (incorporated by reference, § 58.01–35 Main propulsion auxiliary see 46 CFR 58.03–1). No person may en- machinery. counter a 24-hour effective noise level Auxiliary machinery vital to the greater than 82 dB(A) when noise is main propulsion system must be pro- measured using a sound-level meter vided in duplicate unless the system and an A-weighting filter. served is provided in independent du- (b) Except as allowed by paragraph plicate, or otherwise provides contin- (c) of this section, no machinery space ued or restored propulsion capability in may exceed the following noise levels: the event of a failure or malfunction of (1) Machinery control room—75 dB(A) any single auxiliary component. (2) Manned machinery space—90 dB(A) NOTE: Partial reduction of normal propul- (3) Unmanned machinery space—110 sion capability as a result of malfunction or dB(A) failure is acceptable if the reduced capability is not below that necessary for the vessel to (4) Periodically unattended machin- run ahead at 7 knots or half speed, whichever ery space—110 dB(A) is less, and is adequate to maintain control (5) Workshop—85 dB(A) of the ship. (6) Any other work space around ma- [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17837, May 18, 1988] chinery—90 dB(A) (c) If adding a source of noise would § 58.01–40 Machinery, angles of incli- cause a machinery space to exceed the nation. noise level permitted by paragraph (b) of this section, the new source must be (a) Propulsion machinery and all suitably insulated or isolated so that auxiliary machinery essential to the the space does not exceed that noise propulsion and safety of the vessel level. If the space is manned, a refuge must be designed to operate when the from noise must be provided within the vessel is upright, when the vessel is in- space. clined under static conditions at any (d) Ear protection must be provided angle of list up to and including 15°, for any person entering any space with and when the vessel is inclined under a noise level greater than 85 dB(A). dynamic conditions (rolling) at any ° (e) Each entrance to a machinery angle of list up to and including 22.5 space with a noise level greater than 85 and, simultaneously, at any angle of dB(A) must have a warning sign stat- ° trim (pitching) up to and including 7.5 ing that each person entering the space by bow or stern. must wear ear protection. (b) Deviations from these angles of inclination may be permitted by the [CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24776, May 10, 1995, as Commanding Officer, Marine Safety amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65186, Center, considering the type, size, and Oct. 31, 2008] service of the vessel. § 58.01–55 Tanks for flammable and [CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24775, May 10, 1995] combustible oil. (a) For the purposes of this section, a § 58.01–45 Machinery space, ventila- machinery space of category A is a tion. space that contains any of the fol- Each machinery space must be venti- lowing: lated to ensure that, when machinery (1) Internal-combustion machinery or boilers are operating at full power in used for main propulsion. all weather including heavy weather, (2) Internal-combustion machinery an adequate supply of air is maintained used for other than main propulsion,

258

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00268 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 58.03–1

whose power output is equal to or Subpart 58.03—Incorporation of greater than 500 HP (375 kw). Standards (3) Any oil-fired boiler. (4) Any equipment used to prepare § 58.03–1 Incorporation by reference. fuel oil for delivery to an oil-fired boil- (a) Certain material is incorporated er, or equipment used to prepare heat- by reference into this part with the ap- ed oil for delivery to an internal-com- proval of the Director of the Federal bustion engine, including any oil-pres- Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 sure pumps, filters, and heaters dealing CFR part 51. To enforce any edition with oil pressures above 26 psi. other than that specified in this sec- (b) As far as practicable, each fuel-oil tion, the Coast Guard must publish no- tank must be part of the vessel’s struc- tice of change in the FEDERAL REG- ture and be located outside a machin- ISTER and the material must be avail- ery space of category A. able to the public. All approved mate- (c) If a fuel-oil tank, other than a rial is available for inspection at the double-bottom tank, must be located National Archives and Records Admin- adjacent to or within a machinery istration (NARA). For information on space of category A— the availability of this material at NARA, call 202–741–6030 or go to http:// (1) At least one of its vertical sides www.archives.gov/federallregister/ must be contiguous to the boundary of codeloflfederallregulations/ the machinery space; ibrllocations.html. This material is also (2) The tank must have a common available for inspection at the Coast boundary with the double-bottom Guard Headquarters. Contact Com- tanks; and mandant (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of De- (3) The area of the tank boundary sign and Engineering Systems, U.S. common with the machinery spaces Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Lu- must be kept as small as practicable. ther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, (d) If a fuel-oil tank must be located DC 20593–7509. The material is also within a machinery space of category available from the sources listed below. A, it must not contain fuel oil with a (b) American Boat and Yacht Council flashpoint of less than 60 °C (140 °F). (ABYC), 613 Third Street, Suite 10, An- (e) In general, no freestanding fuel- napolis, MD 21403: oil tank is permitted in any machinery (1) P–1–73, Safe Installation of Ex- space of Category A on a passenger ves- haust Systems for Propulsion and Aux- sel. A freestanding fuel-oil tank is per- iliary Machinery, 1973 (‘‘ABYC P–1’’), mitted in other spaces only if author- 58.10–5; and ized by the Commanding Officer, Ma- (2) [Reserved] rine Safety Center. If so authorized, (c) American Bureau of Shipping each freestanding fuel-oil tank must— (ABS), ABS Plaza, 16855 Northchase (i) Comply with subpart 58.50 of this Drive, Houston, TX 77060. subchapter; and (1) Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels, Part 4 Vessel Systems (ii) Be placed in an oil-tight spill and Machinery (2003) (’’ABS Steel Ves- tray with a drain pipe leading to a sel Rules’’), 58.01–5; 58.05–1; 58.10–15; spill-oil tank. 58.20–5; 58.25–5; and (f) No fuel-oil tank may be located (2) [Reserved] where spillage or leakage from it can (d) American National Standards Insti- constitute a hazard by falling on heat- tute (ANSI), 11 West 42nd Street, New ed surfaces. The design must also pre- York, NY 10036: vent any oil that may escape under (1) ANSI B31.3, Chemical Plant and pressure from any pump, filter, or Petroleum Refinery Piping, 1987 heater from coming into contact with (‘‘ANSI B31.3’’), 58.60–7; heated surfaces. (2) ANSI B31.5, Refrigeration Piping, [CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24776, May 10, 1995] 1987 (‘‘ANSI B31.5’’), 58.20–5; 58.20–20; and (3) ANSI B93.5, Recommended practice for the use of Fire Resistant Fluids

259

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00269 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 58.03–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

for Fluid Power Systems, 1979 (‘‘ANSI Alloy Sheet and Plate (‘‘ASTM B 209’’), B93.5’’), 58.30–10. 58.50–5; 58.50–10; (e) American Petroleum Institute (API), (7) ASTM D 92–97, Standard Test 1220 L Street, NW., Washington, DC Method for Flash and Fire Points by 20005–4070: Cleveland Open Cup (‘‘ASTM D 92’’), (1) API RP 14C, Analysis, Design, In- 58.30–10; stallation and Testing of Basic Surface (8) ASTM D 93–97, Standard Test Safety Systems for Offshore Produc- Methods for Flash Point by Pensky- tion Platforms, 1986 (‘‘API RP 14C’’), Martens Closed Cup Tester (‘‘ASTM D 58.60–9; and 93’’), 58.01–10; and (2) API RP 53, Recommended Prac- (9) ASTM D 323–94, Standard Test tice for Blowout Prevention Equipment Method for Vapor Pressure of Petro- Systems for Drilling Wells, 1984 (‘‘API leum Products (Reid Method) (‘‘ASTM RP 53’’), 58.60–7. D 323’’), 58.16–5. (f) American Society of Mechanical En- (h) International Maritime Organiza- gineers (ASME) International, Three tion (IMO), Publications Section, 4 Al- Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990: bert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, (1) 2001 ASME Boiler and Pressure United Kingdom: Vessel Code, Section I, Rules for Con- (1) A.467(XII), Guidelines for Accept- struction of Power Boilers (July 1, 2001) ance of Non-Duplicated Rudder Actu- (‘‘Section I of the ASME Boiler and ators for Tankers, Chemical Tankers Pressure Vessel Code’’), 58.30–15; and and Gas Carriers of 10,000 Tons Gross (2) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Tonnage and Above But Less Than Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules 100,000 Tonnes Deadweight, 1981 (‘‘IMO for Construction of Pressure Vessels A.467(XII)’’), 58.25–60; and (1998 with 1999 and 2000 addenda) (2) A.468(XII), Code on Noise Levels (‘‘Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and on Board Ships, 1981 (‘‘IMO Pressure Vessel Code’’), 58.30–15. A.468(XII)’’), 58.01–50. (g) ASTM International (formerly Amer- (i) National Fire Protection Association ican Society for Testing and Materials) (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, (ASTM), 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West MA 02169: Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959: (1) NFPA 302, Fire Protection Stand- (1) ASTM A 193/A 193M–98a, Standard ard for Pleasure and Commercial Craft, Specification for Alloy-Steel and 1989 (‘‘NFPA 302’’), 58.10–5; and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service (‘‘ASTM A (2) [Reserved] 193’’), 58.30–15; (j) Society of Automotive Engineers (2) ASTM B 96–93, Standard Specifica- (SAE), 400 Commonwealth Drive, tion for Copper-Silicon Alloy Plate, Warrendale, PA 15096: Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar for Gen- (1) SAE J–1928, Devices Providing eral Purposes and Pressure Vessels Backfire Flame Control for Gasoline (‘‘ASTM B 96’’), 58.50–5; Engines in Marine Applications, 1989 (3) ASTM B 122/B 122M–95, Standard (‘‘SAE J–1928’’), 58.10–5; and Specification for Copper-Nickel-Tin (2) SAE J429, Mechanical and Mate- Alloy, Copper-Nickel-Zinc Alloy (Nick- rial Requirements for Externally el Silver), and Copper-Nickel Alloy Threaded Fasteners (Aug. 1983) (‘‘SAE Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar J429’’), 58.30–15. (‘‘ASTM B 122’’), 58.50–5; (k) Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (4) ASTM B 127–93a, Standard Speci- (UL), 12 Laboratory Drive, Research fication for Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS Triangle Park, NC 27709: NO4400) Plate, Sheet, and Strip (1) UL 1111, Marine Carburetor Flame (‘‘ASTM B 127’’), 58.50–5; 58.50–10; Arresters, 1988 (‘‘UL 1111’’), 58.10–5; and (5) ASTM B 152–97a, Standard Speci- (2) [Reserved] fication for Copper Sheet, Strip, Plate, [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65186, Oct. 31, 2008, and Rolled Bar (‘‘ASTM B 152’’), 58.50– as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229, 5; Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59778, (6) ASTM B 209–96, Standard Speci- Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60148, fication for Aluminum and Aluminum- Sept. 30, 2013]

260

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00270 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 58.10–5

Subpart 58.05—Main Propulsion (b) Carburetors. (1) Drip collectors Machinery shall be fitted under all carburetors, except the down-draft type, to prevent § 58.05–1 Material, design and con- fuel leakage from reaching the bilges struction. and so arranged as to permit ready removal of such fuel leakage. Drip collec- (a) The material, design, construc- tors shall be covered with flame tion, workmanship, and arrangement screens. of main propulsion machinery and of each auxiliary, directly connected to NOTE: It is recommended that drip collec- the engine and supplied as such, must tors be drained by a device for automatic re- be at least equivalent to the standards turn of all drip to engine air intakes. established by the ABS Steel Vessel (2) All gasoline engines must be Rules (incorporated by reference, see 46 equipped with an acceptable means of CFR 58.03–1), except as otherwise pro- backfire flame control. Installations of vided by this subchapter. backfire flame arresters bearing basic (b) When main and auxiliary machin- Approval Nos. 162.015 or 162.041 or en- ery is to be installed without classi- gine air and fuel induction systems fication society review, the builder bearing basic Approval Nos. 162.015 or shall submit in quadruplicate to the 162.042 may be continued in use as long cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine In- as they are serviceable and in good spection, such drawings and particulars condition. New installations or replace- of the installation as are required by ments must meet the applicable re- the American Bureau of Shipping Rules quirements of this section. for Building and Classing Steel Vessels, (3) The following are acceptable Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery means of backfire flame control for (2003) for similar installations on gasoline engines: classed vessels. (i) A backfire flame arrester com- [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65186, Oct. 31, 2008] plying with SAE J–1928 (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 58.03–1) or UL § 58.05–5 Astern power. 1111 (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 58.03–1) and marked accordingly. (a) All vessels shall have sufficient The flame arrester must be suitably se- power for going astern to secure proper cured to the air intake with a control of the ship in all normal cir- flametight connection. cumstances. (ii) An engine air and fuel induction § 58.05–10 Automatic shut-off. system which provides adequate protection from propagation of backfire Main propulsion machinery must be flame to the atmosphere equivalent to provided with automatic shut-off con- that provided by an acceptable back- trols in accordance with part 62 of this fire flame arrester. A gasoline engine subchapter. These controls must shut utilizing an air and fuel induction sys- down main propulsion machinery in tem, and operated without an approved case of a failure, such as failure of the backfire flame arrester, must either in- lubricating-oil supply, that could lead clude a reed valve assembly or be in- rapidly to complete breakdown, serious stalled in accordance with SAE J–1928. damage, or explosion. (iii) An arrangement of the carbu- [CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24776, May 10, 1995] retor or engine air induction system that will disperse any flames caused by engine backfire. The flames must be Subpart 58.10—Internal dispersed to the atmosphere outside Combustion Engine Installations the vessel in such a manner that the flames will not endanger the vessel, § 58.10–5 Gasoline engine installations. persons, on board, or nearby vessels (a) Engine design. All installations and structures. Flame dispersion may shall be of marine type engines suit- be achieved by attachments to the car- able for the intended service, designed buretor or location of the engine air in- and constructed in conformance with duction system. All attachments must the requirements of this subchapter. be of metallic construction with

261

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00271 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 58.10–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

flametight connections and firmly se- (c) A diesel engine exhaust on a mo- cured to withstand vibration, shock, bile offshore drilling unit must not dis- and engine backfire. Such installations charge into a classified location. 1 do not require formal approval and la- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as beling but must comply with this sub- amended by CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56801, Dec. 4, part. 1978; CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51202, Sept. 30, 1997] (c) Exhaust manifold. The exhaust manifold shall either be water-jacketed § 58.10–15 Gas turbine installations. and cooled by discharge from a pump (a) Standards. The design, construc- which operates whenever the engine is tion, workmanship and tests of gas tur- running, or woodwork within nine bines and their associated machinery shall be at least equivalent to the inches shall be protected by 1⁄4-inch asbestos board covered with not less than standards of the ABS Steel Vessel No. 22 USSG (U.S. standard gage) gal- Rules (incorporated by reference, see 46 CFR 58.03–1). vanized sheet iron or nonferrous metal. (b) Materials. The materials used for A dead air space of 1⁄4-inch shall be left gas turbine installations shall have between the protecting asbestos and properties suitable for the intended the wood, and a clearance of not less service. When materials not con- than two inches maintained between forming to standard ASTM specifica- the manifold and the surface of such tions are employed, data concerning protection. their properties, including high tem- (d) Exhaust pipe. (1) Exhaust pipe in- perature strength data, where applica- stallations must conform to the re- ble, shall be furnished. quirements of ABYC P–1 and part 1, (c) Exhausts. (1) Where piping is used section 23 of NFPA 302 (both incor- for gas turbine exhaust lines, Class II is porated by reference; see 46 CFR 58.03– required as a minimum. (See subpart 1) and the following additional require- 56.04 of this subchapter.) Where the ex- ments: haust pressure exceeds 150 pounds per (i) All exhaust installations with square inch, such as in closed cycle pressures in excess of 15 pounds per systems, Class I shall be used. Where square inch gage or employing runs ducting other than pipe is employed, passing through living or working the drawings and design data shall be spaces shall meet the material require- submitted to substantiate suitability and safety for the intended service. ments of part 56 of this subchapter. (2) Where considered necessary, gas (ii) Horizontal dry exhaust pipes are turbines and associated exhaust sys- permitted only if they do not pass tems shall be suitably insulated or through living or berthing spaces, they cooled, by means of lagging, water terminate above the deepest load wa- spray, or a combination thereof. terline and are so arranged as to pre- (3) Gas turbine exhausts shall not be vent entry of cold water from rough or interconnected with boiler uptakes ex- boarding seas, and they are con- cept for gas turbines used for emer- structed of corrosion resisting material gency power and lighting or for emer- ‘‘at the hull penetration.’’ gency propulsion. Dampers or other suitable means shall be installed to [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as prevent backflow of boiler exhaust amended by CGD 88–032, 56 FR 35824, July 29, 1991; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, Oct. 31, gases through the turbine. Inter- 2008] connected exhausts must be specifically approved by the Commandant. § 58.10–10 Diesel engine installations. (4) A gas turbine exhaust on a mobile offshore drilling unit must not dis- (a) The requirements of § 58.10–5 (a), charge in a classified location. 1 (c), and (d) shall apply to diesel engine (d) Air inlets. Air inlets must be de- installations. signed as follows: (b) A diesel engine air intake on a mobile offshore drilling unit must not 1 Sections 108.171 to 108.175 of this chapter be in a classified location. 1 define classified locations for mobile offshore drilling units.

262

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00272 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 58.16–5

(1) Each air inlet must have means to (i) Fire extinguishing systems. A spe- protect the safety of life and to prevent cial local fire extinguishing system the entrance of harmful foreign mate- may be required for gas turbine instal- rial, including water, into the system. lations if considered necessary by the (2) A gas turbine air inlet must not Commandant. Such a system would be be in a classified location. 1 in addition to any other required in the (e) Cooling and ventilation. Means compartment in which the gas turbine shall be provided for circulating air, ei- is located. ther natural or forced, through the engine compartment for cooling and ven- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as tilation. amended by CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6190, Mar. (f) Automatic shutdown. (1) The con- 25, 1972; CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56801, Dec. 4, 1978; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24776, May 10, 1995; USCG– trol system shall be designed for auto- 2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, Oct. 31, 2008] matic shutdown of the engine with actuation of audible and visible alarms at shutdown. The visible malfunction in- Subpart 58.16—Liquefied Petro- dicator shall indicate what condition leum Gases for Cooking and caused the shutdown and remain visi- Heating ble until reset. Automatic shutdown shall occur under the following condi- § 58.16–1 Scope. tions: (a) This subpart prescribes standards (i) Overspeed. for the use of liquefied petroleum gas (ii) Low lubricating oil pressure. Con- for heating and cooking on inspected sideration will be given providing vessels, except ferries. alarm only (without shutdown) in (b) It is the intent of the regulations those cases where suitable antifriction in this subpart to permit liquefied pe- bearings are fitted. troleum gas systems of the vapor with- (2) Audible or visible alarms shall drawal type only. Cylinders designed to also be provided for: admit liquid gas into any other part of (i) Excessive gas temperature, meas- the system are prohibited. ured at the turbine inlet, gas generator, interstage turbine or turbine ex- (c) Except as provided by § 58.16–7(b), haust. all component parts of the system, ex- (ii) Excessive lubricating oil tem- cept cylinders, appliances, and low perature. pressure tubing, shall be designed to (iii) Excessive speed. withstand a pressure of 500 pounds per (iv) Reduced lubricating oil pressure. square inch without failure. (3) A remote, manually operated [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as shutdown device shall be provided. amended by CGD 83–013, 54 FR 6402, Feb. 10, Such device may be totally mechanical 1989] or may be electrical with a manually actuated switch. § 58.16–5 Definition. (g) Drawings and design data. Draw- For the purpose of this subpart the ings and design data of the following term ‘‘liquefied petroleum gas’’ means components shall be submitted to sub- any liquefied flammable gas which is stantiate their suitability and safety composed predominantly of hydro- for the service intended: carbons or mixtures of hydrocarbons, (1) Combustion chamber. such as propane, propylene, butane, bu- (2) Regenerator or recuperator. tylene, or butadiene, and which has a (3) Casing or piping conveying the Reid ASTM D 323 (incorporated by ref- gas from the combustion device to the erence, see § 58.03–1). Method of test for gas turbine. (h) Fuel systems. Gas turbine fuel sys- Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products tems shall meet the requirements of (Reid Method)) vapor pressure exceed- part 56 of this subchapter. ing 40 pounds per square inch absolute at 100 °F.

1 Sections 108.171 to 108.175 of this chapter [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as define classified locations for mobile off- amended by USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, shore drilling units. Sept. 29, 2000]

263

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00273 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 58.16–7 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

§ 58.16–7 Use of liquefied petroleum (c) Safety-relief devices. All required gas. safety-relief devices must be approved (a) Cooking equipment using lique- as to type, size, pressure setting, and fied petroleum gas on vessels of 100 location by the Commandant (CG–521) gross tons or more that carry pas- as being in accordance with 49 CFR sengers for hire must meet the require- part 178. ments of this subpart. (d) Valves, regulators, and vaporizers. (b) Cooking equipment using lique- All component parts of the system, fied petroleum gas on vessels of less other than cylinders and low pressure than 100 gross tons that carry pas- distribution tubing between regulators sengers for hire must meet the require- and appliances, shall be tested and ap- ments of 46 CFR 25.45–2 or 184.05, as approved by and bear the label of the Un- plicable. derwriters Laboratories, Inc., or other (c) Systems using liquefied petro- recognized testing laboratory. leum gas for cooking or heating on any (e) Plan approval. Drawings in trip- other vessels subject to inspection by licate, showing the location and instal- the Coast Guard must meet the relation of all piping, gas-consuming ap- quirements of this subpart. pliances, cylinders, and other component parts of the system shall be sub- [CGD 83–013, 54 FR 6402, Feb. 10, 1989] mitted for approval. § 58.16–10 Approvals. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980 June 17, (a) Gas appliances. (1) All gas-con- 1970; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, Oct. 31, suming appliances used for cooking and 2008] heating shall be of a type approved by the Commandant, and shall be tested, § 58.16–15 Valves and safety relief de- listed and labeled by an acceptable lab- vices. oratory, such as: (a) Each cylinder shall have a manu- (i) The American Gas Association ally operated screw-down shutoff valve Testing Laboratories. fitted with a handwheel installed di- (ii) The Marine Department, Under- rectly at the cylinder outlet. writers’ Laboratories, Inc. (formerly (b) All cylinders shall be protected by Yacht Safety Bureau). one or more safety relief devices com- (2) Continuous-burning pilot flames plying with the requirements of § 58.16– are prohibited for use on gas appliances 10(a). The safety relief device shall be a when installed below the weather deck. shutoff valve with an integral spring- (3) Printed instructions for proper in- loaded safety relief valve and supple- stallation, operation, and maintenance mentary fusible plug, the latter de- of each gas-consuming appliance shall signed to yield when the cylinder has be furnished by the manufacturer. been emptied of liquid gas by the relief (1) Cylinders in which liquefied petro- valve under conditions of exposure to leum gas is stored and handled must be excessive heat. constructed, tested, marked, main- (c) Cylinder valves and safety relief tained, and retested in accordance with devices shall have direct communica- 49 CFR part 178. tion with the vapor space of the cyl- (2) All liquefied petroleum gas cylinder. inders in service shall bear a test date (d) In addition to the cylinder valve, marking indicating that they have a multiple cylinder system shall be been retested in accordance with the provided with a two-way positive shut- regulations of the Department of off manifold valve of the manually op- Transportation. erated type. The manifold valve shall (3) Regardless of the date of the pre- be so arranged that the replacement of vious test, a cylinder shall be rejected empty cylinders can be made without for further service when it leaks; when shutting down the flow of gas in the it is weakened appreciably by corro- system. sion, denting, bulging or other evidence (e) A master packless shutoff valve of rough usage; when it has lost more controlling all burners simultaneously than 5 percent of its tare weight; or shall be installed at the manifold of all when it has been involved in a fire. gas-consuming appliances.

264

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00274 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 58.16–19

§ 58.16–16 Reducing regulators. ment shall be so mounted as to be read- (a) All systems shall be provided with ily accessible and capable of easy re- a regulating device so adjusted as to moval for refilling and inspection. The release gas to the distribution tubing stowage of high pressure equipment in at a pressure not in excess of 18 inches the housing shall be such that the cyl- water column, or approximately 10.5 inder valves can be readily operated ounces per square inch. and the pressure gage dial be easily (b) The low pressure side of all regu- visible. Where possible cylinders shall lators shall be protected against exces- be mounted in an upright position. sive pressure by means of a suitable re- (3) Stowage of unconnected spare cyl- lief valve which shall be integral with inders, filled or empty, shall comply the regulator. The relief valve shall be with the requirements for cylinders. set to start to discharge at a pressure (4) All valves, manifolds and regu- not less than two times and not more lators shall be securely mounted in lo- than three times the delivery pressure. cations readily accessible for inspec- (c) All reducing regulators shall be tion, maintenance and testing, and fitted with a pressure gage located on shall be adequately protected. the high pressure side of the regulator. (5) Discharge of the safety relief valves shall be vented away from the § 58.16–17 Piping and fittings. cylinder, and insofar as practicable, up- (a) The piping between the cylinders ward into the open atmosphere, but in and the appliances shall be seamless all cases so as to prevent impingement annealed copper tubing or such other of the escaping gas onto a cylinder. seamless tubing as may be approved by (b) Piping. (1) All piping shall be in- the Commandant. stalled so as to provide minimum inte- (b) All high pressure tubing between rior runs and adequate flexibility. The the cylinders and the regulators shall piping at the cylinder outlets shall be have a minimum wall thickness of 0.049 fitted with flexible metallic connec- inch. All low-pressure tubing between tions to minimize the effect of cylinder the regulator and appliances shall have movement on the outlet piping. a minimum wall thickness of 0.032 (2) Distribution lines shall be pro- inch. tected from physical damage and be (c) Tubing connecting fittings shall readily accessible for inspection. Lines be of the flare type; or connections shall be substantially secured against may be soldered or brazed with mate- vibration by means of soft nonferrous rial having a melting point in excess of metal clips without sharp edges in con- 1,000 °F. tact with the tubing. When passing through decks or bulkheads, the lines § 58.16–18 Installation. shall be protected by ferrules of non- (a) Cylinders, regulating and safety abrasive material. The distribution equipment. (1) Cylinders, regulating and lines shall be continuous length of safety equipment shall be installed in a tubes from the regulator to the shutoff substantially constructed and firmly valve at the appliance manifold. fixed metal enclosure located on or (c) Gas-consuming appliances. All gas- above the weather deck. The cylinder consuming appliances shall be perma- enclosure shall have access from the nently and securely fastened in place. weather deck only. The enclosure shall (d) Electrical. No electrical connec- be provided with top and bottom ven- tions shall be made within the cylinder tilation consisting of a fresh air inlet housing. pipe and an exhaust pipe both entering through the top of the cylinder hous- § 58.16–19 Tests. ing. The enclosure shall be constructed (a) Installation. (1) After installation, so that when the access opening is the distribution tubing shall be tested closed, no gas can escape except prior to its connection to the regulator through the ventilation system. and appliance by an air pressure of not (2) Cylinders, regulating and safety less than 5 pounds per square inch. devices shall be securely fastened and (2) After satisfactory completion of supported within the metal enclosure. the tests prescribed in paragraph (a)(1) The cylinders and high pressure equip- of this section, the distribution tubing

265

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00275 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 58.16–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

shall be connected to the regulator and § 58.16–30 Operating instructions. appliance and the entire system sub- (a) Before opening a cylinder valve, jected to a leak test as required by the outlet of the cylinder shall be con- § 58.16–30(j). nected tightly to system; and in the (b) Leak tests as required by Periodic. case where only a single cylinder is § 58.16–30(j) shall be conducted at least used in the system, all appliance valves once each month and at each regular and pilots shall be shut off before the annual or biennial inspection. The cylinder valve is opened. tests required at monthly intervals (b) Before opening cylinder valve shall be conducted by a credentialed of- after connecting it to system, the cyl- ficer of the vessel or qualified per- inder shall be securely fastened in sonnel acceptable to the Officer in place. Charge, Marine Inspection. The owner, (c) When cylinders are not in use master, or person in charge of the ves- their outlet valves shall be kept closed. sel shall keep records of such tests (d) Cylinders when exhausted shall showing the dates when performed and have their outlet valves closed. the name(s) of the person(s) and/or (e) Nothing shall be stored in the company conducting the tests. Such metal enclosure except liquefied petro- records shall be made available to the leum gas cylinders and permanently marine inspector upon request and fastened parts of the system. shall be kept for the period of validity (f) Valve protecting caps, if provided, of the vessel’s current certificate of in- shall be firmly fixed in place on all cyl- spection. Where practicable, these inders not attached to the system. records should be kept in or with the Caps for cylinders in use may remain vessel’s logbook. in the cylinder enclosure if rigidly fas- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as tened thereto. amended by USCG–2006–24371, 74 FR 11265, (g) The opening to the cylinder enclo- Mar. 16, 2009] sure shall be closed at all times except when access is required to change cyl- § 58.16–20 Ventilation of compartments inders or maintain equipment. containing gas-consuming appli- (h) Close master valve whenever gas- ances. consuming appliance is not in use. (a) Compartments containing gas- (i) No smoking is permitted in the vi- consuming appliances which are lo- cinity of the cylinder enclosure when cated above the weather deck shall be access to enclosure is open. fitted with at least two natural venti- (j) Test system for leakage in accord- lator ducts led from the atmosphere ance with the following procedure: with one extending to the floor level With appliance valve closed, the mas- and the other extending to the over- ter shutoff valve on the appliance open, head of the compartment. Powered and with one cylinder valve open, note ventilation may be used provided the pressure in the gage. Close cylinder motor is outside the compartment. valve. The pressure should remain con- (b) Compartments in which gas-constant for at least 10 minutes. If the suming appliances are located entirely pressure drops, locate leakage by appli- below the weather deck shall be pro- cation of liquid detergent or soapy vided with powered ventilation of suffi- water solution at all connections. cient capacity to effect a change of air Never use flame to check for leaks. Re- at least once every 6 minutes. The peat test for each cylinder in a multi- motor for the powered ventilation shall cylinder system. be located outside the compartment. (k) Report any presence of gas odor to § 58.16–25 Odorization. llllllllllllllllllllllll (a) All liquefied petroleum gases llllllllllllllllllllllll shall be effectively odorized by an agent of such character as to indicate § 58.16–35 Markings. positively by a distinctive odor, the (a) The outside of the cylinder enclo- presence of gas down to concentration sure housing liquefied petroleum gas in air of not over one-fifth the lower cylinders, valves and regulators shall limit of combustibility. be marked as follows:

266

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00276 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 58.20–15

Liquefied Petroleum Gas § 58.20–10 Pressure relieving devices. Keep Open Fires Away. (a) Each pressure vessel containing Operating Instructions refrigerants, which may be isolated, Inside and In lllllllllllll shall be protected by a relief valve set (b) A durable and permanently leg- to relieve at a pressure not exceeding ible instruction sign covering safe op- the maximum allowable working pres- eration and maintenance of the gas- sure of the vessel. When a pressure ves- consuming appliance shall be installed sel forms an integral part of a system adjacent to the appliance. having a relief valve, such vessel need (c) ‘‘Operating Instructions’’ as listed not have an individual relief valve. in § 58.16–30 shall be framed under glass, (b) Relief valves fitted on the high or other equivalent, clear, transparent pressure side may discharge to the low material, in plainly visible locations pressure side before relieving to atmos- on the outside of the metal enclosure phere. When relieving to atmosphere, a relief valve shall be fitted in the at- and near the most frequently used gas- mospheric discharge connection from consuming appliance, so they may be the receivers and condensers. The relief easily read. valve from the receivers may relieve to the condenser which in turn may re- Subpart 58.20—Refrigeration lieve either to the low side or to atmos- Machinery phere. It shall be set to relieve at a pressure not greater than the max- § 58.20–1 Scope. imum allowable working pressure. A (a) The regulations in this subpart rupture disk may be fitted in series apply to fixed refrigeration systems for with the relief valve, provided the bursting pressure of the rupture disk is air conditioning, refrigerated spaces, not in excess of the relief valve set cargo spaces, and reliquefaction of low pressure. Where a rupture disk is fitted temperature cargo installed on vessels. on the downstream side of the relief (b) The regulations in this subpart valve, the relief valve shall be of the shall not apply to small self-contained type not affected by back pressure. units. § 58.20–15 Installation of refrigerating § 58.20–5 Design. machinery. (a) Refrigeration machinery may be (a) Where refrigerating machines are accepted for installation provided the installed in which anhydrous ammonia design, material, and fabrication com- is used as a refrigerant, such machines ply with the applicable requirements of shall be located in a well-ventilated, the ABS Steel Vessel Rules (incor- isolated compartment, preferably on porated by reference, see 46 CFR 58.03– the deck, but in no case shall it be per- 1). The minimum pressures for design missible to install such machines in of all components must be those listed the engineroom space unless the ar- for piping in Table 501.2.4 of ANSI B31.5 rangement is such as to eliminate any (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR hazard from gas escaping to the 58.03–1). In no case may pressure com- engineroom. Absorption machines using a solution of aqua ammonia and ponents be designed for a pressure less machines using carbon dioxide are ex- than that for which the safety devices empt from this requirement, provided of the system are set. Pressure vessels the maximum charges that might be must be designed in accordance with released in the event of breakage do part 54 of this subchapter. not exceed 300 pounds. (b) For refrigeration systems other (b) Machinery compartments con- than those for reliquefaction of cargo, taining equipment for ammonia shall only those refrigerants under § 147.90 of be fitted with a sprinkler system pro- this chapter are allowed. viding an effective water spray and [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as having a remote control device located amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17, outside the compartment. 1970; CGD 84–044, 53 FR 7748, Mar. 10, 1988; (c) All refrigeration compressor USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, Oct. 31, 2008] spaces shall be effectively ventilated

267

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00277 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 58.20–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

and drained and shall be separated gas or any flammable mixture of gases from the insulated spaces by a water- be used for testing. tight bulkhead, unless otherwise approved. Subpart 58.25—Steering Gear [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58346, SOURCE: CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24776, May 10, Sept. 30, 2004] 1995, unless otherwise noted. § 58.20–20 Refrigeration piping. § 58.25–1 Applicability. (a) All piping materials shall be suitable for handling the primary refrig- (a) Except as specified otherwise, this erant, brine, or fluid used, and shall be subpart applies to— of such chemical and physical prop- (1) Each vessel or installation of erties as to remain ductile at the low- steering gear contracted for on or after est operating temperature. June 9, 1995; and (b) Piping systems shall be designed (2) Each vessel on an international in accordance with ANSI B31.5 (incor- voyage with an installation of steering porated by reference; see 46 CFR 58.03– gear contracted for on or after Sep- 1). Piping used for cargo reliquefaction tember 1, 1984. systems shall also comply with the ap- (b) Each vessel not on an inter- plicable requirements found in low national voyage with an installation of temperature piping, § 56.50–105 of this steering gear contracted for before subchapter. June 9, 1995, and each vessel on an (c) A relief valve shall be fitted on or international voyage with such an in- near the compressor on the gas dis- stallation contracted for before Sep- charge side between the compressor tember 1, 1984, may meet either the re- and the first stop valve with the dis- quirements of this subpart or those in charge therefrom led to the suction effect on the date of the installation. side. A check valve shall be fitted in the atmospheric discharge line if it is § 58.25–5 General. led through the side of the vessel below the freeboard deck, or a shutoff valve (a) Definitions. may be employed if it is locked in the Ancillary steering equipment means open position. steering equipment, other than the required control systems and power actu- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as ating systems, that either is not re- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17, quired, such as automatic pilot or non- 1970; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, Oct. 31, 2008] followup control from the pilothouse, or is necessary to perform a specific re- § 58.20–25 Tests. quired function, such as the automatic (a) All pressure vessels, compressors, detection and isolation of a defective piping, and direct expansion cooling section of a tanker’s hydraulic steering coils shall be leak tested after installa- gear. tion to their design pressures, Auxiliary steering gear means the hydrostatically or pneumatically. equipment, other than any part of the (b) No pneumatic tests in refrigera- main steering gear, necessary to steer tion systems aboard ships shall be the vessel in case of failure of the main made at pressures exceeding the design steering gear, not including a tiller, pressure of the part of the system quadrant, or other component serving being tested. Pneumatic tests may be the same purpose. Control system made with the refrigerant in the sys- means the equipment by which orders tem or if the refrigerant has been re- for rudder movement are transmitted moved, oil-pumped dry nitrogen or from the pilothouse to the steering- bone dry carbon dioxide with a detect- gear power units. A control system for able amount of the refrigerant added, steering gear includes, but is not lim- should be used as a testing medium. ited to, one or more— (Carbon dioxide should not be used to (1) Transmitters; leak test an ammonia system.) In no (2) Receivers; case should air, oxygen, any flammable (3) Feedback devices;

268

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00278 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 58.25–5

(4) Hydraulic servo-control pumps, Steering gear means the machinery, with associated motors and motor con- including power actuating systems, trollers; control systems, and ancillary equip- (5) Differential units, hunting gear, ment, necessary for moving the rudder and similar devices; to steer the vessel. (6) All gearing, piping, shafting, ca- Steering-gear power unit means: bles, circuitry, and ancillary devices (1) In the case of electric steering for controlling the output of power gear, an electric motor and its associ- units; and ated electrical equipment, including (7) Means of bringing steering-gear motor controller, disconnect switch, power units into operation. and feeder circuit. Fast-acting valve, as used in this sub- (2) In the case of an electro-hydraulic part, means a ball, plug, spool, or simi- steering gear, an electric motor, con- lar valve with a handle connected for nected pump, and associated electrical quick manual operation. equipment such as the motor con- Followup control means closed-loop troller, disconnect switch, and feeder (feedback) control that relates the position of the helm to a specific rudder circuit. angle by transmitting the helm-angle (3) In the case of hydraulic steering order to the power actuating system gear, the pump and its prime mover. and, by means of feedback, automati- Tank vessel, as used in this subpart, cally stopping the rudder when the means a self-propelled vessel, including angle selected by the helm is reached. a chemical tanker or a gas carrier, de- Main steering gear means the machin- fined either as a tanker by 46 U.S.C. ery, including power actuating sys- 2101(38) or as a tank vessel by 46 U.S.C. tems, and the means of applying torque 2101(39). to the rudder stock, such as a tiller or (b) Unless it otherwise complies with quadrant, necessary for moving the this subpart, each self-propelled vessel rudder to steer the vessel in normal must be provided with a main steering service. gear and an auxiliary steering gear. Maximum ahead service speed means These gear must be arranged so that— the greatest speed that a vessel is de- (1) The failure of one will not render signed to maintain in service at sea at the other inoperative; and the deepest loadline draft. (2) Transfer from the main to the Maximum astern speed means the auxiliary can be effected quickly. speed that it is estimated the vessel (c) Each substantial replacement of can attain at the maximum designed steering-gear components or reconfig- power astern at the deepest loadline uration of steering-gear arrangements draft. on an existing vessel must comply with Power actuating system means the hy- the requirements of this subpart for draulic equipment for applying torque new installations to the satisfaction of to the rudder stock. It includes, but is the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine not limited to— Inspection. (1) Rudder actuators; (2) Steering-gear power units; and (d) Each non-pressure-containing (3) Pipes, valves, fittings, linkages, steering-gear component and each rud- and cables for transmitting power from der stock must be of sound and reliable the power unit or units to the rudder construction, meet the minimum ma- actuator or actuators. terial requirements of § 58.25–75, and be Speedily regained, as used in this sub- designed to standards at least equal to part, refers to the time it takes one those established by the ABS Steel qualified crewmember, after arriving in Vessel Rules (incorporated by ref- the steering-gear compartment, and erence, see 46 CFR 58.03–1). without the use of tools, to respond to (e) The suitability of any essential a failure of the steering gear and take steering-gear component not dupli- the necessary corrective action. cated must be specifically approved by Steering capability means steering the Commanding Officer, Marine Safe- equivalent to that required of auxiliary ty Center. Where a steering-gear com- steering gear by § 58.25–10(c)(2). ponent is shared by—

269

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00279 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 58.25–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(1) A control system (e.g., a control- ahead service speed, which must be system transfer switch located in the demonstrated to the satisfaction of the steering-gear compartment); cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine In- (2) The main and auxiliary steering spection; gear (e.g., an isolation valve); or (2) Capable of moving the rudder (3) A power actuating system and its from 35° on either side to 35° on the control system (e.g., a directional con- other with the vessel at its deepest trol valve)—the requirements for both loadline draft and running at max- systems apply, to provide the safest imum ahead service speed, and from 35° and most reliable arrangement. on either side to 30° on the other in not (f) Steering gear must be separate more than 28 seconds under the same and independent of all other shipboard conditions; systems, except— (1) Electrical switchboards from (3) Operated by power when necessary which they are powered; to comply with paragraph (b)(2) of this (2) Automatic pilots and similar section or when the diameter of the navigational equipment; and rudder stock is over 12 centimeters (4.7 (3) Propulsion machinery for an inte- inches) in way of the tiller, excluding grated system of propulsion and steer- strengthening for navigation in ice; ing. and (g) Except on a vessel with an inte- (4) Designed so that they will not be grated system of propulsion and steer- damaged when operating at maximum ing, no thruster may count as part of a astern speed; however, this require- vessel’s required steering capability. ment need not be proved by trials at (h) Except for a tank vessel subject maximum astern speed and maximum to § 58.25–85(e), each oceangoing vessel rudder angle. required to have power-operated steer- (c) The auxiliary steering gear must ing gear must be provided with ar- be— rangements for steadying the rudder (1) Of adequate strength for and capa- both in an emergency and during a ble of steering the vessel at navigable shift from one steering gear to another. speed and of being brought speedily On hydraulic steering gear, a suitable into action in an emergency; arrangement of stop valves in the main (2) Capable of moving the rudder piping is an acceptable means of from 15° on either side to 15° on the steadying the rudder. other in not more than 60 seconds with (i) General arrangement plans for the the vessel at its deepest loadline draft main and auxiliary steering gear and and running at one-half maximum their piping must be submitted for ap- ahead service speed or 7 knots, which- proval in accordance with subpart 50.20 ever is greater; and of this subchapter. (3) Operated by power when necessary [CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24776, May 10, 1995, as to comply with paragraph (c)(2) of this amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, section or when the diameter of the Oct. 31, 2008] rudder stock is over 23 centimeters (9 § 58.25–10 Main and auxiliary steering inches) in way of the tiller, excluding gear. strengthening for navigation in ice. (a) Power-operated main and auxil- (d) No auxiliary means of steering is iary steering gear must be separate required on a double-ended ferryboat systems that are independent through- with independent main steering gear out their length. Other systems and ar- fitted at each end of the vessel. rangements of steering gear will be ac- (e) When the main steering gear in- ceptable if the Commanding Officer, cludes two or more identical power Marine Safety Center, determines that units, no auxiliary steering gear need they comply with, or exceed the re- be fitted, if— quirements of, this subpart. (1) In a passenger vessel, the main (b) The main steering gear and rud- steering gear is capable of moving the der stock must be— rudder as required by paragraph (b)(2) (1) Of adequate strength for and capa- of this section while any one of the ble of steering the vessel at maximum power units is not operating;

270

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00280 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 58.25–25

(2) In a cargo vessel, the main steer- generated from the power units or from ing gear is capable of moving the rud- external forces such as wave action. der as required by paragraph (b)(2) of The valves must be of adequate size, this section while all the power units and must be set to limit the maximum are operating; pressure to which the system may be (3) In a vessel with an installation exposed, in accordance with § 56.07–10(b) completed on or after September 1, of this subchapter. 1984, and on an international voyage, (c) Each hydraulic system must be and in any other vessel with an instal- provided with— lation completed after June 9, 1995, the (1) Arrangements to maintain the main steering gear is arranged so that, cleanliness of the hydraulic fluid, ap- after a single failure in its piping sys- propriate to the type and design of the tem (if hydraulic), or in one of the hydraulic system; and power units, the defect can be isolated (2) For a vessel on an ocean, coast- so that steering capability can be wise, or Great Lakes voyage, a fixed maintained or speedily regained in less storage tank having sufficient capacity than ten minutes; or to recharge at least one power actu- (4) In a vessel with an installation ating system including the reservoir. completed before September 1, 1986, The storage tank must be permanently and on an international voyage, with connected by piping so that the hy- steering gear not complying with para- draulic system can be readily re- graph (e)(3) of this section, the in- charged from within the steering-gear stalled steering gear has a proved compartment and must be fitted with a record of reliability and is in good re- device to indicate liquid level that pair. complies with § 56.50–90 of this subchapter. NOTE: The place where isolation valves join the piping system, as by a flange, constitutes (d) Neither a split flange nor a a single-failure point. The valve itself need flareless fitting of the grip or bite type, not constitute a single-failure point if it has addressed by § 56.30–25 of this sub- a double seal to prevent substantial loss of chapter, may be used in hydraulic pip- fluid under pressure. Means to purge air that ing for steering gear. enters the system as a result of the piping failure must be provided, if necessary, so § 58.25–25 Indicating and alarm sys- that steering capability can be maintained tems. or speedily regained in less than ten minutes. (a) Indication of the rudder angle must be provided both at the main (f) In each vessel of 70,000 gross tons steering station in the pilothouse and or over, the main steering gear must in the steering-gear compartment. The have two or more identical power units rudder-angle indicator must be inde- complying with paragraph (e) of this pendent of control systems for steering section. gear. (b) Each electric-type rudder-angle § 58.25–15 Voice communications. indicator must comply with § 113.40–10 Each vessel must be provided with a of this chapter and, in accordance with sound-powered telephone system, com- § 112.15–5(h) of this chapter, draw its plying with subpart 113.30 of this chap- power from the source of emergency ter, to communicate between the pilot- power. house and the steering-gear compart- (c) On each vessel of 1,600 gross tons ment, unless an alternative means of or over, a steering-failure alarm must communication between them has been be provided in the pilothouse in accord- approved by the Commanding Officer, ance with §§ 113.43–3 and 113.43–5 of this Marine Safety Center. chapter. (d) An audible and a visible alarm § 58.25–20 Piping for steering gear. must activate in the pilothouse upon— (a) Pressure piping must comply with (1) Failure of the electric power to subpart 58.30 of this part. the control system of any steering (b) Relief valves must be fitted in any gear; part of a hydraulic system that can be (2) Failure of that power to the power isolated and in which pressure can be unit of any steering gear; or

271

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00281 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 58.25–30 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(3) Occurrence of a low oil level in sion, but must be clearly visible at any oil reservoir of a hydraulic, power- night. operated steering-gear system. NOTE: See § 113.40–10 of this chapter for the (e) An audible and a visible alarm arrangement of rudder-angle indicators at must activate in the machinery space steering stations. upon— (1) Failure of any phase of a three- § 58.25–40 Arrangement of the steer- phase power supply; ing-gear compartment. (2) Overload of any motor described (a) The steering-gear compartment by § 58.25–55(c); or must— (3) Occurrence of a low oil level in (1) Be readily accessible and, as far as any oil reservoir of a hydraulic, power- practicable, separated from any ma- operated steering-gear system. chinery space; NOTE: See § 62.50–30(f) of this subchapter re- (2) Ensure working access to machin- garding extension of alarms to the navi- ery and controls in the compartment; gating bridge on vessels with periodically and unattended machinery spaces. (3) Include handrails and either (f) Each power motor for the main gratings or other non-slip surfaces to and auxiliary steering gear must have ensure a safe working environment if a ‘‘motor running’’ indicator light in hydraulic fluid leaks. the pilothouse, and in the machinery NOTE: Where practicable, all steering gear space, that activates when the motor is should be located in the steering-gear com- energized. partment. § 58.25–30 Automatic restart. (b) [Reserved] Each control system for main and § 58.25–45 Buffers. auxiliary steering gear and each power actuating system must restart auto- For each vessel on an ocean, coast- matically when electrical power is re- wise, or Great Lakes voyage, steering stored after it has failed. gear other than hydraulic must be designed with suitable buffering arrange- § 58.25–35 Helm arrangements. ments to relieve the gear from shocks (a) The arrangement of each steering to the rudder. station, other than in the steering-gear § 58.25–50 Rudder stops. compartment, must be such that the helmsman is abaft the wheel. The rim (a) Power-operated steering gear of the wheel must be plainly marked must have arrangements for cutting off with arrows and lettering for right and power to the gear before the rudder left rudder, or a suitable notice indi- reaches the stops. These arrangements cating these directions must be posted must be synchronized with the rudder directly in the helmsman’s line of stock or with the gear itself rather sight. than be within the control system for (b) Each steering wheel must turn the steering gear, and must work by clockwise for ‘‘right rudder’’ and coun- limit switches that interrupt output of terclockwise for ‘‘left rudder.’’ When the control system or by other means the vessel is running ahead, after acceptable to the Commanding Officer, clockwise movement of the wheel the Marine Safety Center. vessel’s heading must change to the (b) Strong and effective structural right. rudder stops must be fitted; except (c) If a lever-type control is provided, that, where adequate positive stops are it must be installed and marked so provided within the steering gear, such that its movement clearly indicates structural stops need not be fitted. both the direction of the rudder’s movement and, if followup control is § 58.25–55 Overcurrent protection for also provided, the amount of the rud- steering-gear systems. der’s movement. (a) Each feeder circuit for steering (d) Markings in the pilothouse must must be protected by a circuit breaker not interfere with the helmsman’s vi- on the switchboard that supplies it and

272

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00282 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 58.25–65

must have an instantaneous trip set at § 58.25–60 Non-duplicated hydraulic a current of at least— rudder actuators. (1) 300% and not more than 375% of Non-duplicated hydraulic rudder ac- the rated full-load current of one steer- tuators may be installed in the steering-gear motor for a direct-current ing-gear control systems on each vessel motor; or of less than 100,000 deadweight tons. (2) 175% and not more than 200% of These actuators must meet IMO the locked-rotor current of one steer- A.467(XII) (incorporated by reference, ing-gear motor for an alternating-cur- see 46 CFR 58.03–1) and be acceptable to rent motor. the Commanding Officer, Marine Safe- (b) No feeder circuit for steering may ty Center. Also, the piping for the main have any overcurrent protection, ex- gear must comply with 46 CFR 58.25– cept that required by paragraph (a) of 10(e)(3). this section. [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, Oct. 31, 2008] (c) Neither a main or an auxiliary steering-gear motor, nor a motor for a § 58.25–65 Feeder circuits. steering-gear control system, may be (a) Each vessel with one or more elec- protected by an overload protective de- tric-driven steering-gear power units vice. The motor must have a device must have at least two feeder circuits, that activates an audible and a visible which must be separated as widely as alarm at the main machinery-control practicable. One or more of these cir- station if there is an overload that cuits must be supplied from the ves- would cause overheating of the motor. sel’s service switchboard. On a vessel (d) No control circuit of a motor con- where the rudder stock is over 23 centi- troller, steering-gear control system, meters (9 inches) in diameter in way of or indicating or alarm system may the tiller, excluding strengthening for have overcurrent protection except navigation in ice, and where a final source of emergency power is required short-circuit protection that is instan- by § 112.05–5(a) of this chapter, one or taneous and rated at 400% to 500% of— more of these circuits must be supplied (1) The current-carrying capacity of from the emergency switchboard, or the conductor; or from an alternative source of power (2) The normal load of the system. that— (e) The short-circuit protective de- (1) Is available automatically within vice for each steering-gear control sys- 45 seconds of loss of power from the tem must be in the steering-gear com- vessel’s service switchboard; partment and in the control circuit im- (2) Comes from an independent source mediately following the disconnect of power in the steering-gear compart- switch for the system. ment; (f) When, in a vessel of less than 1,600 (3) Is used for no other purpose; and gross tons, an auxiliary steering gear, (4) Has a capacity for one half-hour of which § 58.25–10(c)(3) requires to be op- continuous operation, to move the rud- erated by power, is not operated by der from 15° on either side to 15° on the electric power or is operated by an other in not more than 60 seconds with electric motor primarily intended for the vessel at its deepest loadline draft other service, the main steering gear and running at one-half maximum may be fed by one circuit from the ahead service speed or 7 knots, whichever is greater. main switchboard. When such an elec- (b) Each vessel that has a steering tric motor is arranged to operate an gear with multiple electric-driven auxiliary steering gear, neither § 58.25– power units must be arranged so that 25(e) nor paragraphs (a) through (c) of each power unit is supplied by a sepa- this section need be complied with if rate feeder. both the overcurrent protection and (c) Each feeder circuit must have a compliance with §§ 58.25–25(d), 58.25–30, disconnect switch in the steering-gear and 58.25–70 (j) and (k) satisfy the Com- compartment. manding Officer, Marine Safety Center. (d) Each feeder circuit must have a current-carrying capacity of—

273

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00283 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 58.25–70 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(1) 125% of the rated full-load current (f) Each motor controller for a steer- rating of the electric steering-gear ing gear must be in the steering-gear motor or power unit; and compartment. (2) 100% of the normal current of one (g) A means of starting and stopping steering-gear control system including each motor for a steering gear must be all associated motors. in the steering-gear compartment. (h) When the main steering gear is § 58.25–70 Steering-gear control sys- arranged in accordance with § 58.25– tems. 10(e), two separate and independent (a) Each power-driven steering-gear systems for full followup control must system must be provided with at least be provided in the pilothouse; except one steering-gear control system. that— (b) The main steering gear must be (1) The steering wheel or lever need operable from the pilothouse by me- not be duplicated; and chanical, hydraulic, electrical, or other (2) If the system consists of a hydrau- means acceptable to the Commanding lic telemotor, no second separate and Officer, Marine Safety Center. This independent system need be provided gear and its components must give full other than on each tank vessel subject followup control of the rudder. Supple- to § 58.25–85. mentary steering-gear control not giv- (i) When only the main steering gear ing full followup may also be provided is power-driven, two separate and inde- from the pilothouse. pendent systems for full followup con- (c) Each steering-gear control system trol must be provided in the pilot- must have in the pilothouse a switch house; except that the steering wheel arranged so that one operation of the or lever need not be duplicated. switch’s lever automatically supplies (j) When the auxiliary steering gear power to a complete system and its as- is power-driven, a control system for sociated power unit or units. This the auxiliary steering gear must be switch must be— provided in the pilothouse that is sepa- (1) Operated by one lever; rate and independent from the control (2) Arranged so that not more than system for the main steering gear; ex- one control system and its associated cept that the steering wheel or lever power unit or units can be energized need not be duplicated. from the pilothouse at any one time; (3) Arranged so that the lever passes (k) On a vessel of 500 gross tons or through ‘‘off’’ during transfer of con- above, each main steering gear and trol from one control system to an- auxiliary steering gear must be ar- other; and ranged so that its power unit or units (4) Arranged so that the switches for are operable by controls from the each control system are in separate en- steering-gear compartment. These con- closures or are separated by fire-resist- trols must not be rendered inoperable ant barriers. by failure of the controls in the pilot- (d) Each steering-gear control system house. must receive its power from— § 58.25–75 Materials. (1) The feeder circuit supplying power to its steering-gear power unit or units (a) Materials used for the mechanical in the steering-gear compartment; or or hydraulic transmission of power to (2) A direct connection to the busbars the rudder stock must have an elon- supplying the circuit for its steering- gation of at least 15% in 5 centimeters gear power unit or units from a point (2 inches); otherwise, components used on the switchboard adjacent to that for this purpose must be shock-tested supply. in accordance with subpart 58.30 of this (e) Each steering-gear control system part. must have a switch that— (b) No materials with low melting- (1) Is in the steering-gear compart- points, including such materials as alu- ment; and minum and nonmetallic seals, may be (2) Disconnects the system from its used in control systems for steering power source and from the steering gear or in power actuating systems un- gear that the system serves. less—

274

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00284 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 58.25–85

(1) The materials are within a com- (i) Two separate and independent partment having little or no risk of power actuating systems, complying fire; with § 58.25–10(b)(2); or (2) Because of redundancy in the sys- (ii) At least two identical hydraulic- tem, damage by fire to any component power actuating systems, which, acting would not prevent immediate restora- simultaneously in normal operation, tion of steering capability; or must comply with § 58.25–10(b)(2). (3) The materials are within a steer- (When they must so comply, these sys- ing-gear power actuating system. tems must be connected. Loss of hydraulic fluid from one system must be § 58.25–80 Automatic pilots and ancil- capable of being detected, and the de- lary steering gear. fective system automatically isolated, (a) Automatic pilots and ancillary so the other system or systems remain steering gear, and steering-gear control fully operational.) systems, must be arranged to allow im- (3) Steering gear other than hydrau- mediate resumption of manual oper- lic must meet equivalent standards to ation of the steering-gear control sys- the satisfaction of the Commanding Of- tem required in the pilothouse. A ficer, Marine Safety Center. switch must be provided, at the pri- (d) On each tank vessel of 10,000 gross mary steering position in the pilot- tons or over, but less than 100,000 dead- house, to completely disconnect the weight tons, the main steering gear automatic equipment from the steer- need not comply with paragraph (c) of ing-gear controls. this section if the rudder actuator or actuators installed are non-duplicated (b) Automatic pilots and ancillary hydraulic and if— steering gear must be arranged so that (1) The actuators comply with § 58.25– no single failure affects proper oper- 60; and ation and independence of the main or (2) In case of loss of steering capa- auxiliary steering gear, required con- bility due to a single failure either of trols, rudder-angle indicators, or steer- any part of the piping systems or in ing-failure alarm. one of the power units, steering capa- § 58.25–85 Special requirements for bility can be regained in not more than tank vessels. 45 seconds. (e) On each tank vessel of less than (a) Each tank vessel must meet the 70,000 deadweight tons, constructed be- applicable requirements of §§ 58.25–1 fore, and with a steering-gear installa- through 58.25–80. tion before, September 1, 1986, and on (b) On each tank vessel of 10,000 gross an international voyage, the steering tons or over, the main steering gear gear not complying with paragraph (c) must comprise two or more identical (1), (2), or (3) of this section, as applica- power units that comply with § 58.25– ble, may continue in service if the 10(e)(2). steering gear has a proved record of re- (c) Each tank vessel of 10,000 gross liability and is in good repair. tons or over constructed on or after (f) Each tank vessel of 10,000 gross September 1, 1984, must comply with tons or over, constructed before, and the following: with a steering-gear installation be- (1) The main steering gear must be fore, September 1, 1984, must— arranged so that, in case of loss of (1) Meet the applicable requirements steering capability due to a single fail- in §§ 58.25–15, 58.25–20(c), 58.25–25 (a), (d), ure in any part of the power actuating and (e), and 58.25–70 (e), (h), (i), and (j); system of the main steering gear, ex- (2) Ensure working access to machin- cluding seizure of a rudder actuator or ery and controls in the steering-gear failure of the tiller, quadrant, or com- compartment (which must include ponents serving the same purpose, handrails and either gratings or other steering capability can be regained not non-slip surfaces to ensure a safe work- more than 45 seconds after the loss of ing environment in case hydraulic fluid one power actuating system. leaks); (2) The main steering gear must in- (3) Have two separate and inde- clude either— pendent steering-gear control systems,

275

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00285 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 58.30–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

each of which can be operated from the gear. It does not include rudder actuators or pilothouse; except that it need not hydraulic-control servo piping and pumps have separate steering wheels or steer- used to stroke the pump or valves of the ing levers; power unit, unless their failure would result in failure of the unit or of the piping to the (4) Arrange each system required by actuator. paragraph (f)(3) of this section so that, if the one in operation fails, the other can be operated from the pilothouse Subpart 58.30—Fluid Power and immediately; and Control Systems (5) Supply each system required by paragraph (f)(3) of this section, if elec- § 58.30–1 Scope. tric, with power by a circuit that is— (a) This subpart contains require- (i) Used for no other purpose; and ei- ments for fluid power transmission and ther— control systems and appurtenances. (ii) Connected in the steering-gear Except as otherwise provided for in compartment to the circuit supplying this section, these requirements are ap- power to the power unit or units oper- plicable to the following fluid power ated by that system; or and control systems: (iii) Connected directly to the (1) Steering apparatus, main and aux- busbars supplying the circuit for its iliary, including bow thruster systems. steering-gear power unit or units at a (2) Cargo hatch operating systems point on the switchboard adjacent to unless fitted with an alternate mechan- that supply. ical means of operation and approved (g) Each tank vessel of 40,000 gross by the Commandant as hydraulically tons or over, constructed before, and or pneumatically fail-safe. A system is with a steering-gear installation be- considered to be fail-safe if a compo- fore, September 1, 1984, and on an nent failure will result in a slow and international voyage, must have the controlled release of the loading so as steering gear arranged so that, in case not to endanger personnel. of a single failure of the piping or of (3) Watertight door operating system. one of the power units, either steering (4) Automatic propulsion boiler sys- capability equivalent to that required tem. of the auxiliary steering gear by § 58.25– (5) Starting systems for internal 10(c)(2) can be maintained or the rud- combustion engines used for main pro- der’s movement can be limited so that pulsion, main or auxiliary power, as steering capability can be speedily re- the prime mover for any required emer- gained in less than 10 minutes. This ar- gency apparatus, or as the source of rangement must be achieved by— propulsion power in ship maneuvering (1) An independent means of restrain- thruster systems. ing the rudder; (6) Centralized control system of (2) Fast-acting valves that may be main propulsion and auxiliary machin- manually operated to isolate the actu- ery. ator or actuators from the external hy- (7) Lifeboat handling equipment. draulic piping, together with a means (8) Controllable pitch propeller sys- of directly refilling the actuators by a tem. fixed, independent, power-operated (9) Installations used to remotely pump and piping; or control components of piping systems (3) An arrangement such that, if hy- listed in § 56.01–10(c)(1) of this sub- draulic-power actuating systems are chapter. connected, loss of hydraulic fluid from (10) All systems containing a pneu- one system must be detected and the matic or hydropneumatic accumulator. defective system isolated either auto- In the case of hydropneumatic accumu- matically or from within the pilot- lators where it can be shown to the sat- house so that the other system remains isfaction of the Commandant that due fully operational. to friction losses, constriction, or other NOTE: The term ‘‘piping or * * * one of the design features, the hazard of explosive power units’’ in paragraph (g) of this section rupture does not exist downstream of a refers to the pressure-containing components certain point in the hydraulic system, in hydraulic or electro-hydraulic steering the requirements of this subpart will

276

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00286 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 58.30–15

apply only to the accumulator and the tem and must drain the system of liq- system upstream of this point. uids. (11) Materials and/or personnel han- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as dling equipment systems, i.e. cranes, amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17, hydraulic elevators, etc., not approved 1970; CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40168, Sept. 2, 1975; by the Commandant as fail-safe as de- CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24781, May 10, 1995; CGD 95– fined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. 027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, 1996] (12) Any fluid power or control system installed in the cargo area of pump § 58.30–10 Hydraulic fluid. rooms on a tank vessel, or in spaces in (a) The requirements of this section which cargo is handled on a liquefied are applicable to all fluid power trans- flammable gas carrier. mission and control systems installed (13) All pneumatic power and control on vessels subject to inspection. systems having a maximum allowable (b) The fluid used in hydraulic power working pressure in excess of 150 transmission systems shall have a pounds per square inch. flashpoint of not less than 200 °F. for (14) Any other hydraulic or pneu- pressures below 150 pounds per square matic system on board that, in the inch and 315 °F. for pressures 150 judgment of the Commandant, con- pounds per square inch and above, as stitutes a hazard to the seaworthiness determined by ASTM D 92 (incor- of the ship or the safety of personnel porated by reference, see § 58.03–1), either in normal operation or in case of Cleveland ‘‘Open Cup’’ test method. failure. (c) The chemical and physical prop- (b) Other fluid power and control sys- erties of the hydraulic fluid shall be tems do not have to comply with the suitable for use with any materials in detailed requirements of this subpart the system or components thereof. but must meet the requirements of (d) The hydraulic fluid shall be suit- § 58.30–50. able for operation of the hydraulic system through the entire temperature [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as range to which it may be subjected in amended by CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40168, Sept. 2, service. 1975] (e) The recommendations of the system component manufacturers and § 58.30–5 Design requirements. ANSI B93.5 (incorporated by reference; (a) The requirements of part 56 are see 46 CFR 58.03–1) shall be considered also applicable to piping and fittings in in the selection and use of hydraulic fluid power and control systems listed fluid. in § 58.30–1 of this part, except as modified herein. The designer should con- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17, sider the additional pressure due to hy- 1970; USCG–1999–5151, 64 FR 67180, Dec. 1, 1999; draulic shock and should also consider USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, Oct. 31, 2008] the rate of pressure rise caused by hydraulic shock. § 58.30–15 Pipe, tubing, valves, fittings, (b) The system shall be so designed pumps, and motors. that proper functioning of any unit (a) The requirements of this section shall not be affected by the back pres- are applicable to those hydraulic and sure in the system. The design shall be pneumatic systems listed in § 58.30–1. such that malfunctioning of any unit (b) Materials used in the manufac- in the system will not render any other ture of tubing, pipes, valves, flanges, connected or emergency system inoper- and fittings shall be selected from ative because of back pressure. those specifications that appear in 46 (c) Pneumatic systems with a max- CFR 56.60–1, Table 56.60–1(a) or 46 CFR imum allowable working pressure in 56.60–2, Table 56.60–2(a); or they may be excess of 150 pounds per square inch selected from the material specifica- shall be designed with a surge tank or tions of section I or section VIII of the other acceptable means of pulsation ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code dampening. (both incorporated by reference; see 46 (d) Each pneumatic system must CFR 58.03–1) if not prohibited by the minimize the entry of oil into the sys- section of this subchapter dealing with

277

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00287 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 58.30–20 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

the particular section of the ASME (c) Hose assemblies may be installed Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Mate- between two points of relative motion rials designated by other specifications but shall not be subjected to torsional shall be evaluated on the basis of phys- deflection (twisting) under any condi- ical and chemical properties. To assure tions of operation and shall be limited, these properties, the specifications in general, to reasonable lengths re- shall specify and require such physical quired for flexibility. Special consider- and chemical testing as considered nec- ation may be given to the use of longer essary by the Commandant. All tubing lengths of flexible hose where required and pipe materials shall be suitable for for proper operation of machinery and handling the hydraulic fluid used and components in the hydraulic system. shall be of such chemical and physical (d) Sharp bends in hoses shall be properties as to remain ductile at the avoided. lowest operating temperature. § 58.30–25 Accumulators. (c) Bolting shall meet the requirements of 46 CFR 56.25–20 except that (a) An accumulator is an unfired regular hexagon bolts conforming to pressure vessel in which energy is SAE J429, grades 2 through 8 (incor- stored under high pressure in the form porated by reference, see 46 CFR 58.03– of a gas or a gas and hydraulic fluid. 1), or ASTM A 193 (incorporated by ref- Accumulators must meet the applica- erence, see 46 CFR 58.03–1) may be used ble requirements in § 54.01–5 (c)(3), (c)(4), and (d) of this chapter or the rein sizes not exceeding 11⁄2 inches. maining requirements in part 54. (d) The maximum allowable working (b) If the accumulator is of the gas pressure and minimum thickness shall and fluid type, suitable separators be calculated as required by § 56.07–10(e) shall be provided between the two of this subchapter when the outside di- media, if their mixture would be dan- ameter to wall thickness ratio is great- gerous, or would result in contamina- er than 6. Where the ratio is less than tion of the hydraulic fluid and loss of 6, the wall thickness may be estab- gas through absorption. lished on the basis of an applicable (c) Each accumulator which may be thick-wall cylinder equation accept- isolated, shall be protected on the gas able to the Commandant using the al- and fluid sides by relief valves set to lowable stress values specified in relieve at pressures not exceeding the § 56.07–10(e) of this subchapter. maximum allowable working pressures. (e) All flared, flareless and compres- When an accumulator forms an inte- sion type joints shall be in accordance gral part of systems having relief with § 56.30–25 of this subchapter. valves, the accumulator need not have (f) Fluid power motors and pumps in- individual relief valves. stalled on vessels subject to inspection shall be certified by the manufacturer [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as as suitable for the intended use. Such amended by CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21811, May 20, 1982] suitability shall be demonstrated by operational tests conducted aboard the § 58.30–30 Fluid power cylinders. vessel which shall be witnessed by a (a) The requirements of this section marine inspector. are applicable to those hydraulic and [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as pneumatic systems listed in § 58.30–1 amended by CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40168, Sept. 2, and to all pneumatic power trans- 1975; CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, 1996; mission systems. USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000; ] (b) Fluid power cylinders consisting of a container and a movable piston rod § 58.30–20 Fluid power hose and fit- extending through the containment tings. vessel, not storing energy but con- (a) The requirements of this section verting a pressure to work, are not are applicable to those hydraulic and considered to be pressure vessels and pneumatic systems listed in § 58.30–1. need not be constructed under the pro- (b) Hose and fittings shall meet the visions of part 54 of this subchapter. requirements of subpart 56.60 of this (c) Cylinders shall be designed for a subchapter. bursting pressure of not less than 4

278

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00288 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 58.30–50

times the maximum allowable working paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section pressure. Drawings and calculations or provided the accumulators have been a certified burst test report shall be previously tested in accordance with submitted to show compliance with paragraph (b) of this section and weld- this requirement. ed or brazed piping joints are not em- (d) Piston rods, except steering gear ployed in the system. If welded or rams, shall either be of corrosion re- brazed joints are employed, the system sistant material or shall be of steel shall be tested in accordance with the protected by a plating system accept- requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) and able to the Commandant. (2) of this section except that the accu- (e) Materials selection shall be in ac- mulators may be isolated from the re- cordance with the requirements of mainder of the system. § 58.30–15(b). (d) Fluid power and control systems shall be purged with an inert gas or § 58.30–35 Testing. with the working fluid and all trapped (a) All fluid power and control sys- air bled from the system prior to any tems and components thereof shall be shipboard testing. In no case shall air, tested as required by this section. oxygen, any flammable gas, or any (b) Accumulators constructed as flammable mixture of gases be used for pressure vessels under the provisions of testing fluid power systems. part 54 of this subchapter shall be test- (e) Fluid control systems, such as ed and retested as required by parts 54 boiler combustion controls, containing and 61 of this subchapter. components with internal parts, such (c) Fluid power and control systems as bellows or other sensing elements, and piping assemblies shall be given an which would be damaged by the test installation test as follows: pressure prescribed in paragraphs (c) (1) Fluid power and control systems (1) and (2) of this section may be tested and piping assemblies and associated at the maximum allowable working equipment components, including hy- pressure of the system. In addition, all draulic steering gear, in lieu of being fluid control systems may be tested tested at the time of installation, may using the system working fluid. be shop tested by the manufacturer to 11⁄2 times the maximum allowable pres- § 58.30–40 Plans. sure of the system. The required test (a) Diagrammatic plans and lists of pressure shall be maintained for a suf- materials must be submitted for each ficient amount of time to check all of the fluid power and control systems components for strength and porosity listed in § 58.30–1(a) that is installed on and to permit an inspection to be made the vessel. Plan submission must be in of all connections. accordance with subpart 50.20 of this (2) Fluid power and control systems subchapter and must include the fol- and associated hydraulic equipment lowing: components which have been tested in (1) The purpose of the system. conformance with paragraph (c)(1) of (2) Its location on the vessel. this section and so certified by the (3) The maximum allowable working manufacturer, may be tested after in- pressure. stallation as a complete assembly by (4) The fluid used in the system. stalling the driven unit in a safe and (5) The velocity of the fluid flow in satisfactory manner and by blowing the system. the relief valves. Otherwise, these sys- (6) Details of the system components tems shall be hydrostatically tested in in accordance with § 56.01–10(d) of this the presence of a marine inspector at a subchapter. pressure of 11⁄2 times the maximum allowable pressure. [CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40168, Sept. 2, 1975] (3) Fluid power and control systems incorporating hydropneumatic accu- § 58.30–50 Requirements for miscella- mulators containing rupture discs may neous fluid power and control sys- be tested at the maximum allowable tems. working pressure of the system in lieu (a) All fluid power and control sys- of 11⁄2 times this value as prescribed in tems installed on a vessel, except those

279

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00289 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 58.50–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

listed in § 58.30–1(a), must meet the fol- (PMCC) for internal combustion engine lowing requirements: units. Such vessels shall carry a suffi- (1) Diagrams of the system providing cient quantity of fuel to supply the the information required by § 58.30– emergency electrical system. Refer to 40(a)(1) through (4) must be submitted. § 112.05–5 of subchapter J (Electrical These are not approved but are needed Engineering), of this chapter. for records and for evaluation of the (c) An outage of 2 percent shall be system in accordance with § 58.30– provided on all fuel tanks containing 1(a)(14). petroleum products. (2) The hydraulic fluid used in the system must comply with § 58.30–10. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as (3) The installed system must be test- amended by CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40169, Sept. 2, ed in accordance with § 58.30–35(c)(2). 1975] (4) All pneumatic cylinders must comply with § 58.30–30. § 58.50–5 Gasoline fuel tanks. (5) Additional plans may be required (a) Construction—(1) Shape. Tanks for ‘‘fail-safe’’ equipment and for cargo may be of either cylindrical or rectan- hatch systems with alternate means of gular form, except that tanks for emer- operation. gency electrical systems shall be of cy- [CGD 73–254, 40 FR 40168, Sept. 2, 1975] lindrical form. (2) Materials and construction. The Subpart 58.50—Independent Fuel material used and the minimum thick- Tanks ness allowed shall be as indicated in Table 1 to § 58.50–5(a) except that con- § 58.50–1 General requirements. sideration will be given to other mate- (a) The regulations in this subpart rials which provide equivalent safety contain requirements for independent as indicated in § 58.50–15. fuel tanks. (3) Prohibited types. Tanks with (b) Passenger vessels exceeding 100 flanged-up top edges that may trap and gross tons constructed prior to July 1, hold moisture shall not be used. 1935, may carry gasoline as fuel not ex- (4) Openings. Openings for fill, vent ceeding 40 gallons to supply the emer- and fuel pipes, and openings for fuel gency electrical system. Passenger ves- level gages where used, shall be on the sels exceeding 100 gross tons con- topmost surface of tanks. Tanks shall structed on or after July 1, 1935, and all have no openings in bottoms, sides, or emergency systems converted on or ends, except that an opening fitted after July 1, 1935, shall use fuel which with threaded plug or cap may be used has a flashpoint exceeding 110 °F. for tank cleaning purposes.

TABLE 1 TO § 58.50–5(a)

ASTM specifica- Thickness in inches and gage numbers 1 vs. tank capacities for— tion Material (all incorporated More than 80- and not more by reference; see 1- through 80-gallon tanks Over 150-gallon tanks 2 46 CFR 58.03–1) than 150-gallon tanks

Aluminum 5 B 209, Alloy 0.250 (USSG 3) ...... 0.250 (USSG 3) ...... 0.250 (USSG 3). 5086 6. Nickel-cop- B 127, Hot rolled 0.037 (USSG 20) 3 ...... 0.050 (USSG 18) ...... 0.107 (USSG 12). per. sheet or plate. Copper- B 122, Alloy No. 5 0.045 (AWG 17) ...... 0.057 (AWG 15) ...... 0.128 (AWG 8). nickel. Copper ..... B 152, Type ETP 0.057 (AWG 15) ...... 0.080 (AWG 12) ...... 0.182 (AWG 5). Copper-sil- B 96, alloys 0.050 (AWG 16) ...... 0.064 (AWG 14) ...... 0.144 (AWG 7). icon. C65100 and C65500. Steel or ...... 0.0747 (MfgStd 14) ...... 0.1046 (MfgStd 12) ...... 0.179 (MfgStd 7). iron 4. Notes: 1 Gauges used are U.S. standard ‘‘USSG’’ for aluminum and nickel-copper; ‘‘AWG’’ for copper, copper-nickel and copper-silicon; and ‘‘MfgStd’’ for steel. 2 Tanks over 400 gallons will be designed with a factor of safety of four on the ultimate strength of the material used with a design head of not less than 4 feet of liquid above the top of the tank. 3 Nickel-copper not less than 0.031 inch (USSG 22) may be used for tanks up to a 30-gallon capacity.

280

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00290 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 58.50–10

4 Fuel tanks constructed of iron or steel, which is less than 3⁄16-inch thick must be galvanized inside and outside by the hot dip process. 5 Anodic to most common metals. Avoid dissimilar metal contact with tank body. 6 And other alloys acceptable to the Commandant.

(5) Joints. All metallic tank joints ment. Portable fuel tanks are not per- shall be welded or brazed. mitted. (6) Fittings. Nozzles, flanges, or other (5) All fuel tanks shall be electrically fittings for pipe connections shall be bonded to the common ground. welded or brazed to the tank. The tank (c) Testing. (1) Prior to installation, openings in way of pipe connections tanks vented to atmosphere shall be shall be properly reinforced where nec- tested to, and must withstand, a pres- essary. Where fuel level gages are used, sure of 5 pounds per square inch or 11⁄2 the flange to which gage fittings are times the maximum head to which attached shall be welded or brazed to they may be subjected in service, the tank. No tubular gage glasses or whichever is greater. A standpipe of trycocks shall be fitted to the tanks. 111⁄2 feet in height attached to the tank (7) Baffle plates. All tanks exceeding 30 inches in any horizontal dimension may be filled with water to accomplish shall be fitted with vertical baffle the 5 pounds per square inch test. Per- plates where necessary for strength or manent deformation of the tank will for control of excessive surge. In gen- not be cause for rejection unless ac- eral, baffle plates installed at intervals companied by leakage. not exceeding 30 inches will be consid- (2) After installation of the fuel tank ered as meeting this requirement. on a vessel the complete installation (8) Baffle plate details. Baffle plates, shall be tested in the presence of a ma- where required, shall be of the same rine inspector to a head not less than material and not less than the min- that to which the tank may be sub- imum thickness required in the tank jected in service. Fuel may be used as walls and shall be connected to the a testing medium. tank walls by welding or brazing. Lim- (3) All tanks not vented to atmos- ber holes at the bottom and air holes phere shall be constructed and tested at the top of all baffles shall be pro- in accordance with part 54 of this sub- vided. chapter. (b) Installation. (1) Gasoline fuel tanks used for propulsion shall be lo- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as cated in water-tight compartments amended by CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6190, Mar. separate from, but adjacent to the 25, 1972; USCG–1999–5151, 64 FR 67180, Dec. 1, 1999; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65187, Oct. 31, engineroom or machinery space. Fuel 2008; USCG–2016–0498, 82 FR 35089, July 28, tanks for auxiliaries shall be located 2017] on or above the weather deck outside of the engine housing or compartment § 58.50–10 Diesel fuel tanks. and as close to the engine as practicable. All tanks shall be so installed (a) Construction. (1) Tanks may be of as to provide a free circulation of air either cylindrical or rectangular form. around the tanks. (2) The materials used and the min- (2) Cylindrical tanks with longitu- imum thickness allowed in the con- dinal seams shall be arranged hori- struction of independent fuel tanks zontally where practicable so that such shall be as indicated in Table 1 to seams are located as near the top as § 58.50–10(a), except that consideration possible. will be given to other materials which (3) Fuel tanks shall be so installed as provide equivalent safety as indicated to permit examination, testing, or rein § 58.50–15. moval for cleaning. (3) Tanks with flanged-up top edges, (4) Fuel tanks shall be adequately that may trap and hold moisture, shall supported and braced to prevent move- not be used.

281

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00291 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 58.50–10 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

TABLE 1 TO § 58.50–10(a)

Aluminum 5 B 209, Alloy 0.250 (USSG 3) ...... 0.250 (USSG 3) ...... 0.250 (USSG 3). 5086 6. Nickel-cop- B 127, Hot rolled 0.037 (USSG 20) 3 ...... 0.050 (USSG 18) ...... 0.107 (USSG 12). per. sheet or plate. Steel or ...... 0.0747 (MfgStd 14) ...... 0.1046 (MfgStd 12) ...... 0.179 (MfgStd 7). iron 4. Notes: 1 Gauges used are U.S. standard ‘‘USSG’’ for aluminum and nickel-copper and ‘‘MfgStd’’ for steel or iron. 2 Tanks over 400 gallons shall be designed with a factor of safety of four on the ultimate strength of the material used with a design head of not less than 4 feet of liquid above the top of the tank. 3 Nickel-copper not less than 0.031 inch (USSG 22) may be used for tanks up to a 30-gallon capacity. 4 For diesel tanks the steel or iron shall not be galvanized on the interior. 5 Anodic to most common metals. Avoid dissimilar metal contact with tank body. 6 And other alloys acceptable to the Commandant.

(4) Openings for fill and vent pipes or brazing. Limber holes at the bottom must be on the topmost surface of a and air holes at the top of all baffle tank. There must be no openings in the plates shall be provided. bottom, sides, or ends of a tank except (9) Iron or steel tanks shall not be as follows: galvanized on the interior. Galvanizing (i) The opening for the fuel supply paint or other suitable coating shall be piping is not restricted to the top of used to protect the outside of iron and the tank. steel tanks. (ii) An opening fitted with threaded (b) Installation. (1) Tanks containing plug or cap may be used on the bottom fuel for emergency lighting units shall of the tank for tank cleaning purposes. be located on an open deck or in an (iii) Liquid level gages must pene- adequately ventilated metal compart- trate at a point that is more than 2 ment. No tank shall be located in a inches from the bottom of the tank. compartment where the temperature (5) All tank joints shall be welded. may exceed 150 °F. (6) Nozzles, flanges, or other fittings (2) When cylindrical tanks are in- for pipe connections shall be welded or stalled, longitudinal seams shall be lo- brazed to the tank. The tank opening cated as near the top of the tank as in way of pipe connections shall be possible. Fuel tanks shall be located in, properly reinforced where necessary. or as close as practicable, to the ma- Where liquid level indicating devices chinery space which is served. are attached to the tank, they shall be (3) Fuel tanks shall be so installed as of heat resistant materials adequately to permit examination, testing, or re- protected from mechanical damage and moval for cleaning. provided at the tank connections with (4) Fuel tanks shall be adequately devices which will automatically close supported and braced to prevent move- in the event of rupture of the gage or ment. Portable tanks are not per- gage lines. mitted. (7) All tanks exceeding 30 inches in (5) All fuel tanks shall be electrically any horizontal dimension shall be bonded to the common ground. fitted with vertical baffle plates where (c) Tests. (1) Prior to installation, necessary for strength or for control of tanks vented to the atmosphere shall excessive surge. In general, baffle be tested to and must withstand a pres- plates installed at intervals not ex- sure of 5 pounds per square inch or 11⁄2 ceeding 30 inches will be considered as times the maximum head to which meeting this requirement. they may be subjected in service, (8) Baffle plates, where required, whichever is greater. A standpipe of shall be of the same material and not 111⁄2 feet in height attached to the tank less than the minimum thickness re- may be filled with water to accomplish quired in the tank walls and shall be the 5 pounds per square inch test. Per- connected to the tank walls by welding manent deformation of the tank will

282

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00292 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 58.60–7

not be cause for rejection unless ac- (c) Blow out preventor control sys- companied by leakage. tems. (2) After installation of the fuel tank (d) Riser and guideline tensioning on a vessel the complete installation systems. shall be tested in the presence of a ma- (e) Motion compensation systems. rine inspector to a head not less than (f) Bulk material storage and han- that to which the tank may be sub- dling systems. jected in service. Fuel may be used as (g) Other pressurized systems de- a testing medium. signed for the MODU’s industrial oper- (3) All tanks not vented to atmos- ations. phere shall be constructed and tested in accordance with part 54 of this sub- § 58.60–2 Alternatives and substi- chapter. tutions. [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18878, Dec. 18, 1968, as (a) The Coast Guard may accept sub- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17, stitutes for fittings, material, appa- 1970; CGFR 72–59R, 37 FR 6190, Mar. 25, 1972; ratus, equipment, arrangements, cal- USCG–1999–5151, 64 FR 67180, Dec. 1, 1999; culations, and tests required in this USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65188, Oct. 31, 2008; subpart if the substitute provides an USCG–2016–0498, 82 FR 35090, July 28, 2017] equivalent level of safety. § 58.50–15 Alternate material for con- (b) In any case where it is shown to struction of independent fuel tanks. the satisfaction of the Commandant that the use of any particular equip- (a) Materials other than those spe- ment, apparatus, arrangement, or test cifically listed in 46 CFR 58.50–5, Table is unreasonable or impracticable, the 58.50–5(a) and in 46 CFR 58.50–10, Table Commandant may permit the use of al- 58.50–10(a) may be used for fuel tank ternate equipment, apparatus, arrange- construction only if the tank as con- ment, or test to such an extent and structed meets material and testing re- upon such condition as will insure, to quirements approved by the Com- his satisfaction, a degree of safety con- mandant (CG–ENG). Approved testing sistent with the minimum standards may be accomplished by any accept- set forth in this subpart. able laboratory, such as the Marine De- partment, Underwriters’ Laboratories, § 58.60–3 Pressure vessel. Inc., or may be done by the fabricator if witnessed by a marine inspector. A pressure vessel that is a component (b) [Reserved] in an industrial system under this subpart must meet the applicable require- [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65188, Oct. 31, 2008, ments in § 54.01–5 of this chapter. as amended by USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59778, Oct. 1, 2012] [CGD 73–251, 43 FR 58601, Dec. 4, 1978, as amended by CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21811, May 20, Subpart 58.60—Industrial Systems 1982] and Components on Mobile § 58.60–5 Industrial systems: Locations. Offshore Drilling Units An industrial system under this sub- (MODU) part must not be in a space that is— (a) Concealed; or SOURCE: CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56801, Dec. 4, (b) Inaccessible to industrial per- 1978, unless otherwise noted. sonnel.

§ 58.60–1 Applicability. § 58.60–7 Industrial systems: Piping. This subpart applies to the following The piping for industrial systems industrial systems on board a mobile under this subpart must meet ANSI offshore drilling unit (MODU): B31.3 (incorporated by reference, see 46 (a) Cementing systems. CFR 58.03–1), except that blow out (b) Circulation systems, including— preventor control systems must also (1) Pipes and pumps for mud; meet API RP 53 (incorporated by ref- (2) Shale shakers; erence, see 46 CFR 58.03–1). (3) Desanders; and (4) Degassers. [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65188, Oct. 31, 2008]

283

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00293 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 58.60–9 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

§ 58.60–9 Industrial systems: Design. 59.10–25 Stayed areas. 59.10–30 Seal welding. Each system under this subpart must 59.10–35 Wrapper plates and back heads. be designed and analyzed in accordance with the principles of API RP 14C (in- Subpart 59.15—Miscellaneous Boiler corporated by reference, see 46 CFR Repairs 58.03–1). 59.15–1 Furnace repairs. [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65188, Oct. 31, 2008] 59.15–5 Stayed furnaces and combustion § 58.60–11 Analyses, plans, diagrams chambers. and specifications: Submission. 59.15–10 Bagged or blistered shell plates. (a) Each industrial system must be Subpart 59.20—Welding Repairs to analyzed by a registered professional Castings engineer to certify that the system has been designed in accordance with appli- 59.20–1 Carbon-steel or alloy-steel castings. cable standards. AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, (b) The certification must— 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 227; De- (1) Appear on all diagrams and anal- partment of Homeland Security Delegation yses; and No. 0170.1. (2) Be submitted under § 50.20–5 of SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18887, Dec. 18, this chapter. 1968, unless otherwise noted. (c) Standards or specifications for non-pressurized, mechanical or structural systems, and components such as Subpart 59.01—General derricks, drawworks, and rotary tables Requirements which comply with standards or specifications not referenced in this sub- § 59.01–1 Scope. chapter must be referenced on the The regulations in this part apply to plans or in the specifications of the the repairs of all boilers, appur- unit. tenances and pressure vessels subject to inspection by the Coast Guard. § 58.60–13 Inspection. An industrial system is accepted by § 59.01–2 Incorporation by reference. the Coast Guard if the inspector finds— (a) Certain material is incorporated (a) The system meets this subpart; by reference into this part with the ap- (b) There are guards, shields, insula- proval of the Director of the Federal tion or similar devices for protection of Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 personnel; and CFR part 51. To enforce any edition (c) The system is not manifestly un- other than that specified in this sec- safe. tion, the Coast Guard must publish notice of change in the FEDERAL REG- PART 59—REPAIRS TO BOILERS, ISTER and the material must be avail- PRESSURE VESSELS AND APPUR- able to the public. All approved mate- TENANCES rial is available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Admin- Subpart 59.01—General Requirements istration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at Sec. NARA, call 202–741–6030 or go to http:// 59.01–1 Scope. www.archives.gov/federal register/ 59.01–2 Incorporation by reference. l 59.01–5 Repairs, replacements, or alter- codeloflfederallregulations/ ations. ibrllocations.html. The material is also available for inspection at the Coast Subpart 59.10—Welding Repairs to Boilers Guard Headquarters. Contact Com- and Pressure Vessels in Service mandant (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of De- sign and Engineering Systems, U.S. 59.10–1 Scope. 59.10–5 Cracks. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Lu- 59.10–10 Corroded surfaces. ther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, 59.10–15 Rivets and staybolts. DC 20593–7509. The material is also 59.10–20 Patches in shells and tube sheets. available from the sources listed below.

284

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00294 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 59.10–1

(b) American Society of Mechanical En- the construction standards for the item gineers (ASME) International, Three in question. Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990: (e) Where applicable, manufacturers’ (1) 2001 ASME Boiler and Pressure instruction books, manuals, and the Vessel Code, Section I, Rules for Con- like, and section VII of the ASME Boil- struction of Power Boilers (July 1, 2001) er and Pressure Vessel Code (incor- (‘‘Section I of the ASME Boiler and porated by reference; see 46 CFR 59.01– Pressure Vessel Code’’), 59.10–5; 2) must be used for guidance. (2) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18887, Dec. 18, 1968, as Code, Section VII, Recommended amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65189, Guidelines for the Care of Power Boil- Oct. 31, 2008] ers (July 1, 2001) (‘‘Section VII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code’’), 59.01–5; Subpart 59.10—Welding Repairs to (3) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Boilers and Pressure Vessels in Code, Section VIII, Division 1, Rules Service for Construction of Pressure Vessels (1998 with 1999 and 2000 addenda) § 59.10–1 Scope. (‘‘Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and (a) Repairs to boilers or pressure ves- Pressure Vessel Code’’), 59.10–5; 59.10–10; sels in service may be performed by and welding provided the welding meets the (4) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel applicable requirements of part 57 of Code, Section IX, Welding and Brazing this subchapter. Qualifications (1998) (‘‘Section IX of (b) No repairs by welding shall be the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel made except temporary emergency re- Code’’), 59.10–5. pairs without prior approval of the Of- ficer in Charge, Marine Inspection. [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65188, Oct. 31, 2008, as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229, Emergency repairs shall be replaced Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59778, with permanent repairs meeting the re- Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60148, quirements of this subchapter when the Sept. 30, 2013] vessel returns to a port in which an Of- ficer in Charge, Marine Inspection, is § 59.01–5 Repairs, replacements, or al- located except in the case of minor re- terations. pairs which in the opinion of the Offi- (a) No repairs, replacements, or alter- cer in Charge, Marine Inspection, do ations, except emergency repairs, shall not materially affect the safety of the be made to boilers, pressure vessels, boiler or pressure vessel. their mountings or internal fittings, (c) Repair welding of power boilers, safety valves, piping systems, or pres- not meeting the requirements of sub- sure appliances without prior approval part 52.05 of this subchapter, is prohib- by the Officer in Charge, Marine In- ited unless the stress is carried by such spection. other type(s) of construction com- (b) Emergency repairs, replacements, plying with the requirements of this or alterations shall be reported as soon subchapter, and where the adequacy of as practicable to the Officer in Charge, the boiler design is not solely depend- Marine Inspection, at or nearest the ent upon the strength of the welds. first port where the vessel may call (d) Only welded repairs as specified in after such repairs are made. this subchapter are permitted on boil- (c) Plan approval shall be obtained ers and pressure vessels. The welding from the Officer in Charge, Marine In- repairs allowed by this subpart apply spection, for all alterations to systems only to boilers and pressure vessels fab- in service as listed in § 56.01–10(c) of ricated of carbon steel. Welding repairs this subchapter and those items listed to boilers and pressure vessels fab- in paragraph (a) of this section. ricated of alloy steel will be given spe- (d) Repairs, replacements, or alter- cial consideration by the Commandant. ations to machinery or items not cov- Such other method of repairs by means ered by other sections of this part shall of welding not covered in this sub- be made in a manner consistent with chapter shall be referred to the Com- the part of this subchapter containing mandant and may be authorized by

285

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00295 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 59.10–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

him, if in his opinion, it meets the in- welding groove. The first two methods tent of this subchapter. of excavation are preferable. Either a V groove or U groove wherein complete § 59.10–5 Cracks. penetration of the weld metal is se- (a) Cracks extending from the calk- cured may be used. After excavation is ing edge of plates to the rivet holes of completed and prior to welding, the ex- circumferential joints may be welded cavated area shall be examined by provided the cracks are veed out so magnetic particle, dye penetrant, or that complete penetration of the weld other acceptable test method. When metal is secured. the reverse side of the weld is acces- (b) Circumferential cracks from rivet sible the root of the weld shall be hole to rivet hole in girth joints may chipped or ground out to insure a clean be welded provided there are not more surface of the originally deposited than three consecutive cracked liga- metal and the resultant groove welded ments nor more than a total of six to obtain a sound weld having complete cracked ligaments in any one girth penetration. When the weld cannot be joint. back chipped because the reverse side (c) Cracks in staybolted plates may is inaccessible, a backing strip or other be welded provided they are located en- approved means of assuring full pene- tirely within staybolted areas and the total length of any crack or series of tration shall be employed. consecutive cracks does not exceed two (i) During welding of cracks a pre- staybolt pitches. heat shall be maintained by controlled (d) Cracks in plain, circular or Adam- temperatures. The degree of preheat son ring or similar type furnaces may shall be determined by the rules listed be welded provided any one crack does in accordance with the materials P- not exceed 12 inches in length and after number groupings of PW–38, section I, completion the weld is stress-relieved. appendix R, section VIII and Table Q. Cracks in corrugated furnaces may be 11.1, section IX of the ASME Boiler and repaired by welding provided any one Pressure Vessel Code (all incorporated crack does not exceed 20 inches in by reference; see 46 CFR 59.01–2). For length. thicknesses exceeding three-fourths (e) Fire cracks may be welded at riv- inch, suitable U grooves should be em- eted door openings extending from the ployed. A welding sequence shall be edge of the plate, but not more than 2 used so as to equalize welding stresses. inches beyond the centerline of the (j) Postweld heat treatment of re- rivet holes. paired cracks shall be performed in ac- (f) Cracks may be welded between cordance with the rules specified in tube holes in the shell of water tube PW–39, section I and UW–40, section boiler drums, provided there are not VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure more than two cracks in any one row Vessel Code for boilers and pressure in any direction, nor more than a total vessels respectively. of four cracks in a drum, and further (k) Welded repairs of cracks shall be provided the welding meets the re- nondestructively tested in accordance quirements of this subchapter for Class I welded pressure vessels and is ap- with the rules specified in PW–40, sec- proved by the Commandant. tion I, and UW–51, section VIII of the (g) Cracks that occur in superheater ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code manifolds, water wallheaders, water for boilers and pressure vessels respec- drums, sectional headers, and other ap- tively. purtenances including steam manifolds (l) After cracks originating in tube or of water tube boilers may be repaired rivet holes are repaired by welding, the in accordance with paragraph (h) of holes shall be properly reamed and the this section if the repair is approved. weld reinforcing ground flush with the (h) All cracks permitted to be re- plate in way of rivet heads. paired under this subpart shall be exca- (m) Flat tube sheets in fire-tube boil- vated to sound metal by grinding, ers which have corroded or where flame or arc gouging or chipping out cracks exist in the ligaments may be the defective metal to form a clean repaired by welding.

286

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00296 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 59.10–20

(n) Welding repairs to drums of power forced: Provided, that the distance be- boilers, except as otherwise permitted tween the reinforced surfaces is not in this subpart, are prohibited. less than 30 inches. (e) When the corroded portion of a [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18887, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65189, staybolted surface exceeds 400 square Oct. 31, 2008] inches, it is permissible to make repairs by cutting out the defective por- § 59.10–10 Corroded surfaces. tion and replacing it with a new plate, (a) Corroded surfaces in the calking the edges of the new plate to be welded edges of circumferential seams may be in position. In such cases, new built up by welding to the original staybolts shall be fitted in accordance thickness under the following condi- with the requirements of § 52.20–15 of tions: this subchapter and where welding is (1) The thickness of the original performed through a line of staybolts, metal to be built up between the rivet welded collars as required by Figure holes and the calking edge shall not be 52.01–3 of this subchapter shall be used less than one-fourth of the diameter of to attach the staybolts. the rivet hole, and the portion of the (f) Eroded seams of welded pressure calking edge to be thus reinforced shall vessels may be repaired by rewelding not exceed 30 inches in length in a cir- the wasted portion. The wasted section cumferential direction. of the seam shall be excavated suffi- (2) In all repairs to circumferential ciently by grinding, flame or arc seams by welding, the rivets shall be gouging or chipping to ensure proper removed over the portions to be welded weld penetration. Rewelded seams shall for a distance of at least 6 inches be- be nondestructively tested in accord- yond the repaired portion. ance with section VIII of the ASME (3) After repairs are made the rivet Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incor- holes shall be reamed before the rivets porated by reference, see 46 CFR 59.01– are redriven. 2). (b) It is not permissible to build up or [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18887, Dec. 18, 1968, as reinforce a grooved or corroded area of amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65189, unstayed internal surfaces by means of Oct. 31, 2008] welding, except that widely scattered pit holes may be built up by welding. § 59.10–15 Rivets and staybolts. (c) Where external corrosion has re- (a) It is not permitted to reinforce or duced the thickness of flat plates build up by welding the heads of rivets around hand holes to an extent of not or staybolts that have deteriorated. more than 40 percent of the original Such rivets or staybolts shall be re- thickness and for a distance not ex- placed. The seal welding of rivet heads ceeding 2 inches from the edge of the to secure tightness is prohibited. hole, the plate may be built up by (b) Where leaks develop around welding. staybolts which are otherwise in good (d) Where stayed sheets have cor- condition, the nuts may be replaced roded to a depth not exceeding 40 per- with a beveled collar formed around cent of their original thickness, they the end of the stay by means of weld- may be reinforced or built up by welding. In such cases, the depth of collar ing. Where the staybolts are fitted with measured on the stay and the width riveted heads, the staybolts in the rein- measured on the plate, shall be equal forced area shall be renewed in accord- to one-half the diameter of the ance with the provisions of § 52.20–15 of staybolt. this subchapter, but where the staybolts are fitted with nuts, the nuts § 59.10–20 Patches in shells and tube may be removed and after reinforcing sheets. has been applied, collars may be welded (a) Unreinforced openings in the around the staybolts in lieu of the shells or drums of boilers or pressure nuts. Such reinforced areas shall not vessels, the diameter of which does not exceed 400 square inches nor more than exceed the maximum diameter of an 30 inches in one direction. Two such unreinforced opening in accordance areas in any one plate may be rein- with § 52.01–100 of this subchapter may

287

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00297 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 59.10–25 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

be closed by the use of a patch or plate (b) The edges of wrapper plates riv- inside the drum or shell and sealed eted to tube sheets and back heads against leakage by welding. Such shall be removed by cutting out the plates shall have a diameter of at least rivets. 2 inches larger than the diameter of (c) The edges of existing plates and the hole and shall have a thickness new plates shall be beveled by chip- equal to the thickness of the plate to ping, flame cutting or grinding so as to which it is attached. It is not permis- form a suitable groove whereby com- sible to insert such patches in the shell plete penetration of the weld metal or head flush with the surrounding will be obtained. The edge preparation plate unless the requirements of this and preheat shall comply with the re- subchapter for Class I welded pressure quirements of § 59.10–5(h). vessels are met. (d) The edges of the new plate shall (b) Portions of tube sheets which be buttwelded and the plate shall be have deteriorated may be renewed by riveted to the flanges of the tube sheet replacing the wasted portion with a and back heads and the staybolts renew section. The ligaments between newed. the tube holes may be joined by means (e) Sections of wrapper plates of com- of welding and staytubes. Other accept- bustion chambers outside of stayed able means of lowering the stress on areas may be repaired by welding pro- the repaired section may be used if in vided the welded joints are stress-re- the judgment of the Officer in Charge, lieved by means of controlled heat and Marine Inspection, it is necessary. the joints are nondestructively tested.

§ 59.10–25 Stayed areas. Subpart 59.15—Miscellaneous Welding repairs are permitted in Boiler Repairs staybolted areas or areas adequately stayed by other means so that should § 59.15–1 Furnace repairs. failure of the welds occur the stress (a) Where corrugated or plain fur- will be carried by the stays. The welds naces or flues are distorted by 11⁄2 shall be located entirely within inches or more, they shall be repaired staybolted areas and shall not pass by either of the following methods: through the outer row of stays. (1) The furnace shall be forced back to a true circular shape, and the Officer § 59.10–30 Seal welding. in Charge, Marine Inspection, may re- Where leaks occur in riveted joints or quire strongbacks or other acceptable connections, they shall be carefully in- means of support to hold the furnace vestigated to determine the cause. from future collapse, if in his opinion Such leaks may be made tight by seal such support is necessary; or, welding the edge, if, in the opinion of (2) The furnace shall be adequately the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspec- stayed as found necessary in the judg- tion, this will make a satisfactory re- ment of the Officer in Charge, Marine pair. Inspection. (b) Distortion means the difference § 59.10–35 Wrapper plates and back between any single measured diameter heads. of the furnace and the diameter of a Wrapper plates and back heads may true circle at the same location. The be renewed in whole or repaired as fol- diameter of the true circle may be lows: taken as the original furnace diameter (a) Wrapper plates or backs heads or may be determined by a means ac- shall be cut between two rows of ceptable to the Officer in Charge, Ma- staybolts or on a line of staybolts rine Inspection. where the thickness is approximately (c) Where the distortion does not ex- the same as the original construction. ceed 11⁄2 inches it will not be necessary If welding is employed on a line of to force the furnace back to a true cir- staybolts, the staybolts shall be fitted cle if the allowable pressure is reduced with a welded collar as required by Fig- in the ratio of 11⁄2 percent for each one- ure 52.01–3 of this subchapter. tenth of an inch of distortion. However,

288

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00298 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 59.15–10

if the maximum distortion does not ex- (e) Furnace crowns which have be- ceed 1 inch and the length of the dis- come distorted, not in excess of the torted area is not more than three cor- limitations provided in paragraph (c) of rugations, or, if the maximum distor- this section, may be repaired by pump- tion does not exceed three-fourths inch ing back the distorted section to as for a length greater than three cor- nearly a true circle as possible and re- rugations of distorted area, the repairs inforcing the same by means of a ring, or reduction in pressure will not be re- arc- or gas-welded to the distorted cor- quired unless considered necessary by rugation as shown in Figure 59.15–1, the the marine inspector. welding to be done by welders and (d) When it becomes necessary to welding processors qualified in accord- rivet a patch to a furnace or other part of the heating surface, the riveted ance with part 57 of this subchapter patch shall be placed on the waterside using acceptable welding electrodes in of the plate in order not to form a accordance with § 57.02–4 of this sub- pocket in which sediment may collect. chapter.

FIGURE 59.15–1—APPROVED METHOD OF REINFORCING FURNACES BY MEANS OF ARC OR GAS WELDING

§ 59.15–5 Stayed furnaces and combus- § 59.15–10 Bagged or blistered shell tion chambers. plates. (a) Where the plate forming the walls (a) When the shell plates of cylin- of stayed furnaces or combustion drical boilers which are exposed to the chambers become bulged between radiant heat of the fire become bagged staybolts, repairs may be made by in- or blistered, it shall be the duty of the serting an additional staybolt in the chief engineer in charge of the vessel center of such space supported by the to notify the Officer in Charge, Marine four staybolts. Inspection, for examination before (b) Where it is desired to rivet a raising steam on the boiler. patch to the wall of a stayed furnace or (b) Where the shell plate is bagged combustion chamber, the defective por- due to overheating, the Officer in tion of the plate shall be cut away Charge, Marine Inspection, may, if in until solid material is reached, the his judgment it is practicable, permit patch shall be riveted on the waterside, the same to be driven back to its origi- and the staybolts renewed, and ex- nal position. tended through the new plate.

289

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00299 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR EC01FE91.037 § 59.20–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(c) Where the shell plate has blis- 61.15–5 Steam piping. tered, bagged, or bulged to such an ex- 61.15–10 Liquefied-petroleum-gas piping for tent that there is an appreciable heating and cooking. thinning of the plate, the Officer in 61.15–12 Nonmetallic expansion joints. 61.15–15 Other piping. Charge, Marine Inspection, shall require the defective portion to be cut Subpart 61.20—Periodic Tests of Machinery away and the shell repaired by fitting a and Equipment patch of steel plate conforming to the requirements of § 52.01–90 of this sub- 61.20–1 Steering gear. chapter in place of the defective por- 61.20–3 Main and auxiliary machinery and associated equipment, including fluid tion. Care shall be taken that the riv- control systems. eting schedule of the patch is so ar- 61.20–5 Drydock examination. ranged as to give the plate sufficient 61.20–15 Tailshaft examination. strength to withstand the stress placed 61.20–17 Examination intervals. on it in service. 61.20–18 Examination requirements. 61.20–21 Extension of examination interval. 61.20–23 Tailshaft clearance; bearing Subpart 59.20—Welding Repairs to weardown. Castings Subpart 61.30—Tests and Inspections of § 59.20–1 Carbon-steel or alloy-steel Fired Thermal Fluid Heaters castings. Defects in carbon-steel or alloy-steel 61.30–1 Scope. 61.30–5 Preparation of thermal fluid heater castings may be repaired by welding. for inspection and test. The repairs shall be performed in ac- 61.30–10 Hydrostatic test. cordance with the material specifica- 61.30–15 Visual inspection. tion to which the casting was origi- 61.30–20 Automatic control and safety tests. nally supplied. Subpart 61.35—Design Verification and PART 60 [RESERVED] Periodic Testing for Automatic Auxil- iary Boilers PART 61—PERIODIC TESTS AND 61.35–1 General. INSPECTIONS 61.35–3 Required tests and checks. Subpart 61.40—Design Verification and Subpart 61.01—General Periodic Testing of Vital System Auto- Sec. mation 61.01–1 Scope. 61.40–1 General. Subpart 61.03—Incorporation of Standards 61.40–3 Design verification testing. 61.40–6 Periodic safety tests. 61.03–1 Incorporation by reference. 61.40–10 Test procedure details. AUTHORITY: 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 2103, Subpart 61.05—Tests and Inspections of 3306, 3307, 3703; sec. 617, Pub. L. 111–281, 124 Boilers Stat. 2905; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Secu- 61.05–1 Scope. rity Delegation No. 0170.1. 61.05–5 Preparation of boilers for inspection and test. SOURCE: CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 61.05–10 Boilers in service. 1968, unless otherwise noted. 61.05–15 Boiler mountings and attachments. 61.05–20 Boiler safety valves. Subpart 61.01—General Subpart 61.10—Tests and Inspections of § 61.01–1 Scope. Pressure Vessels (a) Periodic tests and inspection shall 61.10–1 Scope. be made of the main and auxiliary ma- 61.10–5 Pressure vessels in service. chinery, boilers, and other equipment as prescribed in this part. Subpart 61.15—Periodic Tests of Piping (b) The inspections and tests shall in- Systems sure that the equipment and associated 61.15–1 Scope. structure are in satisfactory operating

290

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00300 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 61.05–10

conditions and fit for the service for Subpart 61.05—Tests and which they are intended. Inspections of Boilers [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, § 61.05–1 Scope. 1995] The term boiler as used in this subpart includes power boilers subject to Subpart 61.03—Incorporation of part 52 and heating boilers subject to Standards part 53 of this subchapter. [CGD 80–064, 49 FR 32193, Aug. 13, 1984] § 61.03–1 Incorporation by reference. (a) Certain material is incorporated § 61.05–5 Preparation of boilers for in- by reference into this part with the ap- spection and test. proval of the Director of the Federal (a) For internal inspection, manhole Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 and handhold plates, and washout CFR part 51. To enforce any edition plugs shall be removed as required by other than that specified in paragraph the marine inspector and the furnace (b) of this section, the Coast Guard and combustion chambers shall be must publish a notice of change in the thoroughly cooled and cleaned. Port- FEDERAL REGISTER and the material able obstructions shall be removed as must be available to the public. All ap- necessary for proper access. proved material is available for inspec- (b) In preparing the boilers for the tion at the Coast Guard Headquarters. hydrostatic test, they shall be filled Contact Commandant (CG–ENG), Attn: with water at not less than 70 °F. and Office of Design and Engineering Sys- not more than 160 °F. for watertube tems, U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 boilers, and not more than 100 °F. for Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., firetube boilers. The safety valves shall Washington, DC 20593–7509. The mate- be secured by means of gags or clamps. rial is also available from the sources [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as indicated in paragraph (b) of this sec- amended by CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, tion or at the National Archives and 1996] Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this § 61.05–10 Boilers in service. material at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or (a) Each boiler, including super- go to: http://www.archives.gov/ heater, reheater, economizer, auxiliary federallregister/ boiler, low-pressure heating boiler, and codeloflfederallregulations/ unfired steam boiler, must be available ibrllocations.html. for examination by the marine inspec- (b) The material approved for incor- tor at intervals specified by Table poration by reference in this part and 61.05–10, and more often if necessary, to the sections affected are as follows: determine that the complete unit is in a safe and satisfactory condition. When American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a hydrostatic test is required, the marine inspector may examine all acces- 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, sible parts of the boiler while it is PA 19428–2959. under pressure. ASTM D 665–98, Standard Test Method (b) The owner, master, or person in for Rust-Preventing Characteris- tics of Inhibited Mineral Oil in the charge of the vessel shall give ample Presence of Water ...... 61.20–17 notice to the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, so that a [CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, 1996, as marine inspector may witness the tests amended by CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, and make the required inspections. 1996; CGD 97–057, 62 FR 51044, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG–1999–6216, 64 FR 53225, Oct. 1, 1999; (c) Firetube boilers which cannot be USCG–1999–5151, 64 FR 67180, Dec. 1, 1999; entered or which cannot be satisfac- USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229, Sept. 25, 2009; torily examined internally, all boilers USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59778, Oct. 1, 2012; of lap seam construction and all boilers USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60149, Sept. 30, 2013] to which extensive repairs have been

291

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00301 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 61.05–15 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

made or the strength of which the ma- flue boiler has been installed for 10 rine inspector has any reason to ques- years, it shall be gaged to determine tion, shall be subjected to a hydro- the extent of deterioration. Thickness static test of 11⁄2 times the maximum will be measured at or near the water- allowable working pressure. All other line, at the bottom and at such other boilers shall be subjected to a hydro- places deemed necessary by the marine static test of 11⁄4 times the maximum inspector. Examination may be by allowable working pressure. drilling or a nondestructive means ac- (d) In applying hydrostatic pressure ceptable to the marine inspector. Prior to boilers, arrangements shall be made to the use of a nondestructive method to prevent main and auxiliary stop of examination, the user shall dem- valves from being simultaneously sub- onstrate to the marine inspector that jected to the hydrostatic pressure on results having an accuracy within plus one side and steam pressure on the or minus 5 percent are consistently ob- other side. tainable when using specimens similar (e) If the marine inspector has reason to those to be examined on the boiler. to believe that the boiler has deteriorated to any appreciable extent under (g) If the thickness is found to be less the bottom where it rests on saddles or than the original thickness upon which foundations, he shall cause the boiler the maximum allowable working pres- to be lifted to such position that it can sure was based, it shall be recalculated. be thoroughly examined, provided the The thickness of the thinnest measured examination cannot be made other- portion shall be used in this calcula- wise. tion. Either the design formulas given (f) The marine inspector may require in this subchapter or the ones in effect any boiler to be drilled or gaged to de- when the boiler was contracted for or termine actual thickness any time its built may normally be used in this re- safety is in doubt. At the first inspec- calculation. In no case will an increase tion for certification after a firetube or in the pressure allowed be made.

TABLE 61.05–10—INSPECTION INTERVALS FOR BOILERS 123

Firetube boil- Watertube Any firetube Firetube boil- ≥ boiler for er 150 psi boiler propulsion er <150 psi

Hydro Test: Passenger Vessel ...... 2 .5 2 .5 1 2 .5 Other Vessel ...... 2.5 5 1 5 Fireside Inspection ...... 1 2 .5 1 2 .5 Waterside Inspection ...... 1 2 .5 1 2 .5 Boiler Safety-Valve Test ...... 1 2 .5 1 1 Valves Inspection ...... 5 5 5 5 Studs and Bolts Inspection ...... 10 10 10 10 Mountings Inspection ...... 10 10 10 10 Steam Gauge Test ...... 2 .5 2 .5 2.5 2 .5 Fusible Plug Inspection ...... 2 .5 ...... 2.5 2 .5 1 All intervals are in years. 2 Where the 2.5-year interval is indicated: two tests or inspections must occur within any five-year period, and no more than three years may elapse between any test or inspection and its immediate predecessor. 3 Intervals for hybrid boilers are the same as for firetube boilers.

[CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as amended by CGD 80–064, 49 FR 32193, Aug. 13, 1984; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24781, May 10, 1995; USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6500, Feb. 9, 2000]

§ 61.05–15 Boiler mountings and at- section requires to be removed may be tachments. examined by the marine inspector. (a) Each valve shall be opened and ex- (c)(1) Each boiler mounting may be amined by the marine inspector at the removed from the boiler and be exam- interval specified in Table 61.05–10. ined by the marine inspector at the in- (b) Each stud or bolt for each boiler terval specified by Table 61.05–10 when mounting that paragraph (c) of this any of the following conditions exist:

292

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00302 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 61.10–5

(2) Where boiler mountings or valves condition is satisfactory and that the are attached to boiler nozzles and a pressure vessel is fit for the service in- satisfactory internal examination of tended. these mountings or valves and their at- (b) Internal and external tests and in- taching studs, bolts, or other means of spections. (1) Each pressure vessel listed attachment, can be performed by open- on the Certificate of Inspection must ing up the valves, such mountings or be thoroughly examined externally valves need not be removed from the every 5 years. boiler unless in the opinion of the Offi- (2) In addition, each pressure vessel cer in Charge, Marine Inspection, such listed on the Certificate of Inspection action is necessary. that is fitted with a manhole or other (d) The Officer in Charge, Marine In- inspection opening so it can be satis- spection, may require the examina- factorily examined internally, must be tions prescribed in this section to be opened for internal examination every made at more frequent intervals, if in 5 years. his opinion such action is necessary to be assured of the safety of the boiler (3) No pressure vessel need be and its attachments. hydrostatically tested except when a (e) Water columns, gage glasses, and defect is found that, in the marine in- gage cocks shall be examined to deter- spector’s opinion, may affect the safety mine that they are in satisfactory of the pressure vessel. In this case, the working order. pressure vessel should be (f) Each steam gauge for a boiler or a hydrostatically tested at a pressure of main steam line may be examined and 11⁄2 times the maximum allowable checked for accuracy by the marine in- working pressure. spector at the interval specified by (c) Special purpose vessels. (1) If your Table 61.05–10. vessel’s Certificate of Inspection is re- (g) Each fusible plug may be exam- newed annually, the following must be ined by the marine inspector at the in- examined under operating conditions terval specified by Table 61.05–10. at each inspection for certification: all tubular heat exchangers, hydraulic ac- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as cumulators, and all pressure vessels amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17, 1970; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24782, May 10, 1995] used in refrigeration service. (2) If your vessel’s Certificate of In- § 61.05–20 Boiler safety valves. spection is renewed less often than an- Each safety valve for a drum, super- nually, the following must be examined heater, or reheater of a boiler shall be under operating conditions twice every tested at the interval specified by table 5 years: all tubular heat exchangers, 61.05–10. hydraulic accumulators, and all pressure vessels used in refrigeration serv- [CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51202, Sept. 30, 1997] ice. (3) No more than 3 years may elapse Subpart 61.10—Tests and between any examination and its im- Inspections of Pressure Vessels mediate predecessor. (d) Hydrostatic tests under pressure. § 61.10–1 Scope. Each pressure vessel, other than one All pressure vessels aboard ships, mo- exempted by this section, must be sub- bile offshore drilling units, and barges jected to a hydrostatic test at a pres- are subject to periodic inspection. sure of 11⁄4 times the maximum allow- [CGD 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as able working pressure twice within any amended by CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56801, Dec. 4, five-year period, except that no more 1978; CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, 1995] than three years may elapse between any test and its immediate prede- § 61.10–5 Pressure vessels in service. cessor. (a) Basic requirements. Each pressure (e) Exemptions from hydrostatic tests. vessel must be examined or tested The following pressure vessels will not every 5 years. The extent of the test or normally be subjected to a hydrostatic examination should be that necessary test: to determine that the pressure vessel’s (1) Tubular heat exchangers.

293

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00303 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 61.15–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(2) Pressure vessels used in refrigera- lations there, instead of the ones in tion service. this section. (3) Hydraulic accumulators. (i) Safety or relief valves on pressure (4) Pressure vessels which have been vessels. (1) If your vessel’s Certificate of satisfactorily examined internally by a Inspection is renewed annually, the marine inspector and in which no de- marine inspector must check the set- fects have been found which impair the tings of the safety or relief valves on safety of the pressure vessel. all pressure vessels, except cargo (5) Pressure vessels which were ini- tanks, at each inspection for certifi- tially pneumatically tested in accord- cation. ance with part 54 of this subchapter. (2) If your vessel’s Certificate of In- (6) Pressure vessels not stamped with spection is renewed less often than an- the Coast Guard Symbol. nually, the marine inspector must (f) Compressed gas or hazardous liquid check the settings of the safety or re- pressure vessel tests. Cargo tanks of lief valves on all pressure vessels, ex- pressure vessel configuration con- cept cargo tanks, twice every 5 years. taining liquefied, compressed gases or No more than 3 years may elapse be- hazardous liquids must be inspected tween any check and its immediate and tested as required by the applica- predecessor. ble regulations published in subchapter (3) Cargo tank safety or relief valves D or subchapter I of this chapter. must be checked at the interval re- (g) Bulk storage tanks. Each bulk stor- quired in subchapter D (Tank Vessels) age tank containing refrigerated lique- or subchapter I (Cargo and Miscella- fied CO2 for use aboard a vessel as a neous Vessels) of this chapter. fire-extinguishing agent shall be sub- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as jected to a hydrostatic test of 11⁄2 times the maximum allowable working pres- amended by CGFR 69–127, 35 FR 9980, June 17, 1970; CGD 73–251, 43 FR 56801, Dec. 4, 1978; sure in the tenth year of the installa- CGD 77–147, 47 FR 21811, May 20, 1982; CGD 86– tion and at ten-year intervals there- 033, 53 FR 36024, Sept. 16, 1988; CGD 83–043, 60 after. After the test, the tank should FR 24782, May 10, 1995; CGD 95–028, 62 FR be drained and an internal examination 51202, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG–1999–6216, 64 FR made. Parts of the jacket and lagging 53225, Oct. 1, 1999; USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6500, on the underside of the tank designated Feb. 9, 2000] by the marine inspector must be removed at the time of the test so the Subpart 61.15—Periodic Tests of marine inspector may determine the Piping Systems external condition of the tank. (h) Pneumatic tests. (1) Pressure ves- § 61.15–1 Scope. sels that were pneumatically tested be- In conducting hydrostatic tests on fore being stamped with the Coast piping, the required test pressure shall Guard Symbol must be examined inter- be maintained for a sufficient length of nally twice every 5 years and examined time to permit an inspection to be externally at each Inspection for Cer- made of all joints and connections. The tification. No more than 3 years may setting of the relief valve or safety elapse between any external examina- valve will be considered as establishing tion and its immediate predecessor. the maximum allowable working pres- (2) For tanks whose design precludes sure of the system. a thorough internal or external examination, the thickness must be deter- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as mined by a nondestructive method ac- amended by CGD 95–012, 60 FR 48050, Sept. 18, ceptable to the Officer in Charge, Ma- 1995] rine Inspection. (3) If (due to the product carried) § 61.15–5 Steam piping. your vessel’s inspection intervals are (a) Main steam piping shall be sub- prescribed in subchapter D (Tank Ves- jected to a hydrostatic test equal to 11⁄4 sels), subchapter I (Cargo and Miscella- times the maximum allowable working neous Vessels), or subchapter I-A (Mo- pressure at the same periods prescribed bile Offshore Drilling Units), you must for boilers in § 61.05–10. The hydrostatic comply with the pneumatic test regu- test shall be applied from the boiler

294

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00304 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 61.20–1

drum to the throttle valve. If the cov- of the vessel’s current certificate of in- ering of the piping is not removed, the spection. Where practicable, these test pressure shall be maintained on records should be kept in or with the the piping for a period of ten minutes. vessel’s logbook. If any evidence of moisture or leakage (b) Test the system for leakage in ac- is detected, the covering shall be re- cordance with the following procedure: moved and the piping thoroughly ex- With the appliance valve closed, the amined. master shutoff valve on the appliance (b) All steam piping subject to pres- open, and one cylinder valve open, note sure from the main boiler should be pressure in gauge. subjected to a hydrostatic test at a pressure of 11⁄4 times the maximum al- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as lowable working pressure of the boiler amended by USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6500, Feb. after every five years of service except 9, 2000; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65189, Oct. 31, 2008; USCG–2006–24371, 74 FR 11265, Mar. 16, as otherwise provided for in paragraph 2009] (a) of this section. Unless the covering of the piping is removed, the test pres- § 61.15–12 Nonmetallic expansion sure must be maintained on the piping joints. for ten minutes. If any evidence of (a) Nonmetallic expansion joints moisture or leakage is detected, the must be examined externally at each covering should be removed and the inspection for certification and peri- piping thoroughly examined. No piping with a nominal size of 3 inches or less odic inspection for signs of excessive need be hydrostatically tested. wear, fatigue, deterioration, physical (c) The setting of safety and relief damage, misalignment, improper valves installed in piping systems shall flange-to-flange spacing, and leakage. be checked by the marine inspector at A complete internal examination must each inspection for certification for be conducted when an external exam- vessels whose Certificates of Inspection ination reveals excessive wear or other are renewed each year. For other ves- signs of deterioration or damage. sels, the setting must be checked twice (b) A nonmetallic expansion joint within any 5-year period, and no more must be replaced 10 years after it has than 3 years may elapse between any been placed into service if it is located check and its immediate predecessor. in a system which penetrates the side of the vessel and both the penetration [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as and the nonmetallic expansion joint amended by CGD 73–248, 39 FR 30839, Aug. 26, are located below the deepest load wa- 1974; CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24782, May 10, 1995; USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6500, Feb. 9, 2000] terline. The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection may grant an extension of § 61.15–10 Liquefied-petroleum-gas the ten year replacement to coincide piping for heating and cooking. with the vessel’s next drydocking. (a) Leak tests as described in para- [CGD 77–140, 54 FR 40615, Oct. 2, 1989, as graph (b) of this section shall be con- amended by CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51202, Sept. 30, ducted at least once each month, at 1997; USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6501, Feb. 9, 2000] each inspection for certification, and at each periodic inspection. The tests § 61.15–15 Other piping. required at monthly intervals shall be (a) All other piping systems shall be conducted by an appropriately examined under working conditions as credentialed officer of the vessel or required by the marine inspector. qualified personnel acceptable to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. The owner, master, or person in charge Subpart 61.20—Periodic Tests of of the vessel shall keep records of such Machinery and Equipment tests showing the dates when performed and the name(s) of the person(s) § 61.20–1 Steering gear. and/or company conducting the tests. (a) The marine inspector must in- Such records shall be made available to spect the steering gear at each inspec- the marine inspector upon request and tion for certification for vessels whose shall be kept for the period of validity Certificate of Inspections are renewed

295

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00305 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 61.20–3 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

each year. For other vessels, the ma- sections must be conducted in the pres- rine inspector must inspect the steer- ence of a marine inspector. ing gear twice within a 5-year period, [CGD 78–153, 45 FR 52388, Aug. 7, 1980] and no more than 3 years may elapse between any inspection and its imme- § 61.20–17 Examination intervals. diate predecessor. The marine inspector may inspect the steering gear more (a) A lubricant that demonstrates the often, if necessary. corrosion inhibiting properties of oil (b) All devices employed in the when tested in accordance with ASTM change-over from automatic to manual D 665 (incorporated by reference, see operation shall be examined and tested. § 61.03–1) is considered to be equivalent to oil for the purposes of the tailshaft [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as examination interval. amended by USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6501, Feb. (b) Except as provided in paragraphs 9, 2000] (c) through (f) of this section, each § 61.20–3 Main and auxiliary machin- tailshaft on a vessel must be examined ery and associated equipment, in- twice within any 5 year period. No cluding fluid control systems. more than 3 years may elapse between any 2 tailshaft examinations. (a) At each inspection for certification and periodic inspection the ma- (c) Tailshafts on vessels fitted with rine inspector shall conduct such tests multiple shafts must be examined once and inspections of the main propulsion every 5 years. and auxiliary machinery and of its as- (d) Tailshafts with inaccessible por- sociated equipment, including the fluid tions fabricated of materials resistant control systems, as he feels necessary to corrosion by sea water, or fitted to check safe operation. with a continuous liner or a sealing (b) Remote control for the means of gland which prevents sea water from stopping machinery driving forced and contacting the shaft, must be examined induced draft fans, fuel oil transfer once every 5 years if they are con- pumps, fuel oil unit pumps, and fans in structed or fitted with a taper, the ventilation systems serving ma- keyway, and propeller designed in ac- chinery and cargo spaces shall be test- cordance with the American Bureau of ed at each regular inspection for cer- Shipping standards to reduce stress tification and periodic inspection. concentrations or are fitted with a flanged propeller. Accessible portions [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as of tailshafts must be examined visually amended by USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6501, Feb. during each drydock examination. 9, 2000] (e) Tailshafts with oil lubricated bearings, including bearings lubricated § 61.20–5 Drydock examination. with a substance considered to be (a) When any vessel is drydocked, ex- equivalent to oil under the provisions amination shall be made of the proof paragraph (a) of this section need peller, stern bushing, sea connection, not be drawn for examination— and fastenings if deemed necessary by (1) If tailshaft bearing clearance the marine inspector. readings are taken whenever the vessel (b) Sea chests, sea valves, sea strain- undergoes a drydock examination or ers, and valves for the emergency bilge underwater survey; suction shall be opened up for examina- (2) If the inboard seal assemblies are tion every 5 years at the time of examined whenever the vessel under- drydocking. goes a drydock examination or under- [CGFR 68–82, 33 FR 18890, Dec. 18, 1968, as water survey; amended by CGD 84–024, 53 FR 32231, Aug. 24, (3) If an analysis of the tailshaft 1988; CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51202, Sept. 30, 1997] bearing lubricant is performed semi- annually in accordance with the lubri- § 61.20–15 Tailshaft examination. cation system manufacturer’s rec- The rules in §§ 61.20–15 through 61.20– ommendations to determine bearing 23 apply only to vessels in ocean and material content or the presence of coastwise service. Each examination, other contaminants; and inspection and test prescribed by these (4) If—

296

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00306 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 61.30–1

(i) For tailshafts with a taper, the § 61.20–21 Extension of examination in- propeller is removed and the taper and terval. the keyway (if fitted) are nondestruc- The Commandant CG–CVC may au- tively tested at intervals not to exceed thorize extensions of the interval be- 5 years; or tween tailshaft examinations. (ii) For tailshafts with a propeller [CGD 84–024, 52 FR 39652, Oct. 23, 1987, as fitted to the shaft by means of a cou- amended by CGD 95–072, 60 FR 50463, Sept. 29, pling flange, the propeller coupling 1995; CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996; bolts and flange radius are nondestruc- USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229, Sept. 25, 2009; tively tested whenever they are re- USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59778, Oct. 1, 2012] moved or made accessible in connec- § 61.20–23 Tailshaft clearance; bearing tion with overhaul or repairs. weardown. (f) Tailshafts on mobile offshore (a) Water lubricated bearings, other drilling units are not subject to exam- than rubber, must be rebushed as fol- ination intervals under paragraphs (b) lows: through (d) of this section if they are— (1) Where the propelling machinery is (1) Examined during each regularly located amidship, the after stern tube scheduled drydocking; or bearing must be rebushed when it is (2) Regularly examined in a manner worn down to 6.4 mm (0.25 in) clearance acceptable to the Commandant CG– for shafts of 229 mm (9 in) or less in di- CVC. ameter, 7.95 mm (0.3125 in) clearance for shafts exceeding 229 mm (9 in) but [CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26001, May 23, 1996, as not exceeding 305 mm (12 in) in diame- amended by CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996; 61 FR 52497, Oct. 7, 1996; USCG–1999–5151, ter, and 9.53 mm (0.375 in) clearance for 64 FR 67180, Dec. 1, 1999; USCG–2009–0702, 74 shafts exceeding 305 mm (12 in) in di- FR 49229, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 ameter. FR 59778, Oct. 1, 2012] (2) Where the propelling machinery is located aft, the after stern tube bear- § 61.20–18 Examination requirements. ing must be rebushed when weardown is 1.6 mm (.0625 in) less than the appli- (a) Each tailshaft must be drawn and cable clearance for propelling machin- visually inspected at each examina- ery located amidship. tion. (b) Water lubricated rubber bearings (b) On tailshafts with a taper, must be rebushed when any water keyway, (if fitted) and propeller de- groove is half the original depth. signed in accordance with American (c) Oil lubricated bearings must be Bureau of Shipping standards to reduce rebushed when deemed necessary by stress concentrations, the forward 1⁄3 of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspec- the shaft’s taper section must be non- tion. The manufacturer’s recommenda- destructively tested in addition to a tion shall be considered in making this visual inspection of the entire shaft. determination. (c) On tailshafts with a propeller [CGD 78–153, 45 FR 52388, Aug. 7, 1980] fitted to the shaft by means of a coupling flange, the flange, the fillet at Subpart 61.30—Tests and Inspec- the propeller end, and each coupling tions of Fired Thermal Fluid bolt must be nondestructively tested in addition to a visual inspection of the Heaters entire shaft. SOURCE: CGD 80–064, 49 FR 32193, Aug. 13, [CGD 84–024, 52 FR 39652, Oct. 23, 1987, as 1984, unless otherwise noted. amended by CGD 84–024, 53 FR 32231, Aug. 24, 1988] § 61.30–1 Scope. The term thermal fluid heater as used in this part includes any fired automatic auxiliary heating unit which uses a natural or synthetic fluid in the liquid phase as the heat exchange medium and whose operating temperature

297

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00307 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 61.30–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

and pressure do not exceed 204 °C (400 cation, periodic inspection, and when °F) and 225 psig, respectively. Thermal directed by the Officer in Charge, Ma- fluid heaters having operating tem- rine Inspection, to determine that the peratures and pressures higher than 204 control components and safety devices °C (400 °F) and 225 psig, respectively, are functioning properly and are in sat- are inspected under subpart 61.05— isfactory operating condition. These Tests and Inspections of Boilers. tests and checks must be conducted in the presence of a marine inspector and § 61.30–5 Preparation of thermal fluid must include the following: proper heater for inspection and test. prepurge, burner ignition sequence For visual inspection, access plates checks, operation of the combustion and manholes shall be removed as re- controls, limit controls, fluid flow con- quired by the marine inspector and the trols, fluid level controls, high tem- heater and combustion chambers shall perature control, proper postpurge con- be thoroughly cooled and cleaned. trol, and verification of the flame safe- [CGD 80–064, 49 FR 32193, Aug. 13, 1984, as guard. amended by CGD 95–027, 61 FR 26002, May 23, [CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24237, June 15, 1990, as 1996] amended by USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6501, Feb. 9, 2000] § 61.30–10 Hydrostatic test. NOTE: Sections 63.05–90 and 63.10–90 of this All new installations of thermal fluid chapter may be referenced concerning oper- heaters must be given a hydrostatic ating tests. test of 11⁄2 times the maximum allowable working pressure. The test must be conducted in the presence of a ma- Subpart 61.35—Design Verification rine inspector. No subsequent hydro- and Periodic Testing for Auto- static tests are required unless, in the matic Auxiliary Boilers opinion of the Officer in Charge Marine Inspection, the condition of the heater SOURCE: CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24237, June 15, warrants such a test. Where hydro- 1990, unless otherwise noted. static tests are required, an inspection is made of all accessible parts under § 61.35–1 General. pressure. The thermal fluid may be (a) All automatic auxiliary boilers used as the hydrostatic test medium. except fired thermal fluid heaters must be tested and inspected in accordance § 61.30–15 Visual inspection. with this subpart and subpart 61.05 of Thermal fluid heaters are examined this part. by a marine inspector at the inspection (b) Fired thermal fluid heaters must for certification, periodic inspection be tested and inspected in accordance and when directed by the Officer in with subpart 61.30 of this part. Charge Marine Inspection, to deter- (c) All controls, safety devices, and mine that the complete unit is in a safe other control system equipment must and satisfactory condition. The visual be tested and inspected to verify their examination includes, but is not lim- proper design, construction, installa- ited to, the combustion chamber, heat tion, and operation. exchanger, refractory, exhaust stack, (d) All tests must be performed after and associated pumps and piping. installation of the automatic auxiliary [CGD 80–064, 49 FR 32193, Aug. 13, 1984, as boiler and its control system(s) aboard amended by USCG–1999–4976, 65 FR 6501, Feb. the vessel. 9, 2000] (e) As far as practicable, test techniques must not simulate monitored § 61.30–20 Automatic control and safe- system conditions by misadjustment, ty tests. artificial signals, improper wiring, Operational tests and checks of all tampering, or revision of the system safety and limit controls, combustion tested. The use of a synthesized signal controls, programming controls, and or condition applied to a sensor is ac- safety relief valves must be conducted ceptable if the required test equipment by the owner, chief engineer, or person is maintained in good working order in charge at the inspection for certifi- and is periodically calibrated. Proper

298

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00308 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 61.40–3

operation and proper calibration of test low water cutoff and the lower low equipment must be demonstrated to water cutoff must each be tested. The the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspec- audible alarm and visible indicator as- tion. sociated with the lower low water cutoff must be tested. The manual reset § 61.35–3 Required tests and checks. device must be tested after the lower (a) Tests and checks must include the low water cutoff has been activated. following: (10) Feed water flow controls. The feed (1) Safety (Programming) controls. water flow limit device (found on Safety controls must control and cycle steam boilers and water heaters with- the unit in the proper manner and se- out water level controls) must be test- quence. Proper prepurge, ignition, ed by interrupting the feed water sup- postpurge, and modulation must be ply. Manual reset must be required verified. All time intervals must be prior to restarting the boiler. verified. (11) Low voltage test. The fuel supply (2) Flame safeguard. The flame safe- to the burners must automatically guard system must be tested by causing flame and ignition failures. Oper- shut off when the supply voltage is ation of the audible alarm and visible lowered. indicator must be verified. The shut- (12) Switches. All switches must be down times must be verified. tested to verify satisfactory operation. (3) Fuel supply controls. Satisfactory shutdown operation of the two fuel Subpart 61.40—Design Verification control solenoid valves must be and Periodic Testing of Vital verified. No visible leakage from the System Automation valves into the burner(s) must be verified. (4) Fuel oil pressure limit control. A SOURCE: CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17837, May 18, safety shutdown must be initiated by 1988, unless otherwise noted. lowering the fuel oil pressure below the § 61.40–1 General. value required for safe combustion. System shutdown and the need for (a) All automatically or remotely manual reset prior to automatic start- controlled or monitored vital systems up must be verified. addressed by part 62 of this subchapter (5) Fuel oil temperature limit control. must be subjected to tests and inspec- (Units designed to burn heavy fuel oil.) tions to evaluate the operation and re- A safety shutdown must be initiated by liability of controls, alarms, safety fea- lowering the fuel oil temperature tures, and interlocks. Test procedures below the designed temperature. Sys- must be submitted to the Coast Guard tem shutdown and the need for manual for approval. reset prior to automatic startup must (b) Persons designated by the owner be verified. of the vessel shall conduct all tests and (6) Combustion controls. Smooth and the Design Verification and Periodic stable operation of the combustion Safety tests shall be witnessed by the controls must be verified. Coast Guard. (7) Draft limit control. The draft loss (c) Design Verification and Periodic interlock switch must be tested to en- Safety test procedure documents ap- sure proper operation. The draft limit proved by the Coast Guard must be re- control must cause burner shutdown and prevent startup when an inad- tained aboard the vessel. equate air volume is supplied to the § 61.40–3 Design verification testing. burner(s). (8) Limit controls. Shutdown caused by (a) Tests must verify that automated the limit controls must be verified. vital systems are designed, con- (9) Water level controls. Water level structed, and operate in accordance controls must be tested by slowly low- with all applicable requirements of ering the water level in the boiler. part 62 of this subchapter. The tests Each operating water level control must be based upon the failure anal- must be individually tested. The upper ysis, if required by § 62.20–3(b) of this

299

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00309 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 61.40–6 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

subchapter, functional performance re- Commanding Officer, Marine Safety quirements, and the Periodic Safety Center. tests of § 61.40–6. [CGD 80–064, 49 FR 32193, Aug. 13, 1984, as (b) Tests must be performed imme- amended by CGD 95–072, 60 FR 50463, Sept. 29, diately after the installation of the 1995; CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996; automated equipment or before the USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229, Sept. 25, 2009; issuance of the initial Certificate of In- USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59778, Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2012–0208, 79 FR 48924, Aug. 18, 2014] spection.

§ 61.40–6 Periodic safety tests. PART 62—VITAL SYSTEM (a) Periodic Safety tests must dem- AUTOMATION onstrate the proper operation of the Subpart 62.01—General Provisions primary and alternate controls, alarms, power sources, transfer over- Sec. ride arrangements, interlocks, and 62.01–1 Purpose, preemptive effect. safety controls. Systems addressed 62.01–3 Scope. 62.01–5 Applicability. must include fire detection and extinguishing, flooding safety, propulsion, Subpart 62.05—Reference Specifications maneuvering, electric power generation and distribution, and emergency 62.05–1 Incorporation by reference. internal communications. Subpart 62.10—Terms Used (b) Tests must be conducted at periodic intervals specified by the Coast 62.10–1 Definitions. Guard to confirm that vital systems Subpart 62.15—Equivalents and safety features continue to operate in a safe, reliable manner. 62.15–1 Conditions under which equivalents may be used. NOTE: Normally, these tests are conducted annually. Subpart 62.20—Plan Submittal

§ 61.40–10 Test procedure details. 62.20–1 Plans for approval. 62.20–3 Plans for information. (a) Test procedure documents must 62.20–5 Self-certification. be in a step-by-step or checkoff list format. Each test instruction must speci- Subpart 62.25—General Requirements for fy equipment status, apparatus nec- All Automated Vital Systems essary to perform the tests, safety pre- 62.25–1 General. cautions, safety control and alarm set- 62.25–5 All control systems. points, the procedure to be followed, 62.25–10 Manual alternate control systems. 62.25–15 Safety control systems. and the expected test result. 62.25–20 Instrumentation, alarms, and cen- (b) Test techniques must not simu- tralized stations. late monitored system conditions by 62.25–25 Programmable systems and devices. mis-adjustment, artificial signals, im- 62.25–30 Environmental design standards. proper wiring, tampering, or revision of Subpart 62.30—Reliability and Safety the system unless the test would dam- Criteria, All Automated Vital Systems age equipment or endanger personnel. In the latter case, the use of a syn- 62.30–1 Failsafe. thesized signal or condition applied to 62.30–5 Independence. the sensor is acceptable if test equip- 62.30–10 Testing. ment is maintained in good working Subpart 62.35—Requirements for Specific order and is periodically calibrated to Types of Automated Vital Systems the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. Other test 62.35–1 General. 62.35–5 Remote propulsion-control systems. techniques must be approved by the 62.35–10 Flooding safety. 62.35–15 Fire safety. 62.35–20 Oil-fired main boilers. 62.35–35 Starting systems for internal-combustion engines.

300

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00310 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 62.01–5

62.35–40 Fuel systems. § 62.01–5 Applicability. 62.35–50 Tabulated monitoring and safety control requirements for specific sys- (a) Vessels. This part applies to self- tems. propelled vessels of 500 gross tons and over that are certificated under sub- Subpart 62.50—Automated Self-propelled chapters D, I, or U, to self-propelled Vessel Manning vessels of 100 gross tons and over that 62.50–1 General. are certificated under subchapter H, 62.50–20 Additional requirements for mini- and to OSVs of at least 6,000 GT ITC mally attended machinery plants. (500 GRT if GT ITC is not assigned) as 62.50–30 Additional requirements for peri- defined in § 125.160 of this chapter. odically unattended machinery plants. (b) Systems and equipment. Except as AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 8105; sec. noted in § 62.01–5(c), this part applies to 617, Pub. L. 111–281, 124 Stat. 2905; E.O. 12234, automation of vital systems or equip- 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; De- ment that— partment of Homeland Security Delegation (1) Is automatically controlled or No. 0170.1. monitored; SOURCE: CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, (2) Is remotely controlled or mon- 1988, unless otherwise noted. itored; or (3) Utilizes automation for the pur- Subpart 62.01—General Provisions pose of replacing specific personnel or to reduce overall crew requirements. § 62.01–1 Purpose, preemptive effect. (c) Exceptions. This part does not The purpose of this part is to make apply to the following systems and sure that the safety of a vessel with equipment unless they are specifically automated vital systems, in maneu- addressed or unless their failure would vering and all other sailing conditions, degrade the safety and reliability of is equal to that of the vessel with the the systems required by this part: vital systems under direct manual operator supervision. The regulations in (1) Automatic auxiliary heating this part have preemptive effect over equipment (see part 63 of this sub- State or local regulations in the same chapter). field. (2) Steering systems (see subparts 58.25 and 111.93 of this chapter). [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as (3) Non-vital and industrial systems. amended by USCG 2006–24797, 77 FR 33874, June 7, 2012] (4) The communication and alarm systems in part 113 of this chapter. § 62.01–3 Scope. (d) Central control rooms. The require- (a) This part contains the minimum ments of subpart 62.50 only apply to requirements for vessel automated vessels automated to replace specific vital systems. Specifically, this part personnel or to reduce overall crew re- contains— quirements, except where the main (1) In subpart 62.25, the general re- propulsion or ship service electrical quirements for all vital system auto- generating plants are automatically or mation; remotely controlled from a control (2) In subpart 62.30, the criteria used room. In this case, § 62.50–20(a)(3) (ex- to evaluate the designed reliability and cept the provision in paragraph 62.50– safety of all automated vital systems; 20(a)(3)(ii) relating to electrical power (3) In subpart 62.35, the minimum ad- distribution), (b)(3), (c), (e)(1), (e)(2), ditional equipment, configuration, and (e)(4), and (f)(2) apply, regardless of functional requirements necessary manning. when certain vital systems are automated; and [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as (4) In subpart 62.50, the minimum ad- amended by USCG–2000–7790, 65 FR 58460, Sept. 29, 2000; USCG–2012–0208, 79 FR 48925, ditional requirements when automated Aug. 18, 2014] systems are provided to replace specific personnel or to reduce overall crew requirements.

301

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00311 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 62.05–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

Subpart 62.05—Reference Automatic control means self-regu- Specifications lating in attaining or carrying out an operator-specified equipment response § 62.05–1 Incorporation by reference. or sequence. Boiler low-low water level is the min- (a) Certain material is incorporated imum safe level in the boiler, in no by reference into this part with the ap- case lower than that visible in the gage proval of the Director of the Federal glass (see § 52.01–110 of this chapter, Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 Water Level Indicators). CFR part 51. To enforce any edition Engineering Control Center (ECC) other than that specified in this sec- means the centralized engineering con- tion, the Coast Guard must publish no- trol, monitoring, and communications tice of change in the FEDERAL REG- location. ISTER and the material must be avail- Failsafe means that upon failure or able to the public. All approved mate- malfunction of a component, sub- rial is available for inspection at the system, or system, the output auto- National Archives and Records Admin- matically reverts to a pre-determined istration (NARA). For information on design state of least critical con- the availability of this material at sequence. Typical failsafe states are NARA, call 202–741–6030 or go to http:// listed in Table 62.10–1(a). www.archives.gov/federallregister/ codeloflfederallregulations/ TABLE 62.10–1(a)—TYPICAL FAILSAFE STATES ibrllocations.html. The material is also System or component Preferred failsafe state available for inspection at the Coast Guard Headquarters. Contact Com- Cooling water valve ...... As is or open. Alarm system ...... Annunciate. mandant (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of De- Safety system ...... Shut down, limited, or as is & sign and Engineering Systems, U.S. alarm. Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Lu- Burner valve ...... Closed. Propulsion speed control ..... As is. ther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, Feedwater valve ...... As is or open. DC 20593–7509. The material is also Controllable pitch propeller .. As is. from the sources in paragraph (b) of Propulsion safety trip ...... As is & alarm. this section. Fuel tank valve ...... See § 56.50–60(d). (b) American Bureau of Shipping Flooding safety refers to flooding de- (ABS), ABS Plaza, 16855 Northchase tection, watertight integrity, and Drive, Houston, TX 77060: dewatering systems. (1) Rules for Building and Classing Independent refers to equipment ar- Steel Vessels, Part 4 Vessel Systems ranged to perform its required function and Machinery (2003) (‘‘ABS Steel Ves- regardless of the state of operation, or sel Rules’’), 62.25–30; 62.35–5; 62.35–35; failure, of other equipment. 62.35–40; 62.35–50; 62.50–30; and Limit control means a function of an (2) [Reserved] automatic control system to restrict operation to a specified operating [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65189, Oct. 31, 2008, range or sequence without stopping the as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229, Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59778, machinery. Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60149, Local control means operator control Sept. 30, 2013] from a location where the equipment and its output can be directly manipu- lated and observed, e.g., at the switch- Subpart 62.10—Terms Used board, motor controller, propulsion en- § 62.10–1 Definitions. gine, or other equipment. Manual control means operation by (a) For the purpose of this part: direct or power-assisted operator inter- Alarm means an audible and visual vention. indication of a hazardous or poten- Monitor means the use of direct ob- tially hazardous condition that re- servation, instrumentation, alarms, or quires attention. a combination of these to determine Automated means the use of auto- equipment operation. matic or remote control, instrumenta- Remote control means non-local auto- tion, or alarms. matic or manual control.

302

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00312 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 62.20–3

Safety trip control system means a (2) Control and monitoring console, manually or automatically operated panel, and enclosure layouts. system that rapidly shuts down an- (3) Schematic or logic diagrams in- other system or subsystem. cluding functional relationships, a System means a grouping or arrange- written description of operation, and ment of elements that interact to per- sequences of events for all modes of op- form a specific function and typically eration. includes the following, as applicable: (4) A description of control or moni- A fuel or power source. toring system connections to non-vital Power conversion elements. systems. Control elements. (5) A description of programmable Power transmission elements. features. Instrumentation. Safety control elements. (6) A description of built-in test fea- Conditioning elements. tures and diagnostics. Vital system or equipment is essential (7) Design Verification and Periodic to the safety of the vessel, its pas- Safety test procedures described in sengers and crew. This typically in- subpart 61.40 of this chapter. cludes, but is not limited to, the fol- (8) Control system normal and emer- lowing: gency operating instructions. Fire detection, alarm, and extin- [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as guishing systems. amended by USCG–2014–0688, 79 FR 58280, Flooding safety systems. Sept. 29, 2014] Ship service and emergency electrical generators, switchgear, and § 62.20–3 Plans for information. motor control circuits serving vital (a) One copy of the following plans electrical loads. must be submitted to the Officer in The emergency equipment and sys- Charge, Marine Inspection, for use in tems listed in § 112.15 of this chapter. the evaluation of automated systems Propulsion systems, including those provided to replace specific personnel provided to meet § 58.01–35. or to reduce overall crew requirements: Steering systems. (1) Proposed manning, crew organization and utilization, including routine Subpart 62.15—Equivalents maintenance, all operational evolutions, and emergencies. § 62.15–1 Conditions under which (2) A planned maintenance program equivalents may be used. for all vital systems. (a) The Coast Guard accepts a sub- (b) One copy of a qualitative failure stitute or alternate for the require- analysis must be submitted in accord- ments of this part if it provides an ance with § 50.20–5 of this chapter for equivalent level of safety and reli- the following: ability. Demonstration of functional (1) Propulsion controls. equivalence must include comparison (2) Microprocessor-based system of a qualitative failure analysis based hardware. on the requirements of this part with a (3) Safety controls. comparable analysis of the proposed (4) Automated electric power man- substitute or alternate. agement. (5) Automation required to be inde- Subpart 62.20—Plan Submittal pendent that is not physically separate. § 62.20–1 Plans for approval. (6) Any other automation that, in the (a) The following plans must be sub- judgment of the Commandant, poten- mitted to the Coast Guard for approval tially constitutes a safety hazard to in accordance with § 50.20–5 and § 50.20– the vessel or personnel in case of fail- 10 of this chapter: ure. (1) A general arrangement plan of NOTE: The qualitative failure analysis is control and monitoring equipment, intended to assist in evaluating the safety control locations, and the systems and reliability of the design. It should be served. conducted to a level of detail necessary to

303

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00313 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 62.20–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

demonstrate compliance with applicable re- (c) Each console for a vital control or quirements and should follow standard quali- alarm system and any similar enclo- tative analysis procedures. Assumptions, op- sure that relies upon forced cooling for erating conditions considered, failures con- proper operation of the system must sidered, cause and effect relationships, how failures are detected by the crew, alter- have a backup means of providing cool- natives available to the crew, and possible ing. It must also have an alarm acti- design verification tests necessary should be vated by the failure of the tempera- included. Questions regarding failure anal- ture-control system. ysis should be referred to the Marine Safety Center at an early stage of design. [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65189, [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as Oct. 31, 2008] amended by USCG–2014–0688, 79 FR 58280, Sept. 29, 2014] § 62.25–5 All control systems. § 62.20–5 Self-certification. (a) Local and remote starting for any propulsion engine or turbine equipped (a) The designer or manufacturer of with a jacking or turning gear must be an automated system shall certify to prevented while the turning gear is en- the Coast Guard, in writing, that the gaged. automation is designed to meet the en- (b) Automatic control systems must vironmental design standards of § 62.25– be stable over the entire range of nor- 30. Plan review, shipboard testing, or mal operation. independent testing to these standards (c) Inadvertent grounding of an elec- is not required. trical or electronic safety control sys- (b) [Reserved] tem must not cause safety control op- NOTE: Self-certification should normally eration or safety control bypassing. accompany plan submittal. [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65189, Subpart 62.25—General Require- Oct. 31, 2008] ments for All Automated Vital § 62.25–10 Manual alternate control Systems systems. § 62.25–1 General. (a) Manual alternate control systems (a) Vital systems that are automati- must— cally or remotely controlled must be (1) Be operable in an emergency and provided with— after a remote or automatic primary control system failure; (1) An effective primary control system; (2) Be suitable for manual control for prolonged periods; (2) A manual alternate control system; (3) Be readily accessible and operable; and (3) A safety control system, if required by § 62.25–15; (4) Include means to override automatic controls and interlocks, as appli- (4) Instrumentation to monitor sys- cable. tem parameters necessary for the safe (b) Permanent communications must and effective operation of the system; be provided between primary remote and control locations and manual alternate (5) An alarm system if instrumenta- control locations if operator attend- tion is not continuously monitored or ance is necessary to maintain safe al- is inappropriate for detection of a fail- ternate control. ure or unsafe condition. (b) Automation systems or sub- NOTE: Typically, this includes main boiler systems that control or monitor more fronts and local propulsion control. than one safety control, interlock, or operating sequence must perform all § 62.25–15 Safety control systems. assigned tasks continuously, i.e., the (a) Minimum safety trip controls re- detection of unsafe conditions must quired for specific types of automated not prevent control or monitoring of vital systems are listed in Table 62.35– other conditions. 50.

304

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00314 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 62.25–20

NOTE: Safety control systems include auto- in Table 62.35–50 and subparts 58.01, 56.50, and matic and manual safety trip controls and 112.45. automatic safety limit controls. (4) Sequential interlocks provided in (b) Safety trip controls must not op- control systems to ensure safe oper- erate as a result of failure of the nor- ation, such as boiler programming con- mal electrical power source unless it is trol or reversing of propulsion diesels, determined to be the failsafe state. must have summary indicators in the (c) Automatic operation of a safety machinery spaces and at the cognizant control must be alarmed in the ma- control location to show if the inter- chinery spaces and at the cognizant re- locks are satisfied. mote control location. (5) Instrumentation listed in Table (d) Local manual safety trip controls 62.35–50 must be of the continuous dis- must be provided for all main boilers, play type or the demand display type. turbines, and internal combustion en- Displays must be in the ECC or in the gines. machinery spaces if an ECC is not pro- (e) Automatic safety trip control sys- vided. tems must— (c) Instrumentation details. Demand (1) Be provided where there is an im- instrumentation displays must be mediate danger that a failure will re- clearly readable and immediately sult in serious damage, complete available to the operator. breakdown, fire, or explosion; (d) Alarms. (1) All alarms must clear- (2) Require manual reset prior to re- ly distinguish among— newed operation of the equipment; and (i) Normal, alarm, and acknowledged (3) Not be provided if safety limit alarm conditions; and controls provide a safe alternative and (ii) Fire, general alarm, carbon diox- trip would result in loss of propulsion. ide/Halon 1301/clean agent fire extinguishing system, vital machinery, § 62.25–20 Instrumentation, alarms, and centralized stations. flooding, engineers’ assistance-needed, and non-vital alarms. (a) General. Minimum instrumenta- (2) Required alarms in high ambient tion and alarms required for specific noise areas must be supplemented by types of automated vital systems are visual means, such as rotating beacons, listed in Table 62.35–50. that are visible throughout these (b) Instrumentation Location. (1) Man- areas. Red beacons must only be used ual control locations, including remote for general or fire alarm purposes. manual control and manual alternate (3) Automatic transfer to required control, must be provided with the in- backup or redundant systems or power strumentation necessary for safe oper- sources must be alarmed in the ma- ation from that location. chinery spaces. NOTE: Typically, instrumentation includes (4) Flooding safety, fire, loss of means to monitor the output of the mon- power, and engineers’ assistance-need- itored system. ed alarms extended from the machin- (2) Systems with remote instrumen- ery spaces to a remote location must tation must have provisions for the in- not have a duty crewmember selector. stallation of instrumentation at the NOTE: Other alarms may be provided with monitored system equipment. such a selector, provided there is no off posi- (3) The status of automatically or re- tion. motely controlled vital auxiliaries, power sources, switches, and valves (5) Automation alarms must be sepa- must be visually indicated in the ma- rate and independent of the following: chinery spaces or the cognizant remote (i) The fire detection and alarm sys- control location, as applicable. tems. (ii) The general alarm. NOTE: Status indicators include run, stand- (iii) CO /halon release alarms. by, off, open, closed, tripped, and on, as ap- 2 plicable. Status indicators at remote control (6) Failure of an automatic control, locations other than the ECC, if provided, remote control, or alarm system must may be summarized. Equipment normally be immediately alarmed in the machin- provided with status indicators are addressed ery spaces and at the ECC, if provided.

305

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00315 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 62.25–25 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(e) Alarm details. (1) All alarms ment of system response to control must— input. (i) Have a manual acknowledgement (2) Visual alarms and instruments on device (No other means to reduce or the navigating bridge must not inter- eliminate the annunciated signal may fere with the crew’s vision. Dimmers be provided except dimmers described must not eliminate visual indications. in paragraph (g)(2) of this section); (3) Alarms and instrumentation at (ii) Be continuously powered; the main navigating bridge control lo- (iii) Be provided with a means to test cation must be limited to those that audible and visual annunciators; require the attention or action of the (iv) Provide for normal equipment officer on watch, are required by this starting and operating transients and chapter, or that would result in in- vessel motions, as applicable, without creased safety. actuating the alarm; [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as (v) Be able to simultaneously indi- amended by USCG–2006–24797, 77 FR 33874, cate more than one alarm condition, as June 7, 2012; USCG–2014–0688, 79 FR 58280, applicable; Sept. 29, 2014] (vi) Visually annunciate until the alarm is manually acknowledged and § 62.25–25 Programmable systems and the alarm condition is cleared; devices. (vii) Audibly annunciate until manu- (a) Programmable control or alarm ally acknowledged; system logic must not be altered after (viii) Not prevent annunciation of Design Verification testing without the subsequent alarms because of previous approval of the cognizant Officer in alarm acknowledgement; and Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI). (See (ix) Automatically reset to the nor- subpart 61.40 of this subchapter, Design mal operating condition only after the Verification Tests). Safety control or alarm has been manually acknowl- automatic alarm systems must be pro- edged and the alarm condition is vided with means, acceptable to the cleared. cognizant OCMI, to make sure set- (2) Visual alarms must initially indi- points remain within the safe oper- cate the equipment or system malfunc- ating range of the equipment. tion without operator intervention. (b) Operating programs for micro- (3) Power failure alarms must mon- processor-based or computer-based itor on the load side of the last supply vital control, alarm, and monitoring protective device. systems must be stored in non-volatile (f) Summarized and grouped alarms. memory and automatically operate on Visual alarms at a control location supply power resumption. that are summarized or grouped by (c) If a microprocessor-based or com- function, system, or item of equipment puter-based system serves both vital must— and non-vital systems, hardware and (1) Be sufficiently specific to allow software priorities must favor the vital any necessary action to be taken; and systems. (2) Have a display at the equipment (d) At least one copy of all required or an appropriate control location to manuals, records, and instructions for identify the specific alarm condition or automatic or remote control or moni- location. toring systems required to be aboard (g) Central control locations. (1) Cen- the vessel must not be stored in elec- tral control locations must— tronic or magnetic memory. (i) Be arranged to allow the operator [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988; 53 FR to safely and efficiently communicate, 19090, May 26, 1988; USCG–2014–0688, 79 FR control, and monitor the vital systems 58280, Sept. 29, 2014] under normal and emergency conditions, with a minimum of operator con- § 62.25–30 Environmental design fusion and distraction; standards. (ii) Be on a single deck level; and (a) All automation must be suitable (iii) Co-locate control devices and in- for the marine environment and must strumentation to allow visual assess- be designed and constructed to operate

306

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00316 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 62.35–1

indefinitely under the following condi- mentation systems for any vital sys- tions: tem must be independent of each other. (1) Ship motion and vibration de- (2) Independent sensors are not re- scribed in Table 9 of section 4–9–7 of the quired except that sensors for primary ABS Steel Vessel Rules (incorporated speed, pitch, or direction of rotation by reference; see 46 CFR 62.05–1); note control in closed loop propulsion con- that inclination requirements for fire trol systems must be independent and and flooding safety systems are de- physically separate from required safe- scribed in 46 CFR 112.05–5(c). ty control, alarm, or instrumentation (2) Ambient air temperatures de- sensors. scribed in Table 9 of part 4–9–7 of the (3) The safety trip control of § 62.35– ABS Steel Vessel Rules. 5(b)(2) must be independent and phys- (3) Electrical voltage and frequency ically separate from all other systems. tolerances described in Table 9 of part (c) Two independent sources of power 4–9–7 of the ABS Steel Vessel Rules. must be provided for all primary con- (4) Relative humidity of 0 to 95% at trol, safety control, instrumentation 45 °C. and alarm systems. Failure of the nor- (5) Hydraulic and pneumatic pressure mal source of power must actuate an variations described in Table 9 of part alarm in the machinery spaces. One 4–9–7 of the ABS Steel Vessel Rules. source must be from the emergency power source (see part 112 of this chap- NOTE: Considerations should include nor- ter, Emergency Lighting and Power mal dynamic conditions that might exceed these values, such as switching, valve clo- Systems) unless one of the sources is— sure, power supply transfer, starting, and (1) Derived from the power supply of shutdown. the system being controlled or monitored; (b) Low voltage electronics must be (2) A power take-off of that system; designed with due consideration for of static discharge, electromagnetic in- (3) An independent power source terference, voltage transients, fungal equivalent to the emergency power growth, and contact corrosion. source. [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65189, § 62.30–10 Testing. Oct. 31, 2008] (a) Automated vital systems must be tested in accordance with subpart 61.40 Subpart 62.30—Reliability and of this chapter. Safety Criteria, All Automated (b) On-line built-in test equipment Vital Systems must not lock out or override safety trip control systems. This equipment § 62.30–1 Failsafe. must indicate when it is active. (a) The failsafe state must be evaluated for each subsystem, system, or Subpart 62.35—Requirements for vessel to determine the least critical Specific Types of Automated consequence. Vital Systems (b) All automatic control, remote control, safety control, and alarm sys- § 62.35–1 General. tems must be failsafe. (a) Minimum instrumentation, alarms, and safety controls required § 62.30–5 Independence. for specific types of automated vital (a) Single non-concurrent failures in systems are listed in Table 62.35–50. control, alarm, or instrumentation sys- (b) Automatic propulsion systems, tems, and their logical consequences, automated electric power management must not prevent sustained or restored systems, and all associated subsystems operation of any vital system or sys- and equipment must be capable of tems. meeting load demands from standby to (b)(1) Except as provided in para- full system rated load, under steady graphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section, state and maneuvering conditions, primary control, alternate control, without need for manual adjustment or safety control, and alarm and instru- manipulation.

307

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00317 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 62.35–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

§ 62.35–5 Remote propulsion-control must be limited to reserve 50% of the systems. required starting capability. (d) Transfer of control location. Trans- (a) Manual propulsion control. All ves- fer of control location must meet sec- sels having remote propulsion control tion 4–9–2/5.11 of the ABS Steel Vessel from the navigating bridge, an ECC or Rules (incorporated by reference; see 46 maneuvering platform, or elsewhere CFR 62.05–1). Manual alternative-pro- must have a manual alternate propul- pulsion-control locations must be capa- sion control located at the equipment. ble of overriding, and of operating NOTE: Separate local control locations may independent of, all remote and auto- be provided for each independent propeller. matic propulsion-control locations. (b) Centralized propulsion control (e) Control system details. (1) Each op- equipment. Navigating bridge, ECC, ma- erator control device must have a de- neuvering platform, and manual alter- tent at the zero thrust position. (2) Propulsion machinery automatic nate control locations must include— safety trip control operation must only (1) Control of the speed and direction occur when continued operation could of thrust for each independent pro- result in serious damage, complete peller controlled; breakdown, or explosion of the equip- (2) A guarded manually actuated ment. Other than the overrides men- safety trip control (which stops the tioned in § 62.25–10(a)(4) and temporary propelling machinery) for each inde- overrides located at the main navi- pendent propeller controlled; gating bridge control location, over- (3) Shaft speed and thrust direction rides of these safety trip controls are indicators for each independent pro- prohibited. Operation of permitted peller controlled; overrides must be alarmed at the navi- (4) The means to pass propulsion or- gating bridge and at the maneuvering ders required by § 113.30–5 and § 113.35–3 platform or ECC, as applicable, and of this chapter; and must be guarded against inadvertent (5) The means required by paragraph operation. (d) of this section to achieve control lo- (3) Remote propulsion control sys- cation transfer and independence. tems must be failsafe by maintaining (c) Main navigating bridge propulsion the preset (as is) speed and direction of control. (1) Navigating bridge remote thrust until local manual or alternate propulsion control must be performed manual control is in operation, or the by a single control device for each manual safety trip control operates. independent propeller. Control must in- Failure must activate alarms on the clude automatic performance of all as- navigating bridge and in the machinery sociated services, and must not permit spaces. rate of movement of the control device [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988; 53 FR to overload the propulsion machinery. 19090, May 26, 1988, as amended by USCG– (2) On vessels propelled by steam tur- 2003–16630, 73 FR 65189, Oct. 31, 2008; USCG– bines, the navigation bridge primary 2011–0618, 76 FR 60754, Sept. 30, 2011] control system must include safety limit controls for high and low boiler § 62.35–10 Flooding safety. water levels and low steam pressure. (a) Automatic bilge pumps must— Actuation of these limits must be (1) Be provided with bilge high level alarmed on the navigating bridge and alarms that annunciate in the machin- at the maneuvering platform or ECC. ery spaces and at a manned control lo- (3) On vessels propelled by internal cation and are independent of the pump combustion engines, an alarm must an- controls; nunciate on the navigating bridge and (2) Be monitored to detect excessive at the maneuvering platform or ECC, if operation in a specified time period; provided, to indicate starting capa- and bility less than 50% of that required by (3) Meet all applicable pollution con- § 62.35–35. If the primary remote control trol requirements. system provides automatic starting, (b) Remote controls for flooding safe- the number of automatic consecutive ty equipment must remain functional attempts that fail to produce a start under flooding conditions to the extent

308

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00318 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 62.35–20

required for the associated equipment main burner trial for ignition must not by § 56.50–50 and § 56.50–95 of this chap- proceed until the pilot flame is proven. ter. (b) Feedwater control. Automatic (c) Remote bilge level sensors, where feedwater control subsystems must provided, must be located to detect sense, at a minimum, boiler water level flooding at an early stage and to pro- and steam flow. vide redundant coverage. (c) Combustion control. Automatic combustion control subsystems must § 62.35–15 Fire safety. provide— (a) All required fire pump remote (1) An air/fuel ratio which ensures control locations must include the con- complete combustion and stable flame trols necessary to charge the firemain with the fuel in use, under light off, and— steady state, and transient conditions; (1) A firemain pressure indicator; or and (2) A firemain low pressure alarm. (2) Stable boiler steam pressure and outlet temperatures under steady state § 62.35–20 Oil-fired main boilers. and transient load conditions; and (a) General. (1) All main boilers, re- (3) A low fire interlock to prevent gardless of intended mode of operation, high firing rates and superheater dam- must be provided with the automatic age during boiler warm up. safety trip control system(s) of para- (d) Programming control. The program- graphs (h)(1), (h)(2)(i), (h)(2) (ii), and (i) ming control must provide a proof this section to prevent unsafe condi- gramed sequence of interlocks for the tions after light off. safe ignition and normal shutdown of (2) Manual alternate control of boil- the boiler burners. The programming ers must be located at the boiler front. control must prevent ignition if unsafe (3) A fully automatic main boiler conditions exist and must include the must include— following minimum sequence of events (i) Automatic combustion control; and interlocks: (ii) Programming control; (1) Prepurge. Boilers must undergo a (iii) Automatic feedwater control; continuous purge of the combustion (iv) Safety controls; and chamber and convecting spaces to (v) An alarm system. make sure of a minimum of 5 changes (4) Following system line-up and of air. The purge must not be less than starting of auxiliaries, fully automatic 15 seconds in duration, and must occur main boilers must only require the op- immediately prior to the trial for igni- erator to initiate the following se- tion of the initial burner of a boiler. quences: All registers and dampers must be open (i) Boiler pre-purge. and an air flow of at least 25 percent of (ii) Trial for ignition of burners sub- the full load volumetric air flow must sequent to successful initial burner be proven before the purge period com- light-off. mences. The prepurge must be com- (iii) Normal shutdown. plete before trial for ignition of the ini- (iv) Manual safety trip control oper- tial burner. ation. (v) Adjustment of primary control NOTE: A pre-purge is not required immediately after a complete post-purge. setpoints. (5) All requirements for programming (2) Trial for ignition and ignition. (i) control subsystems and safety control Only one burner per boiler is to be in systems must be met when a boiler— trial for ignition at any time. (i) Automatically sequences burners; (ii) Total boiler air flow during light (ii) Is operated from a location re- off must be sufficient to prevent pock- mote from the boiler front; or eting and explosive accumulations of (iii) Is fully automatic. combustible gases. (6) Where light oil pilots are used, the (iii) The burner igniter must be in po- programming control and burner safety sition and proven energized before ad- trip controls must be provided for the mission of fuel to the boiler. The ig- light oil system. Trial for ignition niter must remain energized until the must not exceed 15 seconds and the burner flame is established and stable,

309

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00319 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 62.35–35 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

or until the trial for ignition period (iv) Manual safety trip operation; or ends. (v) Loss of flame at all burners. (iv) The trial for ignition period must (2) The low-low water level safety be as short as practical for the specific trip control must account for normal installation, but must not exceed 15 vessel motions and operating tran- seconds. sients. (v) Failure of the burner to ignite [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as during a trial for ignition must auto- amended by USCG–2002–13058, 67 FR 61278, matically actuate the burner safety Sept. 30, 2002] trip controls. (3) Post-purge. (i) Immediately after § 62.35–35 Starting systems for inter- normal shutdown of the boiler, an nal-combustion engines. automatic purge of the boiler equal to The starting systems for propulsion the volume and duration of the engines and for prime movers of ships’ prepurge must occur. service generators required to start (ii) Following boiler safety trip con- automatically must meet sections 4–6– trol operation, the air flow to the boil- 5/9.5 and 4–8–2/11.11 of the ABS Steel er must not automatically increase. Vessel Rules (incorporated by ref- Post purge in such cases must be under erence; see 46 CFR 62.05–1). manual control. (e) Burner fuel oil valves. Each burner [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65189, Oct. 31, 2008] must be provided with a valve that is— (1) Automatically closed by the burn- § 62.35–40 Fuel systems. er or boiler safety trip control system; (a) Level alarms. Where high or low and fuel tank level alarms are required, (2) Operated by the programming they must be located to allow the oper- control or combustion control sub- ator adequate time to prevent an un- systems, as applicable. safe condition. (f) Master fuel oil valves. Each boiler (b) Coal fuels. (1) Controls and instru- must be provided with a master fuel oil mentation for coal systems require spe- valve to stop fuel to the boiler auto- cial consideration by the Commandant matically upon actuation by the boiler CG–521. safety trip control system. (2) Interlocks must be provided to en- (g) Valve closure time. The valves de- sure a safe transfer of machinery oper- scribed in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this ation from one fuel to another. section must close within 4 seconds of (c) Automatic fuel heating. Automatic automatic detection of unsafe trip con- fuel heating must meet section 4–9–3/ ditions. 15.1 of the ABS Steel Vessel Rules (in- (h) Burner safety trip control system. corporated by reference; see 46 CFR (1) Each burner must be provided with 62.05–1). at least one flame detector. (d) Overflow prevention. Fuel oil day (2) The burner valve must automati- tanks, settlers, and similar fuel oil cally close when— service tanks that are filled automati- (i) Loss of burner flame occurs; cally or by remote control must be pro- (ii) Actuated by the boiler safety trip vided with a high level alarm that an- control system; nunciates in the machinery spaces and (iii) The burner is not properly seated either an automatic safety trip control or in place; or or an overflow arrangement. (iv) Trial for ignition fails, if a pro- [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988, as gramming control is provided. amended by CGD 95–072, 60 FR 50463, Sept. 29, (i) Boiler safety trip control system. (1) 1995; CGD 96–041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996; Each boiler must be provided with a USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65190, Oct. 31, 2008; safety trip control system that auto- USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229, Sept. 25, 2009] matically closes the master and all burner fuel oil valves upon— § 62.35–50 Tabulated monitoring and (i) Boiler low-low water level; safety control requirements for spe- (ii) Inadequate boiler air flow to sup- cific systems. port complete combustion; The minimum instrumentation, (iii) Loss of boiler control power; alarms, and safety controls required

310

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00320 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 62.35–50

for specific types of systems are listed in Table 62.35–50.

TABLE 62.35–50—MINIMUM SYSTEM MONITORING AND SAFETY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFIC SYSTEMS (NOTE 1)

System Service Instrumentation Alarm Safety control Notes

Main (Propulsion) boiler (1) ...... (1) ...... (1) ...... (2) Supply casing and ...... Fire. uptakes. Burner flame ...... Status ...... Failure ...... Burner auto trip ...... (3) Burner seating ...... Failure ...... ditto ...... (3) Trial for ignition ...... Status ...... Failure ...... ditto. Control power ...... Available (pressure) Failure (low) ...... ditto ...... (3) ...... Manual trip ...... (3) Burner valve ...... Open/closed. Low fire interlock ...... Status. Program control Status. interlock. Main (Propulsion steam) (2) ...... (2) ...... (2) ...... (4, 5) turbine...... Manual trip. Main propulsion, diesel (1) ...... (1) ...... (1) ...... (4, 5) ...... Manual trip. Main propulsion, remote ...... Failure ...... ditto. control. Auto safety trip over- ...... Activated. ride. Starting power ...... Pressure (voltage) .... Low ...... Limit ...... (2) Location in control .... Status ...... Override ...... (6) Shaft speed/direc- (3) ...... (3) ...... (3). tion/pitch. Clutch fluid ...... Pressure ...... Low. Main propulsion, electric (4) ...... (4) ...... (4) ...... (4) ...... (7) Main propulsion, shaft- Stern tube oil tank ...... Low. ing. level. Line shaft bearing .... Temperature ...... High...... Forced lubrication Low. Pressure. Main propulsion, control- Hydraulic oil ...... Pressure ...... High, Low. lable pitch propeller...... Temperature ...... High. Generators ...... Ship service ...... (1) ...... (1)...... Starting pressure/ Low. voltage...... Tripped. Emergency ...... (5) ...... (5) ...... (5). Turbogenerator ...... (16) ...... (16) ...... (6)...... Manual trip. Diesel ...... (17) ...... (17) ...... (7) ...... (5) ...... Manual trip. Auxiliary boiler ...... Run ...... Trip ...... (12) Gas turbine ...... (8) ...... (8) ...... (8) ...... (8) ...... (5) Engines and turbines .... Jacking/turning gear Engaged ...... (8) Fuel oil ...... (9) ...... (9) ...... (9). Remote/auto fill level ...... High ...... Auto trip or overflow arrangement. Hi. press. leakage ...... High. level. Bilge ...... Pump remote control Run. Pump auto control .... Run ...... Excessive operations. Level ...... High/location. Machinery space CL.3 ...... Open/closed. W.T. doors. Fire detection ...... Machinery spaces ...... Space on fire ...... (9) Fire main ...... Pressure ...... Low. Personnel ...... Deadman ...... Fail to acknowledge ...... (10) General, control and Power supply ...... Available (pressure) Failure (low). alarm systems. System function ...... Failure ...... (11) Console air condi- ...... Failure. tioning. Built in test equip- Active. ment. Sequential interlock .. Activated.

311

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00321 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 62.50–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

TABLE 62.35–50—MINIMUM SYSTEM MONITORING AND SAFETY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFIC SYSTEMS (NOTE 1)—Continued

System Service Instrumentation Alarm Safety control Notes

Safety control ...... Activated ...... Auto trip/limit ...... (11) Redundant auxiliary, ...... Status ...... Auto transfer. system, power supply. 1 See the ABS Steel Vessel Rules (incorporated by reference; see 46 CFR 62.05–1) Part 4–9–4, tables 7A and 8. 2 See ABS Steel Vessel Rules Part 4–9–4, tables 7A and 8. 3 See § 113.37 of this chapter. 4 See subparts 111.33 and 111.35 of this chapter. 5 See subparts 112.45 and 112.50 of this chapter. 6 See § 111.12–1(c) of this chapter. 7 See § 111.12–1 (b), (c) of this chapter. 8 See ABS Steel Vessel Rules Part 4–9–4, Table 8; and 46 CFR 58.10–15(f). 9 See ABS Steel Vessel Rules Part 4–9–4, tables 7A and 8.

NOTES ON TABLE 62.35–50: equal to that of the same vessel with 1. The monitoring and controls listed in the entire plant under fully attended this table are applicable if the system listed direct manual supervision. is provided or required. (b) Coast Guard acceptance of auto- 2. Safety limit controls must be provided mated systems to replace specific per- in navigating bridge primary propulsion con- sonnel or to reduce overall crew re- trol systems. See § 62.35–5(c). 3. Safety trip controls and alarms must be quirements is predicated upon— provided for all main boilers, regardless of (1) The capabilities of the automated mode of operation. See § 62.35–20(a). systems; 4. Loss of forced lubrication safety trip (2) The combination of the personnel, controls must be provided, as applicable. equipment, and systems necessary to 5. Override of overspeed and loss of forced lubrication pressure safety trip controls ensure the safety of the vessel, per- must not be provided. See § 62.35–5(e)(2). sonnel, and environment in all sailing 6. Transfer interlocks must be provided. conditions, including maneuvering; 7. Semiconductor controlled rectifiers (3) The ability of the crew to perform must have current limit controls. all operational evolutions, including 8. Interlocks must be provided. See § 62.25– emergencies such as fire or control or 5(a). 9. Main and remote control stations, in- monitoring system failure; cluding the navigational bridge, must pro- (4) A planned maintenance program vide visual and audible alarms in the event including routine maintenance, inspec- of a fire in the main machinery space. tion, and testing to ensure the contin- 10. See § 62.50–20(b)(1). ued safe operation of the vessel; and 11. Alarms and controls must be failsafe. See § 62.30–1. (5) The automated system’s dem- 12. Vital auxiliary boilers only. Also see onstrated reliability during an initial part 63. trial period, and its continuing reli- [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988; 53 FR ability. 19090, May 26, 1988, as amended by USCG– NOTE: The cognizant Officer in Charge, Ma- 2000–7790, 65 FR 58461, Sept. 29, 2000; USCG– rine Inspection, (OCMI) also determines the 2003–16630, 73 FR 65190, Oct. 31, 2008] need for more or less equipment depending on the vessel characteristics, route, or trade. Subpart 62.50—Automated Self- (c) Equipment provided to replace propelled Vessel Manning specific personnel or to reduce overall § 62.50–1 General. crew requirements that proves unsafe or unreliable in the judgment of the (a) Where automated systems are cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine In- provided to replace specific personnel in the control and observation of the spection, must be immediately re- engineering plant and spaces, or reduce placed or repaired or vessel manning overall crew requirements, the ar- will be modified to compensate for the rangements must make sure that under equipment inadequacy. all sailing conditions, including maneuvering, the safety of the vessel is

312

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00322 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 62.50–20

§ 62.50–20 Additional requirements for both alarms and instrumentation must minimally attended machinery be provided. plants. (3) All required audible alarms must NOTE: Minimally attended machinery annunciate throughout the ECC and plants include vessel machinery plants and machinery spaces. spaces that are automated, but not to a de- (c) Fire detection and alarms. An ap- gree where the plant could be left unat- proved automatic fire detection and tended. Emphasis is placed on the central- alarm system must be provided to ized remote control and monitoring of the monitor all machinery spaces. The sys- machinery plant and machinery spaces. tem must activate all alarms at the (a) General. (1) Navigating bridge pro- ECC, the navigating bridge, and pulsion control must be provided. throughout the machinery spaces and (2) An ECC must be provided and engineers’ accommodations. The ECC must include the automatic and re- and bridge alarms must visually indi- mote control and monitoring systems cate which machinery space is on fire, necessary to limit the operator’s activ- as applicable. ity to monitoring the plant, initiating NOTE: For purposes of this part, the spe- programmed control system sequences, cific location of fires that are not in machin- and taking appropriate action in an ery spaces need not be indicated. emergency. (d) Fire pumps. (1) The ECC must in- (3) The ECC must include control and clude control of the main machinery monitoring of all vital engineering sys- space fire pumps. tems, including— (2) Remote control of a required fire (i) The propulsion plant and its auxil- pump must be provided from the navi- iaries; gating bridge. Where one or more fire (ii) Electrical power generation and pumps is required to be independent of distribution; the main machinery space, at least one (iii) Machinery space fire detection, such pump must be controlled from the alarm, and extinguishing systems; and navigating bridge. (iv) Machinery space flooding safety (e) Flooding safety. (1) Machinery systems, except the valves described in space bilges, bilge wells, shaft alley paragraph (e)(4) of this section. bilges, and other minimally attended (4) ECC control of vital systems must locations where liquids might accumu- include the ability to place required late must be monitored from the ECC standby systems, auxiliaries, and to detect flooding angles from vertical power sources in operation, unless of up to 15° heel and 5° trim. automatic transfer is provided, and to (2) The ECC must include the con- shut down such equipment when nec- trols necessary to bring at least one essary. independent bilge pump and independent bilge suction required by NOTE: ECC remote control need not include § 56.50–50(e) of this chapter into oper- means for a single operator to bring the ation to counter flooding. plant to standby from a cold plant or dead (3) Where watertight doors in sub- ship condition or controls for non-vital systems or equipment. division bulkheads are required in the machinery spaces, they must be Class 3 (b) Alarms and instrumentation. (1) A watertight doors and must be control- personnel alarm must be provided and lable from the ECC and the required must annunciate on the bridge if not navigating bridge control location. routinely acknowledged at the ECC or (4) Controls must be provided to oper- in the machinery spaces. ate the sea inlet and discharge valves (2) Continuous or demand instrumen- required by § 56.50–95(d) of this chapter tation displays must be provided at the and the emergency bilge suction re- ECC to meet the system and equipment quired by § 56.50–50(f). These controls monitoring requirements of this part if must be arranged to allow time for op- the ECC is to be continuously at- eration in the event of flooding with tended. If the watchstander’s normal the vessel in the fully loaded condition. activities include maintenance, a rov- Time considerations must include de- ing watch, or similar activities in the tection, crew response, and control op- machinery spaces but not at the ECC, eration time.

313

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00323 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 62.50–30 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(f) Communications. (1) A means must § 62.50–30 Additional requirements for be provided at the ECC to selectively periodically unattended machinery summon any engineering department plants. member from the engineering accom- NOTE: Periodically unattended machinery modations to the ECC. plants include machinery plants and spaces (2) The voice communications system that are automated to the degree that they required by § 113.30–5(a) of this chapter are self-regulating and self-monitoring and must also include the engineering offi- could safely be left periodically unattended. Emphasis is placed on providing systems cers’ accommodations. that act automatically until the crew can (g) Electrical systems. (1) The ECC take action in the event of a failure or emer- must include the controls and instru- gency. Requirements are in addition to those mentation necessary to place the ship of a minimally attended machinery plant. service and propulsion generators in (a) General. The requirements of this service in 30 seconds. section must be met in addition to (2) The main distribution and propul- those of § 62.50–20 of this part. sion switchboards and generator con- (b) Automatic transfer. Redundant trols must either be located at the vital auxiliaries and power sources ECC, if the ECC is within the bound- must automatically transfer to the aries of the main machinery space, or backup units upon failure of operating the controls and instrumentation re- units. quired by part 111 of this chapter must (c) Fuel systems. Each system for the be duplicated at the ECC. Controls at service or treatment of fuel must meet the switchboard must be able to over- section 4–6–4/13.5 of the ABS Steel Ves- ride those at the ECC, if separate. Also sel Rules (incorporated by reference; see § 111.12–11(g) and § 111.30–1 regarding see 46 CFR 62.05–1). switchboard location. (d) Starting systems. Automatic or re- (h) Maintenance program. (1) The ves- mote starting system receivers, accu- sel must have a planned maintenance mulators, and batteries must be auto- program to ensure continued safe oper- matically and continuously charged. ation of all vital systems. Program (e) Assistance-needed alarm. The engi- content and detail is optional, but neer’s assistance-needed alarm (see must include maintenance and repair subpart 113.27 of this chapter) must an- manuals for work to be accomplished nunciate if— by maintenance personnel and checkoff (1) An alarm at the ECC is not ac- lists for routine inspection and mainte- knowledged in the period of time nec- nance procedures. essary for an engineer to respond at (2) The planned maintenance pro- the ECC from the machinery spaces or gram must be functioning prior to the engineers’ accommodations; or completion of the evaluation period for (2) An ECC alarm system normal reduced manning required by § 62.50– power supply fails. 1(b)(5). (f) Remote alarms. ECC alarms for (3) Maintenance and repair manuals vital systems that require the imme- must include details as to what, when, diate attention of the bridge watch of- and how to troubleshoot, repair and ficer for the safe navigation of the ves- test the installed equipment and what sel must be extended to the bridge. All parts are necessary to accomplish the ECC alarms required by this part must be extended to the engineers’ accom- procedures. Schematic and logic dia- modations. Other than fire or flooding grams required by § 62.20–1 of this part alarms, this may be accomplished by must be included in this documenta- summarized visual alarm displays. tion. Manuals must clearly delineate (g) ECC alarms. All requirements of information that is not applicable to this part for system or equipment mon- the installed equipment. itoring must be met by providing both [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988; 53 FR displays and alarms at the ECC. 19090, May 26, 1988; 53 FR 24270, June 28, 1988; (h) Fire control station. A control sta- USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58346, Sept. 30, 2004; tion for fire protection of the machin- USCG–2014–0688, 79 FR 58281, Sept. 29, 2014] ery spaces must be provided outside

314

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00324 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 63.01–3

the machinery spaces. At least one ac- PART 63—AUTOMATIC AUXILIARY cess to this station must be inde- BOILERS pendent of category A machinery spaces, and any boundary shared with Subpart 63.01—General Provisions these spaces must have an A–60 fire classification as defined in § 72.05 of Sec. this chapter. Except where such an ar- 63.01–1 Purpose. rangement is not possible, control and 63.01–3 Scope and applicability. monitoring cables and piping for the Subpart 63.05—Reference Specifications station must not adjoin or penetrate the boundaries of a category A machin- 63.05–1 Incorporation by reference. ery space, uptakes, or casings. The fire control station must include— Subpart 63.10—Miscellaneous Submittals (1) Annunciation of which machinery 63.10–1 Test procedures and certification re- space is on fire; port. (2) Control of a fire pump required by this chapter to be independent of the Subpart 63.15—General Requirements main machinery spaces; (3) Controls for machinery space 63.15–1 General. fixed gas fire extinguishing systems; 63.15–3 Fuel system. (4) Control of oil piping positive shut- 63.15–5 Strainers. 63.15–7 Alarms. off valves located in the machinery 63.15–9 Inspections and tests. spaces and required by § 56.50–60(d); (5) Controls for machinery space fire Subpart 63.20—Additional Control System door holding and release systems, sky- Requirements lights and similar openings; (6) The remote stopping systems for 63.20–1 Specific control system require- the machinery listed in § 111.103 of this ments. chapter; and Subpart 63.25—Requirements for Specific (7) Voice communications with the Types of Automatic Auxiliary Boilers bridge. (i) Oil leakage. Leakages from high 63.25–1 Small automatic auxiliary boilers. pressure fuel oil pipes must be col- 63.25–3 Electric hot water supply boilers. lected and high levels must be alarmed 63.25–5 Fired thermal fluid heaters. at the ECC. 63.25–7 Exhaust gas boilers. 63.25–9 Incinerators. (j) Maintenance program. The maintenance program of § 62.50–20(h) must in- AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, clude a checkoff list to make sure that 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; De- routine daily maintenance has been partment of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. performed, fire and flooding hazards have been minimized, and plant status SOURCE: CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15, is suitable for unattended operation. 1990, unless otherwise noted. Completion of this checkoff list must be logged before leaving the plant un- Subpart 63.01—General Provisions attended. (k) Continuity of electrical power. The § 63.01–1 Purpose. electrical plant must meet sections 4– This part specifies the minimum re- 8–2/3.11 and 4.8.2/9.9 of the ABS Steel quirements for safety for each auto- Vessel Rules, and must: matic auxiliary boiler, including its de- (1) Not use the emergency generator sign, construction, testing, and oper- for this purpose; ation. (2) Restore power in not more than 30 seconds; and § 63.01–3 Scope and applicability. (3) Account for loads permitted by (a) This part contains the require- § 111.70–3(f) of this chapter to automati- ments for automatic auxiliary boilers, cally restart. including their controls, control sys- [CGD 81–030, 53 FR 17838, May 18, 1988; 53 FR tem components, electrical devices, 19090, May 26, 1988, as amended by USCG– safety devices, and accessories. Types 2003–16630, 73 FR 65190, Oct. 31, 2008] of automatic auxiliary boilers which

315

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00325 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 63.05–1 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

are covered include large and small proval of the Director of the Federal automatic auxiliary boilers, automatic Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 heating boilers, automatic waste heat CFR part 51. To enforce any edition boilers, donkey boilers, miniature boil- other than that specified in this sec- ers, electric boilers, fired thermal fluid tion, the Coast Guard must publish no- heaters, automatic incinerators, and tice of change in the FEDERAL REG- electric hot water supply boilers. Auto- ISTER and the material must be avail- matic auxiliary boilers are classified able to the public. All approved mate- by their service, control systems, pres- rial is available for inspection at the sure and temperature boundaries, heat National Archives and Records Admin- input ratings, and firing mediums as istration (NARA). For information on follows: the availability of this material at (1) Automatic auxiliary boilers listed NARA, call 202–741–6030 or go to http:// in Table 54.01–5(A) of this chapter www.archives.gov/federallregister/ which reference this part for regulation codeloflfederallregulations/ of their automatic controls. ibrllocations.html. The material is also (2) Automatic control systems for available for inspection at the Coast automatic auxiliary boilers having a Guard Headquarters. Contact Com- heat input rating of less than 12,500,000 mandant (CG–ENG), Attn: Office of De- Btu/hr. (3.66 megawatts). sign and Engineering Systems, U.S. (3) Electric hot water supply boilers Coast Guard Stop 7509, 2703 Martin Lu- (heaters) containing electric heating ther King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, elements rated at 600 volts or less. DC 20593–7509. The material is also (4) Exhaust gas boilers, and their available from the sources listed in controls and accessories used to heat paragraphs (b) through (g) of this sec- water and/or generate steam. tion. (5) Incinerators (and their control (b) American Gas Association, 1515 Wil- systems) used for the generation of son Boulevard, Arlington, VA 22209: steam and/or oxidation of ordinary (1) ANSI/AGA Z21.22–86 Relief Valves waste materials and garbage. This part and Automatic Shutoff Devices for Hot also includes incinerators which serve Water Supply Systems, March 28, 1986 as automatic auxiliary boilers. (‘‘ANSI/AGA Z21.22’’), 63.25–3; and (6) Fired thermal fluid heaters and (2) [Reserved] their controls. (c) American Society of Mechanical En- (b) Exceptions. Automatic boilers hav- gineers (ASME) International, Three ing heat input ratings of 12,500,000 Btu/ Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990: hr. (3.66 megawatts) and above must (1) ASME CSD–1–2004, Controls and meet the requirements of part 52 of Safety Devices for Automatically Fired this chapter. Their control systems Boilers (2004) (‘‘ASME CSD–1’’), 63.10–1; must meet the requirements of part 62 63.15–1; 63.20–1; and of this chapter. Electric cooking equip- (2) [Reserved] ment must comply with § 111.77–3 of (d) ASTM International (formerly Amer- this chapter. Electric oil immersion ican Society for Testing and Materials) heaters must comply with part 111, (ASTM), 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West subpart 111.85 of this chapter. Electric Conshohocken, PA 19428–2959: air heating equipment must comply (1) ASTM F 1323–2001, Standard Spec- with part 111, subpart 111.87 of this ification for Shipboard Incinerators chapter. (2001) (‘‘ASTM F 1323’’), 63.25–9; and [CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15, 1990, as (2) [Reserved] amended by USCG–2002–13058, 67 FR 61278, (e) International Maritime Organization Sept. 30, 2002; USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58346, (IMO), Publications Section, 4 Albert Sept. 30, 2004] Embankment, London, SE1 7SR United Kingdom: Subpart 63.05—Reference (1) Resolution MEPC.76(40), Standard Specifications Specification for Shipboard Inciner- ators (Sep. 25, 1997) (‘‘IMO § 63.05–1 Incorporation by reference. MEPC.76(40)’’), 63.25–9; and (a) Certain material is incorporated (2) The International Convention for by reference into this part with the ap- the Prevention of Pollution from Ships

316

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00326 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 63.15–1

(MARPOL 73/78), Annexes I, II, III, and 20593–7430, in a written or electronic V (1978) (‘‘IMO MARPOL 73/78’’), 63.25–9 format. Information for submitting the (f) International Organization for VSP electronically can be found at Standardization (ISO), Case postale 56, http://www.uscg.mil/HQ/MSC. CH–1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland: (a) Detailed instructions for oper- (1) ISO 9096, Stationary source emis- ationally testing each automatic auxil- sions—Manual determination of mass iary boiler, its controls, and safety de- concentration of particulate matter, vices. Second edition (Feb. 1, 2003) (‘‘ISO (b) A certification report for each 9096’’), 63.25–9; (2) ISO 10396, Stationary source emis- automatic auxiliary boiler that: sions—Sampling for the automated de- (1) Meets paragraph CG–510 of ASME termination of gas emission concentra- CSD–1 (incorporated by reference, see tions for permanently-installed moni- 46 CFR 63.05–1); and toring systems, Second edition (Feb. 1, (2) Certifies that each automatic aux- 2007) (‘‘ISO 10396’’), 63.25–9; and iliary boiler, its controls, and safety (3) ISO 13617, Shipbuilding-Shipboard devices comply with the additional re- Incinerators—Requirements, Second quirements of this part. Edition (Nov. 15, 2001) (‘‘ISO 13617’’), 63.25–9. [CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15, 1990, as amended by USCG–2007–29018, 72 FR 53965, (g) Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. Sept. 21, 2007; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65190, (UL), 12 Laboratory Drive, Research Oct. 31, 2008; USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229, Triangle Park, NC 27709–3995: Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60149, (1) UL 174, Standard for Household Sept. 30, 2013; USCG–2016–0498, 82 FR 35090, Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters, July 28, 2017] Tenth Edition, Feb. 28, 1996 (Revisions through and including Nov. 10, 1997) (‘‘UL 174’’), 63.25–3; Subpart 63.15—General (2) UL 296, Oil Burners (1993) (‘‘UL Requirements 296’’), 63.15–5; (3) UL 343, Pumps for Oil-Burning Ap- § 63.15–1 General. pliances, Eighth Edition (May 27, 1997) (a) Each automatic auxiliary boiler (‘‘UL 343’’), 63.15–3; and must be designed and constructed for (4) UL 1453, Standard for Electric its intended service according to the Booster and Commercial Storage Tank requirements of the parts referenced in Water Heaters, Fourth Edition (Sep. 1, § 54.01–5, Table 54.01–5(A) of this chap- 1995) (‘‘UL 1453’’), 63.25–3. ter. [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65190, Oct. 31, 2008, (b) Controls and safety devices for as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229, automatic auxiliary boilers must meet Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59778, the applicable requirements of ASME Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60149, CSD–1 (incorporated by reference, see Sept. 30, 2013] 46 CFR 63.05–1), except Paragraph CG– 310. Subpart 63.10—Miscellaneous (c) All devices and components of an Submittals automatic auxiliary boiler must satis- § 63.10–1 Test procedures and certifi- factorily operate within the marine en- cation report. vironment. The boiler must satisfac- Two copies of the following items torily operate with a momentary roll ° ° must be submitted. Visitors may de- of 30 , a list of 15 , and a permanent ° liver them to the Commanding Officer, trim of 5 with it installed in a position Marine Safety Center, U.S. Coast as specified by the manufacturer. Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Av- (d) An electrical control used to shut enue SE., Washington, DC 20593, or down the automatic auxiliary boiler they may be transmitted by mail to must be installed in accordance with the Commanding Officer (MSC), Attn: § 58.01–25 of this chapter. This device Marine Safety Center, U.S. Coast must stop the fuel supply to the fuel Guard Stop 7430, 2703 Martin Luther burning equipment. King Jr. Avenue SE., Washington, DC

317

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00327 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 63.15–3 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(e) Mercury tube actuated controls to the burner or reduce the effective are prohibited from being installed and area of the straining element. used on automatic auxiliary boilers. (c) The strainer must meet the requirements for strainers found in UL [CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15, 1990, as amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65191, 296 (incorporated by reference, see 46 Oct. 31, 2008] CFR 63.05–1) and the requirements for fluid conditioner fittings found in 46 § 63.15–3 Fuel system. CFR 56.15–5. (a) Firing of an automatic auxiliary [CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15, 1990, as boiler by natural gas is prohibited un- amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65191, less specifically approved by the Ma- Oct. 31, 2008] rine Safety Center. (b) Heated heavy fuel oil may be used § 63.15–7 Alarms. provided the heaters are equipped with (a) An audible alarm must automati- a high temperature limiting device cally sound when a flame safety system that shuts off the heating source at a shutdown occurs. A visible indicator temperature below the flashpoint of must indicate that the shutdown was the oil and is manually reset. When a caused by the flame safety system. thermostatically-controlled electric oil (b) Means must be provided to silence heater and a level device is used, it the audible alarm. The visible indica- must meet the requirements of part tors must require manual reset. 111, subpart 111.85 of this chapter. (c) For steam boilers, operation of NOTE: An auxiliary boiler may be safely ig- the lower low water cutoff must auto- nited from the cold condition using unheated matically sound an audible alarm. A diesel or light fuel oil and subsequently visual indicator must indicate that the shifted to heated heavy fuel. shutdown was caused by low water. (c) The fuel oil service pump and its (d) For a periodically unattended ma- piping system must be designed in ac- chinery space, the auxiliary boiler trip cordance with § 56.50–65 of this chapter. alarm required by 46 CFR 62.35–50, All materials must meet the require- Table 62.35–50 satisfies the requirements of part 56, subpart 56.60 of this ments for the audible alarms specified chapter. The use of cast iron or malle- in this section. able iron is prohibited. § 63.15–9 Inspections and tests. (d) The fuel oil service system (including the pump) must meet the pres- All automatic auxiliary boilers must sure classification and design criteria be inspected and tested in accordance found in § 56.04–2, Table 56.04–2 of this with the requirements of part 61 of this chapter. chapter. (e) When properly selected for the intended service, fuel pumps meeting the Subpart 63.20—Additional Control performance and test requirements of System Requirements UL 343 (incorporated by reference, see 46 CFR 63.05–1) meet the requirements § 63.20–1 Specific control system re- of this section. quirements. [CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15, 1990, as In addition to the requirements amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65191, found in ASME CSD–1 (incorporated by Oct. 31, 2008] reference; see 46 CFR 63.05–1), the following requirements apply for specific § 63.15–5 Strainers. control systems: (a) Strainers must be installed in the (a) Primary safety control system. Fol- fuel supply line. Each strainer must be lowing emergency safety trip control self-cleaning, fitted with a bypass, or operation, the air flow to the boiler be capable of being cleaned without in- must not automatically increase. For terrupting the fuel oil supply. this condition, postpurge must be ac- (b) The strainer must not allow a complished manually. quantity of air to be trapped inside (b) Combustion control system. A low which would affect the rate of fuel flow fire interlock must ensure low fire

318

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00328 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 63.25–3

start when variable firing rates are ments of UL 174 or UL 1453 (both incor- used. porated by reference, see 46 CFR 63.05– (c) Water level controls and low water 1), and are protected by the relief de- cutoff controls. Water level controls vice(s) required in 46 CFR 53.05–2 do not must be constructed and located to have to meet any other requirements minimize the effects of vessel roll and of this section except the periodic test- pitch. Float chamber low water cutoff ing required by paragraph (j) of this controls using stuffing boxes to trans- section. Electric hot water supply boil- mit the motion of the float from the ers that meet the requirements of UL chamber to the external switches are 174 may have temperature-pressure re- prohibited. No outlet connection other lief valves that meet the requirements than pressure controls, water columns, of ANSI/AGA Z21.22 (incorporated by drains, and steam gages may be in- reference, see 46 CFR 63.05–1) in lieu of stalled on the float chamber or on the 46 CFR subpart 53.05. pipes connecting the float chamber to (b) Each hot water supply boiler the boiler. The water inlet valve must must be constructed in accordance not feed water into the boiler through the float chamber. The boiler feed pip- with the applicable requirements of ing must comply with the applicable part 52 or part 53 of this chapter. requirements of § 56.50–30 of this chap- (c) Branch circuit conductors for hot ter. water supply boilers which have a capacity not greater than 454 liters (120 [CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15, 1990, as U.S. gallons) must have a current car- amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65191, Oct. 31, 2008] rying capacity of not less than 125 percent of the current rating of the appliance. Branch circuit conductors for hot Subpart 63.25—Requirements for water supply boilers with capacities of Specific Types of Automatic more than 454 liters (120 U.S. gallons) Auxiliary Boilers must have a current carrying capacity of not less than 100 percent of the cur- § 63.25–1 Small automatic auxiliary boilers. rent rating of the appliance. Wiring materials and methods must comply Small automatic auxiliary boilers de- with part 111, subpart 111.60 of this fined as having heat-input ratings of chapter. A hot water supply boiler hav- 400,000 Btu/hr. or less (117 kilowatts or ing a current rating of more than 48 less) must also meet the following re- amperes and employing resistance type quirements. heating elements must have the heat- (a) Small automatic auxiliary boilers must be equipped with a visual indi- ing elements on subdivided circuits. cator which indicates when the low Each subdivided load, except for an water cutoff has activated. electric hot water supply boiler em- (b) A prepurge period of a sufficient ploying a resistance type immersion duration to ensure at least four electric heating element, must not ex- changes of air in the combustion cham- ceed 48 amperes, and it must be pro- ber and stack, but not less than 15 sec- tected at not more than 60 amperes. An onds must be provided. Ignition must electric hot water supply boiler em- occur only before or simultaneously ploying a resistance type immersion with the opening of the fuel oil valve. electric heating element may be subdivided into circuits not exceeding 120 [CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15, 1990, as amperes and protected at not more amended by USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65191, Oct. 31, 2008] than 150 amperes. Overcurrent protection devices must comply with part 111, § 63.25–3 Electric hot water supply subpart 111.50 of this chapter. boilers. (d) Heating elements must be insu- (a) Electric hot water supply boilers lated electrically from the water being that have a capacity not greater than heated, guarded against mechanical in- 454 liters (120 U.S. gallons), a heat jury and contact with outside objects, input rate not greater than 200,000 Btu/ and securely supported. Consideration hr. (58.6 kilowatts), meet the require- must be given to sagging, opening, and

319

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00329 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 63.25–5 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

other adverse conditions of the ele- 52 or part 53, as applicable. Electric hot ments resulting from continuous heat- water supply boilers that meet the re- ing, and flexion of supports and wiring quirements of UL 174 or UL 1453 and due to alternate heating and cooling. have heating elements, temperature Wrap-around elements must be secured regulating controls, and temperature in a manner which prevents loosening. limiting controls are satisfactory for (e) Iron and steel parts must be pro- installation and service without fur- tected against corrosion by enameling, ther installation testing. All electric galvanizing, or plating. Iron and steel hot water supply boilers not meeting storage tanks having a wall thickness the requirements of UL 174 or UL 1453 less than 6.4mm (1⁄4-inch) must have must have their heating elements, tem- the inside surface protected against perature regulating controls, and tem- corrosion. perature limiting controls tested by (f) Each heating element must have a the marine inspector at the time of in- temperature regulating device. The de- stallation. vice must limit the water from obtain- [CGD 88–057, 55 FR 24238, June 15, 1990, as ing a temperature greater than 90 °C amended by CGD 95–028, 62 FR 51202, Sept. 30, (194 °F). If the control has a marked off 1997; USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65191, Oct. 31, position, the control must disconnect 2008] the heating element from all ungrounded conductors, and it must § 63.25–5 Fired thermal fluid heaters. not respond to temperature when (a) Construction. Fired thermal fluid placed in the off position. heaters must meet the requirements of (g) An independent temperature lim- part 52 of this chapter, as applicable. iting device must prevent the water in (b) Controls. Fired thermal fluid heat- the upper 25 percent of the tank from ers must have a low fluid level cutout attaining a temperature higher than 99 device or a low flow device. When the °C (210 °F). This device must require rate of fluid flow through the heating manual resetting, be trip free from the coils is insufficient to ensure proper operating means, open all ungrounded heat transfer, the device must cut off power supply conductors to the heater, the fuel supply to the burner. If the and be readily accessible. fluid temperature exceeds the designed (h) Electric hot water supply boilers maximum operating temperature, a must have pressure and temperature high temperature limit device must relieving valves. The valve tempera- cut off the fuel supply to the burner. ture setting must not be more than 99 These devices must be of the manual °C (210 °F). The pressure relief setting reset type. must not be higher than the marked working pressure of the boiler. The § 63.25–7 Exhaust gas boilers. pressure and temperature relief valves (a) Construction. An auxiliary exhaust must meet part 53, subpart 53.05 of this gas boiler must meet the applicable chapter. The pressure and temperature construction requirements of part 52 or relief valves may be combined into a part 53 of this chapter as determined pressure-temperature relief valve. from § 54.01–5, Table 54.01–5(A) of this (i) Electric hot water supply boilers chapter. must be marked in a visible location (b) Controls. Each drum type exhaust with the manufacturer’s name, model gas steam boiler must have a feed or other identification number, water water control system. The system capacity, and the electrical ratings of must automatically supply the re- each heating element. When two or quired amount of feed water and main- more heating elements are installed, tain it at the proper level. For boilers the maximum wattage or current con- without a fixed water level, the control sumption must be indicated. The cold system must supply the feed water at a water inlet and the hot water outlet rate sufficient to ensure proper heat must each be clearly distinguished or transfer. The system must adequately marked for identification purposes. fill the boiler when cold. (j) All electric hot water supply boil- (c) Alarms. When a condition arises ers must have their pressure relief de- which results in inadequate heat trans- vices tested as required by 46 CFR part fer, a high temperature alarm or low

320

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00330 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 63.25–9

flow alarm must be activated. An audi- (c) Prohibited substances. Shipboard ble alarm must automatically sound, incineration of the following sub- and a visual indicator must indicate stances is prohibited: when the fluid temperature exceeds the (1) Annex I, II, and III cargo residues maximum operating temperature or of IMO MARPOL 73/78 (incorporated by when the fluid/steam flowing through reference; see 46 CFR 63.05–1) and re- the heat exchanger is insufficient to lated contaminated packing materials. ensure proper heat transfer. Addition- (2) Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). ally, an audible alarm must automati- (3) Garbage, as defined in Annex V of cally sound, and a visual indicator IMO MARPOL 73/78, containing more must indicate when a soot fire is than traces of heavy metals. present in the exhaust gas boiler’s up- (4) Refined petroleum products con- take. taining halogen compounds. § 63.25–9 Incinerators. (d) Operating manual. Each ship with an incinerator subject to this rule (a) General. Incinerators installed on must possess a manufacturer’s oper- or after March 26, 1998 must meet the ating manual, which must specify how requirements of IMO MEPC.76(40) (in- to operate the incinerator within the corporated by reference; see § 63.05–1). Incinerators in compliance with ISO limits described in Annex A1.5 of IMO 13617 (incorporated by reference; see MEPC.76(40). § 63.05–1), are considered to meet IMO (e) Training. Each person responsible MEPC.76(40). Incinerators in compli- for operating any incinerator must be ance with both ASTM F 1323 (incor- trained and be capable of implementing porated by reference; see § 63.05–1) and the guidance provided in the manufac- Annexes A1–A3 of IMO MEPC.76(40) are turer’s operating manual. considered to meet IMO MEPC.76(40). (f) Acceptable methods and standards An application for type approval of for testing emissions. The methods and shipboard incinerators may be deliv- standards for testing emissions that ered to the Commanding Officer, Ma- the laboratory may use in determining rine Safety Center, U.S. Coast Guard, emissions-related information de- 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue scribed in Annex A1.5 of IMO SE., Washington, DC 20593, or it may be MEPC.76(40) are: transmitted by mail to the Com- (1) 40 CFR part 60 Appendix A, Meth- manding Officer (MSC), Attn: Marine od 1–Sample and velocity traverses for Safety Center, U.S. Coast Guard Stop stationary sources; 7430, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Ave- (2) 40 CFR part 60 Appendix A, Meth- nue SE., Washington, DC 20593–7430. od 3A–Determination of oxygen and (b) Testing. Before type approval is carbon dioxide concentrations in emis- granted, the manufacturer must have sions from stationary sources (instru- tests conducted, or submit evidence mental-analyzer procedure); that such tests have been conducted by an independent laboratory acceptable (3) 40 CFR part 60 Appendix A, Meth- to the Commandant (CG–521). The lab- od 5–Determination of particulate oratory must: emissions from stationary sources; (1) Have the equipment and facilities (4) 40 CFR part 60 Appendix A, Meth- for conducting the inspections and od 9–Visual determination of the opac- tests required by this section; ity of emissions from stationary (2) Have experienced and qualified sources; personnel to conduct the inspections (5) 40 CFR part 60 Appendix A, Meth- and tests required by this section; od 10–Determination of carbon-mon- (3) Have documentary proof of the oxide emissions from stationary laboratory’s qualifications to perform sources; the inspections and tests required by (6) ISO 9096 (incorporated by ref- this section; and erence; see 46 CFR 63.05–1); and (4) Not be owned or controlled by a manufacturer, supplier, or vendor of shipboard incinerators.

321

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00331 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Pt. 64 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(7) ISO 10396 (incorporated by ref- Subpart E—Periodic Inspections and Tests erence; see 46 CFR 63.05–1). of MPTs [USCG–2003–16630, 73 FR 65191, Oct. 31, 2008, 64.77 Inspection and test. as amended by USCG–2009–0702, 74 FR 49229, 64.79 Inspection of pressure and vacuum re- Sept. 25, 2009; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR 60149, lief device. Sept. 30, 2013; USCG–2016–0498, 82 FR 35090, 64.81 30-month inspection of an MPT. July 28, 2017] 64.83 Hydrostatic test.

PART 64—MARINE PORTABLE Subpart F—Cargo Handling System TANKS AND CARGO HANDLING 64.87 Purpose. SYSTEMS 64.88 Plan approval, construction, and inspection of cargo-handling systems. 64.89 Cargo pump unit. Subpart A—General 64.91 Relief valve for the cargo pump discharge. Sec. 64.93 Pump controls. 64.1 Purpose. 64.95 Piping. 64.2 Incorporation by reference. 64.97 Cargo hose. 64.3 Applicability. 64.5 Definitions. AUTHORITY: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; 49 U.S.C. App. 1804; Department of Homeland Security 64.9 Maintenance, repair, and alteration of Delegation No. 0170.1. MPTs. SOURCE: CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25, Subpart B—Standards for an MPT 1974, unless otherwise noted. 64.11 Design of MPTs. 64.13 Allowable stress; tank. Subpart A—General 64.15 Allowable stress; framework. § 64.1 Purpose. 64.17 Minimum tank thickness. 64.19 External pressure. This part contains the requirements 64.21 Material. for— 64.23 Gasket and lining. (a) Design, construction, repair, al- 64.25 Cross section. teration, and marking of marine port- 64.27 Base. able tanks (MPTs) authorized by this 64.29 Tank saddles. chapter to be carried on inspected ves- 64.31 Inspection opening. sels; 64.33 Pipe connection. (b) Periodic inspections and tests of 64.35 Bottom filling or discharge connec- MPTs; and tion. (c) Design and construction of cargo- 64.37 Valve and fitting guard. handling systems for MPTs and other 64.39 Valve securing device. 64.41 Stop valve closure. portable tanks authorized under sub- 64.43 Lifting fittings. parts 98.30 and 98.33 of this chapter. 64.45 Securing devices. [CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37409, Sept. 11, 1990; 55 FR 64.47 Type of relief devices. 47477, Nov. 14, 1990] 64.49 Labeling openings. 64.51 Tank parts marking. § 64.2 Incorporation by reference. 64.53 Information plate for MPTs. (a) Certain material is incorporated 64.55 Relief device location. by reference into this part with the ap- Subpart C—Pressure Relief Devices and proval of the Director of the Federal Vacuum Relief Devices for MPTs Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other 64.57 Acceptance of pressure relief devices. than the one listed in paragraph (b) of 64.59 Spring loaded pressure relief valve. this section, the Coast Guard must 64.61 Rupture disc. publish notice of the change in the 64.63 Minimum emergency venting capac- FEDERAL REGISTER and make the mate- ity. rial available to the public. All ap- 64.65 Vacuum relief device. 64.67 Shutoff valve. proved material is on file at the Coast 64.69 Location of the pressure relief device. Guard Headquarters. Contact Com- 64.71 Marking of pressure relief devices. mandant (CG–DCO–D), Attn: Deputy for Operations Policy and Capabilities, Subpart D [Reserved] U.S. Coast Guard Stop 7318, 2703 Martin 322

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00332 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 64.5

Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Wash- (5) Was inspected and stamped by the ington, DC 20593–7318. The material is Coast Guard on or before September 30, also available from the source indi- 1992. cated in paragraph (b) of this section or (b) Tank means the pressure vessel at the National Archives and Records and the associated fittings of an MPT Administration (NARA). For informa- that come in contact with the product tion on the availability of this mate- being carried. rial at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go (c) Total containment pressure means to: http://www.archives.gov/ the minimum pressure for total prod- federallregister/ uct containment under normal oper- codeloflfederallregulations/ ating conditions at a gauge pressure ibrllocations.html. (b) The material approved for incor- consisting of the absolute vapor pres- ° poration by reference in this part, and sure of the product at 122 F added to the sections affected, are: the dynamic pressure, based on the tank dimensions and the location of American Society of Mechanical Engineers the relief devices, of not less than 5 (ASME) International pounds per square inch gauge (psig) at Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016– the top of the tank in the operating po- 5990. sition. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1, (d) Maximum allowable working pres- Pressure Vessels, 1989, with Ad- sure means the maximum gauge pres- denda issued December 31, 1989 sure at the top of the tank in the oper- (‘‘ASME Code’’)...... 64.5, 64.7, 64.11, 64.13, ating position at 122 °F, equal to or 64.21, 64.25, 64.31 greater than the total containment [CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37409, Sept. 11, 1990; 55 FR pressure as defined in paragraph (c) of 47477, Nov. 14, 1990, as amended by CGD 96– this section. The maximum allowable 041, 61 FR 50728, Sept. 27, 1996; CGD 97–057, 62 working pressure is used in the calcula- FR 51044, Sept. 30, 1997; USCG–1999–6216, 64 tion of the minimum thickness of each FR 53225, Oct. 1, 1999; USCG–2012–0832, 77 FR 59778, Oct. 1, 2012; USCG–2013–0671, 78 FR element of the tank, excluding the al- 60149, Sept. 30, 2013] lowance for corrosion and the thickness for loadings other than pressure, § 64.3 Applicability. as provided for in the ASME Code. (a) This part applies to each MPT for (e) Test pressure means a hydrostatic which the Commanding Officer, U.S. pressure of at least one and one-half Coast Guard Marine Safety Center, re- times the maximum allowable working ceives an application for approval on or pressure. before May 1, 1991. (f) Dynamic loading conditions means (b) Subpart F of this part also applies the following: to portable tanks and to cargo-han- (1) A loading in the vertical down di- dling systems for portable tanks au- rection equal to 2 times the weight of thorized under subparts 98.30 and 98.33 the tank and the heaviest product car- of this chapter. ried. [CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37409, Sept. 11, 1990] (2) A loading in the transverse direction equal to the weight of the tank § 64.5 Definitions. and the heaviest product carried. As used in this part: (3) A loading in the longitudinal di- (a) Marine portable tank or MPT rection equal to the weight of the tank means a liquid-carrying tank that— and the heaviest product carried. (1) Has a capacity of 110 gallons or (g) Owner means the person, corpora- more; tion, company, partnership, or organi- (2) Is designed to be carried on a ves- zation in which is vested the owner- sel; (3) Can be lifted full or empty onto ship, dominion, or title of a portable and off a vessel, and can be filled and tank. discharged while on a vessel; [CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25, 1974, as (4) Is not permanently attached to amended by CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37409, Sept. 11, the vessel; and 1990]

323

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00333 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 64.9 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

§ 64.9 Maintenance, repair, and alter- stress 1 of the material, whichever is ation of MPTs. less. (a) Each MPT must be maintained in [CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25, 1974, as accordance with the approved plans, amended by CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, this part, and subpart 98.30 of this 1990] chapter. (b) Repair of an MPT is authorized, § 64.15 Allowable stress; framework. provided that each repair is in accord- The calculated stress for the frame- ance with the approved plans. work must be 80 percent or less of the (c) No MPT may be altered, except minimum yield stress of the frame- with the written approval of the Com- work material under the dynamic load- manding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Ma- ing conditions that are applied simul- rine Safety Center. taneously. (d) After each welded repair or alteration, an MPT must be hydrostatically § 64.17 Minimum tank thickness. pressure-tested in accordance with (a) Except as allowed in paragraph (b) paragraph (a) of § 64.83 of this part. of this section, a tank with a diameter of— [CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37409, Sept. 11, 1990] (1) 6 feet or less must have a shell and head of 3⁄16 inch thickness or more; Subpart B—Standards for an MPT or (2) More than 6 feet must have a shell § 64.11 Design of MPTs. and head of 1⁄4 inch thickness or more. An MPT must be designed— (b) If the tank has additional frame- (a) In accordance with the ASME work to guard against accidental punc- Code and this subpart; turing of the tank, the shell and head (b) With a maximum gross weight of thickness must be 1⁄8 inch or more. 55,000 pounds; (c) To hold a liquid cargo that has a § 64.19 External pressure. vapor pressure of 43 pounds per square (a) A tank without a vacuum breaker inch absolute (psia) or less at a tem- must be designed to withstand an ex- ° perature of 122 F; ternal pressure of 71⁄2 psig or more. (d) With a minimum service tempera- (b) A tank with a vacuum breaker ture of 0 °F or higher; must be designed to withstand an ex- (e) With a maximum allowable work- ternal pressure of 3 psig or more. ing pressure of not less than 20 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) but not § 64.21 Material. more than 48 psig; and The material for a tank must meet (f) To withstand dynamic loading the requirements in Division 1 of sec- conditions applied simultaneously. tion VIII of the ASME Code. [CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, 1990; 55 FR [CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25, 1974, as 40755, Oct. 4, 1990] amended by CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, 1990] § 64.13 Allowable stress; tank. (a) The calculated stress in the tank § 64.23 Gasket and lining. under design conditions, including dy- Each gasket and lining must be made namic loading conditions applied si- of material that is— multaneously, must not exceed the al- (a) Chemically compatible with the lowable stress listed in Division 1 of product for which the tank is approved; section VIII of the ASME Code, for a and design temperature of 122 °F. (b) Resistant to deterioration from (b) The calculated stress in the tank the product for which the tank is ap- at test pressure must not exceed 75 per- proved. cent of the minimum yield stress, 1 or 37.5 percent of the minimum tensile § 64.25 Cross section. A tank must have a cross section de- 1 Listed in Division 1 of section VIII of the sign that is— ASME Code. (a) Circular; or

324

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00334 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 64.53

(b) Other than circular and stress § 64.39 Valve securing device. analyzed experimentally by the meth- Each filling and discharge valve must od contained in UG–101 of the ASME have a securing device to prevent unin- Code. tentional opening. [CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25, 1974, as amended by CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, § 64.41 Stop valve closure. 1990] A stop valve that operates by a screwed spindle must close in a clock- § 64.27 Base. wise direction. The base of an MPT must be as wide and as long as the tank. § 64.43 Lifting fittings. Each MPT must have attached lifting § 64.29 Tank saddles. fittings so that the tank remains hori- If a tank is not completely supported zontal and stable while being moved. by a framework, it must be supported § 64.45 Securing devices. by two or more external saddles, each of which extends to 120 degrees or more An MPT or its framework must have of the shell circumference. sufficient number of positive action securing devices, including hooks, lugs, § 64.31 Inspection opening. or padeyes, to attach the unit to the vessel so that— An MPT must have an inspection (a) The stress does not exceed the opening that is designed in accordance standard contained in § 64.15; and with Division 1 of section VIII of the (b) Additional lashing is not needed. ASME Code. [CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25, 1974, as § 64.47 Type of relief devices. amended by CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, (a) An MPT with an internal capacity 1990] of more than 550 U.S. gallons must have one or more spring loaded relief § 64.33 Pipe connection. valves. In addition, a rupture disc may Each pipe connection that is not a be attached. pressure relief device must be fitted (b) An MPT with an internal capacity with a manually operated stop valve or of 550 U.S. gallons or less must have a closure located as close to the tank as rupture disc or a spring loaded relief practicable. valve.

§ 64.35 Bottom filling or discharge con- § 64.49 Labeling openings. nection. Each opening of a tank must be la- If an MPT is designed with a filling beled to identify the function such as or discharge connection in the bottom, ‘‘suction’’, ‘‘discharge’’, ‘‘heating coil’’. the connection must be fitted with a § 64.51 Tank parts marking. bolted blank flange, threaded cap, or similar device to protect against leak- Any part of a tank furnished by an age of the product, and a manually op- outside supplier may not be used in a erated valve that is located— tank unless it bears— (a) Inside the tank and operated out- (a) The Coast Guard symbol; side the tank; or (b) The Marine Inspection Office identification letters; (b) Outside the tank but as close to it (c) The word ‘‘part’’; as practicable. (d) The manufacturer’s name and se- § 64.37 Valve and fitting guard. rial number; and (e) The design pressure. Each valve and fitting must be protected from mechanical damage by— § 64.53 Information plate for MPTs. (a) The tank; (a) A corrosion-resistant metal plate (b) A tank saddle; containing the information in para- (c) The framework; or graph (b) of this section must be per- (d) A guard. manently attached to each MPT.

325

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00335 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 64.55 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(b) Each information plate required percent of the maximum allowable in paragraph (a) of this section must working pressure; bear the following information in leg- (c) Close after discharge of a pressure ible letters 3⁄16 inch or more in height: not lower than 115 percent of the max- (1) Owner’s name. imum allowable working pressure; and (2) Manufacturer’s name. (d) If closed, remain closed at any (3) Date of manufacture. pressure less than 115 percent of the (4) Serial number of tank. maximum allowable working pressure. (5) Maximum allowable working pressure in psig. § 64.61 Rupture disc. (6) Test pressure in psig. If a rupture disc is the only pressure (7) External-pressure rating in psig. relief device on the tank, the rupture (8) Total capacity in gallons. disc must— (9) Maximum net weight in long tons. (a) Rupture at a pressure of 125 per- (10) Maximum gross weight in long cent of the maximum allowable work- tons. ing pressure; and (11) Percent ullage at 122 °F. (b) Have a minimum normal venting (12) Date of hydrostatic test. capacity that is sufficient to prevent the tank pressure from exceeding 137.5 [CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, 1990] percent of the maximum allowable § 64.55 Relief device location. working pressure. A pressure relief device must be lo- § 64.63 Minimum emergency venting cated on an MPT in a place that— capacity. (a) Is the highest practical point of (a) The total emergency venting ca- the tank; and pacity (Q) of the relief devices of an (b) Allows direct communication uninsulated MPT must be in accord- with the vapor space. ance with Table 1 or the following formula based upon the pressure relief de- Subpart C—Pressure Relief De- vice operating at a pressure not to ex- vices and Vacuum Relief De- ceed the test pressure: vices for MPTs ⎛ A082. ⎞ ZT § 64.57 Acceptance of pressure relief Q = 633, 000 ⎜ ⎟ devices. ⎝ LC ⎠ M A pressure relief device for an MPT where: must be— Q = Minimum required rate of discharge in (a) From a supplier 2 accepted under cubic feet per minute of free air at stand- chapter I of title 46, Code of Federal ard conditions (60 °F and 14.7 psia). Regulations; or M = Molecular weight of the product, or 86.7. (b) Accepted by the Coast Guard in T = Temperature, degrees Rankine (460° + accordance with the procedures in temperature in degrees F of gas at relieving temperature), or 710° Rankine. § 50.25–10 of this chapter. A = Total external surface area of the tank [CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, 1990] compartment in square feet. L = Latent heat of the product being vapor- § 64.59 Spring loaded pressure relief ized at relieving conditions in Btu per valve. pound, or 144 Btu per pound. Z = Compressibility factor of the gas at re- A spring loaded pressure relief valve lieving conditions, or 1.0. must— C = Constant based on relation of specific (a) Be set at a nominal pressure of 125 heats, in accordance with appendix J of percent of the maximum allowable division 1 of section VIII of the ASME working pressure; Code, 1974 edition, or 315. (b) Have a minimum normal venting (b) The total emergency venting ca- capacity that is sufficient to prevent pacity (Q) of an insulated portable the tank pressure from exceeding 137.5 tank may have a reduction if— (1) It is shown to the Coast Guard 2 Accepted suppliers are listed in CG–190, that the insulation reduces the heat Equipment list. transmission to the tank;

326

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00336 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR EC13NO91.047 Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 64.79

(2) The present reduction of the (b) Attached so that escaping gas emergency venting capacity (Q) is lim- does not impinge on the tank or frame- ited to the percent reduction of the work. heat transmission to the tank or 50 percent, whichever is less; and § 64.71 Marking of pressure relief de- (3) The insulation is sheathed. vices. A pressure relief device must be TABLE 1—MINIMUM EMERGENCY VENTING CA- plainly and permanently marked with PACITY IN CUBIC FEET: FREE AIR/HOUR (14.7 the— LB/IN2A AND 60 °F) (a) Set pressure rating; (b) Rated flow capacity expressed as Exposed Exposed cubic feet of standard air (60 °F 14.7 area Cubic feet free area square Cubic feet free square air per hour 1 air per hour psia) per minute and the pressure at 1 feet feet which the flow capacity is determined; 20 27,600 275 237,000 (c) Manufacturer’s name and identi- 30 38,500 300 256,000 fying number; and 40 48,600 350 289,500 (d) Pipe size of inlet. 50 58,600 400 322,100 60 67,700 450 355,900 70 77,000 500 391,000 Subpart D [Reserved] 80 85,500 550 417,500 90 94,800 600 450,000 100 104,000 650 479,000 Subpart E—Periodic Inspections 120 121,000 700 512,000 and Tests of MPTs 140 136,200 750 540,000 160 152,100 800 569,000 § 64.77 Inspection and test. 180 168,200 850 597,000 200 184,000 900 621,000 For the handling and stowage re- 225 199,000 950 656,000 quirements in § 98.30–3 of this chapter, 250 219,500 1,000 685,000 each MPT must pass the following in- 1 Interpolate for intermediate sizes. spections and tests conducted by the owner or the owner’s representative: [CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25, 1974, as (a) Pressure relief and vacuum relief amended by CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, devices must be inspected one time or 1990; 55 FR 47477, Nov. 14, 1990] more during each 12 month period of service in accordance with § 64.79. § 64.65 Vacuum relief device. (b) An MPT must be inspected during (a) Each MPT that is designed for an the 30 months before any month in external pressure of less than 7.5 psig which it is in service in accordance must have a vacuum relief device. with § 64.81. (b) A vacuum relief device for an (c) An MPT must pass a hydrostatic MPT must— test in accordance with § 64.83 during (1) Open at an external pressure of the 60 months before any month in not less than 3 psig; and which it is in service. (2) Have an opening with a cross-sec- (d) After each welded repair, an MPT tion of 0.44 square inch or more. must pass a hydrostatic test in accordance with § 64.83. [CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, 1990] [CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25, 1974, as § 64.67 Shutoff valve. amended by CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, 1990] A shutoff valve may not be located— (a) Between the tank opening and § 64.79 Inspection of pressure and vac- pressure relief device; or uum relief device. (b) On the discharge side of the pres- (a) The inspection of the pressure and sure relief device. vacuum relief device required in § 64.77(a) must include— § 64.69 Location of the pressure relief (1) Disassembling; device. (2) A visual inspection for defective A pressure relief device must be— parts; and (a) Accessible for inspection and re- (3) A test of the accuracy of the pres- pair before stowage of the tank; and sure setting.

327

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00337 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR § 64.81 46 CFR Ch. I (10–1–17 Edition)

(b) If the pressure and vacuum relief Subpart F—Cargo Handling valve passes the inspection required in System paragraph (a) of this section, the owner or his representative may attach to the § 64.87 Purpose. device a metal tag containing the date of the inspection. Each cargo-handling system required to satisfy § 98.30–25 or § 98.33–13 of this § 64.81 30-month inspection of an MPT. chapter must meet the requirements of this subpart. (a) The 30-month inspection of an MPT required in § 64.77(b) must in- [CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, 1990] clude— (1) An internal and external examina- § 64.88 Plan approval, construction, tion for— and inspection of cargo-handling systems. (i) Corrosion; (ii) Cracking of base material; and Plans for the cargo-handling system (iii) Weld defects; and of a portable tank authorized under (2) A visual inspection for defective subpart 98.30 of this chapter must be parts and a manual operation of the approved by the Coast Guard in accord- gauging device, remote operating ance with the requirements of § 56.01–10 mechanism, and each valve, except the of this subchapter. In addition, the pressure relief device. cargo-handling system must be con- (b) If the tank passes the inspection structed and inspected in accordance required in paragraph (a) of this sec- with part 56 of this subchapter. tion, the owner or his representative [CGD 84–043, 55 FR 37410, Sept. 11, 1990] may stencil the date of the inspection on the MPT near the metal identifica- § 64.89 Cargo pump unit. tion plate that is required in § 64.53 in (a) A cargo pump unit that fills or durable and legible letters that are 11⁄4 inch in height or larger. discharges a portable tank must be— (1) Constructed of materials that are § 64.83 Hydrostatic test. compatible with the product to be pumped; and (a) The hydrostatic test required in (2) Designed to be compatible with § 64.77(c) includes— the hazard associated with the product (1) Closing each manhole and other to be pumped. openings by normal means of closure; (b) The cargo pump power unit must (2) Using wrenches or other tools that be— are used during normal operations to close the manhole and other openings; (1) Diesel; (3) Using the same type of gaskets as (2) Hydraulic; used in service; (3) Pneumatic; or (4) If required for the inspection, re- (4) Electric. moving tank insulation; (c) The starting system for a cargo (5) Filling the tank with water and pump power unit must be designed to pressurizing to the test pressure indi- be compatible with the hazard associ- cated on the metal identification plate ated with the product to be pumped. without leaking; and (d) A diesel engine that is used to (6) If fitted with an internal heating drive a cargo pump must have a spark coil, the heating coil passing a hydro- arrestor on the exhaust system. static test at a pressure of 200 psig or more or 50 percent or more above the § 64.91 Relief valve for the cargo pump rated pressure of the coil, whichever is discharge. greater. The cargo pump discharge must have (b) If the tank passes the hydrostatic a relief valve that is— test required in paragraph (a) of this (a) Fitted between the cargo pump section, the owner or his representa- discharge and the shut-off valve, with tive may stamp the date of the test and the relief valve discharge piped back to his initials on the metal identification the cargo pump suction or returned to plate required in § 64.53. the tank; and

328

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00338 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR Coast Guard, Dept. of Homeland Security § 64.97

(b) Set at the maximum design pres- (d) Each hose connection must be sure of the piping and discharge hose, threaded or flanged except for a quick or less. connect coupling that may be specifically accepted by the U.S. Coast Guard § 64.93 Pump controls. in accordance with the procedures in (a) A pressure gauge must be in- § 50.25–10 of this chapter. stalled— (e) A non-return valve must be in the (1) On the pump discharge; pump discharge if a backflow condition (2) Near the pump controls; and may occur during pumping. (3) Visible to the operator. (f) Any non-metallic flexible hose (b) A pump must have a remote, quick acting, manual shutdown that is that is used in the piping system must conspicuously labeled and located in an comply with § 56.60–25(c) of this chap- easily accessible area away from the ter. pump. The quick acting, manual shut- [CGD 73–172, 39 FR 22950, June 25, 1974, as down for remote operation must pro- amended by USCG–2004–18884, 69 FR 58346, vide a means of stopping the pump Sept. 30, 2004] power unit. § 64.97 Cargo hose. § 64.95 Piping. Each hose assembly, consisting of (a) Piping, valves, flanges, and fit- couplings and a hose that has an inside tings used in the pumping system must diameter— be designed in accordance with part 56 of this chapter. (a) Larger than three inches, must (b) A cargo loading and discharge meet the requirements in 33 CFR header or manifold must— 154.500; or (1) Have stop valves to prevent cargo (b) Three inches or less, must be de- leakage; and signed to withstand the pressure of the (2) Be visible to the operator at the shutoff head of the cargo pump or cargo pump controls. pump discharge relief valve setting, (c) Each pipe and valve in the pump- but not less than 100 pounds per square ing system that has an open end must inch. have a plug or cap to prevent leakage.

329

VerDate Sep<11>2014 11:57 Jan 26, 2018 Jkt 241205 PO 00000 Frm 00339 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\241205.XXX 241205 jstallworth on DSKBBY8HB2PROD with CFR